diff options
Diffstat (limited to '43451-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 43451-0.txt | 14332 |
1 files changed, 14332 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/43451-0.txt b/43451-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c045556 --- /dev/null +++ b/43451-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14332 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43451 *** + + THE + DISCOVERY + AND + CONQUEST + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands. + + CONTAINING, + + Their History, Ancient and Modern, Natural and Political: Their + Description, Product, Religion, Government, Laws, Languages, Customs, + Manners, Habits, Shape, and Inclinations of the Natives. With an + Account of many other adjacent Islands, and several remarkable Voyages + through the Streights of Magellan, and in other Parts. + + + + Written in Spanish by Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola, Chaplain to + the Empress, and Rector of Villahermosa. + + Now Translated into English: And Illustrated with a Map and several + Cuts. + + + + LONDON, Printed in the Year, 1708. + + + + + + + + TO THE + HONOURABLE + Edmund Poley, + OF + BADLEY, + IN THE + County of SUFFOLK, Esq.; + + +Sir, + + +Reiterated Favours claim a Repetition of Acknowledgments; should +the latter be as frequent as the former, they might prove rather +troublesome to you, than acceptable. I have therefore resolv'd +once for all to express how sensible I am of the many Obligations +I lye under. You would not perhaps be pleas'd, should I go about +to enumerate them, because great Minds never look back upon what +Courtesies they have bestow'd, being always intent upon what farther +Acts of Generosity they may perform. + +Among the many other Testimonies of your Bounty, there is one I am here +oblig'd particularly to mention, which is your having admitted of the +Dedication of so small a Work as the Translation of Cieza's Travels in +Peru. Your Acceptance of that Part has encourag'd me to prefix your +Name to the Whole, now grown up into two Volumes, that it may honour +them both in the Front, as it gives Reputation to the first in that +Place, where it shall remain as a Demonstration of your Condescension, +as this is of your Right and my Gratitude. I shall therefore avoid +any Repetition of what is there said, or adding more here to display +your Merit. Neither am I capable of giving your Character, nor will +you consent to it, which puts me upon a Necessity of cutting short; +lest my own Inclination and your Desert insensibly draw me on to +attempt what I am not qualify'd to go through with. True Virtue can +be no more conceal'd than the Splendor of the Sun, nor does it stand +in need of outward Ornaments to set it off; you have render'd your +self too conspicuous to be unknown, and can receive no Addition from +my poor Endeavours. The Design of these Lines is, at the same Time, +to honour my Work with your Patronage, and to express my Acknowledgment +and Gratitude for all Favours already receiv'd; wishing this may stand +a perpetual Monument of both, and to you all Increase of Happiness; +and I shall always own my self + + + Sir, + + Your most Obliged, and most + + Devoted Humble Servant + + JOHN STEVENS. + + + + + + + + AN + Advertisement + Concerning this Work in general. + + +It will be needless to trouble the Reader with a tedious Introduction, +shewing the usefulness of this sort of Books, several others having +already treated of that Subject, no less Learnedly than Fully, so that +it would only be repeating what has been frequently said already, +and what most Men are sufficiently convinc'd of; besides that, it +is not design'd to fill up this small Volume with Perswasives to buy +it; but rather to proceed directly to the matter propos'd. But, lest +the Design should be misapprehended, it will be necessary, in as few +Words as may be, to make all Persons sensible of it. Nothing is more +certain, than that many curious Pieces have escap'd the search of +those who have publish'd Volumes of this Nature, either because they +are grown extreamly Rare; or, perhaps, those who Translated were not +Masters of the Languages in which they were Writ, or else for want +of sufficient Information; since, as no Man can know all Things, +neither can any be acquainted with all Books. These are the Things +now design'd to Entertain the Publick, with assurance that nothing +shall be offer'd, but what is valuable, and approv'd of by Learned +and Ingenious Persons. It is needless, and even impracticable, in this +First Part to give a Catalogue of the Books intended to be Translated; +needless, in Regard that being very rare, few are yet acquainted +with them; and impracticable, because several not yet known to the +Undertakers, may hereafter come to Hand: As also, by reason that +some which are not to be found in England, are now sent for Abroad, +and considering their Scarcity, and the Hazards of the Sea, it is +impossible to determine when they will be had. Besides, it is not +convenient to Publish the Names of such Books, at a time when so many +are gaping to catch at any thing they can hope to make an Advantage +of, tho' others have acquir'd some sort of right to it, by declaring +they have such a Work in Hand. Every Piece that is Publish'd, will, +it is hop'd, Recommend it self, and be an Inducement to the Buyer +to purchase the next, for which reason it will be superfluous to +add any thing in their Commendation. Neither is this Work confin'd +to Translations, the Undertakers having already a prospect of some +Original Manuscripts of the same Nature, Written by Ingenious and +Able Persons, who have Travel'd, and not taken care to publish +their Observations. The Translations will be out of all Languages, +which can afford any thing answerable to what is proposed, that is, +excellent in it self, and never before seen in English. + +As for the Method here intended, it is to Publish every Month, as much +as will make a Book of Twelve Pence, or Eighteen Pence, according +as it can be contriv'd, without breaking off abruptly, to leave the +Relation maim'd and imperfect, for as scarce any of the Books to +be Translated are so small as to come into the compass of a Month, +so of necessity they must be divided into several Parts, according +to their Bulk. Now each Month being Sold Stich'd, every Buyer may +afterwards Bind them up when he has an Author compleat, and therefore +great care shall be taken, that the one may end, and the next begin, +so as to cause no Obstacle, or Confusion in Binding. All the Books +shall be adorn'd with proper Maps, and useful Cuts, that is, not with +Representations of Battels, or Draughts of Places made according to +the Engravers Fancy, but with true Delineations taken upon the Spot, +where any such are to be had; the real Habits of the People; Birds, +Beasts, Plants, &c. Whether every Month will afford any of these, +cannot be promised, since they are to be inserted in their proper +Places, for substantial Information, and not dispers'd at Will to +embellish the Book, and divert the Ignorant. Therefore some Months +will contain more, others fewer, and some perhaps none, with assurance +that the Charge shall not be spar'd where they are requisite, and such +are to be had as can be vouch'd to be Genuine. Thus every Person will, +at so small a Price, as has been mention'd have a Taste of the Author +propos'd to be Translated, and of the Performance, before he launches +out more Money to purchase the whole, and has every Month something +New to Divert and Inform; which, tho' at first it may look slight, as +being a Stitch'd Pamphlet, will soon grow upon into a Compleat Work, +as if Printed all at once, and be no less becoming any Gentlemans +Study, or Library. No Author is design'd to be Abridg'd, but fairly, +and carefully Translated at large; but if any should hereafter be +thought fit, for any particular Reasons to be so dealt with, it shall +not be done without the Advice and Approbation of sufficient Judges, +and the Publick shall have Notice of it, that no Man may have just +cause to Complain he is any way Impos'd on. Every Author shall have +a particular Preface giving some Account of Him, and his Work, with +a fair Title, for the Binding of him up conveniently into a Volume, +and every Month, as has been said, so contriv'd, that there may be no +Casma, or other Eyesore in the Book. A small number will be Printed +on a large fine Paper, for such as are more Curious, at one half more +than the Price of the Common Sort. + +The next Book Publish'd in this Collection, will be Diarium Italicum: +Or, Singular Remarks upon Ancient Monuments, Collections of Rarities, +&c. made in a Journey through Italy: With variety of Cuts and +Figure. By the R. F. Bernard de Montfaucon, Monk of the Order of +S. Benedict, of the Congregation of S. Maur. + + + + + + + + THE + PREFACE. + + +Our Author, Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola, was a Learned Clergyman, +and as such employ'd by the President and Council of the Indies to +Write this History. He calls it, The Conquest of the Molucco Islands, +without Enlarging any further in his title, tho' at the same time his +Work contains their first Discovery, their Description, the Manners, +Customs, Religion, Habit, and Political and Natural History; with +all the Wars, and other Remarkable Accidents in those Parts, since +they were first known to Europeans, till their Reduction under the +Crown of Spain. In Speaking of them he Occasionally runs out to give +the same Account of the Philippine Islands, and of several others +in those Eastern Seas. This is frequent in Spanish Books, wherein we +generally find much more than the Titles promise, contrary to what is +Practis'd with us, who strive to fill up a Title Page with abundance +of Inviting Heads, the least part whereof is Treated of in the Body +of the Work, or at best so Superficially, that scarce any more can +be made of them there, than was in the Frontispiece. + +For the Compiling of this Work the Author, being Employ'd by +the Authority abovemention'd, had the Command of all Authentick +Manuscript Relations, which were either in the Kings Custody, or in +Private Hands; besides the Testimony of such Persons then Living, +as had been Eye-Witnesses to any part of what he delivers. His Design +was only to Write the Conquest of those Islands, by King Philip the +Third of Spain; but considering how few were acquainted with them, +and that of Consequence most Readers would be at a loss to know where, +or what these Moluccos were, he Judiciously Resolv'd to bring down his +History from its proper Source. To this End he begins with the Antient, +and Fabulous Original of their Kings; then comes to the Discovery of +them by Europeans, and proceeds to the Wars between them, and with +the Natives, for the Possession of those so much coveted Dominions. + +His Description of them is very Exact; That of the Cloves, their +principal Commodity, no less Curious; and that of the other Product +and Animals, Inferior to neither. The Wars carrying him over from one +Place to another; he gives a short Account of the Islands Papûas, +and that of Celebes. The Spaniards, to avoid passing through the +Portuguese Sea, attempted to settle Trade at the Moluccos, by the +way of the Streights of Magellan, which gives occasion to Argensola +to entertain us with a particular Account of the Spanish Fleet sent +into the said Streight, under the Admiral Sarmiento, which has been +hitherto very Imperfectly Deliver'd in English, tho' very Remarkable, +and full of Surprizing Accidents. In short, not to stretch out this +Preface, with the Subject of the Work, we shall find in it a brief +Description of the Island Sumatra; of the vast Empire of China; of +all the Philippine Islands, and those of Ceylon, Banda, Java, and many +others of less Note. Nor does he omit to speak of the Dutch Voyages; +and Undertakings of Sir Francis Drake, and other English Adventurers; +and Embelishes the whole with such variety of pleasing Incidents, +that few Books of Travels afford so much Profitable Entertainment, +with such good Authority. + +No Author ever had a better Reputation, among all that Understand, +and have had the good Fortune to Meet with him; for being so +Valuable, he is extraordinary Scarce, rare to be met with in +Spain, and consequently much more in England. This may perhaps be +the main Reason why he has not yet been Translated, and being so +Valuable, he cannot miss of that Reception which he has found in +the Original. But it is not intended to prepossess the Reader, who +is left to make his own Judgment, and therefore a long Preface is +designedly avoided, that he may the sooner enter upon so Useful and +Diverting a Work. It is not improper, nevertheless, to Advise the +Reader not to take notice of some Reflections in Point of Religion, +and in other Cases, considering the Book was Writ by a Spaniard, +and that it was not proper to Omit, or Alter any thing, where a Fair, +and Entire Translation is promised. Besides, That these are very few, +and inconsiderable, and consequently not worth observing, as indeed +the generality of Judicious Readers will be suffciently satisfy'd, +and this Caution is given for their Sake, whom perhaps Passion, +or overmuch Zeal may move to condem a Work on such an Occasion, +when they can find no other matter to Carp at. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + + BOOK I. + + +[Author's Introduction.] I write the Conquest of the Molucco Islands +by King Philip the III. of Spain, and the reducing of their Kings to +their former Subjection, to his Predecessors, by Don Pedro de Acunha, +Governour of the Philippine Islands, and Admiral of the Spanish +Fleet; a Victory worthy the Foresight of such a Godly Monarch, the +Application of those worthy Statesmen that compose his supreme Council, +and the Valour of our Nation; not so much on account of the Wealth, +and Fertility of those Countries, as for that it took from the Northern +Nations all occasion of Sailing in our Seas, and Debauching the new +Converted Asiaticks, and the Inhabitants of our Colonies Trading among +them. The Celerity with which the Expedition was concluded, does not in +the least diminish the Glory of the Event; which, for that very Reason, +might rather deserve a place in a more ample Relation. I am sensible +of the Dangers I expose my self to; but am no less satisfy'd, that I +shall find some to stand by me. The most famous Painters, and Carvers, +have generally a great value for Heads, Arms, and other Limbs, which +have been drawn to perfection from the Life, by which they compose +all the Parts, when they design some excellent Piece. The ignorant in +those Arts have no Esteem for such Fragments, being only taken with +the entire Statue, or Picture, consisting of all its Limbs, without +examining the Defects there may be in each of them. The Relation I +undertake to write of these Islands will find the same Esteem, and +be expos'd to no less Contempt; for the Judicious, who understand how +History is Compil'd, will value this part drawn to the Life; whereas +those, who, as they say themselves, Read only to divert the Time, +will make little account of it, as being more fond of some Romance, +full of Monsterous Events; or of some bulkey Work, bearing the Title +of a History, treating of numerous Armies, and mighty Slaughters, and +bestowing the Success, not where Providence gave, but where they would +have it. This is the Reason why many Things, worthy to be known and +preserv'd, remain bury'd in Oblivion; because being left for General +Histories, there are only slight Sketches of them Drawn at the Time +when they hapned, by those who had a share in them, so that when +these Manuscripts are to be made use of, either they are not to be +found, or else they reduce the Writer to a necessity of subscribing +to whatsoever either Self-Love, or any other Passion dictated to +the Authors of such Memoirs, without any possibility of examining +into the Truth. To obviate this Inconveniency, in a matter of such +moment as that of Ternate, the Capital of the Molucco Islands, I was +Commanded to write an Account of it, at a time when they were still +living who acted in and directed it: And I have such full Information +of all that is requisite for this purpose, that I hope Truth will +make amends for my want of Ability. This is as much as I have thought +fit to Advertise the Reader, without entering upon the Advantage he +will reap by perusing this Relation; because, if he is well affected, +all I can say for it will be superfluous; and if otherwise inclin'd, +tho' I endeavour to set him right, he will never conceive it. + +[Kings of the Moluccos.] Among the fourteen most potent Princes, who +Lord it over the Archipelago of the Molucco Islands, under the Title +of Kings, those of Ternate and Tydore boast of a Divine Original; +such Liberty to be vain do Men take upon them, or so much do they +ascribe to obscure Antiquity. [A Fable of their Original.] There is +an ancient Tradition among those People, look'd upon as Sacred, That +they were once Govern'd by a most Ancient Prince, called Bicocigara, +who sailing along the Coast of Rachian, perceiv'd that among some +craggy Rocks there were grown up abundance of Rotas, so they call +a sort of solid Canes, which, when small, they make use of instead +of Ropes. He lik'd them, and order'd they should be cut down, and +brought into his Vessel. His Subjects going to fulfil his Orders, +and having search'd all the place, return'd to their Master, desiring +he would look again, least his Eyes deceiv'd him, for they could +meet with no such Canes. Bicocigara, who saw them distinctly from +his Boat, was positive with his incredulous People, and order'd them +again to be brought; but to decide the matter, went himself Ashore, +where immediatly they appeared to them all. He commanded them to be +cut down, and as they went about it, Blood ran from the Canes that +were cut. Being astonish'd at that Prodigy, he discover'd close to +the Roots of them four Eggs, which look'd like a Snakes Eggs, and at +the same time heard a Voice, proceeding from the hollow of the Canes +cut down, which said, Keep those Eggs; for from them shall come four +excellent Governours. He took up those fatal Eggs, with Religious +Respect, and carry'd them home, where they were kept in the best +place of his House. In a short time, from the four Yolks proceeded +four Rational Chickens, being three Men, and one Woman, who afterwards +Reign'd, the first of them Bachian, the second in Butan, and the third +over the Islands call'd Papuas, lying East from the Moluccos. The +Woman was Marry'd to Prince Loloda, who gave Name to the Country of +Batochina, not far from the great Boconora. This Fable has gain'd such +Reputation, that they honour Bicocigara as a Hero, worship the Rocks, +and adore the Eggs. The truth of it is, that the cunning Man, by this +prodigious Superstition, Sanctify'd his own Race, and gain'd Kingdoms, +and Respect for his four Children. So Greece feign'd, or beleiv'd, +that Leda Conceiving of the Adulterous Swan brought forth the Eggs, +from which came Castor, Pollux, and Helena. Fortune, when she raises +Men to a high pitch, perswades those she designs to Crown, to lay the +Foundation of their Majesty on Fables, resembling true Misteries, +so to perswade the Multitude that they are somewhat Divine, and to +distinguish the Royal Race by a peculiarity even in the Universal +Law of being Born into the World. Of this Race thirteen Idolatrous +Kings succeeded one another in Tydore, down to Sultan Tydore Bongue, +the first that receiv'd the Mahometan Alcoran, tho' intermix'd with +Idolatry, which lasted above Eighty Years, and being confounded among +the Precepts of that abominable Sect, bred Divisions, and Distractions +among the People. Afterwards, when the Commander Brito arriv'd in that +Island, as we shall soon see, he found a Caciz, or Priest, taught them +the new Superstition, and that many oppos'd him, on account of the +old Fable of the Eggs, which the Persian Morabout could never Decry; +so great is the power of Error transmitted from our Fore-Fathers. + +King Tydore Bongue's Successor, was his Son Cachil Boleyfe, no less +[A false Prophesie.] Supersticious than the Father, but in another +way. He pretending to the Spirit of Prophecy, gain'd such Reputation, +by the Experience and Foresight of his Riper Years, that he came to be +Honour'd by his Subjects as a Prophet; or by the least Credulous, as a +Person of singular Prudence, so that all Men gave Ear to him, as to an +Oracle. Puffed up with this Vanity, he pretended to Fore-tell future +Events; which when no particular Persons, or set Times are appointed, +is a safe way of Predicting, without Danger of being found False; +either because in process of Time something Accidentally happens, +that may be adapted to the Prophecy, or in regard, that is always +expected which will never come to pass. For this Reason, as in most +Countries there are some current Notions of future Expectations, +conceiv'd upon trivial Occasions, rather than any Observation of the +Stars; therefore Boleyfe us'd to tell those about him, That the time +would come, when Iron Men should arrive at Ternate, from the remotest +parts of the World, and settle in its Territory; by whose Power the +Glory, and Dominion of the Molucco Islands should be far extended. + + + +In the Reign of King John the first, of Portugal, his Son, Prince +Henry, [First Discoveries.] having employ'd several Persons on +Discoveries, John Gonzales, and Tristan Vaz found the Island of Madera, +in the Year 1419, and others soon after those of the Azores, and Cabo +Verde, and ran along the Coast of Guinea and Africk. Afterwards, +in the Reigns of King Edward, and Alonso the V. those Discoveries +were continu'd, till under King John the II. they proceeded as far +as the Cape of Good Hope, and a Hundred Leagues beyond it, along +the Coast, call'd Rio del Infante. The honour of this Discovery is +due to that famous Seaman Bartholomew Diaz, if we may believe the +Manuscript Memoirs of Duarte Resende, for the Historian Barros. This +rais'd Emulation in the Spanish Nation, already engag'd in such +Voyages, as having Discover'd the Western Islands, call'd Antilles, +or Caribbee Islands. This Discovery occasion'd a Controversy about +the Right to them, Portugal pretending to, and Spain defending its +Possession. After much Contention, the Difference was adjusted by Ruy +de Sousa, and Don John his Son, and Arias de Almada, Commission'd by +Portugal, who in the Year 1404. agreed with the Spanish Embassador, +That, since this inferior Globe, consisting of Earth and Water, +answers to the Degrees into which the Celestial Sphere is divided, +it should be equally parted between the two Kings, by a Meridian Line +drawn through the North and South Poles, and compassing the Land and +Sea, so as to cut them into two halves. It was appointed, That the +Share to the Eastward should belong to the Crown of Portugal, and the +other to the Westward, to that of Castile; and that it should be so +mark'd down on the Sea Charts; the Line passing through a fixt Point +on the Earth, which was to be the Boundary of both Nations. This +was by mutual Consent settled 360 Leagues West from Cabo Verde, +and so the Line, or Meridian, fell upon the Country we call Brazil, +about the most Westerly part of the Mouth of the River Maranhao, +which disembogues there to the Northward. This Line cuts through that +Country, and to the Southward runs off beyond the River of Plate, +from whence the Spaniards begin to reckon their Degrees of Longitude +Westward, and the Portugueses Eastward, 180 belonging to each of them, +for as much as the whole Circumference of the Earth contains three +hundred and sixty Degrees. + +[Vasco de Gama discovers India.] Vasco de Gama, employ'd by King +Emanuel of Portugal, to Discover and Conquer India, prosecuted this +Enterprize, look'd upon by Ptolomy, as impracticable; he travers'd +the main Ocean, within the Portuguese Division, where he Discover'd, +and since the Portuguese Commanders have Conquer'd so many Kingdoms, +Nations, and Islands, so distinct in Customs, Manners, Laws, Languages, +and Colours. They returning home admir'd what they had seen, and +lay'd it down in Maps, but stretching out the Longitude, that is the +Distance from West to East, beyond what it really was; thus Craftily +providing for the Controversy which might arise upon this Occasion, +as it soon happen'd, through the Falshood of the Sea Charts. + +[Portugueses Pretentions to the Moluccos.] By virtue of this practice, +and by the Pope's subsequent Authorizing of it, the Portugueses +pretend that the Molucco Islands, and those of Banda, and Amboyna, +are within their Bounds, as they were adjudg'd, and settled by +experienc'd Sailers, calculating the Extent of that Meridian, +and they even stretch it 15 Degrees further. Resende complains, +That Magalhaens, whom the English call Magellan, magnify'd the +Opinion conceiv'd of the Eastern Seas, when in the Year 1519 he went +away Disgusted into Spain. Magellan grew up in the service of Queen +Ellenor, then serv'd King Emanuel, and went over into India with that +Alonso de Albuquerque, of whose Bravery, and Conduct, we have written +Histories, besides what Fame, and Tradition have deliver'd. This Man, +not satisfy'd with the first Conquests, sent Antony de Abreu, Francis +Serrano, and Ferdinand de Magalhaens from Malaca, with three Ships, +to Discover the Molucco Islands. All these three Commanders steer'd +several Courses. We shall soon speak of Magellan again. Antony de +Abreu arriv'd at Banda, and returning towards Malaca, richly Laden +with Spice of that Country, Serrano was parted from him in a Storm, +and Shipwrack'd on the Islands of Lucopino, signifying Islands of +Tortoises, so call'd from the Plenty and Bigness of those Creatures. + +There the Tempest left the Portugueses, only their Lives and Arms +sav'd, [Serrano cast on the Islands of Lucopine.] for their Junck, +which is a sort of light Vessel, was Stav'd. The Lucopine Islands were +Horrid, by reason of their want of Water, and being Desert; for their +Rocks lying under Water, and the many Sea Robbers that frequent them, +and always keep Sentinels posted to discover any Sailing by, that they +may fall upon, and plunder them. Had not Hunger and Thirst threatned +the Portuguses with speedy Death, they had reason to expect it at +the Hands of those Pyrats; but that which had been the Destruction +of others, at this time prov'd their Safety. Those Miscreants had +observ'd the Shipwreck, and Rowing up in a Vessel call'd a Caracoa, +as it were to a certain Booty, drew near to those who had so narrowly +escap'd perishing in the Sea; but the Malaca Pilots, and Mariners +were not ignorant of their design. They acquainted their Captain +with the Danger, desiring him to take such Measures as might be +for his own, and their Safety. Serrano, like a Man of Valour and +Discretion, having view'd the Shore, conceal'd his Men in a hidden +Place. The Pyrates landed to pursue them; but as soon as ever they +were at some distance from the Shore, the Strangers rush'd out, and +possess'd themselves of the Caracoa. The Barbarians thus surpris'd, +reflecting on their Mismanagement, and perceiving they were lost Men, +gave over the thoughts of Robbing, and had recourse to Intreaties, +throwing down their Bows and Arrows, and begging they would not leave +[His Escape.] them in that Island, but rather take pity, and pardon +what they had done; and promising, if he would carry them off, to +conduct him to another place, where Strangers were well receiv'd, and +there was Trade. Serrano granted their Request, and admitted them, +and having repair'd the shatter'd Junck, and Embarking together, +they directed their Course to the Island of Amboyna, where they were +well receiv'd by the People of Rucutelo, who were ancient Enemies to +those of Veranula, a Neighboring City of Batochina, with whom those +of Rucutelo coming to a Battle, they obtain'd [Arrives at Amboyna.] +the Victory, through the Assistance of the New-comers. The Fame +of this Success flew over to the Molucco Islands, at the Time when +Boleyse Reign'd in Ternate, and Almanzor in Tydore, who were both +not long before Idolaters, and then Mahometans. These two were at +Variance about the Limits of their Dominions, and understanding that +the Portugueses were at Amboyna, each of them desiring to Strengthen +himself against his Enemy, sent Embassadors, and Ships, to invite, +and bring over to them those Forreign Soldiers; thinking it also +convenient upon other accounts, to enter into Alliance with those +People, whose great Actions were then so fresh in the Mouths of all +Men. Boleyse was quicker than Almanzor, and sent ten Ships for Serrano, +with a Thousand well Arm'd Soldiers for their Defence, the whole under +the Command of his Kinsman Cachil Coliba. The Tydore Embassadors +return'd from Rucutelo disappointed. It is but a short Cut between +Amboyna, and Ternate, and therefore Boylese's Ships soon return'd +with the Portugueses. That King went out attended by his Subjects, to +receive the new Guests; all of them concluding, That they went to see +the fulfilling of their so long expected Prophecy. Serrano Landed in +bright white Armour, and his Companions in the same manner. [Settles +at Ternate.] When the King saw them, he embrac'd every Man, with +a Countenance full of Pleasure and Admiration, shedding Tears, and +lifting up his Hands to Heaven, bless'd God, and gave hearty Thanks, +for that he had granted him to see that which had been Predicted so +many Years before. These, said he, my Friends, are the Warriers you +have so long wish'd for, on account of my Prophecy. Honour them, +and let us all vie in Entertaining them; since the Grandeur of our +Country depends on their Arms. The Portugueses, well pleas'd to be +thought worthy of a Prophecy, the Beleif whereof was a Politick +Invention, conducing to their Reputation, made no less Courteous +Returns, expressing their singular Affection. They settle Amity, +and Trade in the Moluccos; whence they spread it to the adjacent, and +remoter Islands, which it will be now requisite breifly to Describe, +for the better Understanding of this History. + +[Archipelago describ'd.] The Eastern Archipelago, not to speak of +the Division of those Oriental Parts into Northern, and Southern, +Contains so many Islands, that the certain Number of them is not yet +known. Hence Modern Authors distribute it into five Divisions, being so +many Archipelagos, under the names of Molucco, Moro, Papuas, Celebes, +and Amboyna. The Name of the First, in their Language, is Moloc, +signifying, the Head, because it is the Chief of all about it. Others +will have to be Malucco, which, in Arabick, imports, the Kingdom, +as the Principal of them. It Contains five most Remarkable Islands, +all of them under the same Meridian, one in sight of another, their +whole Extent being 25 Leagues; the Equinoctial crossing them, so that +the most Northern of them has but half a Degree of Latitude that way, +and the most Southern, one Degree on the other side. Near to them, on +the East, is the Island Gilolo, by the Portugueses call'd Batochina de +Moro, and by the Moluccos, Alemaera. Among all the others lying about +them, call'd also Moluccos, as we say the Canaries, the Terceras, or +the Oreades, these are the most Remarkable, for their great Plenty +of Spice. The Names of them, beginning with the Northermost, are, +Ternate, Tydore, Motiel, Machian, and Bachian; by the ancient Heathens +call'd, Cape, Duco, Moutil, Mara, and Seque. This last, which is +Bachian, is divided into many Islands, seperated from one another by +little Channels, Navigable only in small Vessels; for which reason, +as also because it is under one Soveraign, it has but one Name, and +all the Molucco Islands are Subject to three Kings. They are divided +by small Arms of the Sea, and some Desert little Islands, as also by +their Antient Enmity. The Coast both near the Shore, and farther off +at Sea, full of Dangerous Shoals; among which there are some Inlets, +where the Ships Ride in Safety. The Soil of them all is generally Dry +and Spungy, sucking up all the Water, tho' it Rains never so much, +and in many Places the Brooks that run down from the Mountains do not +reach the Sea. According to that grave Historian John de Barros, these +Islands afford an ill Prospect, and are no way pleasant to behold; +because the Sun being always so near them, sometimes passing over +towards the Northern, and some times towards the Southern Solstice, +the natural Damp of the Earth fills them so full of Trees, and +Plants, that it thickens the Air, and hinders the Sight; for by +reason of the Earthly Vapours, the Trees are never naked of Leaves; +but before one falls another has sprung out; and the same is among +Herbs. Others affirm, they are Pleasant to look to, but not Healthy, +especially for Strangers, who are all subject to the Disease call'd +Berber, which is common in that Country. This Malady swells the Body, +and disables the Limbs, but is cur'd with Cloves, the Wine of the +Philippine Islands, drank with Ginger, and the use of a certain Herb, +known to the Natives; and the Dutch do it with the juyce of Lemmons, +a Remedy found by their own Apprehension, and Experience. + +Providence has stor'd these Spice-Islands with Bananas, Coco-Nuts, +[Product of the Moluccos.] Oranges, Lemmons, Lignum-Aloes, Sanders, +Cinamon, Mace, Mastick-Trees, but above all, with abundance of Cloves, +and other Plants; all of them valuable for their Fruit, or delightful +for their Ornaments. They have neither Wheat nor Rice; but Nature gave +them Industry, and Matter to supply this Defect. They beat a sort +of Tree, like the Wild-Palm, with Mallets made of strong Canes; and +those dry Trunks, so batter'd, yield an extraordinary white Flower, +coming from the bruized Pith; which they mould up in square Pipkins, +and this is the Sagu, or Landan, so made into square Loaves, [Sagu.] +like the Castile Sope. This Plant is about Fifteen Foot high, and +from the Top of it sprout out some Branches, like those which produce +the Tamarinds. These bear a Fruit like the Cypress-Nuts, in which +there are certain fine Hairs, which if they touch a Man's Flesh, +burn it. From the tender Branches of the same Plant cut, flows the +Liquor which serves them for Drink, putting the Ends of the said +Branches so cut into narrow Mouth'd Vessels, which are fill'd in a +Night, and the Liquor so gather'd, is like Milk Whipped, and Frothy, +which they call Tuac. When Drank new, it is Sweet and very Fat'ning; +boil'd like new Wine it tastes like Wine, and after grows sharp as +Vinegar. The same Advantage they reap from two other Plants call'd +Nipo, and Coco; the last of them yields also Oyl, Boards, and Timber +to build Houses. They also Drink another pleasant Liquor, which +Nature has shut up in the Hollow of the Canes they call Bambooes, +so large that the Knots are a Yard a sunder. They abound in Flesh; +but the People are more affected to Fish; notwithstanding Hugo, the +Dutchman, says they want both. Providence afforded them no Mines, +either of Gold, or Silver; whether it was a Punishment, or Mercy we +do not decide. Neither have they found any, of other less precious +Metals; but not far from them is Lambuco, an Island abounding in +Iron and Steel; whence, and from the Mines of Sula and Butva, the +people of the Maluccos bring them, to make their Caampilanes, which +are sharp heavy Cymiters, and their Crises, being small Daggers. The +Portugueses and Dutch have now furnish'd those Islands with small +Fire-Arms, and Cannon of all sorts known among us. + +Ternate is the Capital City, and Court of that King, near to which +a [A burning Mountain in Ternate.] dreadful burning Mountain +Flames out, about the Equinoxes, because at those Times the Winds +blow; which kindle that natural Fire, on the Matter that has fed +it so many Ages. The Top of the Mountain, which exhales it, is +cold, and not cover'd with Ashes, but with asort of light cloddy +Earth, little different from the Pomice-Stone burnt in our Fiery +Mountains. Descending thence to the Foot of the Hill, which stretches +out like a Piramid, down to the Plain; it is all uncooth, being thick +with Trees, whose Verdure is spar'd by the Flames, and the very Fire, +Waters and Moistens them with Brooks, which it draws together in the +Hollow of the Mountain, and forces it to Sweat, and pour out. + +[People of Ternate.] The Natives Differ from one another, as it were +through a Miraculous Bounty of Nature; for it has made the Women Fair +and Beautiful, and the Men, of a darker Colour than a Quince; their +Hair lank, and many anoint it with sweet Oyls. Their Eyes are large, +the Eyebrows long, which, and their Eye-lashes, they colour Black. Of +Body they are Strong, much addicted to War, and sloathful for all other +Employments. They are long Liv'd; grow grey earlie; and are as Active +by Sea as by Land; Officious, and Courteous to Strangers; but when +they grow Familiar, Importunate, and Troublesome in their Requests; +in their Dealings, all bent upon Interest; Jealous, Fraudulent, and +False. They are Poor, and therefore Proud; and to name many Vices in +one, Ungrateful. + +[Religion, Manners, Laws.] The Chineses possess'd themselves of these +Islands, when they subdu'd all those Eastern Parts; and after them the +Javeneses, and the Malayes, and lastly the Persians, and Arabs; which +last, together with their Trade, Introduc'd the Mahometan Superstition +among the Worship of their Gods; from whom some Families boasted they +were descended. Their Laws are Barbarous: They have no limited Number +of Wives. The King's chief Wife, call'd in their Language Putriz, +enables and gives the Right of Succession to which her Sons are +preferr'd, tho' younger than those by other Mothers. Theft is not +pardon'd, tho' never so inconsiderable; but Adultery easily. When +the Dawn appears, Officers appointed by Law for that purpose, beat a +sort of broad, flat Tabors about the Streets, to awake Marry'd People, +who they think deserves this Care from the Government, on account of +Procreation. Most Crimes are punish'd with Death; in other Respects +they Obey the Will, or Tyranny of the Conqueror. + +[Their Habit.] The Men, on their Heads, wear Turkish Turbants of +several Colours, with abundance of Feathers on them. The King's ends +above like a Miter, and serves instead of a Crown. For their other Garb +they all wear Wastecoats, which they call Cheninas, and Blew, Crimson, +Green, and Purple Breeches. Of the same they make their Cloaks, or +Mantles, which are short, Soldier-like, thrown over, or knotted on +the Shoulder, after the Ancient Roman manner, known by the written +Descriptions, Statues, and other Monuments of those Times. The Women +are Proud of their Hair; sometimes they spread, and sometimes they plat +it, sticking abundance of Flowers among the Ribbons, which hold it +together; so that in their Dress, they are not encumber'd with loose +Viels, Plumes, or Feathers. All that variety adorns them without Art; +they wear Bracelets, Pendants, and Necklaces of Diamonds and Rubies, +and great Strings of Pearls, which are not forbid even the meanest, +no more than Silks, wherein the Women particularly are Clad after +the Persian and Turkish Fashion; and all this costly Attire is the +Product of the Neighbouring Lands and Seas. Both Men and Women in +their Habit show their natural Haughtiness. + +[Language.] The variety of Languages among them is great, for +sometimes one Town does not understand the People of the next; the +Malaye Tongue is most us'd, as easiest to pronounce. This Diversity of +Languages shows, that those Islands were Peopled by several Nations. In +those Parts all Antiquity, and the Art of Navigation are ascrib'd to +the Chineses. Some affirm, That the People of the Molucco Islands +are Descended from the Jaos, who settled there being invited by +the Fragrancy of the Spice. They loaded their Vessels with Cloves, +till then unknown, and holding on that Trade, carry'd it to the +Gulphs of Arabia, and Persia. They Sail'd about all those Countries, +transporting Silks, and Porcelance, the Product, and Manufacture of +China. The Cloves were by the Persians, and Arabs transmitted to the +Greeks, and Romans. Some Roman Emperors had a design of Conquering +the East, till they should come to the Spicy Countries; so covetous +were they of that Commodity; and believing they all came from China, +call'd all those People Chineses. The Spaniards formerly brought them +among other Goods from the Red-Sea. The Kings of Egypt for some time +possess'd themselves of all the Spice which they Transmitted from +the [How Cloves were brought into Europe.] Hands of the Asiaticks +into Europe. This the Romans continu'd, when they reduc'd Egypt into +the Form of a Province. Long after, the Genoeses, Transferring the +Trade to Theodosia, now Caffa, handed them about to all Parts; and +there the Venetians, and other Trading Nations, had their Consuls, +and Factors. They afterwards were convey'd over the Caspian Sea and +Trabisond; but this Trade fell with the Eastern Empire; and then the +Turks carry'd them in Caravans of Camels, and Dromedaries to Berytus, +Aleppo, Damascus, and several Ports on the Mediterranean. The Sultans +of Egypt brought them back to the Red-Sea, and thence to Alexandria, +down the Nile. The Portugueses having Conquer'd the East-Indies, took +them from Egypt, and brought them in their Fleets by the Cape of Good +Hope, sinking and taking all Ships that attempted to carry any to Grand +Cayro. For that purpose they kept Squadrons on the Coasts of Arabia +and Persia, and at Cape Guardafu. By this means the Trade of Egypt was +surpress'd, and all the Spice brought on the Kings account to India, +and thence taking a prodigious compass, to Lisbon. He who is Master at +Sea will be possess'd of this Wealth; by which, and other Commodities, +we see that is made good, which some write Themistocles was wont to +say, That he has all things who has the Sea. + +The Kings, Boleyfe, of Ternate, and Almanzor, of Tydore, contended +about Entertaining Serrano, and each of them courted him to build a +Fort in his Island. It is well worth Observation, To see how eagerly +these Kings sought after, and begg'd for that which they were soon +after to be averse to. They writ about it to the King of Portugal; +but Antony de Miranda coming to the Moluccos, besides a wooden Fort, +or House he built at Talangame, erected another at Machian, an Island +belonging to the two Kings, by which means he satisfy'd the Request of +both. Soon after Cachil Laudin, King of Bachian, made Application to +Don Tristan de Meneses, on the same account. Don Tristan was come to +the Moluccos to Load Spice, and with a design to carry away Francis +Serrano, and to induce Boleyfe to consent to it, he perswaded him, +it was requisite that Serrano should go to Portugal, to prevail upon +King Emanuel to order the Fort he desir'd, to be built upon Ternate, +and not elsewhere. Boleyfe approv'd of his design, and to that end, +sent Cachilato, as his Embassador, with Serrano. Don Tristan set out, +and his Ships being dispers'd in a Storm, was oblig'd to return to the +Moluccos, and to Winter in the Wooden House above mention'd; but as +soon as the Monson blew, he put to Sea again, and touching at Bachian +was inform'd, That they had kill'd some Portugueses, of Simon Correa's +Vessel in that Island. This troubled him, but he dissembled it, and +proceeding on his Voyage, return'd to Malaca, by the way of Amboyna. + +[Brito at the Molucco's.] Antony de Brito, appointed by the Governour +of India to succeed Serrano in that Post, Sail'd from Cape Sincapura, +through the Streights of Sabam, with 300 Men, and some experienc'd +Commanders. He touch'd at Tuban, a City in the Island of Jaua, and +went over to another, call'd Agazim, a Mart in those Parts, opposite to +the Island Madura. Its nearness inviting him, he sent a Roving Vessel +thither to get some Information what Course he was to Steer. Seventeen +Men there were in the Vessel Landed on the Coast, and went up along the +side of a River, cover'd with beautiful Trees, whose Fruit deceiv'd the +Sailers; for they attracted with the pleasant sight, and unexpected +satisfaction, forgot to secure their Vessel. The Natives observing +the Opportunity, first took the Vessel, and then all the Men, whose +Ransom prov'd afterwards difficult, tho' the Lord of the City favour'd +it. Brito sail'd directly for the Moluccos, and touching at Bachian, +sent Simon de Abreu in all haste to burn a Village, and kill all the +Inhabitants, in Revenge for Simon Correa's Companions slain there; +that King Laudin might understand, they should not escape unpunish'd, +who wrong'd the Portuguese, and that since his Island was the first +that took up Arms [King of Ternate Dies.] against them, it should +also be the first that felt their Vengeance. He executed his severity +without any Loss, tho' that King did not forget the Obligation he +laid on him. Brito went on to Tydore, and was Inform'd by Almanzor +of the Disorders there were at Ternate, because Boleyfe was dead, +and it was suppos'd he had been Poyson'd. He being near his Death +order'd, That during the Minority of his eldest Son Cachil Bohat, or +Boyano, the Queen his Wife, who was Daughter to the King of Tydore, +should Govern; and that Cachil Daroes, Natural Son to the said Boleyfe, +should Act jointly with her. The Queen who was Crafty, suspecting that +her Father Almanzor might under that colour aim st some Advantage, to +the Detriment of her Son, call'd her Subjects together and told them, +That it was enough for her to take care of her Sons Education; and +therefore she laid the greatest stress of Government on Cachil Daroes. + +The King, and the Governour Daroes, expected the Commander Antony +Brito, as the Kingdoms, and the young Kings Protector. They went out +to [A Fort Built at Ternate.] meet him in a Fleet of Carcoas, with +the Noise of that Barbarous Musick of Brass Basons, and Tabors. He +Landed, shewing State, and appearing worthy of that Applause; visited +the Queen, the King, and his Brothers; and after the Ceremony of +Condoling the Death of Boleyfe, ordering Affairs in Conjunction with +Daroes, he approv'd of that Form of Government, and upon all occasions +Defended his Province against that of Tydore. To do this with the +greatest Security, he pitch'd upon a proper spot of Ground, according +to the Rules of Fortification, which were not then very perfect, +no more than Military Discipline. The Foundation being dug, Brito, +in the presence of the King, and all the People, laid the first Stone +of the new Fort, with his own Hand. This happen'd on Midsummer Day, +and therefore he gave the Fort the Name of St. John Baptist; and tho' +it was built for the Defence of Ternate, yet in Brito's mind it was +Dedicated to the service of the Gospel, and its Ministers. He us'd +endeavours to send away the Caeiz he found there spreading of Mahomet's +false Doctrine, as an Obstacle to the True; but the War which is there +always settled and natural against Tydore, obstructed these Designs; +tho' at the same time the Troubles of those two Revengeful Nations +increas'd the Revenues of Portugal, by contributing of their Spice: +and the desire of Superiority brought them into Subjection. However, +in Portugal Brito had a Successor appointed him, and he was inform'd, +That the other was already sailing for the Moluccos; and there was need +enough of them both, and of doubling their Forces; because Spain still +insisted upon taking those Countries as its Right, and Brito began +to be hated, on account of his offering Violence to the Royal Family. + +At the same time Magellan having Sail'd 600 Leagues towards Malaca, +[Magellan goes over to Spain.] was in certain Islands, whence he +corresponded with Serrano; who having thriv'd so well in Ternate, +with Boleyfe, sent his Friend word what Kindness, and Wealth he had +receiv'd from him; advising him to return to his Company. Magellan +consenting, resolv'd to go to the Moluccos; but in case his Services +were not Rewarded in Portugal, as he expected, he would take the way +directly for Ternate, under whose King Serrano grew so Rich in Nine +Years. He consider'd, that since the Moluccos were 600 Leagues East +from Malaca, which make 30 Degrees, little more or less, they were out +of the Portuguese Limits, according to the antient Sea Chart. Returning +to Portugal, he found no Favour, but thought himself wrong'd, and +resenting it, went away into Castile, carrying with him a Planisphere, +drawn by Peter Reynel; by which, and the Correspondence he had held +with Serrano, he perswaded the Emperor, Charles V. that the Molucco +Islands belong'd to him. It is reported, That he Confirm'd his Opinion +with Writings, and the Authority of Ruy Faleyro, a Portuguese Judiciary +Astrologer, and much more with Serrano's. + +Hereupon the Emperor gave him the Command of a Squadron, with which +he sail'd from Sanlucar, on the 21st. of September, 1519. He stay'd +[Sets out on his Discovery.] four days at the Canaries, where a +Caravel overtook him, with private Intelligence, that his Captains +went with a Design not to Obey him particularly John Cartagena, +who had the same Commission as Magellan. He bravely seem'd to take +no notice, and sailing away with a fair Wind, being pass'd Rio de +Janeyro, in the Province of Santa Cruz, commonly call'd Brazil, +the Sea growing very cold, and much more the River of Plate, which +is in 35 Degrees of South Latitude, the Captains question'd him +about the Voyage, since they could nor find the Cape, or Streight, +they went in search of. He answer'd, as to Men that were entirely +Subordinate to his Direction and Authority, That they must go on, +for he knew what he was about, and the Coasts of Norway and Ireland +were in a greater Latitude, and yet Ships sailed along them. These +Contests lasted almost all the Voyage, and increas'd with the cold and +dreadful Winds, and the hideous sight of the Mountains of Snow and Ice, +grown old, which they met in the Latitude of 52 and 53 Degrees. They +magnify'd these Difficulties, alledging, That it requir'd six, or +seven Months to come from Castile, cross the Line, and run all along +the Coast of Brazil, through such diversity of Climates, in each of +which the Weather vary'd. That this was throwing away Men and Ships, +which were more valuable than all the Cloves in the Molucco Islands. + +The Astrologer, Ruy Faleyro, being Distracted, was left in the +Mad-House [He discovers the Streight of his Name.] at Sevil; +and in his Place went Andrew de San Martin, to whom Magellan gave +Ear, as to what he said of the Weather; but not in other Cases, +as some lay to his Charge, and with such Moderation and Integrity, +as becomes Christian Piety. Nor is it to be believ'd, That Magellan +should consult such a Deceitful a Science as Judiciary Astrology, +upon such difficult Points, or should prefer it before Astronomy, +amidst such dreadful Dangers. The Hardships became intollerable; +and Discord so far prevail'd with the Captains, John de Cartagena, +Gaspar Quesada, and Lewis de Mendoza, that they resolved either to +Kill, or Secure Magellan. This Conspiracy coming to his Ears, as he +lay at the Mouth of the River of St. Julian, having contriv'd what was +to be done, as John de Barros writes, he caus'd Lewis de Mendoza to be +Stab'd, which was done by Gonzalo de Espinosa. Next Gaspar de Quesada +was Quarter'd Alive; and a Servant of his, who was concern'd, had his +Pardon. Cartagena he condemned to a lingering Death, leaving him in +that Desert Country, with a Clergy Man, guilty of the same Crime, which +was High Treason against their King. So say the Portuguese Histories; +but the Spanish inform us, That they were privately proceeded against, +and the Judgment was Read to them. This done he made some Speeches +to Justify the Fact, and Comfort his Companions. Cartagena, and the +Clergy-Man, who were left with some Provisions, got away a few days +after, in one of the Ships of the same Squadron, which return'd to +Spain. Magellan overcoming incredible Difficulties, found the Streight, +and Passage, which makes the Communication between the two Seas, and +preserves his Name to this Day. He there took Giants above fifteen +Spans high, who wanting raw Flesh, which they us'd to feed on, soon +Dy'd; then he passed the Streight successfully. But tho' he got under +the Equinoctial, either by reason of the Currents, or the Faultiness +of the Sea Charts, he Sail'd round about, and almost in sight of the +Molucco Islands, yet could never come at them. He Touch'd at others, +where he was oblig'd to Fight; and went on to those of Zebu, or the +Manilas. At this same time his Friend Serrano was sailing for India, +and tho' it happen'd in several Places, yet they both Dy'd on the +same Day, and much after the same Manner. + +It would be superfluous to dilate upon the Story of Magellan, his +tedious Navigation, and the many Difficulties he met with, before and +after he pass'd through his Streight into the Pacifick, or South-Sea; +his Arrival at the Island of Zebu, and perswading the Idolatrous +King to embrace the Christian Faith, and the Battles he fought on +his account, with his Enemies; for besides that these things are +Related by very good Authors who Treat of the Discovery of the Molucco +Islands, which was the main Object of his desperate Undertaking, we +must be brief in repeating them, to show how eager several Princes, +and Nations were for these Islands, and the Notion they had of what +great Consequence they would be to them. + +The King of Zebu was Baptiz'd, rather to make his Advantage of the +Spanish Arms, than out of any Zeal, or that he knew the Faith he +Embrac'd. He took the Name of Ferdinand in Baptism, to flatter his +Godfather, who [He is Murder'd with others.] was Ferdinand Magalhaens, +himself. After obtaining several Victories by his Assistance, thinking +he could shake off the second Yoke he expected those Strangers might +lay on him, he turn'd against them. He contriv'd an Entertainment, +in Honour of Magellan and Thirty five Spaniards being at it, he +fell upon them at a time appointed, with a Multitude of Barbarians, +and confounding the Feast, murder'd his Guests, who handled their +Arms to defend themselves, which only serv'd to render their Deaths +more Honourable. The rest of the Spaniards, who escap'd because +they were at Sea, for their better Government under that Misfortune, +presently chose Barbosa, a Kinsman of Magalhaens, for their General, +and Lewis Alfonso, a Portuguese to be Captain of the Ship, call'd the +Victory. The perfidious King, thinking to conceal his Treachery and +Apostacy, as if it were possible to keep it secret, sent to invite +Barbosa, saying he would deliver him the Jewel he had promis'd for the +King of Spain. John Serrano, thinking it a Rashness, to trust a Man +again, whose Hands were still Bloody with the late Execution, disswaded +Barbosa from accepting of the Invitation; but was not regarded. Barbosa +went with the other Guests, and Serrano himself, who, to show it was +not Fear that mov'd him to give such Advice, was the first that got +into the Boat. They were conducted into a Wood of Palm-Trees, where +the King expected them, with a small Retinue, the Tables being spread +in the Shade, amidst the Musick of Bag-Pipes. When they were seated, +and began to Eat, a great number of Archers that lay in Ambush, +rush'd out, and shot our Men. They saved Serrano, whom they lov'd, +not out of Kindness, for they show'd him bound to those that were at +Sea, demanding for his Ransom, two Brass Guns, and then he told them, +the Slaughter that had been made. Our Men, not trusting to them, any +longer, set Sail, and did not only see the Indians carry Serrano back +to their Town, but soon after heard mighty Shouts in it; and it was +afterwards known that they gave them when they killed Serrano, and +ran to throw down a great Cross, set up before the New-Church, which +they could not perform. The Spaniards wanting Men, burnt the Ships, +call'd the Conception, and chose John Caravallo for their General, +and Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, Captain of the Ship the Victory. They +came to Borneo, on the Coast whereof they found those Peoples Fleet +of Carcoas, Painted, and the Prows of them like Serpents Heads gilt. + +The Soldiers appear'd well Arm'd, who having spy'd our Ship, acquainted +[Soldiers of Borneo, and Reception of Spaniards.] their King with +it. He order'd 2000 of his Guard to go out, and receive them, before +they reach'd the City. These Men came brandishing their Bows and +poison'd Arrows, Trunks, Cymitars, and Sheilds, and wore Breast-plates +made of Tortois Shells, and encompass'd an Arm'd Elephant, on whose +Back there was a wooden Castle. When the Spaniards came up the +Elephant stoop'd down, and six arm'd Men coming out of the Castle, +put Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, who was then General, into it. Thus +attended, he went to Visit the King, in whose Presence his Secretary +spoke to him through a Trunk, and Espinosa gave him an Account of the +King of Zebu's Perfidiousness. All condol'd the Accident, and our Men +taking Leave Sail'd away for the Molucco Islands, being reliev'd with +what they wanted, and furnish'd with able Pilots. + +Not far from Borneo, they met 150 Sail, whereof they took two Junks, +[Spaniards at Tydore.] in which they found an Hundred Men, five Women, +a Son of the King of Luzon, and an Infant two Months Old. This they +thought would be a sufficient Ransom to recover their Companions; so +they let go the Prince upon his Parole, he promising to restore them +the Captive Spaniards. They had some Storms; but arriv'd at Tydore, +on the 8th of November 1521. When Almanzor heard the salute of the +Canon, he sent to enquire what People they were, and presently after +he came to our Ships in a little Boat. His Shirt appear'd woven with +Gold and Silk, a white Cloth which trail'd being girt over it. About +his Head a fine Veil of several Colours, made like a Persian Miter: +Being Aboard the Commodore, the Relations of that Voyage say, he +stopp'd his Nose with his Fingers, either at the Smell of our Meat, +or of the Ship. Mahometanism was newly come into his Island, and +most of his Subjects, especially those Inhabiting the Mountains, +ador'd Idols. He bid our Men wellcome, gave them good Words, and +afterwards was as kind in his Actions; and being inform'd of their +past Sufferings, gave them leave to load Cloves. They presented him +with a Chair of Crimson Velvet, a Robe of Yellow Velvet, a great +Loose Coat of false Cloth of Gold, a piece of Yellow Damask, four +Yards of Scarlet Cloth; Handkercheifs, and Towles, wrought with Silk, +and Gold; Drinking-Glasses, Glass Beads, Looking-Glasses, Knives, +Scizers, and Combs. They gave his Son another parcel of Gifts, and +a Cap, and did the like by his Cachiles and Sangiacks. When they +ask'd the Kings leave in the Emperors Name to Trade, he granted it, +adding they should kill any that offer'd to hinder them. He seriously +view'd his Majesty's Picture and Arms on the Standard, and desired +to see our Coin. And pretending to be an Astrologer, or Soothsayer, +or as others say, having Dreamt, or Guess'd it, or being told it by +Chinese Priests, he said, He knew the Christians were to come to his +Lands for Spice; and desired that they would not leave him. [Ally with +that King.] They treated about an Alliance, and when they were agreed, +two Tydores brought something in their Hands to the Ships, which they +afterwards understood was the Alcoran, tho' at first they did not, +because cover'd with Silks, and Strings. Almanzor lay'd his Hands +on it, and then on his Head, and Breast; and this was the Ceremony +of his Swearing Friendship, and Fealty to the Crown of Castile, and +that he would allow them Cloves, and all Commerce for ever. Then the +General Espinosa, in the Emperor's Name, before an Image of the blessed +Virgin, swore to protect them both in Peace and War, and presented +King Almanzor with Thirty Indians he had taken Prisoners. Soon after, +as some Authors affirm, Corala, Prince of Ternate, Nephew to Almanzor, +came to Tydore to swear Fealty in like manner, as did Luzuf, King +of Gilolo, of whom it is Written, That he had Six Hundred Sons, and +that Almanzor had Two Hundred Wives. These Kings Writ to the Emperor; +ratifying their Fealty, and Sebastian del Cano sail'd away in the +Ship, the Victory, by the way the Portugueses use, with the Letters +and Instruments; the General Espinosa returning towards Panama, for +Castilla del Oro on the Continent of America, to pass thence to Spain. + +At this time the new Governor, Don Garcia Henriquez, was under Sail, +to succeed Antony Brito, and being come to Banda, waited for the Monson +to carry him to Ternate. Monson is the Name by which the Portuguese +[Monson, what it is.] call the Wind, which blows six Months to carry +them to India, and then six Months again to bring them back. There he +furnished himself with all Necessaries for the Fort built by Brito. He +had need so to do, for he received Advice, That Spanish Ships were +sailing thro' the Bays, and openest Parts of the Archipelago. He +sent to discover them, by the Industry of his Soldiers, and being +receiv'd at Ternate, view'd the Fort, and observ'd the posture of +the Government. He proposed a Peace with Cachil Almanzor, King of +Tydore. We shall have frequent Occasion to repeat these Words Cachil +and Sangiack. Cachil is perhaps deriv'd from Katil, which in Arabick +[Cachil and Sangiack, their significations.] is the same as among us, +a Valiant Soldier. In the Molucco Islands they Honour their Nobility +with this Title, which is something more than Don in Spain. The Title +of Sangiack, which answers to that of Duke, or Earl, might come +from Senchaq; which in the Turkish Language, imports a Commander: +To conclude this Peace, he thought it convenient to secure the Royal +Family; which he accordingly executed, and though he colour'd it with +fair Pretexts, they plainly perceived this was an Introduction towards +Oppressing them, and show'd a mistrust. We may safely affirm, This was +the first Distaste which, as being a notorious Wrong, [Portugueses, +why hated.] disturb'd that Nation, and from that time they grew Cold, +and Jealous, thinking themselves oblig'd to seek Revenge; and this +Action was the occasion of all the ensuing Slaughters, as we often +see a great Fire rise from one small Spark. + +Cachil Daroes endeavour'd to obstruct this Peace, as Tutor, and +Governor, fearing the Trade of Cloves would be transferr'd to Tydore, +to the Destruction of the Infant King's Dominions. But notwithstanding +this Opposition, the Peace was concluded, upon certain Conditions, as, +That the King of Tydore should deliver a Ship he had taken, the Canon, +and some [More of their Outrages.] runaway Portuguese. Almanzor, +who stood in need of a Peace, and the Friendship of the Portuguese, +to gain the Affection of Cachil Daroes, propos'd to Marry him to +one of his Daughters. Don Garcia believing that this Union among +them would produce that of their Forces, and less Submission to +the Portuguese's Dominion, to obstruct this dangerous Alliance, +sent to the King of Tydore to borrow the Canon. That King excus'd +himself, alledging, that he had lent it a few days before, to the +King of Bachian. Cachil Daroes complying with him, agreed to all the +Articles. Don Garcia being dissatisfy'd, waited an opportunity to +break all that Contrivance, and be Reveng'd. Almanzor fell Sick, and +desir'd Don Garcia to send him a Physician; who sent an Apothecary, +and he either not understanding Physick, or, as was believ'd, by order +of Don Garcia, kill'd the Patient. Manifest tokens of Poyson afterwards +appear'd. The Funeral was order'd, and at the same time the Commander, +Don Garcia, appear'd in the Morning, in a parcel of Carcoas, before +Tydore. He sent Baldaya, the Clerk of the Fort, to demand the Canon, +threatning War, in case of denial. The Regents excusing themselves at +that time, with just Reasons, and particularly the Funeral Solemnity, +when they were in the Height of the Ceremony of Burying their King, +they heard the Shouts of Don Garcia's Men giving the Assault. The +Portuguese enter'd the City, firing the Houses, plundering and killing, +which oblig'd the Tydores to abandon their King's Body, and fly to +the Mountains. During their Absence, Don Garcia seized the Canon, and +carry'd it away to Ternate. Those who had fled return'd, with some +Apprehension, and found the City ruin'd hideous, and almost reduc'd +to Ashes; but recovering from their Fright; they proclaim'd Cachil +Raxamira, the Son of Almanzor, King. They committed the Education +of him to Cachil Rade, his Kinsman, the War being declared between +Ternate and the New King of Tydore, who was seasonably supported by +the Spaniards that came to his Country. + +[Spanish Ship first round the World.] The Ship Victory returning into +Spain, with the Letters from the King of the Molucco Islands, which +the Emperor receiv'd, he was more fully convinc'd, that these Islands +were within his Limits. Their Wealth, and his Right to them were so +lively represented to him, that he order'd another Squadron of four +Ships, two Galloons, and an Advice Boat to be made ready at Corunna, +to be Commanded by the Commendary Fray Garcia de Loaysa, a Gentleman +of Biscay, and under him, as Vice-Admiral, Sebastian del Cano, and +the Captains Don Rodrigo de Acunna, James de Vera, &c. They Sail'd on +the Eve of St. James the Apostle, 1525, touch'd at Gomera, and running +along the Coast of Guinea, could not make Cape St. Augustine for want +of Wind. By reason of this Calm, all agreeing to it, he alter'd his +Course to the Cape of Good Hope. A Portuguese Ship guided them to + +[Another Squadron passes Magellans Streights.] the Island of +St. Matthew, which is Desert, and full of lofty Orange Trees, where +they saw Hens, the Track of wild Boars, and some Portuguese Words +carv'd on Trees, which shew'd they had pass'd that way. The Ships +leaving them, they pass'd Cape St. Augustine, making for the Streights +of Magellan. In this Course they endur'd Storms, and Err'd in their +Accounts. Sebastian del Cano struck on a Shoal, and was reliev'd. The +Galloons and Advice Boat made New Spain. The Admiral, by the Advice +of Cano, pass'd the Equinoctial, upon information, That in 12 Degrees +of South Latitude, he would find certain Islands that were rich in +Gold and Silver. All the Men sickn'd, the Admiral, and Cano dy'd, +with some others. The remains of the Squadron choosing Toribio de +Salazar for their Commander, return'd under the Line; but he dy'd at +the Islands de las Velas, now call'd Ladrones, or of Thieves. After +some Strife, Martin Iniguez, and Ferdinand de Bustamante succeeded him, +and agree'd to Command by turns. Thus divided they came in sight of +Mindanao, and thence to the Molucco Islands, took in some Refreshment +at Cope, a Town of the Island Moratay, whence they went on to Camafo, +of Morotoja, whose Sangiack is Subject to the King of Tydore. + +[War betwixt Spaniards and Portugueses.] They proceeded through +the Gulph of Camafo, where they were Inform'd by the Ship of Don +George de Meneses, who had been forc'd thither by the Currents, that +the Portugueses held the Fort of Ternate, and Don Garcia made War +on Tydore. Iniguez, and Bustamante offer'd them the Assistance of +Spain, by which, coming so opportunely, they gain'd the Affections +of them all, and furnished themselves with Necessaries. Don Garcia +being already provided against the new Enemy, gather'd some Carcoas, +and tho' he could not perswade Daroes, the Tutor, to go along with +him, oppos'd the Spaniards. First the Portuguese sent an Admonition, +wherein he offer'd them Peace, and Entertainment, as Subjects to the +Emperor, who was so near Ally'd to the King of Portugal; protesting, +That the Molucco Islands were within his Limits. This avail'd +nothing, and Daroes Embarking in 12 Carcoas, with Emanuel Falcao, +sent that Protestation in Writing, and in case it was Rejected, to +declare War. The Spanish Commander receiv'd the Lawyer that was to +make the Protestation, with much Civility [Portuguese and Spanish +War.] and Respect, and answer'd, That the Molucco Islands belong'd +to the Crown of Castile, and therefore he, in the Emperors Name, +required Don Garcia not to break the Peace establish'd between their +Kings. After all they were oblig'd to have recourse to Arms. Iniguez +Landed on Tydore, strengthen'd the Works, and furnish'd them with +Canon. The Portuguese follow'd, and both sides Firing, there was a +great Slaughter; but those of Ternate retir'd so disorderly, that +the Tydores remain'd Victors. However neither the Protestations, nor +the War ceas'd, the Spaniards urging Magellan's Discovery, and the +Portuguese, Serrano's, and Brito's. The Tydores and Spaniards took some +Carcoas belonging to Gilolo, in which they kill'd a Portuguese, and +some Ternates, as also a Champan Laden with Provisions for Talangame. + +In the Philippine Islands they give the Name of Carcoas to a sort of +[Carcoas, what sort of Vessels, and others.] Vessels that use Oars, +open, and bigger than our Barks, and are Steer'd by two Rudders, the +one ahead, and the other astern. The Ternates call'd them Janguas, +which differ from the Carcoas only in having two Half-Moons of Wood, +Painted, or Guilt, rising above the Keel at the Head and Poop. About +100 Men Row in each of them, to the sound of a Tabor, and a Bell. They +carry twenty Soldiers, and six Musketiers. The rest are employ'd +about four or five little Brass Guns. Both the Men that Row, and the +Soldiers are Arm'd with Campilanes, that is Cymiters, and Shields, +and abundance of Calabays, and Sagus, being long Canes burnt in the +Fire, to harden them; which they throw, without tacking, as the Moors +do their Darts. Their way of Fighting is to come within Gun-shot, +and as soon as they have Fir'd, both sides fly with all speed, till +they have Loaded again, and then return to the same Post. They set +three Men to each Gun, the one Levels, the other Charges, and the +third Fires it. This is the way among the Islanders; for when they +have to do with Europeans, our Example has Improv'd them in the Art +of War. But in their Carcoas they are always expos'd to be kill'd by +our Cannon, because they have no Fights to cover them; and the same +is in the Champanes, which differ but little from the others. + +The Victory we have spoken of Encourag'd the Tydores, and with the +Assistance of the Spaniards, they Arm'd, and falling upon Gaca, a +Town of Ternate, Plunder'd and Burnt it; but at their Return, they +met with Martin Correa, whom they Fought, plying their Carcoas, the +Success remaining doubtful. Whilst this War was at the hottest, Don +George de Meneses [Don George de Meneses at Ternate.] came from the +Papuas to Ternate, to whom Don Garcia presently resign'd the Post, tho' +the Hostilities continu'd, with Burning and Slaughter on both sides, +which it was expected would be greater when the Portuguese Succours +came from Malaca, and the Castilian from Spain. The new Portuguese +Commander in Chief, and Martin Inniguez came to a Conference, and +with much Courtesy, and desire of Peace, concluded a Truce, which +lasted not long, tho' not on account of the main cause. + +There were many Battles between the Spanish and Portuguese Nations, +from Gilolo and other adjacent Islands, about the Possession of the +Moluccos, and they were under several Commanders, the Event whereof +we shall see in its Place. Therefore, and because others have Treated +of them Copeously, they shall be now pass'd by, that we may return +to the Actions of those Kings, which ought to be distinctly deliver'd +now at the Beginning, for the better Understanding of the Causes why +they came to be Lost. + +[King of Tydore makes Peace.] The King of Tydore was less Supported +by Spain than he had been before, and was therefore oblig'd to +sue for Peace, laying some Burden of Tribute, on his own Revenue +proceeding from the Cloves. He also promis'd never to admit of any +Spanish Succours; besides some other Conditions, which put an end to +the Wars for a time. + +We have already observ'd, That Cachil Boleyfe, King of Ternate, +left three lawful Sons, viz. Cachil Bayano, Cachil Dayalo, and +Cachil Tabarija. The Eldest of them was not above six Years of +Age; besides whom there [Daroes, and the Queen govern Ternate.] +were seven Bastards, the Eldest of them, Cachil Daroes, was Governor +of the Kingdom, in Conjunction with the Queen. When Brito, in the Year +1521, Built the Fort, to secure the Subjection of the Island, tho' he +had another Pretence for it, he took the Infant King, and the Queen +his Mother, into it. She generously resenting this Violence, as not +able to endure, that they should oppose the course of her Government, +which she manag'd, together with her Step-Son, loudly Complain'd, and +Threatned, as a Queen, and as a Mother. She wanted no Conveniencies +for the Education of the Children; but there being Wrong disguiz'd +among all that seeming Kindness, neither her Family, nor the Nurse, +nor the Perswasions of Great Persons, could appease her Anger. The +Natives observ'd the Difference of the Portuguese Domination, and +that since their building of that Fort, they us'd intolerable Rigor, +and consequently began to grow cold in their Affection, [Portuguese +Insolent.] and to slacken in their Respect; especially when they +perceiv'd that Brito's Successor continu'd to keep the Royal Family +under Oppression. The young King was bred up in the Fort, till he +was of Age to enter upon the Government of his Kingdom; and being +18 years old, soon dy'd, not without the usual suspition of Poison, +but it was affirm'd to be given by private order of Cachil Daroes. O +the wonderful Effects of the Desire of Rule! + +Sultan Bayano being Dead, order was taken that the People should +immediatly Swear Cachil Dayalo; but Don George found also means to +get him into the Fort; the Mother demanding him, as fearing his Death, +by the example of the Elder. Don George condescended, not so much in +compliance [They Insult the Natives.] to her Fears, as to oblige +Cachil Daroes, with whose Government he was well-satisfy'd; and it +was he that had interven'd in, and advis'd that way of Breeding the +Princes. Soon after there happen'd an Accident, which broke off their +good Intelligence; for Daroes grew jealous of the Commander in chiefs +Behaviour, observing him much to favour Cachil Bayaco, a Man of note, +whose Friendship he was suspicious of, and he with reason fear'd, +that the Commander would in time value Bayaco more than him. This +well grounded Fear grew up in his Breast, till it turn'd to down +right Hatred, and he contriv'd to kill Don George. The Design could +not be carry'd on so private, as to be conceal'd from him, and he +to disappoint it, retir'd into the Fort. Daroes puffed up with the +Applause of the People, sent immediatly to require him to deliver up +Bayaco, to try him upon some Complaints he had against him, being his +Judge, as Governour, and oblig'd to do Justice. Don George was desirous +to save Cachil Bayaco, and to that purpose assembled the Alcayde, and +other Officers. Some said he ought to deliver him, others advis'd to +appease Daroes by fair means. Bayaco, who hated him so mortally, that +he woul'd chuse any sort of Death, rather than fall into his Hands, +being lock'd up in a Room of the Fort, understood that his Case was +doubtful, for they Consulted without any great Privacy. This made +him Resolve what to do, and going to a high Window, he threw himself +out with such Fury, that he beat himself to Pieces. Don George was +troubl'd at the Accident, and thought himself oblig'd to Revenge it; +which he began upon finding a Sow kill'd, either to spight him, or +because the Neighbours were Mahometans, and had done it as she graz'd, +or went about the Courts of the Fort. This was a rediculous Occasion, +but of Moment enough among those People; Enquiry was made who had +kill'd her, and it appear'd, or Don George would have it, that the +Fault belong'd to Cachil Baydua, a near Kinsman to Cachil Daroes, +very Learned, and Zealous in the Law of Mahomet, as also a Caciz, +or Priest, and of great Authority in the Kingdom. He was seiz'd by +Don George, and carry'd into the Fort, without regard to the publick +Peace. Daroes, in a great Consternation, went with the chief Men of the +Kingdom, to desire he would release that Sacred Person. Whilst they +were discoursing this Point, Peter Fernandez, a mean Fellow, Servant +to the Commander in Chief, by his Masters Order, or of his own Accord, +in the Presence of them all, went up to Cachil Baydua, and rubb'd +his Mouth, [Rudeness.] and Face with a fat Collop of the same Sow, +neither the Opposition he made, nor his Complaints to God, and the +Commander in Chief availing him; but on the contrary, the Portugueses +laugh'd out aloud, approving the Action by their Applause. Daroes on +his part, cast himself on the Ground, and Weeping, prevail'd to have +Baydua restor'd to him, whom, Don George being satisfy'd, or appeas'd, +and taking Security, sent to his House. Daroes attended him, and all +the Prime Men; and Baydua, by Reason it is an Abomination among them to +touch Swines-Flesh, presently used their Purifications; and the more +to express his Concern, voluntarily left the Island for some Years, +and travel'd about all the others in the Neighbourhood, preaching, +and magnifying the Affront offer'd to one of Mahomets Priests, thus +stirring up the Natives, and perswading them to Unite in Defence of +their Honour. + +This Accident, which as a Disgrace to their Religion, exasperated +the People, was seconded by another much worse, which quite render'd +the Portugueses Odious. The contrary Winds kept back the Trading +Galeon, [Portugueses become odious for Rapine, &c.] that us'd to +carry the Soldiers Pay, and their Wants increasing, they began to +seek Relief, breaking into the Natives Shops, and Store-Houses, +and taking away their Provisions, without Paying for them. Daroes, +offended at it, order'd, That no Provisions should be brought into +the City to sell, and that the Shops which dealt in them, should be +shut up. This was accordingly done, and reduc'd those in the Fort +to such Distress, that the Soldiers mutinying, rail'd at their own +Commander, and the Governour of India, demanding Relief with their +Arms in their Hands. Don George being hard press'd, and blaming +the Avarice of his Country Men, sent some Carcoas with Soldiers, +under the Command of Gomez Ariaz, to barter Goods in the adjacent +Islands for Provisions. They Landed on an Island near by, where, +being desperate with Hunger, they Plunder'd the Town of Tabona, +the Inhabitants whereof, no longer able to endure such Affronts, and +Robberies, running to Arms, fell upon them, and kill'd the greatest +Number, and most of the rest being Wounded, were Disarm'd. They +embark'd for Ternate, where their Wounds and Nakedness spoke what had +befallen them, as much as their Words. Don George, who, besides his +being naturally Passionate, was now quite enrag'd, threatned Daroes, +That if he did not deliver up the principal Actors in this Mischief, +he would seek his Revenge other ways. He was obey'd, and tho' Cachil +Daroes knew that all the Fault belong'd to the Portugueses, yet he +deliver'd up the Governor of Tabona, and two other Chief Men of the +Place, to Don George, thinking he would be satisfy'd with keeping them +Prisoners for [Barbarous Cruelty.] some Days. As soon as they were +brought before him, he order'd the Hands of the two to be cut off, +and that they should be then set at liberty. The Governors Punishment +was answerable to the Cruelty of him that was his Judge; they ty'd +his Hands behind his Back, and exposing him on the Shore, set two +fierce Woolf-Dogs upon him, he having no way to withstand their Fury, +made several vain attempts to slip aside from them, and endeavour'd to +defend himself with what little Power was left him in those Limbs that +were not Bound. The Multitude with Horror beheld the Spectacle, touch'd +with Compassion, and admiring the Inhumanity of the Punishment. The +wretched Man attempted to Fly, but perceiving that the arm'd Soldiers, +had shut up every way, on the Land side, he cast himself into the +Sea, the only Refuge accidentally left him, to seek some uncertain +Hope of Safety. However the Dogs being already blooded, left him not; +but barking and howling, bit and tore him, tho' he still swam with his +Legs. At last, being desperate, and almost in the last Agony, he took a +horrid Resolution and fell upon those fierce Creatures with his Teeth; +such was the Effect of Pain and Despair. Thus the unhappy Man took +hold of one of the Dogs by the Ear, and holding fast, sunk with him to +the Bottom. The like Barbarity had never before been seen in any of +those Countries to which the Portugueses Traded; and by it they lost +the Reputation they had before gain'd, to their great Applause, that +they inflicted Punishments, as it were by Compulsion, and Oblig'd to +it, and that with Mildness, and Compassion, to shew their Generosity. + +[Conspiracy to destroy the Portugueses.] This Action brought them +into general Hatred, and all the People of the Molucco Islands being +exited by Cachil Daroes, contriv'd to kill Don George, with all +the Portugueses and Spaniards, and so deliver themselves from their +Yoke. Daroes undertook to Unite all the Kings of those Islands in a +League against the Christians; sent away trusty Persons to stir up +the Confederates; and particularly to Cachil Catabruno, Governor of +Gilolo, during that Kings Minority, advising him, at a Time appointed, +to rise in Arms against the Spaniards inhabiting his Dominions, and +then to kill the Infant King, and Usurp the Crown; for the compassing +whereof he promis'd his Assistance, for they should both make that +their common Cause, because he design'd the same Slaughter upon the +Portugueses, and upon the Infant King Sultan Dayalo, whom he would +Succeed in the Throne, and never submit to any Spanish Tyranny. At this +time the Voice of the Gospel resounded in the Ears of the Barbarous +Nations of the Archipelago, by the Preaching of the Religious Men +of the Orders of St. Augustin, St. Dominick, and St. Francis, and of +Father Francis Naverius, a Jesuit, and his Companions; Churches were +built, and therefore God, who was taught by them, would not suffer +the Ministers of the Gospel to be extirpated. Don George was inform'd +of the Conspiracy, and the Preparations that were making to put it in +Execution, which he kept to himself. Daroes, the better to disemble it, +never absented himself, but resorted to the Fort, and paid Visits to +the Governour; sometimes when sent for by him, and others, of his own +Accord. He sent one Day desiring he would come to him, and bring Cachil +Tamarano, Admiral of the Island, and Cachil Boio, the chief Justice +of the Kingdom, to treat about some important Affairs. Cachil Daroes +knowing nothing of Don George's Design, took those two Cachils with +him, and went away to the Fort. Don George receiv'd them courteously, +[Daroes and others put to Death.] and with a chearful Countenance; but +being come into a Room where all Things were prepar'd for the Purpose, +they were seiz'd and put to the Rack, on which they discover'd the +Conspiracy. Immediately he pass'd Sentence upon them in Form, and at +the same time caus'd a Scaffold to be erected, adjoyning to the Fort, +on the Outside, where the People were already gather'd in a Crowd. Then +Cachil Daroes being brought out, and plac'd high on the Scaffold, a +Cryer proclaim'd his Crimes, and the Penalty he was condemn'd to. His +Head was cut off, and his Companions put to a less honourable Death; +but what that was, no History or Relations inform us. + +The Queen and all the Natives, were so terrify'd by this Action, +that [Natives fly, and streighten the Portugueses.] they fled out +of the City, to a craggy strong Mountain at the Town of Toruto: +Thence the Queen sent to demand her Son, whom the Governour kept as +a Prisoner; but he not answering her Letter, she was so offended at, +and jealous of his Silence, that she caus'd Proclamation to be made, +forbidding all the People of the Island, upon Pain of Death, to sell +any Provisions, or other Necessaries, to the Portugueses. Her Orders +were readily obey'd, and the Portugueses press'd by Hunger, found +it a more powerful Enemy, than those they had wrong'd. Their Skins +began to shrivel, they grew Lank and Weak, and must have perish'd, +had not Gonzalo Pereyra arriv'd then with the Trading Galeon. Gonzalo +Pereyra came from Malaca to succeed Don George de Meneses in the +Post of Ternate; and improving the Opportunity, touch'd at Borneo, +where he visited the King, with whom, the Spaniards not obstructing, +he settled perpetual Peace and Amity; thence he set out immediately for +Ternate, where he arriv'd in Safety. He presently took Possession of +the Fort, and paid the weak Soldiers. The Queen went to visit him, +and to complain of Don George, [New Governour.] and demand her +Son Cachil Dayalo, which was her greatest Concern. Gonzalo Pereyra +answer'd her generously, promis'd to do her Justice; and to begin, +secur'd Don George in the Principal Tower, to appease the Queen, +engaging i i. Word, That he would restore her Son, as soon as the Fort +was in a good Posture. He sent to intreat her to return to the City, +and former Amity; that Justice might be peaceably administer'd. She +seeing some Effects of his Promise, in the Imprisonment of her Enemy, +and the Expectation of Releasing the King her Son, turn'd past Sorrow +into Joy, return'd to Court, and Gonzalo Pereyra reform'd Abuses, +repair'd the Fort, and built Bastions of Square Stone, which till then +had been unhew'd, the Queen furnishing Workmen and Materials. Still +Cachil Dayalo was detain'd in the Fort, without being restor'd to +his Liberty; and the Queen and People help'd to build the Fort, as +the sure Means of obtaining their King's Liberty. Gonzalo Pereyra, +when he thought it a proper Time, resolv'd to execute some Orders he +had brought from Goa, which were the same that had before endanger'd +the Disturbance of those Kingdoms. + +[Fresh Uproars caus'd by the Governour.] Some Governours, says +the Portuguese Historian, Couto, only study to enrich themselves, +impoverishing the Provinces, and their King; for no Prince can be +rich, if his Grandeur depends upon poor Subjects. The Governour +now perceiving that all Things were quiet, and he had little or no +Dependance on those People, made Proclamation, that none should buy +Cloves in those Islands, but the King, his Master's Factors. At the +same Time he order'd, that his Officers should enter the Houses of +marry'd Men, which are the Richest, and take away all their Cloves; +and this not only among the Natives, but in the Habitations, and +Colonies of the Portugueses, paying for it after the Country Rate; +and that they should break all their Weights, Scales and Measures, +and other Implements of this Sort, all which he caus'd to be publickly +burnt. The Island was again in an Uproar, and the Portugueses were +for quitting it, because it was to no Purpose to live there, if they +were depriv'd of that Trade. Most of the Portugueses repair'd to the +House of Ferdinand Lopez, a Priest, who was the Bishop's Vicar in +the Fort, and ought to have given them an Example of Modesty. There +one Vincent Fonseca, a seditious Fellow, heading the Mutiniers, they +resolv'd to require the Governour to permit them to live in their +former Liberty; and in case he should not Consent, they would depart +the Fort, and the Country, and go over to the Spaniards, or else to +the Mahometans, and Idolaters Towns. Some there were, who boggled at +the Crime of abandoning the Service of their King, together with the +[Portugueses mutiny.] Fort; and voted it would be less Harm to procure +the Governour's Death, by Means of the Natives. Whilst they were thus +unresolv'd, the Governour sent to seize Vincent de Fonseca, for some +disrespectful Words he had spoken upon this Occasion, to another +Soldier who was viewing the Guards. The Multitude, who had already +given themselves up to the Direction of Fonseca, were as much concern'd +at his Imprisonment, as if every one of them had been put into Irons; +and as generally in such Mutinies, they are not without some specious +Pretence, tho' it be but superficial, many of the Seditious, being +incens'd, and resolute, repair'd to the Queen's Palace, where they +were easily admitted, and some of them to more Privacy with certain +Counsellors of her's. There they represented the Hardship of depriving +them of the Trade of Clove, without any Demerit on their Side. But, +said they, they may as well deprive us of this common Air, of this +Light, and of the Benefit of our Senses. Our Kings give no such Orders; +but they proceed from the Avarice of the Governours and Commanders, +who tyrannize over us, and this Man more than all his Predecessors, +being come to destroy, that which he was sent to preserve. He has no +Design to restore your Majesty your Son; but on the contrary we are +satisfy'd he contrives to destroy both the Son and the Mother. Her +he will secure, as soon as he has brought his Works to perfection, +that he may not be again kept from Provisions. If you will stand up +for your Country, and kill the Commander, we shall not obstruct it, +but on the contrary shall be as vigorous to act against him, as we +are ready to promise it. + +The Queen and her Councellors were well pleas'd, hoping by that +[The Queen stirs up her People.] means to get rid of Tyrants, as +they call'd them, and therefore would not let slip so favourable an +opportunity to compass their Ends. The Queen assembled the prime Men +of the Island; represented to them the Condition it was in; put them +in mind, how King Boleyfe her Husband, protected the Portugueses, +who came thither in Distress; how they had sworn Amity, and solemnly +given their Hands upon it; the Honour and Kindness he show'd them; and +that for their sakes he forfeited the good will of the Neighbouring +Princes; that after he had receiv'd them, he maintain'd Wars, and +sustain'd losses, even to the hazard of his life, to protect them; +that he treated them as affectionately as if they had been his own +Children; and how they, in return for his Entertainment and Favours, +as soon as the Breath was out of his Body, presum'd, said she, to +lay violent Hands on me; from whose Tyranny and Oppression I escaped, +by absconding long among the Rocks, and Brambles. My Children, they +snatch'd from their Nurses Breasts, to confine them in Prison; in their +own Kingdom, and among their Subjects. When Cachil Bayano came to age +to govern, they poyson'd him. They now design after the same manner +to destroy his Brother, a lawful King, as if he were some run-away +Slave. See what regard a parcel of intruding Strangers have for your +Fortunes, your Houses, your Daughters, and your Wives, in your own +Country, and in my Presence. Any one of these things ought to be a +sufficient motive to cast off the Yoke we laid upon our Necks through +our own Credulity. What then will not they all together oblige us to +do? But besides all this, what ought we not to do, seeing our Religion +affronted? Our Temples polluted? Our Priests trampled on? And all our +selves in general despis'd? Can you have a greater Testimony of the +justice of your Cause, than to see the Portugueses themselves on your +side? Do not let slip this Opportunity, my Friends, stand by them, +since they promise to assist us. Deliver by their means your King, +your Country, and your Religion; that all these may be afterwards +rescu'd from them, and we may exclude such ungrateful Guests. + +These and other Exhortations made by the Queen, as Mafeus writes in +[Conspiracy against the Governor.] his Latin History, were receiv'd +with Abundance of Tears, and they all engag'd to put their helping +hands to the execution of what had been concerted; and fixt the day and +hour. Great Dissimulation was us'd, and the Queen forwarded the work of +the Fort with much application, without sparing any Cost, giving out, +so as it might come to the Governour's Ears, That the King her Sons +Liberty depended on the finishing of the Fort. This was the effect +of Motherly Affection. The appointed Day being come, the Natives +appear'd in Arms, just during the scorching Heat of the Noon-day; +Some hid themselves in a Mosque, behind the Fort; others in a Wood, +not far off, all of them ready to assault it, upon a Signal given, +they being to enter at a Breach, which was not yet made up. Some +of the Arm'd Islanders slily mixt themselves among the Masons, and +Labourers, and among the King's Servants, who were going and coming +with kind Messages between the Son and the Mother, and by this means +convey'd him his Arms, and being us'd to talk to him freely at other +times, they had then the Opportunity of acquainting him with the +Design, and advising to be in a readiness to fall on boldly in due +time. Thence they went to the Governour's Apartment, where he was +taking his Afternoons Nap in all possible Security, his whole Family +being asleep. The Ternates burst the Doors open with their Shoulders, +and rush'd upon the Governour, whom the noise had awak'd. He defended +himself with his Sword and Buckler for a considerable space; but his +Enemies being numerous, and all [His Death.] pressing forwards, +they cut him in pieces. A Woman-slave of his hearing the Hubbub, +shreek'd out, which with the other Noise brought the Islanders out +of the Mosque, without expecting the Signal. They laid hold of a +Portuguese they met, but he broke loose, and escap'd their Fury by +flight. The Slave continu'd crying out, Moors, Moors. With this the +Governour's Servants came running arm'd, and going up to the chief +Tower, where their Master was wont to divert himself, found all the +Murderers there, whom they laid hold of, and cast down headlong, and +then shut the Gates of the Fort. Then they rang the Bell, the sound +whereof, and their not hearing the Signal, discourag'd the Ternates +who lay in Ambush, so that they slunk away into the City. + +The Portugues Conspirators went slily dissembling into the Fort, and +finding the Governour dead, requir'd the rest in his place to admit of +the Alcayde, or Constable of the Fort, because the King of Portugal had +so order'd. They refus'd him, and particularly the Vicar, who took upon +him [Fonseca made Governour.] to head them all, and prevail'd so far +that they chose Vincent de Fonseca for their Governour, who immediately +took Possession of the Fort, and beginning to go on in the Tyrannical +Design of Gonzalo Pereyra, left the Trade of Clove as it was before; +but secur'd King Dayalo. No notice was taken of the Governour's Death, +as being executed by the consent of them all. The Queen insisted to +demand her Son, since she had furnish'd all Necessaries for that +Work; Vincent Fonseca refer'd the Answer to the Marry'd Men. All +those Nations are of opinion that the discreetest among them are +the Marry'd Men, both on account of their Age, and as more faithful +Councellors, because they have a greater interest in the publick Good, +and therefore it is usual to refer to them all Debates and Answers +in matters of Difficulty. They all voted, That the Queen should not +have her Son deliver'd to her, because it was convenient to keep him +as an Hostage, fearing the second part of what had been concerted, +and that their Friendships would last no longer than till it could +be executed. But to palliate the true cause of detaining him, they +answered, That they must first acquaint the Governour of India. In +the mean while the Mother did not cease to weep, and to intreat. She +fed upon these Hopes, grounded on the Hatred the Portugueses still +retain'd for Pereyra, and on the Generosity she had us'd in restoring +the Trade of Clove, and other means. The most prevalent of these +seem'd to be the gaining the affections of the Marry'd Portugueses, +to whom that Affair was referred, and under-hand of Vincent Fonseca +himself, by rich Presents, and extraordinary Gifts. But she was +soon undeceived, for Fonseca offered her such Reasons or Excuses, +as proved his Tyrannical Design; alledging, that having already sent +to consult the Governour of India about the King's Liberty, it was +not in his power to come to any Resolution in that affair, till the +Answer came from Goa, for they would cut off his Head, should he go +about to act of himself. The Queen perceiving that neither Gifts, +nor Intreaties would prevail to get her Son, she resolv'd to use Force. + +She stir'd up all the Neighbouring Kingdoms against the Portugueses; +[The Queen recovers her Son by force.] and order'd the Provisions +to be all remov'd, that none might come to the Fort, either by Sea or +Land. Those within began to feel the want of all Necessaries, to such +a degree, that they su'd to the Queen for Peace, which was concluded, +and they gave up her Son, which was the only thing she aim'd at, +without regarding the inconveniency of losing the Fort. The Queen +having obtain'd the King's Liberty, granted the Portugueses all the +Conditions they demanded, and was so throughly appeas'd that the +Christians continu'd their Settlements and Colonies, and Trade, and +Provisions were restor'd. The Queen put the Government into the hands +of her Son, who at first shew'd some Severity and Harshness towards +the prime Men, and discover'd some Weaknesses, which till then his +Confinement had either conceal'd, or suppress'd. These things render'd +him so odious, that the case was alter'd, and they would have been +glad he had been Prisoner again. The Mother could not curb his ill +Inclination, for the extravagant Youth's deprav'd Nature would not +allow of it. + +At this time three mean Fellows of the Portugueses Colony, went +to those of the Natives to rob; besides which they ravish'd some +Women. The [Portuguese Robbers kill'd.] Islanders would not bear with +that Insolence; but those who had been wrong'd in revenge kill'd the +Offenders. Vincent de Fonseca hearing of it, magnify'd the Heinousness +of the Fact, without mentioning his Countrymens Guilt, and order'd +strict Enquiry to be made after the Slayers. What Care ought Princes +to take to secure the Affection of their Subjects. The King was so +hated, that certain Natives went to the Governour, and being conducted +into a private part of the Fort, because they were Men of Quality, +they assur'd him that the King had been the Occasion of the killing of +those Portugueses, grounding the Accusation on their own Surmises, and +aggravating the Offence with other Circumstances, in such manner, that +had Fonseca lov'd the King, he could not but have believ'd them. He +presently contriv'd to seize him; but being impatient, and despairing +of securing him by Art, had recourse to Force. The King did the like, +tho' [King of Ternate flies.] sensible how little Assistance he could +expect from his People, however he arm'd a few Vessels, and falling +upon some Christian Towns, took several Prisoners. The Governour on +the other Hand, without sparing Ternate, attacked what Towns he could, +so that Cruelty and Rapine were again in use, even to assaulting of +Cities, the very Sufferers approving of it, and pleas'd with their +Losses, that so they might be reveng'd of their King. He fearing +that the Hatred they bore him, might occasion his being seiz'd and +deliver'd up to Fonseca, went over to Tydore, where that King for the +present entertain'd and assisted him, as a Friend and Relation. The +Governour sent with speed to call the King's younger Brother, named +Sultan Tabarija, who was fled with some Malecontents, and with the +consent of [Sultan Tabarija made King.] all the rest of the People, +who were before no less dissatisfy'd, proclaim'd him King, with all +the Forms and Ceremonies us'd in that case. Many approv'd of it, yet +some were scandaliz'd. The same Division reign'd among the Portugueses, +remembring the unjust Election of Vincent de Fonseca, and that he was +the first and main instrument of the Death of Gonzalo Pereyra. Fonseca +himself was not at Peace with his own Conscience; but so full of +Apprehensions and Dread, that he was never unarm'd, disconsolate, +melancholy, and attended by all those ill Symptoms, the Memory of +Guilt produces in the Mind; and he could wish he were discharg'd of +the Burden he had taken upon him. The new King Tabarija began his +Reign shewing Kindness to all Men, and cherishing the Portugueses, +which offended his absent Brother; and administer'd occasion to +irritate the Kings of Tydore and Ternate against him so hastily, +that he immediately broke the Peace, and declar'd himself their Enemy. + +[Tristan de Atayde Governour of Ternate.] At this time Tristan de +Atayde came to Ternate, whose Presence brought all Things into better +Form. He appeas'd the Queen, and commending Tabarija's Government, +gain'd his Affection. Trade went on without any Obstruction. Vincent +de Fonseca imbark'd for India, and was seiz'd by the Viceroy of Goa, +for the heinous Crimes he had committed in the Molucco Islands, +whence a full Account of them was sent with him; yet he was not +punish'd, but liv'd quietly for the future. Ternate flourish'd under +this mild Government; the King, his Subjects, and the Portuguese +Officers being united; but all those Garrisons so remote from the +Head, being Receptacles of seditious Persons, who are contriving +Innovations to disturb the Peace, and thrive by Discord, there wanted +not some Promoters of such Changes, who perverted Tristan de Atayde, +and divested him of his former Mildness. About the beginning of his +Government two Carcoas of Barbarians plunder'd and almost destroy'd +the City Momoya, the Inhabitants whereof were Idolaters, in the +Island Moro. The Lord of it a powerful Sangiack, and good Moral Man, +tho' a Heathen, made his Escape. Gonzalo Velloso, a Portuguese, was +then not far from his City, following his Trade, and going thither, +upon his paying a Visit to the Sangiack, he told him the Havock that +had been made, complaining of the dangerous Neighbourhood of the +other Islanders, and asking his Advice, how he might be reveng'd and +secur'd for the future. Velloso, God directing his Tongue, told him, +That the surest way was to sue for Peace to the Commander in chief +of the Moluccos, and entertain Amity with the Portugueses, for if his +Enemies once saw he was supported by their Power, no King nor Sangiack +would dare to offend him. He assur'd him that the King of Portugal sent +them for that End, being oblig'd to put down Tyranny and Oppression; +but that for the obtaining that benefit more fully, it was requisite +he should become a Christian; for by that means he would save his +Soul, and secure his Escape, which was the least important of the +[A Sangiack converted.] two. Velloso said so much to this Point, +and the Spirit which directed, suggested such important Truths, that +the Sangiack at first admiring them, approv'd and submitted to them, +and grew very earnest to be admitted to Baptism. He desir'd Gonzalo +Velloso to be assisting to him, and gathering some of his Family +and Friends, they set out for Ternate, the Sangiack himself staying +behind for their Answer. The Heathens came with Velloso to Ternate, +where they were generously received, and entertain'd by Tristan de +Ataide. Having heard what they came about, he put them all into the +Christian Habit, appointing Clergy-men to instruct and Catechize +them. Being thus prepar'd, they receiv'd Baptism with extraordinary +satisfaction, the Commander in chief being their God-father. Then +he commended the Sangiack's Resolution, shewing how advantageous +it would be to him to become a Son of the Church, and reject the +abominable and foul Ceremonies of Idolatry, in which he had liv'd. He +sent him word, to appoint the Day and Place for being Baptiz'd, and +he would see all perform'd as he should direct, for which Reason he +left it to his Choice. The Messengers returning to Momoya, were not +only proud of having embrac'd the Christian Faith, but of the good +Usage they receiv'd from the Governour and other Christians, telling +the Sangiack all that had happen'd, and the Answer they brought +him. The Sangiack, led by his own inclination, and encourag'd by +their Account, imbark'd in some Carcoas with the greatest Splendor +of Musick and Gayety he was able. Being come in Sight of Ternate, +Tristan de Ataide went out to meet him with no less Pomp. He lodg'd and +entertain'd him accordingly, and order'd a Learned and Religious Man +to Catechize and instruct him. Some Days after when the Cathecumens +were fitted for it, they receiv'd Baptism, with publick Rejoycings, +and greater Solemnity than had ever been seen in Ternate. There +was not a Christian but what brought Palm-Branches and Flowers from +that natural Garden of the Island; besides Musick, Dancing, Firing +of great Guns, and even the very Barbarians rejoyc'd. The Sangiack +in Baptism took the Name of Don John; he stay'd some Days rejoycing +and Feasting with the Portugueses, and then return'd home, taking +along with him the Priest that instructed him, call'd Simon Vaz, +to improve him in the Knowledge of the Faith. That Priest liv'd with +him some Years in his City, leading an Exemplar Life, and exercising +himself in Works of Officious and pure Charity, by which means he +converted great Numbers of Heathens, and particularly the Inhabitants +of Momoya. But being alone, and the Number of those God was pleased +for his Glory, to bring to him increasing very fast, he sent to +Tristan de Atayde for another Priest to assist him in that Function, +and he accordingly sent F. Francis Alvarez. They both in a short time +converted the Infidels of that Part, throwing down all the Pagodes, +so they call'd their Idols, cleansing those Places, and converting +the Houses of Abomination and Darkness into Churches of the living +God. Tristan de Atayde so far favour'd the new Don John, as to send +along with him some Portuguese Soldiers to defend his Person and Fort, +and this Prince maintain'd very friendly Correspondence with him. His +End we shall soon see and admire in the Sequel of this History. + +The People of Ternate at the same time took another Course, for they +[Portugueses serve the King.] hating Sultan Tabarija, and desiring +his Death, talk'd with the Governour in private, and gave him to +understand that his Life was in Danger, for Tabarija contriv'd to kill +him, as had been done by Gonzalo Pereyra, that so he might seize the +Fort, turning out the Portugueses. The Governour hearing his Life, +and the Fort were both in Jeopardy, and calling to mind the yet fresh +Example of his Predecessor, easily believ'd the Design, but cunningly +dissembled. He contriv'd that some Portugueses on account of real +or pretended Differences should have Recourse to the King's Favour, +as sometimes they us'd to do, and should prevail upon him to come +to the Fort to speak for them. He was apply'd to by some, and like +an innocent Man suspecting nothing, went to the Fort to intercede +for them. He was immediately seiz'd and loaded with Irons, and being +brought to Trial, the same Persons that contriv'd his Imprisonment, +appear'd as Witnesses against him. After a tedious Examination, +or show of it, the Result was, that he should be sent to India to +justifie himself. He imbark'd with a safe [His Conversion and Death.] +Conscience, and his Cause being examin'd before the Viceroy Antony +Barreto at Goa, he was clear'd, and confessing the Holy Spirit had +taken that method to draw him to Salvation, was Baptiz'd in that +City with great Satisfaction, by the Name of Don Emanuel. In his +Return homewards, expecting the Monson at Malaca to put to Sea, he +dy'd with extraordinary Tokens of a sincere Christian; and having +no lawful Heir, appointed King John the Third of Portugal to succeed +him in all his Kingdoms. The Will was afterwards carry'd to Ternate, +where the great Ones and Commonalty accepted of it, owning King +John for their Soveraign. This was perform'd with Acclamations in +the Streets and publick Places, as also in the Courts of Judicature, +taking Possession with the Royal Standard of Portugal display'd, and +all other usual Solemnities and Ceremonies. In the Year 1549, Jordan +de Freytas carry'd the publick Instruments of the Possession to Lisbon. + +To return to the Course of the History when Tristan de Atayde +had Imbark'd King Tabarija for India, he sought out for a Bastard +Brother of his call'd Aerio, born of a Javanese Mother. The Lad +was then ten years of Age, bred by his Mother in a retir'd manner, +at a Pleasure-House encompass'd with perpetual Greens, the natural +Disposition being improv'd [The Melancholy Tree, and Flower.] by Art, +which so far prevail'd that the Flower so wonderful for its Fragrancy +and manner of growing call'd Triste, or melancholy; found only in +Malabar and Malaca, abounded in this Ladies Gardens. She ador'd the +Sun, and brought up her Child in that Folly, that he might forget the +Rudiments he learnt at Goa, when in the Colledge of the Jesuits. The +Idolaters believe, or feign, that a most beautiful Daughter of +Parizataco, a Satrapa, or Nobleman, fell in love with the Sun, and +that he after complying with, and obliging her, setled his Affections +on another, and the first not able to endure that another should be +preferr'd before her, kill'd her self. From her Ashes, for in those +parts they still retain the Custom of burning dead Bodies, sprung that +Melancholy Tree, say they, whose Blossoms or Flowers still preserving +the Memory of their Original, have such a Hatred for the Sun, that they +cannot bear his Light. This Plant is call'd in the Canarine Tongue +Parizataco, from the Indian Womans Father, who was Metamorphos'd +like Daphne, tho' on other Account. The Malayes call it Singadi; +the Arabs, Guart; the Persians and Turks, Gul; the Decanines, Pul; +and the Portuguese, Arvore Triste; that is, the Melancholy Tree. It +shoots out abundance of slender Branches, regularly divided by Knots, +from each of which two Leaves sprout, opposite to one another, like +those of the Plum-Tree, but soft like Sage, and cover'd with a white +Down. From each Leaf sprouts a Nib, or Nipple, whence five Heads +shoot out small at the end, each of them adorn'd with four smaller +round Leaves; from each little Head proceed five Flowers, the fifth +in the midst of the other four; among them the white Flowers visibly +grow out, being bigger than Orange Flowers, and so fast after Night +fall, that the Motion of them is perceptible. This Fruitfulness lasts +all the Night, till the Appearing of the Sun renders it barren, and +causes all the Flowers and Leaves to drop off, the Boughs remaining +wither'd. On a sudden all that Fragrancy ceases, which enrich'd the +Air with all the sweet Odours of Asia, included in this alone; till +the Sun leaving the Horizon again, the Plant again flourishes in its +beloved Darkness, as if it then retriev'd the Wrong it receiv'd from +the Light. The Asiaticks are excessively fond of Perfumes, which is +an Argument of their Lasciviousness. Great Taxes are laid in several +Provinces, on all sweet Scents. + +The Portugueses came arm'd to that House, where the aforesaid Princess +[Portuguses sent to fetch Aerio.] bred her Son, and demanded him in +the Name of Tristan de Atayde; she would willingly have hid him, but +could not, and therefore began to excuse her self, and beg they would +leave him. It avail'd nothing, for the Messengers had Orders not to +return without him, and to gain her Consent, swore they would carry +him to reign in the stead of Tabarija, and that as soon as he came +to the Fort, he should be received as King, both by the Ternates and +Portugueses. Some Relations tell us, that then the Mother, shedding +Abundance of Tears, streightly embracing the Prince, cry'd out, +saying, Were I assur'd that you took him away to reign peaceably, [His +Mother's Speech to keep him.] without any Opposition, or Apprehension, +well belov'd and obey'd by his Subjects, and in settled Prosperity, +undisturb'd by any Frights; yet would I rather see him grow up and +continue in a private Life, without burdening himself with any publick +Concern, than that he should reign to please your Humour; this was +my Intention in retiring with him, and I would gladly conceal him +from all humane Conversation. If so, what can I think of what you +now promise me? Will it be reasonable, that I deliver you my Son +to receive the Crown, and that you at the same time design him for +Imprisonment and Fetters, from which nothing shall, or can possible +deliver him but Poison and false Accusations, which have brought his +Brothers and Parents to their End? What Security have I from Fortune, +that she will in this Child be reconciled to that Family, which she has +condemned to immortal Enmity with the Europeans, in Requital for having +friendly entertain'd them; and decreed that, instead of the Protection +it hop'd to find in your Arms, you should lay on it an intollerable +Yoke? Leave us then, both Mother and Son, to employ our selves about +the Works of Nature, since costly Experience has so fully undeceived +as to the Effects of Fortune. Permit us to divert the Thoughts of +them, with the Quiet, and Improvements of these Gardens. Let us +be allow'd to want that which so many seek after. James de Couto, +in his Decades relates this Fact, and the Mother's Lamentation, and +Words. The Portugueses, no longer able to give Ear to those dismal +Reflections, which did not savour of a barbarous Woman, ran up to +her, and forc'd away her Son, whom she struggled to defend. He, +says the same Author, observing his Mother's Tears, and the Reasons +she alledg'd for not parting with him, and having some anticipated +Notion of the Sweetness of Reigning, which he had not yet tasted, +stood gazing on her and them, full of Confusion. The Rudeness, and +Insolence of the Soldiers put an End to all; for tho' they had no +such Orders from their Commander, being deaf to, and weary of hearing +the Complaints of [The Portuguese murder her.] a Disconsolate Woman; +they at the same time seiz'd the Son, and laying hold of the Mother, +cast her headlong out at the Window: The new King was carry'd to the +Fort, and at the same time that the Subjects swore Fidelity to him, +they with general Lamentation celebrated his Mother's Obsequies, +which were perform'd with greater Solemnity, than even those of the +Principal Queens. This Inhumanity exceeding even the Canibals, and +consequently unworthy the pretended Portugueses Bravery; being bruited +Abroad in the Neighbouring Provinces, produc'd that just Hatred which +was of Force to unite; and actually drew into a Confederacy all the +Kings of the Archipelago, against the Portugueses. They assembled +[Confederacy against them.] in Council, and in the Meeting concerted +their Design, declaring that the Oppression they were under, was +intollerable, the Portugueses making and deposing Kings to their +own Humour and Fancy, insulting those Crowns which had given them +the Power they had abus'd, contrary to all Laws of Humanity, without +allowing the Natives so much as a Vote in Elections. Having agreed +upon the Enterprize, they provided all Things for the Execution, +whilst the appointed Time came, which they diligently made as short +as might be, and expected with Dissimulation. + +The Spanish and Portuguese Fleets at this Time continu'd their Voyages +to the Archipelago, their several known Ways; the Spaniards from New +[Difference about the Moluccos, between Spain and Portugal.] Spain to +the Phillippine Islands; the Portugueses along the Coasts of Africk, +and so to Malaca. Both Sides exercised their Power, and carry'd on +their Trade with Ambition, and, as some say, with Cruelty; but the +most bloody Theatre of continual Tragedies, was Ternate and all the +Molucco's. There both Nations of Castile and Portugal decided their +Quarrel by the Sword, whilst their Kings in Europe only contended by +Dint of Cunning, and Cosmography. At this time the Matter was not so +plain, as when the Cosmographers and Commissioners on both Sides, lay'd +down the Meridian, whereby to assign each of them one half of the World +to their King. For the Admiral Christopher Columbus returning from his +first Discovery of the West-Indies, in the Year 1493, Pope Alexander +the VIth. granted the Investiture of them, for the Crown of Castile, +to their Catholick Majesties, King Ferdinand, and Queen Isabel, or +Elizabeth; and to obviate the Differences that might arise between +the two Crowns, to the obstructing the Propagation of the Gospel, +by the same Apostolical Authority, which in that spiritual Capacity +is not limited to any part of the Globe, he divided it betwixt those +two Crowns, ordering a Line to be drawn along the Heavens to cut +both the Poles, distant on the Earth one hundred Leagues from the +Islands of the Azores and Cabo Verde. By Vertue of this Division, the +Emperor pretended that the Molucco Islands were within his Limits, +ever since Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, his Commander in chief, +Sebastian del Cano, and his Companions, who went with Magellan, +took Possession of them for his Crown. Pretending at the same Time, +that they were the first Christians that arriv'd at the Moluccos, and +that then he was own'd as Sovereign by Sultan Corala, King of Ternate, +who reign'd before Sultan Bongue; by Sultan Almanzor, King of Tydore, +by Luzuf, King of Gilolo, and other Princes, who all swore Fealty +by their Idols, and the Alcoran; and that Gonzalo Gomez admitted +them, and swore to the Observance of what had been agreed on, in his +[Arguments for Spain.] King's Name, before an Image of the Blessed +Virgin. He urg'd, that by Mathematical Demonstration, and the Judgment +of Men learned in that Faculty, it appear'd, that the Moluccos were +within the Limits of Castile, as were all others, as far as Malaca, +and even beyond it. That it was no easy Undertaking for Portugal +to go about to disprove the Writings of so many Cosmographers, and +such able Mariners; and particularly the Opinion of Magellan, who was +himself a Portuguese. And that in Case he might be thought partial, +because of his being disoblig'd in Portugal, that Exception did not +lie against Francis Serrano, who was also a Portuguese, and had been +favour'd and cherish'd. That to say the Sea Charts had been maliciously +contriv'd, was a groundless Objection, and not probable. Besides that, +in Relation to the Article of Possession, on which the Controversy +depended, it was only requisite to stand by what was writ by, and +receiv'd among Cosmographers. + +In Answer to this, King John of Portugal, deny'd the Fact of the +Discovery, [Portuguese Answer.] as to its Precedency; for Serrano's +was in the Year 1511, and that of Magellans Companions nine Years +later, in 1520. He declar'd the Globes, Astrolabes, and Sea Charts +to be partial, and that in Case they were rectify'd, drawing the +aforesaid Meridian, according to Rules of Astrology, his Limits would +not only comprehend the Moluccos, but reach far beyond the Philippine +Islands. He offer'd King Tabarija's last Will on his Behalf; and +said, that if the Line were fairly drawn, observing Eclipses, as +had been done sometimes, the Truth of his Assertion would appear. To +this they added, the Papers of the Geographer and Astrologer, Andrew +de S. Martin, by which it appear'd, that he sailing with Magellan, +his before unattempted Voyage, had observed several Eclipses, and +Oppositions. Among the rest, on the 17th of December, 1519. He in the +River call'd Rio de Janeyro, took an Observation of a Conjunction of +Jupiter and the Moon; on the first of February 1520, another of the +Moon and Venus; soon after another of the Sun and Moon, after passing +the Streights, another Opposition of the Sun and Moon, and others +at other times; all which, tho' calculated by him to the Meridian +of Sevil, avail'd nothing to his Design, which was to prove that the +Molucco Islands did not belong to Portugal; for which Reason he found +Fault with John de Monteregio's Tables and Almanacks. All these Papers +were preserv'd by Edward Resende Factor at the Moluccos, a learned +and curious Man. They said, that since there was then a Treaty about +the Possession of those Islands; in a Case of that Consequence it was +not proper, to avoid alledging, and examining the Grounds of their +Property, to prevent the Decision of the Sword, which was the Court +where that Controversy was pleaded; and when once it comes to that +pass, there was no Possibility of standing to speculative Writing, +which not being made good by Experience, must at least be look'd upon +as uncertain. + +The Possession of the Molucco Islands was of great Consequence to +the King of Portugal, for carrying on the Trade of Spice, and being +inform'd of the War still maintain'd between his Subjects and the +Emperor's, in those Parts, he daily us'd fresh Endeavours to bring +that Business to some Conclusion, that so the War might cease. The +Emperor had not so much Intelligence of what his Commanders did in +Asia; because the Portuguese suffer'd no Ships, but their own to pass +by the Cape of Good Hope; and the way of New-Spain, that Voyage was not +much frequented, and therefore not so well known; and besides all this +he then stood in need of a great Sum of Money. In the Year 1525, there +was a Treaty at Segovia, [The Difference adjusted.] by his Majesties +Order, for composing of this Difference, and in 1526 it was held at +Sevil, where the Portuguese Embassador; and the Licenciate Azevedo of +that Kings Council, were met by the Bishops of Osma, President of the +Council of the Indies, Doctor Laurence Galindez, of the same Council, +and Don Garcia de Padilla, first Commendary of Calatrava, on the +Emperor's side, as Commissioners, and Plenipotentaries, besides the +Lord-High-Chancellor, and the Popes Nuncio, Mercurio Gatnara. After +many Meetings, and much Strife, to which there were also Civilians, +Geographers, and Mariners admitted; all which only puzzled the Cause, +whence ensu'd Law Suits, Arbitrations, and other Fruitless Negociations +in Spain, and Wars in Asia between the Ships of both Crowns: After all +this there was a Cessation, and Quietness, the Emperor Mortgaging those +controverted Islands to the King of Portugal, for 350000 Ducats. This +was concluded at Zaragoza, on the 22d of August 1529, as his Imperial +Majesty was going over to be Crown'd in Italy. The Line of Division +was again examin'd, and what Parts of the Earth it is to run through; +the Times of Payment were fix'd, with other Conditions, and Salvos +of the Right on both sides, that so neither Oblivion, nor the Kindred +between the two Kings might confound it. + +By Relations Written in those Days it appears, that the Emperor +consulting [Spaniards against quitting the Moluccos.] Peter Ruyz +de Villegas, a grave and learned Gentleman, about this Mortgage; +his Answer was condemning it, and declaring, That his Majesty had +better to have Mortgaged any other of his Kingdoms, than that of the +Moluccos, Trapobana, or Malaca, or any other in the East; all which, +in his Opinion, belong'd to his Majesty; and the great uncertainty +of State Affairs. Many others advised the Emperor to repay that great +Sum to the King of Portugal; and what is yet more, the Representatives +in the Cortes of Castile, propos'd that the Emperor should make over +to them the Molucco Islands for six Years, by way of Farm, and they +would pay King John the Mortgage Money, and bring the Trade of Spice +to Coruna, and after the six Years his Majesty should carry on that +Trade. The Emperor hearing of this Innovation, order'd a stop to it, +and that no further Progress should be made in fitting out the Fleet +design'd for the Moluccos, under Simon de Alcazova, and forwarded by +the Bishop of Ciudad Rodrigo. + +Orders, and Letters Patents, were drawn and sealed, for both Nations +to forbear Hostilities, but the Emperor's Subjects never receiv'd +Commands from him to withdraw their Forces for any other Enterprize, +nor did they [War ceases between Spaniards and Portugueses.] know what +had been agreed on in Spain, any other way than by the Account they +had from the Portugueses who had receiv'd Orders from their King, to +conclude a Peace, and to Ship off the Spaniards by the way of India +for Spain. This Agreement put an End to all Judicial, and Military +Contention. Since then the Vicissitude of Times has invested all the +Right, and Title in our King. So that, according to grave Civilians, he +might, as they say, invert the Titles, or possess by them all, without +confounding the Right; Heaven having design'd him to be Sovereign of +such a vast Monarchy, and given him that Hereditary Zeal, which makes +him offer his whole Power to oppose Hereticks and Sectaries, and to +spread the Faith, and its perfect Politicks among such Multitudes of +Souls as have received it, in so many barbarous Provinces. For this +same Reason it will be superfluous to examine any further into the +Limits assign'd by that Law, which could never be settled. + +This Accommodation being concluded, the Portuguese Fleets, without +[Portugueses Possession of the Moluccos.] any Opposition from those +of Castile, peaceably possess'd themselves of the Islands of Ternate, +Tydore, Bachian, and the others about them. From the first of these, +as their Head in Spirituals, our Priests went Abroad to preach the Word +of Truth, which was receiv'd by several Kings and Nations, leaving but +inconsiderable Remains of Idolatry, and other Sects. Whole Cities, +whose Soveraigns chose to continue in their Darkness, not regarding +their Prince's Example, which uses to have the Force of a Law, threw +down their Idols, and consecrated Profaneness, dedicating their +Temples to the True God. The Kings of Portugal built Garrisons, and +Factories for the Christians to inhabit; sending their Commanders and +Officers, who curbed the Kings, and the Sangiacks their Subjects. Some +Governours there were, who besides the Care they took of propagating +[Conversions.] the Gospel, and maintaining Peace in those Parts, +endeavour'd by endearing Means to attract the Barbarians to love +our Habits, to affect our Ways of Entertainment, and the European +Affability and Conversation, and gently inclin'd them to our Customs +and Manners, which in some Places made them look upon that as a Sort +of Equality, when it was no better than Servitude. The powerful +Union of Justice and Religion was however the most prevalent; but +the Commanders and Governours being defective in the first of these +Virtues, on which inward Felicity and Government depend; the Subjects +lost the second, and return'd to their former Blindness, as appears +by what has been already said, and more fully by what is to follow, +since we are now come to the Election of Sultan Aerio, in whose Days +Ternate was utterly lost, and could never be recovered either by Force +or Art, till the Reign of our Sovereign Lord the King; a just Reward of +his Piety and Zeal. The lawful Queen, by those People call'd Putriz, +was as much concern'd for Aerio's Mother's Death, as for any of her +own Sons. She was present at her Funeral, and lamenting immoderately, +curs'd the Domination of the Portugueses, calling it Tyranny. All the +Machinations of those who study'd Revenge were known to her, and she +forwarded them with her Advice; for as they said, nothing now remain'd +of the former Moderation of the Governours sent thither out of Europe, +nor of that Regard and Respect they used to have for them. + + + The End of the First Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK II. + + +The Alliance concluded betwixt the Kings of the Archipelago, and +particularly Vaygamano, Vaigeo, Quibibio, and Mincimbio, reigning +in the Islands Papuas, was follow'd by such an Accident, that tho' +the Minds of the Confederates had not been already so well dispos'd, +nor the Blood of those Innocent Kings so newly spilt, it would have +consummated the Hatred they had conceived against the Portuguese +Nation. All the Ports of the Molucco Islands were so well secur'd, +and the Passage for Provisions so wholly stopp'd up, that Tristan +de Atayde despairing of Relief, sent Captain Pinto to Mindanao, +[Pinto sent for Relief.] and the Neighbouring Islands, to furnish such +things as were absolutly necessary for the Support of Life, there being +nothing to be had within his Liberties. Pinto sailing in a good Ship, +arriv'd at Mindanao, visited the King, by whom he was well receiv'd; +and he having seen his Credentials, and consulted the Sangiacks +of his Council, establish'd Peace and Amity with him. He sold the +Commodities he carry'd at his own Rates, and buying and barterring, +loaded with Provisions to his own Content; thence he went over to the +Island Seriago, where he was no less successful with the King. In this +Island, that their Friendship might last for ever, they concluded +the Peace with a barbarous Ceremony, which when practis'd in those +Parts, they never break the Articles. The Parties being met, certain +Officers appointed for that Purpose, draw a Quantity of Blood from +[Barbarous Custome.] their Arms, and each drinks the other's, as a +Gage of Affection; believing they convey it into their Souls, by that +horrid Draught. This Contract so ratify'd, produc'd such Confidence, +that their Ships repair'd to our Ports, and ours to theirs, with all +possible Security, without any Let or Prohibition. Pinto perceiving +what a Multitude of the Natives resorted to his Ship, resolved to +make a Prey of them; and the last Day, Forty of them coming Aboard +to Trade, he perswaded them to go down into the Hold, on Pretence of +showing them its Bulk and Conveniencies, and as [Villany of Pinto.] +soon as they were down, shut the Hatches upon them; this he practised +several times, till at last, tho' he observ'd them close, one of them +forcing his Way out, leap'd into the Sea, and swam ashore. He went +directly to the King, whom he acquainted with the villanous Practice; +The King justly enrag'd, to see Friendship so newly contracted, and +confirm'd by the most sacred of Tyes, in his Opinion, so perfidiously +violated by the Portugueses, thinking Religion affronted, immediately +order'd all the Ships that were afloat to be brought together, and +such as were finish'd in the Docks, to be launch'd; all which being +well equipp'd, stor'd with Guns, and full of those furious Barbarians, +encompass'd the Portuguese Ship, attacking her on all Sides. Pinto +was beginning to weigh his Anchors, having seen the Ships in Motion, +and the Men hasting Aboard; he defended himself with only 25 Soldiers, +who had scarce time to handle their Arms; for the Natives of Seriago +began already to Board, and those who were Prisoners under Deck had +prevaild, but that the Mariners loos'd their Sails. At this time +there fell a dreadful Storm of Rain, with such amazing Thunder and +Lightning, as if the Heavens had been rent asunder. The Seriagos +quitted the Portuguese Ship, endeavouring to recover the Shore in +their own Vessels, with their Sails rent, the Hulls shatter'd, and the +Rigging disabled; and to get off the better, they threw over-board +their Cannon and Arms, being in danger of sinking. This Tempest +lasted two Days, during which Time, Pinto's Ship could not escape, +his Men and he being so far spent, that they had neither Strength +nor Courage to stand by their Tackle; they let the Ship drive with +the Sea, and threw over-board their Provisions, Merchandize, Guns, +Arms, Cloaths, and all they could come at; and being convinc'd of the +Justice of the Judgment, for having broken their Faith, and solemn +Engagement they had made, arriv'd at Ternate astonish'd, dumb, and out +of Countenance, thinking they were still in the Storm. Such are the +Effects of a guilty Conscience, which presently provokes God's Wrath. + +All the Kings of the adjacent Islands were soon acquainted with +the [Leagues against the Portugueses.] Perfidiousness of those +few Portugueses, that they had transgress'd the sacred Laws +of Hospitality, and always made a mischievous Use of Benefits; +whereupon they immediately concluded their League, to be exercised +like desperate Men. They presently made Proclamation, forbidding, +under most severe Penalties, the conveying of any Provisions to the +Portugueses, either by Sea or Land, that so they might be reduc'd to +quit all those Provinces, and fly into India, and since they could not +batter the Fort, for Want of great Guns, they should starve it out; +enjoyning all Persons of all Ages, and both Sexes, to be vigilant +in observing this fatal Decree, that so the Trading Galeon might not +afford them the Comfort of hoping for Relief. Then considering that the +main Motive of their exercising such Tyranny, was the Spice of Cloves, +wherewith Ternate, and all the Moluccos abound, the Natives resolv'd +to set Fire to all the Trees, endeavouring that the Conflagration +should be so Universal, as that the Moluccos might ever after remain +barren. They well knew that this was contriving their own Ruin; +but they look'd upon it as a pleasing and advantageous Destruction, +so they might but be reveng'd of their Enemies. + +[Reflection.] The Crop of Cloves makes the Wealth of the Molucco +Kings, much more than the Taxes their Subjects pay; and tho' Rage, +and Despair put Fire into their Hands, to burn their Country, it +might happen, as sometimes Mistakes prove advantageous, that what +they design'd to render their Fields Barren, might make them more +Fruitful. It is well known that course Ashes mix'd, and scatter'd on +the Face of the Earth often Fertilize it. Nothing is more frequent in +Europe than to burn the Stubble, and Straw upon barren Lands; because, +either the burnt Earth gathers some Unknown Strength, and produces +good Pasture, or else the Fire consumes its Rankness, and exhales +the superfluous Moisture. Perhaps the intense Heat opens several +Passages, and dilates the close Pores, and hidden Veins, thro' which +the Nourishment flows, and thence the Earth receives it in all Parts, +to make it capable of a new Product; or else it hardens, and closes +the Vents which were open'd, that so the thin Waters, or the continual +Intenseness of the Sun, or the piercing Cold of the North-East Wind, +which is chilling, may do it no Harm. Besides, Nature having chosen +that only Part of the World to produce this sort of Fruit, in which +there has never been observ'd any Failure, or Intermission, it could +not be believing that a Momentary Violence should utterly cause it to +cease. However the Design of those People was not to renew those Spicy +Groves, but entirely to destroy them. This shows how mischievously +they were bent against themselves, and against all Nations. It will +be therefore convenient in this Place to treat of the Cloves at large. + +[Account of Cloves.] The first that made any Account of it, were +the Chineses, who attracted by the Scent, began to load their Junks +with it for the Gulphs of Persia and Arabia. Pliny was acquainted +with, and defines it, saying, It is a long Pepper; and calls it +Garyophillum. The Persians gave it since the Name of Calafur, it does +not belong to us to decide which of these Words was derived from +the other. The Spaniards formerly call'd it Girofe, and afterwards +Clavos, because they are like Nails, which bear the same Name. The +Head of the Clove, having four small Teeth that cross it, resembles +a Star. The Natives of the Moluccos call the Tree Siger, the Leaf +Varaqua, and the Fruit Chamque. The Plant is not unlike our Bay-Tree, +but bears a greater Head. When it begins to blossom, it spreads a +most delicious Fragrancy, and on the very Top like the Myrtle, from +one single Stock produces an infinite Number of Clusters, like those +of Elder, or the Honey-Suckle. At first coming out they are White, +as they grow up Green, and the third Season, when Ripe, makes them +Red; this Variety of Colours, by inward Virtue, showing the several +Terms that bring it to Perfection. Those that remain on the Clusters, +which they call Mother Cloves, continue there a year, growing larger +and stronger. They either thresh the Branches to gather them, or +else shake them with Cords they have made fast above, drawing from +below, after the Ground about is clean'd; but it is naturally clear +from Weeds, for this Sovereign Tree suffers no sort of Herb to grow +about it. It draws all the moisture so powerfully to it self, that +all Roots about are destroy'd, or starv'd. It bears at eight Years +standing, and lasts an hundred. Some say it would hold longer, were it +not strip'd with such Violence, which it avenges by growing Barren; +but they are mistaken, for in the Islands of Bachian, they lop the +Branches, that they may produce more Cloves, and the low Branches bear +least. From these they gather the Cloves with their Hands, and they +only bear when the Monson blows. They yield their Fruit from September +to February every two Years. Others say once in three; because when +they gather the Clove, besides that the Plant is much impair'd, they +break off those Buds, which produce the Blossoms of the Cloves; but +then they afford certain hopes of another Crop. The Truth of it is, +that Nature allows them a Year's respit, during which they rest like +the Olive-Trees in Europe. They are gathered when Ripe, and their +Ripeness appears by being Red. Being spread in the Sun, in three Days +they dry up, and contract a blackish Ash-colour. [Mistake of Avicen.] + +Avicen, by his leave, was deceiv'd, when he said that the Gum +of the Clove Tree is answerable in its Virtue to Turpentine; for +Experience has prov'd the contrary. Besides, that Trees excessive +hot or cold, yield no Gum, but only those which are temperate between +both. Sea-Water Feeds, and Fresh does them Harm. A certain Historian +Writes, that they yield Fruit twice a Year; if by it he means the +middle Crop, which is very small, we grant it; but if he speaks of the +most Fruitful, as the Triennial, which with general Amazement produces +enough to serve all Nations, the Belief of his Assertion will remain +in the Author himself. These Plants make amends for their delay in the +Abundance of their Product; which is such, that after enriching all +Nations with it, the K. of Spain's Revenue out of it, Yearly amounts to +two Millions of pieces of Eight, little over or under. It is generally +reckon'd that only the five Molucco Islands produce all the Clove, +because of the prodigious Quantity they yield. They always amount to +Four Thousand Bars, each Bar of Ternate being four hundred Weight, +and three quarters, and this for that Island; but the third of the +whole taken for the King amounts to six thousand Bars, and every common +Bar is better than five hundred Weight of ours. Perhaps the Word Bar +might come from the Greek Baros, signifying a Load. The Cloves grow +also in the small Islands of Ires and Meytarana, about Ternate; those +of Pulo and Cavali near Tydore, and in Gilolo, Sabugo and Gamoconora, +Towns of Barachina; as also in the Islands of Amboyna and Veranula, +more in this last than in all the others, but they are weak, and +smaller. The Clove Trees grow up without any Help or Art, like all +Trees coming from Rocks, and they made the only Woods in these Islands, +which sucking in all the moisture Heaven affords, it is a wonder +to see any other Plant near. When they have a mind to Transplant a +Clove Tree, they set it where many Weeds grow, that it may thrive the +sooner, by the help of the Moisture, and Virtue it sucks from them, +and as the Tree thrives those Plants perish. For the same reason +Cloves are ill Neighbours to full Vessels. The Ring Doves, whereof +there are great numbers in Gilolo, eat many of those Cloves which +grow Old upon the Tree, then flying they purge in the Air with the +Motion, and from their Excrements dropping on the Ground Clove Trees +grow up. Heaven has given them so plentifully only to these Islands, +abstractly from all the World beside; being at first not valu'd, or +known by the Natives. This is what they would have destroy'd by Fire, +that it might be totally annihilated; because the Flames gather more +Strength among combustible Matter, than other Violences, to which +sublunary things are subject. + +Since we are now upon the Description of the Moluccos, and in regard +[Moluccos describ'd.] that those delightful Provinces are so remote +from us, we will go on with what is remarkable in them, to show +the desperate Fury of those People, who had condemn'd them to the +Flames. All the five Molucco Islands are almost round, and of the +same Shape. The compass of the biggest is not seven Leagues. They +have all Crags, of a wonderful Height, cover'd with an odoriferous +Fragrancy of wild Cloves; and about them several Cities, Towns +and Forts. Their exact Roundness is the Reason they have no good +Harbours for both the Monsons of Norwest and South. Only Ternate +forms the Port they call Talangame, and a League from it, that of +Toloco, where Ships ride safe, and with their Boats close to the +Shore. The Forts were not erected in either of them, because they +should not be remote from the King's Court. Both these Ports look +to the Eastward, and have ridges of Rocks that break off the Sea, +and secure the Vessels. That of Ternate, opposite to the Fort admits +of Caravels, at high Water and spring-Tides, which being unloaded +ride where they will. This Ridge of Rocks is of a sort of Stone, +that turns into Coral, which when old hardens, and shooting out +many Branches, knits together, and turns again into Stone, whereof +excellent Lime is made. It is so contriv'd that those who come to it +by Sea, think they see noble Structures erected for the Defence of +the Harbour. The Mountain, which rises in the midst of Ternate, two +[Burning Mountain.] Leagues in Height, and cover'd with Palm, and +other rare Trees, has on the Top of it a Mouth or Cave, that seems to +reach down to the very Center. A Man can hardly be seen from the one +side to the other. Within it is a Square Spot, like a Threshing-Floor, +made of Stones and loose Earth. Some curious Persons have view'd it, +and among them one Gabriel Rebelo Factor, and Alcayde of the Fort; +who having sounded it, tying together several long Fishing-Lines, +found it was 500 Fath. deep. At the Bottom gushes out a beautiful +Spring, tho' no Man has dar'd to Tast of it, or try whether it is +Sweet or Sower. The loose Floor shakes with the Fire in the Bowels of +the Mountain; whereof the first Account was given by Anthony Galvam, +who Observ'd it in the Year 1538, when he was Commander in Chief over +these Islands. He went up to see that Wonder in Nature, at a safe Time, +for he could not have done it in April, or September, when the Sun +moves from one Hemisphere to the other, and crosses the Equinoctial, +which cuts half a Degree of Ternate, because of the Winds then kindling +the Flames. Had Pliny, when he went out of Curiosity to see the Burning +of Mount Vesuvius, in Italy, taken another opportunity, he had not been +Burnt to Death, as his Nephew writ to Cornelius Tacitus. It stinks, and +casts out Smoke, Sulphur, and Red-Stones, as it were out of the Mouth +of a Canon; shewing the Mountain to be hollow at the Foundation. It +causes Earthquakes, and Noise; and the Flames, and burnt Stones, have +reach'd to the City, and Fort, and even to the Islands of the Meaos and +Casures, twenty Leagues from Ternate. The Smoke is of several Colours, +because the Moisture and Corruption of the Earth exhales it thick, and +diversify'd, which is help'd by the ill Quality of the Air, and that, +with the falling of the Excrements the Fire casts out upon the Springs, +corrupts the Waters, and destroys Health. Going up this Mountain two +thirds of the Height, it is all Green and Fruitful; but the Top is +excessive Cold, without any sort of Fowl, or Birds, but abundance +of Flyes. Thence is descry'd a spacious Sea, and an infinite Number +of Islands; because the Purity of the Air, free from Exhalations, +as is said of the Top of Mount Olympus, represents curious Objects +to the Sight, and favours it without any Let, the greater part of +the Year. Where the Thickness of the Trees Terminates, a Spring of +fresh Water gushes out, so very cold that there is no Drinking of it, +but by Sips. At the Top, some distance from the Mouth, which casts +out the Flames, they at this time tore away a piece of the Mountain, +whence for two Days abundance of Water flow'd; great pieces of Rocks +roul'd down the side of the Hill, to the Sea; forming Concavities, +and bearing down Trees, and Ruins. The same Mountain, on the Top, +has a spacious sweet Pool, encompass'd with Trees, wherein there are +blew, and gold-Colour Alligators, above a Fadom long, who, as soon +as they hear People stirring, plunge down to the Bottom. + +These Islands know no Difference of Summer and Winter; nor is there +[Seasons.] any settled Rainy Season, but it generally Rains more +with the North-East, than with the South Wind. The Molucco Islands +breed Snakes above 30 [Snakes.] Foot long, and proportionably thick; +but they are neither Quick of Motion, nor Venomous. Those who have +seen them affirm, That when they want Sustenance, they chew a certain +Herb Nature has shown them, and climbing the Trees by the Sea-side, +cast into it what they have chew'd; many Fishes come to Eate it, +and being made Drunk, lye helpless upon the Water; then the Snakes +launch out upon them, and satisfy their Hunger, till they are full of +those stupify'd Fishes. The Crocodils on the Land are [Crocodils.] +the fiercest of Monsters; the Ancients write almost the contrary of +those of the Nile. These in the Sea are so Timorous, that they suffer +themselves to be bound under Water. A Crocodile has been taken that +had four Eyes, and a very little Heart. Here are also found certain +Insects, which they [Insect.] call Cuzos, living on Trees, on whose +Fruit they feed: They are like Rabbits, their Hair thick, harsh, and +curl'd, of a brightish Brown; their Eyes round and sprightly; their +Feet small; and a very long Tail, by which they hang, the better to +reach the Fruit; and they stink like Foxes. + +In the Desert Parts there are Wild-Fowl; some of the Tame are the +same we have in Europe. The Parots, in their Tongue call'd Nores, +of several [Parots.] Colours intermixt, Cry excessively, but Talk +well. An Islander affirms, That at this time, when the People were +Conspiring, a Parrot in the Air cry'd, I Dye, I Die; and beating his +Wings, fell down Dead. A Relation tells us of another, that came from +Amboyna, on the Mast of a small Vessel, when they went to take him, +he cry'd out, Sebastian, Sebastian, who was his Master, and came +to his assistance. There are great flocks of [Birds and Fishes.] +black Geese, with Parrots Feet; Martins, Swallows, Feldefares, +Thrushes, and Sparrow-Hawks. The variety of Fish is infinite; the +Sea-Cow, like that of Brazil; a sort of Crab, one part whereof Eaten, +kills in 24 Hours; this is on the Sea-shore, under certain Trees, whose +shade suffers no Grass or Herb to grow; those who Sleep in it Sicken, +and it dries and parches up the very Ground. There is another sort +of Crabs, not unlike Lobsters, but with less Claws; they have strong +white Teeth, with which they break the Shels, to eat the Almonds; +they breed among Rocks, are taken at Night with Light; their Body, +Claws, and all the Flesh, is like that of a Lobster. Near the Tail +they have a Bag, full of a certain Substance delicious to the Tast, +for which they are as much valu'd as Pullets. + +[Strange Sticks.] All over the Moluccos there grows a sort of reddish +Sticks, which burn in the Fire, raise a Flame, and are like a burning +Cole, without wasting; They look to be of a Stony Nature, moulder away +betwixt the Fingers, and are easily broken by the Teeth. Not far from +the Fort of Ternate, is to [Tree of Butter-Flies.] be seen the Plant +call'd Catopa, from which there drop Leaves less than the common sort; +the Stem whereof, on a sudden, is form'd into the Head of a Worm, +or Butter-Fly; the Body and Fibers coming from it, make Feet, and +the Leafy Part, Wings; so that it soon becoms a perfect Butter-Fly, +and at the same time a Leaf. This Tree buds out every Year, like a +Chestnut-Tree, and from the Buds proceed these Worms, which run upon +Threads fastened to the Leaves. Nature was profuse with those People; +especially as to the Cloves, which I distinguish from the Long-Peper +Pliny perhaps spoke of, when he nam'd the Garyophillum. But since +the Profit of that so highly valu'd Product, was to occasion such +bloody Wars, such incredible Voiages, from all Parts of the World, +that the real Dangers, are even beyond human Belief; it may well be +controverted, whether it were [A good Remark.] most for the publick +Tranquility, that this Spice should be known, or ever conceal'd; +for its Plenty and Virtue, which awaken'd the Avarice of the remotest +Nations, has glutted those Seas with the Wracks of Ships, and Fleets, +and call'd thither Armies of Rebels, making their passage through +Streights before unknown, in the Sight of Mountains cover'd with +blew Ice and Snow, as never reach'd by the Suns bright Beams; and +yet they venture at all, not out of any Zeal of promoting Religion, +or Civility, but only to load with that Spice, which has occasion'd +Disobedience and Superstition. This is the precious Commodity, which +gives Power and Wealth to those Kings, and causes their Wars. A Wonder +of Nature, which plainly shows it has created nothing so harmless, +but what is abus'd by human Malice. This is the true Fruit of Discord, +rather than the fabulous Apple of the three Godesses, since for it +there has been, and still is, more Fighting, than for the Mines of +Gold. Had this happen'd in the Days of the Greek, or Latin Poets, +how much more would thay have spoken of our Moluccos, than they did of +the Islands Gorgones in the Ethiopick Ocean? Let us stop a little to +reflect on the Dangers Mortals expose themselves to, rather, perhaps, +to please their wanton Appetites, than to confirm their Health. + +[The Confederates meet.] The People of Ternate, Tydore, Bachian, and +all the Neighbouring Princes, being impatient to put in Execution their +desperate Design, chose the King of Tydore for their Head, to joyn +with him of Ternate, that had been expell'd on account of the Death of +Gonzalo Pereyra. Among the Relations usually collected by the Christian +Curiosity of the Religious Men of the Society, we find that these +Kings met in the little Island, which divides Ternate from Tydore, +before they went each of them to his proper Post for performing what +was stipulated in the Confederacy, and there the King of Tydore, as +Chief of the League, spoke to them in this Manner. I cannot mention the +Occasion of this our Union, without shedding Tears, for the Joy [King +of Tydore's Speech.] of the Success, which we look upon as present, +produces the same Effects it would do, were we already Victorious. Our +Forces are assembled to deliver us from the Spanish Yoke, punishing +those Men with the Hazard of our Total Ruin, whom neither our Benefits +could oblige, nor our Threats correct. They are the great Robbers of +the World, who usurp it, by shrowding their Avarice under specious and +godly Pretences. In vain have we endeavour'd to moderate their Pride +by Means of our Modesty and Submission. If they meet with Wealthy +Enemies, the Portugeses show themselves Covetous, if with Needy, +they are Ambitious; this is the only Nation that equally seeks after +others Wealth and Miseries. They rob, kill, and subdue, taking away our +Dominions under false Titles, and think they have no settled Peace, +till they have reduc'd the Provinces into Desarts. We possess the +most fruitful Islands in Asia, only to purchase Servitude and base +Subjection with their Product, converting this blessed Bounty of Heaven +into Tribute paid to the Ambition of Intruding Tyrants. Experience has +show'd us, how odious our Valour has been to the Christian Commanders, +whom, for the same Reason, we must never hope to find more modest, +or less our Enemies. Assure your selves then, and remember, both +Kings and Subjects, both you who seek Glory, and you who provide for +your Safety, that neither of these is to be had without Liberty, nor +this without War; nor is the War to be maintain'd without Courage and +Unanimity. The Power of the Portugueses is increased, and on it their +Reputation depends. Having then discover'd the Mystery, and Cause of +this Tyranny, who is there that will not prepare to try the utmost +of Fortune, to purchase the greatest of human Felicities, which is +Liberty. Other Nations, which when they hear of our Resolution, will +call it Despair and Savageness; if they weigh it with the Occasion, +will rather Commend than go about to find Excuses for us. Besides, +every Man knows what is fit for his Religion, his Honour and his +Country, better than those who judge of these Things at a Distance. In +short, What is Life worth without Liberty? + +Those incensed Kings made suitable Returns to these Words, and +having taken proper Measures to commence and carry on the War, went +away in their Vessels, without losing Time, or admitting of Delay; +as well knowing the many Dangers a great Undertaking is expos'd to, +which depends on Secrecy, and is imparted to many. + +On the Day appointed, all the Natives departed the City of Ternate, +[Ternate City abandon'd and burnt.] with their Families, not in good +Order, as in Transmigrations, but raging, in Confusion, and loaded with +their Children, and a few Necessaries, having before sent away their +Effects to other Islands. To convince the Portugueses of their Design, +and that the People of Ternate abandon'd the Country, they set Fire to +the City in several Places; the Flames began to take hold and spread, +till they met, and of many small ones became one general Conflagration, +with hideous Noise and Cries; for not only the Houses were burnt, which +had for so many Ages belong'd to their Forefather, and Ancestors, but +all that attracts the Affection to our Native Country, the Temples, +all their worldly Treasure, and the Bounty of Nature; for the open +Country began now to feel the Desolation, the Caves, Lakes and Springs, +the Rocks, and the very Sea it self shin'd, boil'd up and crack'd, +and the Fire receiv'd into the subterraneous Caverns, lying in the +hollow Mountains, pierced into the deepest Recesses, roaring and +overturning Stones and Trees. In the mean while, the People travell'd +towards the Desarts, looking back to view the Effects of their Revenge. + +[Resolution of the People.] Tristan de Atayde, amaz'd to behold +that dreadful Practice, having arm'd some Soldiers, sent Messages to +The Queen and Governours, to propose some Accommodation, and appease +that inhumane Rage. He promis'd to make Satisfaction, and that all +Things should be set right, but it avail'd nothing; for they rather +grew more furious, and would not hearken to any Proposal, or admit +of Treaty, that might make them slacken in their Resolution. Being +come to those Places which Nature has made strong among the Rocks, +they arm'd, and in Parties fell upon the Christians, lying in wait for +them when they went out for Wood or Water, and killing or wounding +them by Surprize. The Edict was put in Execution throughout all +the Islands at the same Time, destroying all the Portugueses that +were in them. In the City Momoya, they kill'd eight that were with +F. [Portugueses slaughter'd.] Francis Alvarez, but he fled to a Ship, +after receiving several Wounds. In the Island of Chion, the Head of +Moratay; they also slew the Priest, Simon Vaz; an Infidel rushing +into his Chamber, broke in Pieces the Picture of the Blessed Virgin, +he found there painted on a Board; but Heaven suffer'd him not to go +unpunish'd, for his Hands drop'd off on the Spot, and he dy'd a few +Days after. It was further observ'd, that within a Year there was not +one left alive of all his Race, which was destroy'd in War, and by +other Misfortunes and Calamities; as the last of them was fishing, a +Needle Fish sprung out of the Water, and struck him with the Snout in +the Eye, whereof he dyed. The whole Town perished miserably within a +few Years. Tristan de Atayde soon receiv'd the News of this Slaughter +of the Portugueses, and so successively of the others, throughout all +the Islands. He encourag'd his Men, and labour'd to hide his Concern +for being shut up among so many Enemies; he regulated the Distribution +of Provisions; sent out several Spies, to get Information of the +Enemies Motions and Designs: and order'd the Guard upon King Aerio, +who was in the Fort, to be always watchful, for the more Security, +leaving only the Nurses, and other Women that attended him. Then he +again employ'd other Persons to propose a Peace to the Queen, and the +King of Tydore, with ample Commission to offer advantageous Conditions, +which were to be immediately perform'd; but all prov'd ineffectual, +for an Accident which soon happen'd confirm'd the Enemies Obstinacy. + +Catabruno, Governour of Gilolo, and Tutor to the Infant King, finding +[King of Tydore poison'd.] his Usurpation establish'd by Time, and a +good Disposition in the Minds of his Accomplices, poison'd the King; +and possessing himself of the Palace and Forts, ascended the Throne, +making the Subjects swear Allegiance to him. Tho' no Man in all those +Eastern Parts expected any other Event, yet was it look'd upon as +most certain, that Tristan de Atayde was consenting to the Poisoning, +and his Usurpation; besides other Circumstances produc'd so prove his +Guilt, it was notorious, that Atayde sent Catabruno a Robe of blew +Velvet, which he wore the Day he rebell'd, and was sworn King. God +so order'd it, that as soon as he was possess'd of the Kingdom, +he broke his Faith with Tristan de Atayde, and confederated with +the other United Princes, proving the greatest Enemy the Portugueses +had; for he fitted out numerous Fleets wherewith he warr'd on all the +Christians of those Islands, threatning and tormenting them that they +might renounce their Faith. + +At this time the Governour of India, tho' there were some Troubles +at [Galvam sent to govern the Moluccos.] Goa, and in other Places, +sent Succours to Ternate, because it was towards the End of Summer, +and one must of Necessity go to succeed the Governour. Antony Galvam +was the Man appointed, who laid out above 10000 Ducats of his own +towards restoring the Places that had been burnt, by which it may be +truly said, he redeem'd the Moluccos. He was desirous, not only to +People, but even to enlarge Ternate, and to this Purpose he treated +with some poor marry'd Men, and needy Families, to go over with +him and their Wives and Children to those Islands; the same he did +with Men and Women, who were lewd Livers, that they might mend their +Lives in another Country, and embrace the legal State of Matrimony; +to which End, he lent them Money, and provided Necessaries for their +Voyage. In the meanwhile, the Tyrant Catabruno, assembled his Forces, +and mov'd against the City Momoya, where the Sangiack of it liv'd, +who had been before an ignorant Idolater, but then a Christian +Prince. He finding himself inferiour in Power, retired into a Fort, +with his Wife, Children [Momoya taken.] and Family. Some Portugueses +sent him by Tristan de Atayde, not daring to trust themselves shut +up there with him, withdrew into the Mountains, where they were soon +kill'd, pursuant to the Edict of the League. Catabruno enter'd the +City, without any Opposition, where he exercis'd his Cruelty, because +the wretched Inhabitants would not quit it; and many new converted +Christians recanted for Fear, or thro' the Violence of Torments. Being +Master of the City, he laid Seige to the Fort, giving it several +furious Assaults, which Don John withstood, making a resolute Defence, +and in some Sallies return'd Victorious; yet his Example prevailed +[Amazing Action of an Indian Convert.] not on his People, as it +usually does where it meets with generous Souls; so that this Prince +soon discover'd how faint-hearted most of them were; he suspected that +servile Fear would degenerate to such Baseness, that they would deliver +him up to his Enemy, and therefore like a brave Man, he presently bent +his Thoughts to secure the Salvation of his Soul. He knew Catabruno +valu'd himself upon his Zeal for the Law of Mahomet, and therefore +spar'd the Lives of all Christians that Apostatiz'd, putting to Death +such as prov'd stanch and constant; he fear'd his Wife and Children, +being pusilanimous, would fail in the Confession of their Faith, +and being fill'd with this Spirit, drew his Cimiter, ran to them, +and shedding Tears, which were not the Effect of Cowardice, slew +them one after another, first telling them his Reasons for so doing, +and that tho' in the Eyes of the World he might appear inhumane, yet +considering the Salvation of their Souls, what he did was a Religious +Magnanimity, and therefore they ought rather to thank him for it. This +was a mistaken Notion; and to go through stitch with it, he would, +still persisting in the same Error, have kill'd himself, but that he +was hinder'd by his own Servants, who to purchase the Tyrant's Pardon, +deliver'd up to him that Christian Prince, who had been so ill advis'd +by his Zeal. Being brought before Catabruno, who was inform'd how +cruelly he had slain his Wife and Children, he ask'd him, Why he had +undertaken so barbarous and inhumane an Action? Don John answer'd +him with great Courage and Undauntedness. At that Time, and in my +Thoughts, I had more regard to the Salvation of their Souls, than to +the preserving of their Lives. I mistrusted [His Words.] the Sex, +their Age, and your Torments, and would not hazard their persisting in +the true Faith. Souls are Immortal, and I took nothing from my Children +that they can feel the want of, or which Time, or your Sword would not +have depriv'd them of; the latter we should all have been thankful to, +as the Instrument of the Divine Will. But I much more dreaded your +Pardon and Mercy, by which you might have perverted their Minds, with +those Soothings which please frail Mortality. I being more resolute, +tho' expos'd to all your Fury, am so far from fearing the Effects, +either of your Torments or Intreaties, that I shall look upon you as +God's Executioner, and were it his Will, that you should take away +my Life, I should receive a greater Benefit from your Sword, than +from your Mercy. Catabruno, enrag'd at his Answer, order'd him to be +kill'd; but the Tyrant's own Friends, who lov'd Don John, the Sangiack, +carry'd him out of the Room, and contriv'd he should have his Liberty, +and be restor'd. Their Intreaties prevail'd on Catabruno, and he liv'd +many Years after in his own Dominions, with a Christian Constancy, +confessing his indiscreet Zeal, which had caused his own Sword to +deprive him of Wife and Children. A Mind truly worthy the best Part of +Europe, and not to be the Product of the most remote barbarous Nations; +and highly commendable, had it been directed by more solid Rules, +to curb that Fierceness, so opposite to all natural and divine Laws, +which looks upon such horrid Murders, as a Piece of Piety. + +Tristan de Atayde was troubl'd at these Misfortunes, which were almost +[Several Actions.] under his Eyes; tho' he wanted not for others +nearer, for the People of Ternate being now Masters of the Island, +burnt all the new and old Towns, belonging either to themselves, or +the Christians, and amongst others, those of Trutupalate, Calamata, +and Isico, yet they met with brave Opposition in them all, and they +cost much Blood. Twice our Men went out to Fight the Tydore Fleet, +which came within sight of the Fort, and tho' they both times retir'd +Shatter'd, and well Beaten, the Barbarians had not much cause to Boast +of their Victory, for Abundance of them were kill'd, and scarce any +went off unhurt. The Confederates fitted out other numerous Fleets, +wherewith they much Streightened the Christians in the Fort, till +Antony Galvam arriv'd, who was at this time Sailing. But Relief came +before, Don Stephen de Gama, sending a Galeon laden with Provisions +and Ammunition to Ternate, under the Command of Simon Sodre. The +Galeon arriv'd safe, and with it the Support of those Disconsolate +People. They took Heart, and ventur'd to go abroad, spreading +themselves about the Island, and going into the Woods, met with ruin'd +Buildings, the remains whereof still smoked, and when it was Dark, +they observ'd the high Flames on the Mountains. However they made +Incursions upon the Barbarians and throughout all the Islands there +were hourly Engagements, either with the Christian Inhabitants, or +the Soldiers of the Forts; and at Sea they heard the Martial Musick, +which Sounded whilst they Sail'd, or Fought Manfully, and at that +time was dreadful. + +In the mean while Captain Alvarado, a Spanish Gentleman, sent by +Ferdinand Cortes to Ternate, that the Valour he had shown in those +Parts, serving [Spaniards at the Papuas.] God and his King, might +not lie idle, discover'd the Islands of the Papuas, and fought those +Barbarians with Resolution, tho' the Portuguese Histories assign +the Honour of this Discovery to Don George de Meneses who arriv'd at +them in the Year 1526, as we have seen. The great Commander Alvarado +also Discover'd other Islands, call'd Gelles, in one Degree of North +Latitude, and East from Ternate, 125 Leagues from Batochina. The +Natives of those Islands are like those of the Moluccos in Colour, +Habit, and Customs, differing only in Language, which is peculiar +to themselves. + +Antony Galvam sail'd from Malaca with the proper Monson, with [Galvam +Fights at Sea.] the Men, and all Necessaries to fight, and settle +Colonies. When he was past the Island Borneo, and the ridges or Rocks +which lie under Water, in sight of that Coast, as F. Marta, the Jesuit, +writes to the Governor Gomez Perez, and appears by his Papers, in +Sight of Malaca he Discover'd a great Fleet of Carcoas, and other +Chinese Ships, with Sails made of Canes, and Palm-Tree Leaves wove +together. He was soon satisfy'd, that they were the Auxiliaries which +had joyn'd the Janguas of Tydore and Catabruno, who, with the expell'd +King of Ternate, were Cruzing to meet the Portugueses, or Spaniards, +that should come into their Seas. Galvam order'd his Men to be in a +Readiness, to clear his Guns, and prepare all Things, doing the Duty +of a Commander, and of a Soldier. The Enemy drew up in three Lines, +each of its particular Nation, as if the Portugueses had many Ships. He +was himself in the Trading Galeon, and with it a Pink, and another +small Vessel, wherein, among the Marry'd Men, and Families unfit +for that Service, there were some few that could take up Arms. The +Infidels drew near, but without Artillery, the Gilolo Archers let fly +a great number of Arrows upon our Men, and then one Line shearing off, +the other discharg'd, the Air resounding, being peirc'd by the Darts, +and Calabays, or Staves hardned at the Fire. Galvam not regarding the +Danger, tho' at first he defended himself with Fights and Planks; +when he thought they had spent most of those flying-Weapons, among +which they fir'd some Muskets, he began to play his great Guns, +tearing their Vessels, and destroying the Men. He Sunk a considerable +number, and Took several, because they fought disorderly, relying, +as it were a Land-fight, on the Multitude of their Soldiers, as ours +did on their Valour, and Experience. But Galvam, whose Business it +was to get to Ternate, held on his Voyage, and arriv'd [Arrives +at Ternate.] there as he desir'd. His Men landed in that dismal +Solitude, among Smoke and Ruins. The Joy of those who were in the +Fort, and the extraordinary Relief, coming quite unhop'd for, were +an Encouragement to them all. The Clergy came out to receive him, the +Soldiers shouting amidst the Divine Hymns, confounding the Procession, +and their Satisfaction. It was a Pleasure to behold, and they gazed +on him as a Deliverer sent from Heaven. Tristan de Atayde resign'd +his Post, and Antony Galvam took Possession, enquir'd into the Nature +of the Confederacy, and the Fame of his Arrival being spread Abroad, +Things began to mend. To this Purpose he arrested Tristan de Atayde, +and afterwards sent him to Goa. He had before sent Messengers to the +Queen, to acquaint her with his Arrival, and the End of it, which +was to serve her, and retrieve all the Mischiefs an inordinate Desire +of Revenge had occasion'd. In the mean while he began to repair the +City, the Colonies, Churches, Keys, and Houses, distributing those +Families he had brought with him. Nor did he neglect Husbandry, +but planted Vines brought from Portugal, which he soon saw grown +up into substantial Vinyards. He deliver'd to the Clergy the new +Constitutions drawn up by Cardinal Henry, afterwards the last K. of +the House of Portugal. He offer'd Peace to all that would comply, +sent Religious Men to inculcate to those who liv'd like Outlaws, the +Love of their Country, its re-establishment, and how dishonourable +it was to them to make choice of a Life like that of wild Beasts, +only for a cruel Satisfaction. + +[Strength of the Natives.] The Queen, who not to speak of her +natural Fierceness, expected to see her Son restor'd, and set at +Liberty, and to drive away the Portugueses, would not give Ear to any +Accommodation. The greatest Burden of the War lay then upon Tydore, +where the Confederate Kings, with the deposed Dayalo, a most Fierce +Man, gather'd above Fifty Thousand Fighting Men; but they had not yet +enclosed that City with a Wall and Ditch, being satisfy'd with having +built a Fort upon high Rocks, whence they spread abroad to pick up +the Fishermen, and other Portugueses that went out from Ternate to +get Provisions, and thence they infested that dangerous Coast. Galvam +fearing lest the Prolonging of the War should reduce him to the former +difficulties, sent other Messengers to treat of Peace, and perswade +those obstinate Kings, to Publish an Oblivion of all past Wrongs, +without taking Notice of the late engagement, offering them mighty +Presents, to purchase Commerce at the Price of them. They being puffed +up with some good Success, and their mighty Power; would not hearken +to any Proposals Peace; but on the contrary, as Maffæus Writes, they +return'd an Answer very abusive to the Portugueses. Galvam imploring +the Assistance of Heaven, so managed the Affair, that it was look'd +upon as amazing, even by such as view Things impartially. Nor would +it be credible, unless comfirm'd [Galvam sails over to Attack them.] +by other Enterprizes of his suitable to this. He had only four Tall +Ships, and a few smaller Vessels in the Port; these he speedily form'd +into a Squadron, putting in 400 Men, 170 of them Portugueses, the rest +to make up the Number, Slaves, and the common sort of Ternate. He +left Tristan de Atayde with some Men to defend the Fort, and secure +Sultan Aerio, and sail'd away himself for Tydore, without meeting any +Enemy, the reason of it not known, and lay by in a safe Place, about a +Musket-shot from that Island. Being come to an Anchor, he took a full +View of the Multitude that guarded the Shores, considering the Nature +of the Country, and Situation of the City. Having called a Council +of War, he resolv'd to Storm the Fort on the high Rock, then little +regarded, the Confederates thinking themselves safe. He made a Speech +to them in plain Terms, without any Rhetorical Ornaments. These are the +same People, said he, we have so newly Vanquish'd, to restore whom to +the Liberty they desire, would be a matter of small moment, did they +when possessed of it allow the Freedom of preaching the Gospel. This +is the Cause we are imbark'd in. Who then can doubt of Victory, or +not wish to Die for the obtaining of it? As these Enemies are the +same we Defeated, so are we the same Victors; so that I need not have +Recourse to Foreign Examples, to encourage you. Their Disobedience +and Restlessness is of a long standing; it will be but reasonable +that our Arms add one Victorious Day to so many Turbulent Years, that +so we may lay the Ax to the Root of Rebellion. They call us Tyrants; +that does not at all trouble me; because after the Victory, we shall +have the Opportunity of dispelling that Slander by our Moderation. + +They would not suffer Galvam to put an end to his Speech, all of them +[The manner of the Attack.] pressing earnestly to Fight, and he +resolving to make himself Master of the Rock, as he had contriv'd, +pick'd out 120 Portugueses, and made out 300 from among the Rest, +leaving the Remainder to secure the Ships, and keep the Enemy in +Play, if they should attack them; making show of a greater Number, +by appearing in several Places, and shouting, by which such as fear +are easily imposed upon. In the mean while, Galvam having taken a +Native of Tydore, and oblig'd him to serve for a Guide, set out at the +fourth Watch in the Night with his Men, through by-ways remote from +the City, over-grown with Brambles, and scarce practicable, and with +the greatest silence he could came to the Top of the Mountain. The +Portugueses had march'd the greatest Part of the Way by the first +Dawn of Day, and resting them a little from the Fatigue, descry'd +the Enemy's shining Helmets and their Feathers on them. Galvam +then beginning, all the rest raised the Cry, To Arms, to Arms. The +Confederates, with Horrid Shouts, which resounded on the Rocks, +and in the Woods, made ready for their Defence, notwithstanding the +surprize; but soon perceived they should fall a Prey to our Men. The +Fight began, and King Dayalo, enrag'd for that he had been depos'd, +appear'd the foremost with some Troops, to secure the Passes, and +advanced to meet the Portugueses in a Plain. They avoided him not, +and both Parties mixing, much Blood was spilt. Dayalo was visible by +his bright Helmet, adorn'd with Variety of standing high Feathers, +[King of Ternate Kill'd.] and his Body cover'd with a Steel Coat of +Mail, brandishing with both Hands a Lance, as like a small Yard of a +Ship, and charging with desperate Fury; but happ'ning to rush in among +our Pikes and Musketiers, unadvisedly, he receiv'd several Wounds on +all Sides, and fell down raging. He was wonderful strong, and started +up immediately; concealing his Wounds and Pain, and beginning a fresh +Charge in the first Ranks, for fear of discouraging his Men. He Fought +a considerable Time; but not being Dress'd, and the Action causing +the Blood to run the faster, his Eye sight fail'd him, and he dropt +a second Time, saying to his Guards, Move hence as fast as you can, +and carry me carefully that the Dogs, so he call'd the Portugueses, +may not have the Satisfaction of cutting my Body in Pieces. His +Soldiers did so, not without great Danger; and he soon after he had +been carry'd off, gave up his haughty Soul. His Forces daunted by +this Accident, turn'd their Backs, hiding themselves among the Rocks +and Brambles, [The Indians routed.] throwing down their Arms, and +getting off through almost inaccessible Ways. Others return'd to the +City, and meeting some Troops that march'd to their Assistance, made +them return another Way. The Portugueses follow'd the Chace, killing +such as fled, and Galvam came to the Fort, with the Loss of only +one Slave. This Victory, which happen'd on the Feast of St. Thomas, +the Apostle, in the Year 1537, humbled the Pride of the Confederates; +was ascrib'd to the Intercession of that Apostle, and they observ'd +a solemn Thanksgiving. The Fort was fired with good Advice, for the +Citizens and Traders, seeing the Flames so near, abandon'd their +Houses, and departed the City with the flying Multitude. Galvam was +now coming down from the Hill, having drawn together his Men, and +form'd them into small Bodies, with sound of Trumpets and Singing, +to make his Victorious Entry into that City, now void of Defendants, +and full of Wealth. Considering that the Avarice of the Victorious +Soldiers spur'd them on to take Possession of that inestimable Booty, +for all the [Tydore burnt.] Merchants had brought their Effects to +Tydore, as the safest Place. Galvam order'd to set Fire to the Houses, +all which were consum'd with their harmless Treasure, in Sight of +those who had hop'd to be Masters of it; only the Provisions being +providentially sav'd. + +Of the People of Tydore as many were taken as did not in Time save +themselves by Flight; as also a Junk in the Port, and several other +small Vessels. The Enemies afterwards perish'd in other smaller +Actions. The daunted King, hasted Home to secure their own Lands, +disolving the Confederacy, and being sufficiently warn'd, gave Ear to, +and [Peace concluded.] embrac'd Proposals of Peace; taking leave of +him of Tydore, and agreeing with Galvam, whose Vertue and Discretion +gain'd so much upon Cachil Rade, that King's Brother, that he came to a +Conference with him and concluded a Peace upon certain Conditions. The +King of Tydore oblig'd himself to restore Galvam the Cannon; not to +assist the Enemies of Portugal; not to permit the Clove to be dispos'd +of into any other Hands than the Portuguese Officers; and to sell it +as was usual at Ternate. Galvam went over next to subdue Gilolo, and +the other Kings, all which he compass'd successfully. The Queen also +submitted, either on Account of the King of Tydore's Falshood, or that, +as she said, she grew weary of the War, or else because the depos'd +King was kill'd. Catabruno was appeas'd by Galvam's good Behaviour, +and accepted of Conditions, among which the chiefest was, that Galvam +should set Sultan Aerio at Liberty. Thus the Confederacy was dissolv'd, +and the Maluccos laying down Arms, submitted again. Provisions were +furnish'd as before, and the Crops, and Trade of Spice were restor'd. + +[Sultan Aerio King of Ternate.] Sultan Aerio attended by the +Christians and Gentiles, Dancing, and making other demonstrations +of Joy, went from the Fort to his Palace, where he remain'd with +his Guard, and Family. Before he Marry'd, tho' he never wanted for +Concubines, he in Person took a Progress to the principal places +in his Dominions of Ternate, Moutil, and Machian. Those in the Fort +attended and assisted him, together with the Sangiacks, who went all +about that Archipelago, first on that side they call Del Moro, that +is towards Batochina, and is distant from the Moluccos 60 Leagues +Northward, beginning at the Isles of Doe, two Leagues to the Point +of Bicoe. All these are Inhabited by Wild People. + +[Batochina, that is Gilolo describ'd.] Batochina is 250 Leagues +in Compass, and Subject to two Kings, which are those of Gylolo, +and Lolada. This last is Ancienter than all those of the Moluccos, +or in those Seas, and formerly was the most Powerful; but now the +Weakest. The Inhabitants of the North part of Batochina are Savage, +without any King, Laws, or Towns, living in Deserts. Those on the +East-side have populous Towns, on the Sea Shore; and tho' they speak +several Languages, yet they understand one another. This Coast they +call'd Morotia, that is, Land Moor. The other Islands opposite are +call'd Morotay, that is, Sea-Moor, and all those Isles breed deceitful, +brutal and dastardly Men. Only the City Moncoya is Warlike. It ever +wanted Laws, Weights, Measures, Coin, Gold, Silver, and all other +Metals, and a King; but it is overstock'd with Provisions, Arms, Idols, +and Devils speaking in them. The Women Till the Land. Each of these +Towns is Govern'd by a Magistrate chosen by the People; they pay him +no Taxes, but have Regard to his Descent. The Molucco Kings conquer'd +them, and every one kept what he could get; the better part belongs +to him of Ternate, and less to the King of Tydore, whose Dominions +were enlarg'd by the Power of Spain. They went on to establish their +Possessions among the Papuas, or Papous, East from the Moluccos, +being Islands little resorted to, because many of them are all +encompass'd with Flats and Shoals. The Natives of them are Black, +like the Cafres; they wear their Hair wound about in large curl'd +[Papuas, or Papous.] Locks, their Visages lean and ugly. The Name +of Papuas in their Language signifies Blacks, being a stern People, +enur'd to Labour, and fit for any piece of Treachery. All their +Islands are subject to Kings, and abound in Gold, which they do +not Transport, because no Man lays up any more of it than is us'd +in their Ornaments. Among these Black-men there are some as White +and fair as the Germans; if these go out in the Sun, they are struck +blind, tho they do not look at it. Those in Spain are call'd Albinos; +yet some of them are strong, and can behold any Object. Among these +Papuas there are many deaf. As to the Extent of this Country, if we +may believe the Accounts of Spanish Pilots, who have sail'd that way, +these Islands run along a vast Continent, which terminates at the +Streights of Magellan. These Kings entertain Friendship with Ternate, +whither they sent Embassadors, and as much as was here subject to +the Moluccos, had no Share in the desperate Fury of the League. So +did those of Celebes to the Westward, being many notable Islands, the +great Island Celebes it self, as also Mindanas; so those of Bisaya, +abounding in Iron; Mascaga, and Masbate, which have much Gold, as +well as Mindanas; that of Sologo, and others producing Provisions, +Spice, Sanders, Eaglewood, [Other Islands.] Cinnamon, Camphire, +Tortoshell, Ginger, and Long Pepper. Some of these Islands are subject +to the King of Borneo, others to those of Tydore and Bachian, but +the most to him of Ternate. The People are generally treacherous; +many of them go naked, painting their Bodies in Falcage, and other +Figures; their Hair long, hanging on their Backs, or else knotted, +and cut short over the Forehead, like our Peasants; their Faces large; +their Teeth well shap'd and black; and their Ears bor'd. The Natives +of [Celebes.] Celebes are filthy, and vile in their Behaviour; the +Æquinoctial passes over their Island, which is full of little Towns; +a whole Race living in every House. On their Walls they hang the Hair +of those they have kill'd in War; and the greatest number of them +is most Honourable. There are among them several sorts of Monstrous +Productions. One of these is a Tree bearing a vast Head, the shade +whereof kills any Man that lyes down under it on the West-side, unless +he immediately lye down on the East-side; the same shade at only a +Yard distance being an Antidote against its opposite Malignity. In +these Towns there are horrid Stews of Sodomy; tho there are no such +at Ternate; but they have gone as far as Amboyna, which lyes South +of it. Among the Moluccos there are many Islands subject to their own +Chiefs, full of excellent Waters, and delightful Banks. Formerly they +were free, afterwards conquer'd by the Kings of Ternate and Tydore; +against whom they also rebell'd, and submitted to the Queen of Japara, +and many Christian Towns were subject to the Portugueses. They yield +above 2000 Hundred Weight of Cloves Yearly; which the Jaos are Masters +of, none being to obstruct them; they go over and Barter, and carry +it away in their Junks. We speak elsewhere of their Fertility. Our +Relations tell us, they produce a fort of Reeds, or Canes, above +fifty fathom long, and no thicker than a mans little finger. South +from Amboyna lye the Islands of Banda; and about 300 Leagues to +the Eastward; some affirm, there is one which is all over an entire +Mine of Gold, and the Natives not above a Yard high. If this be so, +and these the true Pigmies, who will look upon the Battels mention'd +in Homer's 3d Iliad, betwixt them and the Cranes, as Fabulous. Those +scatter'd Dominions were again united and submitted to Sultan Aerio, +whose Marriage Solemnities, Building of Masques, Publick Festivals, +and other Works of Peace, we must pass over in silence, as not proper +for our purpose, they being only a pleasing sort of Digressions. + +[Mezquita Governs at Ternate.] The Kings of Portugal sent several +Commanders in Chief to Ternate, and last in the Year 1570; James Lopez +de Mezquita, who had commanded on the Molucco Seas, took Possession +of the Fort. In his Time Sultan Aerio, a courteous and affable Man, +continu'd in Subjection to Portugal, valuing himself upon being true +to his Word in all his Actions. Nevertheless, there wanted not some +ill-meaning Persons, who mislik'd his Government, and pretended that +he did not exercise his Power legally. They said, he had given way +to those Vices, into which luxurious Princes are wont to fall; those +being generally the Fruits of a long Peace. They fancy'd, he retained +the Memory of past Tragedies; and particularly his Mother's inhuman +End, and therefore persecuted our Religion; tho at the [Pretences +to destroy King Aerio.] same Time the Memories of those Days do +not charge him with any Temporal Disobedience, or want of Fidelity; +but they rather compar'd him to Massinissa, King of Numidia; and say +the Portugueses ought to have respected him, as the Romans did the +other. The Commander hearing of those Abuses, and fearing greater might +ensue, some Religious Men encreasing his Jealousie, he endeavour'd to +redress them by Friendly Admonitions, and other Contrivances. Those +Methods had no effect on him, for he answer'd, he was in his own +Dominions, where, without offence to the Portuguese Sovereignty, he +might live as he pleas'd. Mezquita resolving to try harsher means, +since the others did not at all move the King, nor make him uneasie, +as relying on his Innocency; began to deprive him of his Revenue, +and the Income of the Spice; threatning also, that he would, in all +other Respects, execute the last Will made by his Brother Tabarija, +wherein he appointed the King of Portugal for his Heir; or at lest +would treat him so like an inferior Person, that he should scarce be +able to assume the Name of King; for such is the Punishment they are +lyable to, who do not observe that Decorum which was inviolable in +their Ancestors. + +Cachil Babu, Son to Sultan Aerio, taking a Progress about this Time, +through his Father's Islands, a Subject came to complain to him +against certain Portugueses, who had taken away his Daughter; for +which fault he order'd them all to be kill'd, as if they had been +accessary to the ravishing of the Maid. He had no Directions, nor +so much as the consent of King Aerio for this exorbitant Command, +which took no effect. On the contrary he afterwards so generously +resented it, that he order'd the Prince to be seiz'd, and would have +punish'd him severely, had he not been hindred by those the wrong was +offer'd to. This plain Demonstration was [The Portugueses seize and +send him to Goa.] not sufficient to divert the Portuguese Commander +from imputing the Sons Fault to the Father, contrary to all Reason +and Likelihood. All discreet Methods us'd by well-meaning Persons to +reconcile them two, failing; James Lopez by his King's Authority, which +generally is most unreasonable, the farther it is from the Prince, +from whom it is deriv'd, presum'd to imprison the Sultan; being dragg'd +away from a Pleasure-House, where he was passing the Heat of the Day, +among his Women; His Subjects lov'd him, and their Resentment for this +wrong was proportionable to their Affection; nor did the Portugueses +approve of the Fact. The Commander perceiving that all Men were against +him, and that after all Enquiries and Examinations, the King's Cause +still appear'd the better, and his Fidelity was more visibly made out, +he gave him his Liberty, to the great Satisfaction of his Kingdoms, +which were attentive to the Event; but upon Condition he should go to +Goa to clear himself, where he expected they would cut off his Head, +upon the Informations he would send against him. The King set out, +and before he came to Malaga, the Viceroy [The Viceroy acquits him.] +writ to him, begging he would return to his Kingdom, for he was fully +convinc'd of his Innocence, and promis'd to punish the Causer of those +Troubles; but at that Time, for some Considerations, was satisfy'd +with reproving him. The K. returning to Ternate, the Commander was +sent Prisoner to Goa, and had been more severely punish'd; but that +Fortune preserv'd him, to be an Instrument of the loss which has +lasted till our Days. + +Within a Year after his Imprisonment he was restor'd to his Command +in Ternate, where be again practic'd against that King; for there +are some [Pretended Reconciliation.] Dispositions which never part +with the Jealousies they have once conceiv'd. Ternate was as it were +the Metropolis in Religious matters, and King Aerio had never offer'd +any Affront to us either in Spirituals or Temporals, for which Reason +there never wanted some grave Persons in his Court. These Zealously +reconcil'd them two, and that perfectly, as to outward Appearance, +and that their renew'd Amity might be lasting, the King assur'd +the Commander upon Oath, according to his Sect, that he would never +privately harbour the least Jealousie of him; but before he admitted +of any, would discover it to him, that so he might either receive, +or make Satisfaction; to the end no Accidents might revive any +Mistrusts. The [Falshood of Mezquita.] Commander made the King the +same solemn Promise, both of them being thus pacify'd, and in the +Opinion of all those who mediated betwixt them, so Friendly, that +none could imagine such perfect Amity could ever be dissolv'd. But +there being nothing less permanent among Men than Reconciliations, the +Portuguese Commander reassuming the Hatred which never was extinct, +or perhaps so much as lay'd aside, resolv'd to destroy Sultan Aerio +when only five Days were elaps'd since the Re-establishment of their +Friendship sworn to on both sides. This could not be kept so private, +as not to come to the Sultan's Ears; but the Consideration that he +was a King, his own Sincerity, and the fresh Reconciliation, made +him think he was secure. But if the Nature of Man be such as not +to forgive when it has done a Wrong, what can be less secure than +injur'd Innocence? The Commander feigns himself Sick, and sends to +desire the King, that since he is not able to wait on him in his +Palace, he will be pleas'd to honour him with a Visit in the Fort, +there to confer with his Highness about some important Affairs +which concern the King of Portugal, his Master, and are not fit to +be communicated to any other. All the Answer the King return'd, +was to go himself to Visit the Sick Man, tho' he had Information +better grounded than on bear Surmises, that Martin Antonio Pimentel, +the Commanders Nephew, had Orders to murder him, as soon as ever he +came into the Fort. [Aerio's Innocent Bravery.] He could not prevail +upon himself to believe a Treacherous Design; so far does Innocence +prevail over a generous Soul. But when he saw that at the Gate, they +stopp'd his Guards, the Sangiacks and Cachiles, that attended him, +he then began to be convinc'd of the Villany, yet went on without +being disorder'd, and showing an undaunted Countenance. And tho' he +could not forbear dropping some Tears, when he took leave of his Sons, +however he presently compos'd his Countenance, so that he was not at +all dismay'd, tho' in the Commanders Nephew's Looks he saw visible +Tokens of his Unkles Commission. He would have complain'd to the +Commander of the Disrespect of those who stopp'd his Attendance, but +they would not suffer him to go on. The Mask being now laid aside, and +the true Design appearing, in Violence he call'd out to the Sangiacks, +but the Gate was shut against him and them. Pimentel came up to him +with a Naked Ponyard, and begg'd his Pardon like an Executioner. The +King, without showing any Surprize, or Disorder, Bid him consider what +he was going to do; for there were many left to revenge his Death, +besides his Sons and Subjects, all the Kings of the Archipelago, as +well the Sovereigns who were in Alliance, as those who ow'd Fealty +to the Crown of Portugal. This Instance, said he, will make them +dread every Capricious Humour of a Commander in chief. If still that +Jealousie survies, which has so often been prov'd groundless, I will +deliver my self up to the King of Portugal; and if my Death be of such +Consequence to you, yet respite the Execution but a little, for at my +Age, Time will soon perform what your Swords are to do. They [He is +murder'd.] now began to fall upon him, and he seeing a Brass Cannon, +on which were the Arms of Portugal, clasping his Arms about it, said, +Christians, at least show some respect to these Arms; for you kill +a King that has paid the greatest Deference to your Crown. This last +Testimony of his Innocence was of no Force to appease those Murderers; +though formerly in Rome, the embracing the Statues of the Emperors was +sufficient to deliver Slaves from being punish'd by their Masters. It +may be a Question whether his Soul was sav'd; for there are those +who affirm, he intreated the Murderer to permit him to be Baptiz'd; +who answering, It was then too late, without granting his Request, +or any Respite, ran furiously upon that Antient Prince, who made +no Resistance, and stabb'd him in several Places. They carry'd the +Body into a Vault. The King's Kindred and Servants heard the Noise, +and suspecting the worst; went away in great Disorder, to the City, +where there was already a confused Rumour of what had happen'd, and +being Distracted, ran shrieking about the Streets, where nothing was +to be heard but Weeping, Threats, Complaints and Disorder. + +The Principal Queen, with the Kings other Wives, and Slaves, his +Sons, and Brothers, laying a side all State, came out of the Palace, +already surrounded by the Multitude, in Confusion and Dispair, +and being follow'd by most of the Portugueses, who no less abhorr'd +the Fact, ran to the Fort, crying out to let them see their King, +as still doubting of what they heard. [Mezquita's Inhumanity.] +The Commander appear'd in Armour on the Wall, and said, They should see +him immediatly; and then came up a Soldier, bringing the Kings Head +with the Royal Turbant on it. After him came others, with his Arms, +Legs, and Body cut into small pieces, all which they hung upon the +Battlements in the sight of his People. Afterwards they Salted them, +as if the perpetuating of the Wrong had been requisite. This was +what most provok'd the injur'd People, who no longer able to behold +so inhumane a Spectacle, and being beside themselves, and fearing +more Mischief, return'd with their Family. The Sons out of Respect +to their Fathers Body, went away from Ternate to several Islands, +tho' in Reality they departed to excite others by their Presence, +representing the Hideousness, and Horror of the Fact; and to dispose +their Revenge. For the present they were satisfied with sending to +complain of the Commander in Chief. + +[Complain'd of at Goa.] Their Embassador arriv'd at Goa clad in White, +which is the Mourning of the Molucco Islands, and upon the Faith of +his Credentials, acquainted the Viceroy with the whole matter; proving +the Innocency of the Murder'd Sultan; representing the Wrong done to, +and the Sorrow of his Family, and Kingdoms, who so passionately Lov'd +him; and beseeching him, in the name of them all, to Right them against +the Man, who with the Power and Authority of the Portuguese Arms, had +Violated the publick Faith and the Laws of Nature. The Viceroy gave +him a favourable hearing, tho' by that Time the matter was otherwise +represented at Goa, at least among the Portuguese Nation. They said, +That King Aerio going to visit the Commander [False pretences of the +Portugueses.] in Chief, Martin Antonio Pimentel, went in with him, +and they contended in Words upon some Point, when the Portuguese +answering him angrily, they fell to their Weapons, and the King was +kill'd in the Quarrel. They added, That he was Advis'd so to do, +by some of our Religious Men, who were offended at the Persecution +of the Christians, and the Obstructing of the King of Portugal's +Service. Pimentel made his Defence with the Original Letters, of +those who perswaded him to commit the Fact, and who afterwards sav'd +him. However the Viceroy did not Reject the Plaintifs; but promis'd to +Right them; and to shew that he design'd them farther satisfaction than +a bare Promise, he sent away the necessary Supplies for the Security +of the Fort of Ternate, and Nunno Pereyra de la Cerda, a Gentleman +of Courage, and the necessary Sagacity to succeed the other in a Post +where all things were in Confusion. He also writ to King Sebastian of +Portugal, acquainting him with the Death of King Aerio; how Cruelly +and Unjustly he had been kill'd; what a Revolution there was cause +to fear it might produce; whom he had sent to succeed Mezquita; the +Orders he had to Secure him, as also Pimentel, if he could find him. + +[Pereyra succeeds Mezquita.] Nunno Pereyra arriv'd at Malaco with +the Molucco Embassador, whence, at the proper Season, they Sail'd to +Ternate, where as soon as they Landed, order was taken for Correcting +the Insolency of those in the Garrisons, who robb'd, and obstructed +Trade. When he had settled these Affairs, he seiz'd the late Commander +in Chief, James Lopez; but did not punnish him there, in the sight +of those who had been wrong'd, which would have appeas'd them. The +new Commander sollicited the Kings Sons to return to Ternate, and +endeavour'd to give them, and the Kingdom Satisfaction. He easily +convinc'd them, that the Publick was no way guilty of their Fathers +Death, but only the Commander Mezquita, who should be severely +punish'd. That [He fawns.] he deliver'd them the Kings Body, to +be Bury'd with due Honour. That they should settle the Succession, +offering it to Cachil Guarate, Aerio's Eldest Son. He told them, +the King of Portugal did not send his Commanders to be Enemies, but +Protectors of the Royal Family and State of Ternate, and therefore +they should make use of his Arms, as their own. They return'd apparent +Thanks for what Pereyna did, and being indifferently satisfy'd with his +Promises, took the Kings Body. A few Months after, on the Day appointed +for the Barbarous Obsequies, Embassadors from the neighboring Kings, +and Kingdoms landed at the City, who all repair'd to the Palace, +clad in White, with the dead Kings Sons, and Brothers, the Sangiacks +and Soldiers, and the Chiefest of them, going into the Room where +the Coffin was before the Mourners, who are Officers of the Grave, +began their Lamentations [Revenge vow'd.] and Cryes, they all swore +upon the dead Body, to take a Revenge suitable to the Wrong; but +because this Resolution requir'd a more deliberate Preparation, they +suspended it for a Year. It is reported, that Heaven anticipated them +within that time, punishing Pimentel, striking him to the Heart with +the Disease call'd Berber, whereof he dy'd swelling up, and raving. + +[Assembly of the Indians to consent.] The Funeral Rites being +perform'd, the Prince took leave of Nunno Pereyra, to go over to +the Island Ires, where they have a most stately Country-House, and +the principal Mosque. There they all met on pretence of Diverting +themselves after their Sorrow, tho it was now almost two Years since +the occasion of it happened. The Cachilas and Sangiacks repair'd +thither under the same Colour, and without loosing any Time, they +proposed the Uniting the Forces of their Kingdoms, and shaking off +the Portuguese Yoke. What shall we, said they, value the Portugueses, +if once we come to be sensible of our own Strength? What can we Fear, +or not Dare to attempt? The Portugueses value him who Robs most, and +is guilty of the greatest Crimes and Enormities. The forcing away of +our Product, their one lewd Pleasures, and our Wrongs, are Occasion +for them to make War; ours are our Country, and the Defence of our +Parents, our Wives, our Children, and our Liberty. It is necessary to +expedite the Execution, because a Secret is not lasting among many, +and in Affairs of this Nature, there is more Danger in Consulting, +than even in Execution. We have been already too long in Confusion, +without a Head. No Man contradicted; but neither Cachil Guarate, +the Eldest of the Brothers, nor the Second, durst take upon them so +difficult an Enterprize. Cachil Babre, the Third, undertok it, with the +usual Ingagement, either to Conquer, or to Dye. They presently lifted +him up, with general Applause, and his Election being made publick, +the Kingdom easily submitted to him, through the desire of Revenge; +tho' according to the Custom of the Molucco Islands, as soon as the +King has any Son born, they swear him his Successor, in his turn, +and there was then no need of any other Oath, yet they again swore to +Cochil Babu. This done, they went out to their Mosque, in Procession, +to offer Sacrifice. A Boy went foremost with a naked Sword on his +Shoulder, and with the other Hand [Sacrifice.] leading a Kid, which +was to be the Victim, with the little Horns Gilt. The Alcoran forbids +Sacrifising; but these Islanders receive the Rites of Mahometanism +so confus'dly, that with them they also retain those of their ancient +Idolatry, and intermix the Ceremonies. He that conducts the Sacrifize, +is, according to their Custom, follow'd by part of the Kings Soldiers, +with their Pikes advanc'd, and after them goes one holding up on high a +small Gold Vessel, or Pan, with burning Coals in it, the Frankincense +they throw in Smoking. Next to him was the new King, over whose Head +they always carry an Umbrello, made of Feathers of several Colours, +in shape of a large Semicircle. The King was encompass'd by those +Soldiers, that are given him by his Subjects by way or Acknowledgement, +like the Turkish Janizaries. In this Order they came to the Mosque, +at whose Gates, whensoever they are to enter, they find Kettles +and Pots full of Water, to wash their Hands and Feet before they go +in. As soon as the King was upon the Threshold the Musick play'd, +and they spread Milk-white Carpets, as is the Custome: Kneeling on +them, they mutter out their vain Prayers, bowing their Heads down to +the Ground. In the midst of the Mosque stands a Pulpit, cover'd with +white Cloth. Instead of a Bell, there hangs up the holy great flat +Drum, which they beat with Sticks; tho each Mosque has a great Bell, +without a Clapper, which they strike with a Stone, or piece of Iron, +when requisite. All that hear it, of what Condition soever, repair to +the Temple, with Pikes, Shields, Cymitars, and Muskets. The profane +Sacrifice being ended, they conducted the new King to the Harbour; he +went into his Carcoa, with his Family, and the other Sangiacks, and +[The King's Carcoa.] great Men, into many others. The King's is so +contriv'd, that there is a Gang-way all round it, made of Canes. There +are two Slaves to each Oar; others do the Service of the Vessel, and +near every one lies a Number of Arrows. Instead of Oars they use a +sort of great Paddles, like Spoons, with which they also lade out the +Water the Vessel takes in. On the upper part they make Musick with +their Tabors, and Sounding-Basons of Metal, according to which they +Row faster or slower, as we Dance to our Musick. In the same Place +there are seven Brass Guns; a considerable number of Pikes advanc'd, +longer than ours, and a Bed adorn'd with Quilts interwoven with Gold, +and by it hung the King's Helmet, Breast, and Back Plates. He sat, +or lay on that rich Bed, the Servants of his Bed-Chamber Fanning him +with a large Wing, made of various colour'd Feathers of the Birds +that fly about his Islands; thus he Coasted about, the Sea and Shore +resounding with Guns, Shouts, and Barbarous Instruments. + +At the same time that they seem'd to be wholly taken up with Sports and +Diversions, in the Island Ires, they Vow'd an irreconciliable Enmity +[War Proclaim'd.] to the Portuguese Nation, with the same Solemnity +as they had sworn Allegiance to their King; and this Secret having +been inviolably observ'd, when the new K. thought convenient he caused +it to be Publish'd throughout all his Dominions, which consists of +seventy two Islands in that Archipelago, betwixt those of Mindanao, +on the North; Bima and Corca on the [Dominions of Ternate.] South; +and the Continent of the Papuas, or Papous, otherwise call'd New +Guinea on the East: The Inhabitants whereof pay him their Tribute +in Gold, Amber, and Birds of Paradise; all which Provinces have +been Usurped from other Kings, on whose Ruins his Pride is swollen +so high, that he stiles himself in his own Language, Emperor of the +Archipelago. In most of them there were at that Time some Christian +Towns, Churches, and Preachers, and the Gospel was receiv'd in the +eight principal Nations. Idolater and Mahometan Embassadours came +from them all to acknowledge, and swear Fealty to Cachil Rabu. In this +great Assembly the Desire of Revenge was made the Cause of Religion, +and in it began the longest Persecution the true Faith has undergone +in our Days. It will be therefore requisite, distinctly to describe +the remote, and neighbouring Countries and Nations that carry'd it on; +and the Strength, and standing Forces, [Forces of the Kings of Ternate +and Provinces.] they have ready at all times upon any Occasion. + +The sixteen greater Towns of Ternate furnish their K. with 3000 Arm'd +Men; the Island of Montil, distant from it six Leagues South, 200; that +of Machian, eight Leagues distant, 1500; that of Caioa four Leagues +from Mechian, the same way, 300; those of Gazea, twelve Leagues from +Caioa, 300; those of Xula, fifty Leagues from Ternate, 4000; those +of Burro, seventy Leagues distant, 4000; those of Veramula eighty +Leagues from Amboina, and are the same Number of Leagues in compass +50000; those of Buaro, and Manipa, lying betwixt those of Veranula +and Burro, 3000; those of Na, Nolo, and New Guinea, which are many, +and very populous, fifty Leagues East from Ternate, send no certain, +but numerous Forces; that of Ires, where the King then was, 400; +and pays Tribute in Amber, and Birds of Paradise. Those of Meaos and +Tasure, on the North, 400. Those of Doe, distant thirty Leagues some +way, 900. Those of Rao and Saquita, seventy Leagues North, 1000. The +great Batochina, or Gilolo, four Leagues from Ternate, 10000. The +large Island Matheo, contains several Kingdoms, thirty Leagues to the +Westward, each of them subject to its own King, and all of them to him +of Ternate; send him Arm'd Troops. Totole and Bool 6000 Men; Guayduda +7000; Gorontano and Iliboto, 10000; Tomine, 12000; Manado, 2000; Dondo, +700; Labague, 1000; Fulo, and Jaqua, 10000; Gape, Tobuquo, and Butu +are all subject to him, and the number of their supplies is uncertain; +but Sanguien and its King, 40 Leagues from Ternate, serve him with +3000 Men. This was not the standing Force, which without adding to it +the uncertain number, nor the multitude of slaves, amounts to 120300 +Men. This particular F. Martin sent to the Governor Gamez Parez, +and the original was deliver'd to me. Since then, that Kings Power +is increased, and because more Formidable, by reason of his Alliances +with several Princes, entering Amity with some, and Oppressing others, +and practising the Rules of Tyranny among them all, as Artfully as +was formerly done by Greece, Rome, and Carthage. Of their Game, Fish, +Rice, Sagu, and other Stores of Fruit and Spice, and the Royal Mines, +we shall speak when the Subject in Hand requires it; and so of their +Weapons, of which last it is to be observ'd once for all, that those +they Dart, are all poison'd, and the Fire-Arms differ not from ours. + +For managing of this great Design, the King privately sent about +his Brothers, [Pereyra prepares his Defense.] and Sangiacks; but +so great an Army could not be contracted from such distant Parts, +without being heard of by the Christians, and particularly Nunno +Pereyra. He suspecting that the Desire of Revenge still prevail'd in +the injur'd Parties, and that the first Effects of it would fall upon +his Fort, tho' the Sultan's Murderer was not then in it, strengthned +it proportionably to the Siege he expected. Prudence supplies the +Place of Prophesy. The Fort was not then erected, which is since to +be seen in Ternate, on a high Ground of difficult Ascent, next the +Sea, and the Back of it defended by a Lake, next the Mountain; being +three Miles distant from the first Fort: It was afterwards built +to defend themselves against great Fleets; not satisfy'd with that +they had before on the Plain, [The Portuguese Fort.] next the Sea, +made of dry Stones, without Mortar; which being since improv'd in all +Respects, is now built with Lime, the Walls a Yard and half thick, +and Fifteen in Height; Forty in Length next the Sea, with a round +Tower at each Angle, like the ancient Spanish Fortresses. Nunno +Pereyra endeavour'd with all possible Diligence, to shut up in it +the greatest Number he could of all the Christian Families, and to +be in a Readiness to stand the Siege, which soon ensu'd. He sent +Advice to India and Portugal of the Intelligence he had receiv'd, +demanding Succours, as in a certain Danger; but it could never have +come in Time; for some Part of those Forces being assembled in the +Island Ires, the Rest staying on Botochina, in that Part which is +properly call'd Gilolo, and is remote from the Portugueses, they +there began to persecute Christianity by publick Decree. + +The Apprehension of these Mischiefs, had much perplex'd all the +Governours of those Provinces, because it was daily confirm'd by +visible Proofs of an open Insurrection. James Lopez de Marquita was +already kept Prisoner in the Fort of Benastarim at Goa, those confin'd, +and the Viceroy expected Orders from Spain to dispose of him, and the +Forces; because it was fear'd the King of Ternate might make use of +the great Supplies which could be sent him from China; especially if +that were certain which was then discoursed in Spain. It was reported, +[Project of abandoning the Philippine Islands.] That the Council of +State, observing that the Philippine Islands were rather an Expence, +than an Advantage to the Crown, being many, and hard to be maintain'd, +had propos'd to King Philip, to quit them, and withdraw the Court of +Justice, and the Garrisons that defend them. They added the Example of +the Chineses, who abandon'd them, tho' they are such near Neighbours, +and can relieve them with as much Ease, as if they were joyning to +their Continent. That as Spain governs them, the Loss they occasion +is considerable, without any Hopes that it can ever be alter'd for +the better; a vast Quantity of Silver being sent thither from New +Spain, both for the usual Expences, and to buy Commodities; that so +all that Treasure is convey'd by the Hands of the Chineses into the +Heart of those Dominions, render'd intractable by the Severity of +their Laws, by [Reasons for it.] which they are trench'd in, as it +were with Fortification, against all Commerce with Strangers. They +alledg'd that a Monarchy dispers'd, and divided by so many Seas, and +different Climates, could scarce be united; nor could humane Wisdom, +by settled Correspondence, tye together Provinces so remov'd from one +another by Nature. That these Arguments are not the Ofspring of Wit, +but of Experience, and Truths obvious to the Senses. That all such as +might be urg'd against them, were only grounded upon Honour, and full +of a generous Sound, but difficult in the Execution; and therefore the +best Expedient, was for the King to strengthen himself in Europe, where +his Forces can be ready to meet all Dangers, without being expos'd to +the Hazards of the Sea, and the Dominions of others. Each of these +Arguments was so fully represented by the Officers of the Revenue, +that the Proposal was thought worthy to be debated and consider'd; +and had God permitted the King to exclude the Philippine Islands his +Monarchy, leaving them expos'd to the first that would take Possession, +the Moluccos had so far been strengthen'd, as to become unconquerable. + +The same Thing has been propos'd at other Times, and in the Days of +King Philip the IIId. who sticking to his Father's Answer, has always +rejected that [King Philip rejects it.] mischievous Advice. That most +prudent Monarch answer'd, That the Philippines should be maintain'd, +in the same Manner they were, and the Court should be invested with +more Authority, that Justice might prevail, for he laid the Stress of +Government, on its being upright, and impartially administer'd. That +in the same manner the Troops should be kept up there, and maintain'd +out of the Revenues of New-Spain, or any other of his Kingdoms, +since all the Treasures discover'd, or still hid in the Bowels of the +Mines, ought to be apply'd to the Propagation [His Reasons.] of the +Gospel. For what would the Enemies of Christ say, if they perceived +that the Philippine Islands were left destitute of the true Light, +and its Ministers to propagate it, because they did not produce rich +Metals, and other Wealth, like the Rest of the fruitful Islands in Asia +and America? That all the Power of Kings, ought to be subservient to +this Sovereign End, as becomes Sons of the Church, and Promoters of the +Apostolical preaching, which is continu'd by Succession. That since +he had refused to mitigate the least Point of his Severity towards +his Northern Subjects, or to grant them Liberty of Conscience; why +should he remit any thing among Heathens, and Mahometans, which were +the Harvest God had assign'd him, to enrich the Church with those +Children, so remote? Thus the Project was put down, and this has +always been the glorious Resolution, when mistaken Zeal, or worldly +Interests have propos'd the quitting of those Dominions. This seems +to have been a peculiar Providence of Heaven, which knew how soon +they were all like to belong to the same Master, and that the Right +and Conquests should be all United in his Person, the one being the +Means to recover the other, as has been seen in our Days. + +[Product of Asia.] King Philip was govern'd by this Religious Motive; +but there were others urg'd by such as were acquainted with the Riches +of Asia, which are chiefly Diamonds, Rubies, large and Seed Pearl, +Amber-Greece, Musk, Civet, Camphir of Borneo and China, Vermillion, +Coral, Quick-Silver, Copper, fine Muslins, and Calicoes of Cambaya and +Bengala, Carpets, Coverlets, and fine Quilts. Persian Silks, Brocard, +Ivory, Rheubarb, Cardamome, Cassia Fistula, Frankincense, Benjamin, +Wax, China-Ware, [Arguments against quitting the Philippines.] +Lake for dying, and Physick, Cloves, Mace, Gold, Silver, Medicinal +Plants, Aloes, Eagle Wood, Calamba, Ebony, and very many more rare +Trees, Drugs, Spices, and Ornaments. All this they said, Venice lost, +when the Trade was remov'd to Portugal; and this same stir'd up the +Sultan of Egypt, as well knowing therein consisted all substantial +Wealth, to enter into a Confederacy with all the Kings of India; who +were already alarm'd by the Portuguese Fleets; so that they at the +common charge fitted out a Navy of Galleys, and other Vessels, in the +Port of Suez furnish'd it with Cannon, and put aboard 3000 Mamelucks, +besides a great Number of Venetian and Genoese Renegadoes. With this +Power the Sultan enter'd India, in the Year 1508, and tho' the King +of Cambaya assisted him, he was vanquish'd by the Portugueses in the +Port of Chaul. They urg'd, That at present these Riches are still more +valuable, and that if the Trade of them were once brought into the +Way of the Philippine Islands, it would save all the Dangers met with, +by the way of Amboyna, Banda, Borneo, and the many Shoals about them, +as also the many Storms those narrow Seas are subject to. For the Clove +particularly was brought by the Portugueses, in their Trading Galeon, +which goes from Goa to the Moluccos, to pay their Garrisons. In this +Ship they every year carry'd away to Malaca and Goa, 24000 Quintals, +or Hundred Weight of Cloves, little more or less. At those Ports it +was dealt to Persians, Turks, Chineses, and Africans, so that scarce +the third Part came to Europe. The King of Achem, in Sumatra, secur'd +another Part, whence it was sent to Alexandria. All these Commodities, +when they come to Malaca, pay eight per Cent. The Spice that comes +into Spain is distributed into all the Kingdoms of Europe; and it +might be easily contriv'd, say these People, to bring the greatest +Part to Spain from the Philippine Islands; which would be one of the +noblest Projects, that will be thought of for the improving of the +Revenue, considering what a great Price Clove bears in Spain, and how +cheap it is in the Molucco. This was the Opinion when those Islands +belong'd to another Master, and it was no easie Matter to divert the +Trade of Spice, and other Goods, from the usual India Voyage. Besides +the Religious Men of the Orders of St. Augustin and St. Dominick, +had already propagated the Faith in those and other Islands, whence +that which flourish'd, and advanc'd in Ternate and Tydore was Fed. + +Cachil Babu sail'd with his Brothers, and a great Number of Vessels +from Ires for Ternate, with much Joy, and forebodings of Victory; +greater Forces continually joyning him, through the earnest Desire they +had all of delivering those Parts from the Portuguese Domination. As +soon as ever they arriv'd at Ternate, they landed, and immediately +invested the Fort, which they call'd the Seat of Servitude. [Portuguese +Fort besieg'd.] They assaulted the Houses of the Portugueses, and +that so suddenly, that though they had Notice before, and lived in +Fear, they scarce stood upon their Defence. Rage and Success made a +more than Barbarous Havock. They set Fire to the Houses with Fury, +and popular Tumult; so that whatsoever was not within a Wall and +Ditch, perish'd that Day. Those in the Fort attempted to succour +their People; but greater Numbers of Ternates coming on, kill'd +some of those, who had sally'd out, not only with Darts of solid +Canes, which they cast most dexteriously, with Arrows, Cymiters and +Shields, which they us'd when Idolaters; but with Muskets and other +Fire Arms. The rest of the Portugueses routed, fled to their Fort; +for those who had gain'd Reputation by so many brave Exploits, were +that Day depriv'd of their Courage, by the Injustice of the Action +they had been concern'd in. They sent again to Goa to desire Relief, +and to represent the [Desolation.] Distress, not only of the Fort +of Ternate, but of all the others the King of Portugal held in those +Eastern Parts; for they had cast off Subjection to him in most of +them. They forgot not to mention the persecution of the Religion, +and the scarcity of Arms and Provisions, of both which the Ternates +had deprived them. These News were flown into India and Spain by +other Ways; and all the while the Siege lasted Goa sent Succours +to the Moluccos, in their trading Galeons; but [Tydore and Ternate +mortal Enemies.] the vast Distance, the many Shoals, and the violent +Storms those Seas are subject to, occasion'd the Loss of those Ships, +or put them by their intended Voyage. + +The Commanders in those Eastern Ports, who follow'd the Example of +those of Ternate were not Idle; for the Portuguese, tho' the reducing +of those Rebels succeeded not at that Time, did not miss of obtaining +other Victories, which should we relate them here, would make this +look more like a History of all India than of one small part of it; +besides that the Portugueses Nation has not wanted Learned Authors, +who have transmitted them to us, where they may be seen at large. The +Spaniards have also done the like, in a much more loftier Stile than +mine. We must therefore circumscribe our selves, and return to the +Moluccos, where the Besieged, as it were forsaken, and abandon'd by all +the Earth, endure the Hardships and Perils of Places so streightned. + +Thus all their Hopes, under Heaven, depended on their own Valour, +and the inviolable Friendship of the King of Tydore, so implacable +an Enemy to him of Ternate, that neither the Neighbourhood of the +Kingdoms, divided only by an Arm of the Sea, a League and half over, +in the midst whereof is a small Desart Island, which almost joyns them, +nor the ancient and reiterated Alliances, do in the least abate of +their Hatred, which seems to be fatal, and consequently unavoidable +betwixt those two Kings and Nations. + +However, the Ternates being always intent upon War, and thinking no +Practice [Practices of Babu with Tydore.] unlawful, that may secure +their Success, they ply'd their Weapons on one Hand, and on the Other, +carry'd on their Intrigues, for a Pacification with the King of Tydore; +not so much out of any Desire of coming to a Conclusion with him, as +to the End that being amaz'd with the Hopes of Peace, he might grow +slack in Relieving and Assisting the Besieged. They offer'd to restore +him some Places, taken from him during the late Wars; and to give him +those and others, as a Portion with a Daughter to the King of Ternate; +besides other Advantages, of which Accommodation the King of Bachian +was the chief Manager. To these fair Offers, they added Threats; and +both the Kings and their Nations agreeing in Religion, and it being +easy to cover any Occasion of War under fair Pretences; it happen'd +that the Tydores, at least while this Politick Game was playing, +did not afford their Succours with the same Zeal as they had done +at first; and that King, who till then had been a constant Friend, +upon another Consideration, deferr'd [Policy of the K. of Tydore.] +his coming to a Resolution. He waited, as well as the Besieged, +the Arrival of the Portuguese Succours, and several of his Carcoas +often touch'd at the Islands of Borneo, to enquire what Ships pass'd +that Way from India. They examin'd every Vessel they met, and every +slight Intelligence puff'd them up, or quite cast them down. In short, +both Parties protracted the Time, with so little Regard to any other +Principles, that all their Courage and Fidelity, depended on it alone. + +This is so certain, that the King of Tydore being just at the Point +of accepting the Wife, and Lands offer'd him by the Enemy, fell off +upon the News brought him, that a Galleon was seen sailing for the +Molucco Islands, and he rejected all the Proposals. It was afterwards +known to be bound for the Philippine Islands, and belong'd neither to +the Portuguese nor Spaniards; but to Venetian Merchants, who traded +between Manila and China, with several Commodities of their own +Country, and other Parts of the Levant; so that the King of Tydore, +and the Besieged themselves began to make fresh Reparations, like +Men that sharpen their Weapons, and fit their Armour. + +These Succours encourag'd them to several bold Attempts. The Besieged +made [Sallies, and the Length of the Siege.] a Salley, to nail up +the Enemies Cannon, and tho' few in Number, several Times assaulted +their Camp, still returning Victorious, without any considerable +Loss. They dismounted all their Cannon from the Walls, their Works +nothing availing them, because they were not made according to Art. The +Siege lasted five Years, the Portugueses sustaining it with notable +Resolution, and the Indians pressing with no less Obstinacy; nor would +the Hunger, Thurst, Nakedness, and the Hardships of the Seasons have +been tollerable, had not they been common to both Parties. Extream +Want, was the Occasion of several signal Exploits of that Valour, +wherewith they defended their Lives, and the Fort. This produc'd +Rage and Admiration in the Enemy; and an affectionate Compassion +in the Women of the Island; among whom they found Advice, Secrecy, +Intelligence and known Favour. So great is the Power of Persecuted +Virtue, that it prevails, even upon those Enemies, who harbour the +Memory of a Wrong, to convert it, first into a Desire of forgetting +it, and without long Interposition of Time, produces a Zeal to support +that Valour they first hated. + + + The End of the Second Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK III. + + +[Cessation of Arms.] Both Sides now took the Breathing of a short +Cessation; advantagious to Ternate for the Liberty of Trade, and +to the Portugueses, because it gain'd Time to their Hope of Relief, +which they concluded must be near at Hand, by Reason it had been long +expected. They were not discouraged by Events, those having prov'd +alternatively Successful and Unfortunate, and Victory was toss'd to +and fro; besides that the Interruption of Commerce had knit some the +closer together in Friendship. I could mention several Instances of +this Sort, contain'd in Letters, and other Spanish and Portuguese +Relations, sent by Religious Men from the Moluccos, to the Governours +of the Philippine Islands, whose Papers have, upon this Occasion, +been lay'd before me, for my better Information, for which Reason +we may make Use of some of them, without departing from the main +Subject. The gravest of the Greek and Latin Historians sometimes +intermix private Adventures, as it were short Episodes to divert the +Reader. The Example of great Masters is a sufficient Authority for +Learners, for which Reason I may well be allow'd this Freedom. + +One Duarte, a brave Ensign, had contracted strict Friendship with +Cachil [A Love Story.] Tudura, which was no way obstructed by the +Difficulties of the Seige, nor so much as interrupted. Duarte was wont +in the dead of the Night, to go safely into the City in the Habit of +the Country, and by the Help of the Language, being Master of it, +where he was privately admitted into his Friend's House, and well +receiv'd there on another Account by Tudurisa, his only Daughter, +who, being prevail'd on by the Love she bore Duarte, imbrac'd the +Christian Religion. The Father was not unacquainted with their Love, +but he also knew that it was attended by Modesty in Tudurisa, and +true Courtesy in Duarte. Returning to the Fort, he used to be taken +in the same dangerous way, by those Persons who had let him down +with a Rope. He brought with him some Intelligence and Provisions; +but he came not so entire himself, for the Indian Woman, who was to be +his Wife, had robb'd him of his Heart. Nuno Pereyra going the Rounds +miss'd the Ensign at his Post, and enquiring into it, understood the +Cause of his Absence; in Respect to which, considering the mighty +Power it often has over great Souls, he conniv'd at the Breach of +Martial Discipline, assigning that to the Passion, without reproving +the Lover. Whether he follow'd the Example we read of Quintus Fabius +Maximus, in the like Case, or on Account that Experience shows, there +is Nothing can hold a Lover so fast as the Presence of the lov'd +Object; Pereyra enjoining all Persons to keep the Secret, contriv'd, +without offending Tudura, that his Daughter should come privately into +the Fort, which she consented to, without many Perswasions. Having +so done, the Commander in Chief, calling his Ensign, said to him, +I am inform'd, that at certain Times, and that when the Danger is +greatest, you forsake us; but that it is not for want of Affection, +or not knowing the Duty of your Post; tho' we were not confin'd +to these narrow Walls, I would not punish your Failure, because +Mildness has ever been more efficacious for correcting of Generous +Souls, than Rigour. It will not be convenient for the Future, that +we be left without you, and in Fear for what may befall you: Here is +your Wife, and then she appear'd, brought hither without any Force, +or Opposition from her Father. Take her to you lovingly, and do not +suffer the Honour of Portugal, depending on these few Men, to want the +Bravery of so able an Officer. Duarte was amaz'd, generously out of +Countenance, full of Love, and knew not what to say; but was excus'd +by his Friends, and even by Nunno Pereyra. + +[Hopes and Despair of the Besieged.] It was now the Year 1575, +when the Besieged began to conceive some Hopes of their Deliverance; +because the Saugiacks and Cachils of the King of Ternate's Race +were divided into Factions, and there wanted not some among them, +who endeavour'd to draw the Portugueses over to their Party. These +Misunderstandings made them act less vigorously; and did not they +look on theirs as the Common Cause, the Design had succeeded. The +Portugueses in this Condition, despairing of all Relief, the Natives +of Ternate on the other Side of the Island, next those of the Meaos, +discover'd a Galeon coming from Malaca, having coasted about Borneo; +they concluded it was that which brought the Succours from Portugal, +and being assur'd it was so, they became unanimous again, and press'd +on the Seige; but Force little prevailing against the Resolution of +[Proposals of Accommodation, and Reasons for it.] the Besieged, Cachil +Tulo, by Permission, propos'd some Terms, which the Commander in Chief +had long listen'd to from the Wall. One Day making several Overtures, +Tulo told him, That the King, his Brother, was willing to put an End +to that tedious Seige, upon any Conditions. That to this Effect had +concluded a Peace with the King of Tydore, that he might not relieve +them for the Future. That the King of Bachian had joyn'd him for the +same Purpose; to the End, that since they were all convinc'd that +was their common Cause, they might with their joynt Power make their +utmost Efforts. That the Cessation which had lasted till then, tho' +advantages to the King, as encouraging the Trade with the Javaneses, +and Rumes, who came to Load Clove, must of Necessity cease. He +ask'd how long they would expose their Lives to the utmost Dangers, +only to gain an empty Name of Loyal Subjects, which, perhaps, would +never be known to him that was to reward it. He bid them consider the +Villany of his Father, King Aerio's Death, and that by their Obstinate +holding out they made the Murderers Cause more Criminal. That they +thus show'd they approv'd of anothers Treachery, whose Punishment they +would compass by other Means. That they ought to be very thankfull, +that the King would not involve them in the Guilt of that Wretch, who +contrary to his solemn Oath, to the Laws of Friendship, and the Honour +of the Portuguese Nation, or rather to Nature it self, had Murder'd +that King, who most inviolably observ'd the Faith he had engag'd to +him. Besides, that they were sensible how little Comfort uncertain +Hopes could afford amidst real Wants; and how impracticable it was +for Relief to come from so great a distance, through such boisterous +Seas, causing so many Shipwrecks, and which seem'd to have conspir'd +against those who had oppress'd and injur'd Ternate. + +He concluded his Discourse requiring the Commander in Chief, to deliver +up the Fort, or expect the utmost Rigour; for if he once refus'd the +Terms offer'd, and provok'd them, they would spare neither Sex, nor +Age. The Besieg'd were not free from Jealousie, that there was Fraud +in these Offers; [The Besieged Surrender.] yet, perceiving that +the Succours never came from India, either because retarded by the +African War, in which King Sebastian had engag'd himself, or by the +Difficulties of that dangerous Voyage; and believing that the two Kings +of Tydore and Ternate were reconcil'd, as Tulo told them, thinking he +of Tydore, without whose support they could not subsist, had forsaken +their Friendship, the Proposals were accepted by unanimous Consent, +after Nuno Pereyra had return'd a resolute Answer, suitable to that +Part of Cachil Tulo's Words, which contain'd any Threats, signifying +to him, how little they mov'd himself, or his Men; and that he would +hearken to no Conditions to the disservice of his God, or his King, +or to disparage the Bravery of his Soldiers, which had been so often +try'd to the cost of the Natives of Ternate; nevertheless upon some +other Considerations, he would [The Capitulation.] surrender the Fort, +provided that all the Portugueses might march out in a Body, Colours +Flying, with their Wives, Children, Slaves, and all their Goods, having +first Hostages given them to their content, that no Harm, or Injury +should be done them. That the King should secure them their Passage to +Amboyna, and find them Vessels; and that such as should happen to be +left in Dominions for want of them, should have no Ransome demanded of +them, either then, or at the time of their departure. That the Fort +and Guns should be deliver'd to King Babu, upon express Condition, +That he should hold it for the King of Portugal, and in his Name, +to whom he should restore it, whensoever he effectually punish'd the +Murder of King Aerio. The King easily Granted, and Swore to perform +all those Conditions, being eager to possess himself of the Fort, +before the Succours arriv'd, [The Fort Deliver'd.] which were now +near at hand. On the Day appointed, which was Saint Stephen's, the +Ternates took up all the advantageous Posts to view the Portugueses, +who march'd out as if they had been Conquerors; and no sooner were they +out of the Fort, than the Natives running in, possess'd themselves +of the Guns, with loud Laughter and Shouts, Scoffing at those that +left it; for the third Day after the Galeon arriv'd, well Mann'd, +and furnish'd with Guns, and all Necessaries, and James de Azambuja +in it, as Commander in Chief. They had thoughts of Recovering the +Fort, but it was too late, because the Enemy was possess'd of all +Things, without any Opposition. Pereyra then perceiv'd how great +an Obstacle Precipitation is to the chusing of the safest Advice, +and how infallibly it is follow'd by fruitless Repentance; since had +he delay'd but never so little longer, tho' it were only to weigh +the Enemies Proposals, who ought never to be suppos'd Sincere, +he might have sav'd himself and Destroy'd them. For this Reason, +tho' he wanted not an honourable Excuse, he resolv'd not to return +to Goa, having private Intelligence that the Viceroy would not fail +to secure him, in Order to cut off his Head. Azambuja protected him +in his Galeon, and he went over with many others to Amboyna. The rest +spread themselves throughout the Neighbouring Islands, in Vessels they +begg'd. Some return'd to Malaca, and only sixteen Portuguese Families +remain'd in Ternate for want of Shipping; who at first submitted to +the change of their Fortune: but could not afterwards comply with +the Difference there is betwixt Domination and Servitude. The King of +Tydore a [Portugueses settle at Tydore.] most trusty Friend to the +Spaniards in their greatest Affliction, offer'd them his Islands, +Houses, and Trade of Spice. He sent them a good Number of Carcoas, +which carry'd them over to his Dominions, and soon after assign'd +them a convenient Place to build their Houses and Churches. This +Colony was increased, and the Number of its Inhabitants augmented by +Sancho de Vasconselos, who sent others from Malaca, being Commander +in Chief of Goa and afterwards of Amboyna, in the Year 1578. At last +he came thither himself, and erected a Fort, a quarter of a League +from the City of Tydore, which gives its Name to the Island. + +[Tydore describ'd.] Tydore, in the Language of those Parts, which +was formerly spoken, signifies, Fertility and Beauty. Europeans +generally give it this Name; but its King, as appears by his Arabick +and Persian Subscriptions, Writes Tudura, and not Tydore. It is not +inferior to Ternate for Fruitfulness, and Delight, but far exceeds +it in Magnitude and Populousness; and yields the same Aromatick +Product. Curious Persons have there try'd to improve the Clove, +watering and pruning the Tree at proper Seasons, and it appears to +embrace the Helps of Art, by growing bigger, more active in its Vertue, +and the Scent stronger. The white Sanders here come to more Perfection, +than in any other of the Eastern Parts. In this, as well as the other +Molucco Islands are found those Birds, they, in their Language, call +[Birds of Paradice.] Manucodiatas, signifying Birds of Paradise, from +a Fable, credited by those superstitious People, that they came down +from Heaven. The Fort here was afterwards enlarg'd by Nuno Pereyra, +not far from the Port, and then by James de Azambuja. The latter did +not only contribute with his Industry, [Fort of Tydore.] but with his +Labour, carrying the Materials himself, when it was requisite to set +the Soldiers an Example, and forward the Work; which the King often +view'd, and was well pleas'd to see the Fortifications. He discours'd +familiarly with the Officers, advis'd with them in his Wars, and +comforted the Christians, and they far'd best, for from that Time +forward, there being none in Ternate, and that Fort in the Hands +of the Natives, the Heathens and Mahometans seem'd to be Superior +and Conquerors throughout all those Provinces. They strengthen'd +themselves with Works and other Preparations, erected Forts on high +Places, and bending their Minds against the Christians, put many to +cruel Martyrdoms; that so the Foundation of our Faith may be in all +Parts cemented with the Blood of the Faithful. They dismember'd the +Bodies, and burnt the Legs [Persecution.] and Arms in the sight of the +still Living Trunks. They impal'd the Women, tore out their Bowels, +and they surving themselves, beheld their still moving Flesh in the +Hands of their Executioners. Children were pull'd Piecemeal before +their Mothers Eyes, and Infants still in Embrio were rent from their +Wombs. It has been made out, that above 60000 Christians fell by the +Sword in only the King of Ternate's Dominions. This is asserted in +the Annual Relations of the Fathers of the Society, who preach'd +in those Parts. They give an Account of this dismal Persecution, +with all the Circumstances of the Cruelties; as how the persecuted +Persons fled to the Mountains, seeking for Compassion among the wild +Beasts, others cast themselves into the Sea, where they perish'd, +either devour'd by its Monsters, or swallow'd by the Waves themselves, +not being able to reach the other Islands. A considerable Number of +these religious Fugitives, as they swam met a Portuguese Ship, coming +to the Relief of those at Amboyna, and with dismal Voices cry'd out, +Help, Relieve us, for we are Christians. They carefully took them up +in their Boats, and having view'd them at Leasure, found that none of +them were above 12 Years of Age. Yet at this same Time, when cruelty +advanc'd God's Glory, Providence seem'd to act Counter in the very +Cities, and Deserts. Idolaters and Mahometans were converted, and our +Religious Men preach'd and catechis'd, without any Fear of Punishment, +which they rather coveted, and thought themselves unworthy of it; +encouraging one another with the Examples the Tyrant made, for several +Purposes. But all those People looking upon it as their Duty to seek +Revenge, their Cruelty gaining Applause under that Name, and Europe +being involv'd in Dismal Troubles, they met with no Opposition in +the Execution of their Vengeance, and the Calamity ran so high, that +in the space of thirty Years, they either quite obliterated, or much +obscured the Name of Christianity in those Eastern Parts, destroy'd +our Churches, and, like those who prepare to hunt wild Beasts, arm'd +themselves against the Faithful who liv'd in more security among those +savage Creatures, or in Deserts never penetrated by Men, feeding on +Herbs, and gaining Time, by that lawful Retreat for the sake of the +Gospel, for the Wrath of Heav'n, whose Executioners those Men were, +to pass over. Above 36 Towns, of each 800 Inhabitants in Gilolo and +Celebes a spacious and populous Country, and in those of the two Kings +of Sian and Sanguil, [Many Apostatize.] who profess'd Christianity, +with most of their Subjects, in the Kingdom of Cauripana; in that +of Bachian, whose King and his People were Sons of the Church; in +the Islands of Amboyna, where Forty Towns worshipped CHRIST, in the +Bosom of his Faith, and in those of Tydore, which were not without +this Light; in all those Places they fell off from Christianity, +and were utterly lost; first through the Insolency of the Portuguese +Commanders, and lastly on Account of the Death of Sultan Aerio; who, +as was prov'd, had given no real, nor so much as a likely Token of +Falshood, for which they might be provok'd to destroy him. However +the Christians dy'd with such Resolution, that the Persecuters took +not away any Life but what became a fresh Example of Magnanimity, +and perhaps Providence might permit that Accident of Aerio, with a +Design to advance the Churches Glory. + +[Augustin Nunez sent to Command at Amboyna.] Sultan Babu making his +present Victory an Instrument to obtain others, Ship'd his Men, in +Order to besiege Tydore and Bachian; and tho' he met with a vigorous +Defence in both Places, and the Portuguese Auxiliaries made some Amends +for his Superiority of Power, yet they submitted to the Tyrant. This +Revenge made him stick at no Cruelty. In November, this same Year, a +Galeon came to Malaca from India, to carry Succours for the Moluccos, +commanded by Captain Augustin Nunez, the Eldest and Bravest Commander +in those Days, as he made it appear in the Expedition of Chaul, when it +was besieged by Niza Molucco, when Don Luys de Atayde was Viceroy of +India, in the year 1578. The Galeon was stor'd with all Necessaries, +and in it James [James Lopez de Mezquita sent Prisoner to Ternate.] +Lopez de Mezquita, the Murderer of Aerio, design'd for Punishment, in +Satisfaction for the Wrong done. He was so strong, and fierce, that +to secure him, he was fetter'd with a great Chain, the End whereof +was made fast to a heavy Piece of Brass Cannon. Augustin Nunez had +Orders to convey him to the new King of Ternate, to be deliver'd +to him bolted, like a Criminal, that he might pass such a sentence +of Death on him as he thought fit, which should be executed in his +Presence, pursuant to the Orders sent by the King of Portugal. They +put him on double Fetters, Manacles, and Chains, and kept him in the +Steeridge. Augustin Nunez went to succeed Sancho de Vasconcelos, in +the Fort of Amboyna; but a storm rising, he was forc'd into the Port +of Japara, of Sunda, in the greater Java. The Galeon wanting water, +and Refreshment, he there sent for it; which the Native Javaneses +brought him in 40 Vessels. Among them came 150 Soldiers in the +Habit of Peasants, and Fishermen; who making many words as is usual +among Buyers and Sellers, drew the Ponyards they brought conceal'd, +and surprizing the Portugueses, fell on with such Fury and Cruelty, +that they [The Murderer kill'd.] kill'd them all. Among them dy'd +James Lopez de Mezquita, but fighting with extraordinary Bravery, +tho' held by his Chain, hinder'd by his Fetters, and other heavy +Encumbrances, and restrain'd by the Cannon, to which his Chain was +made fast. However he got a Sword and a Buckler wherewith he cut +down ten Javaneses, revenging on them the Death of the Portugueses, +and they on him, that of King Aerio of Ternate, which had occasion'd +so much Slaughter. Seventy three Christians were kill'd and above +the same Number of Javaneses, and their Vessels had been taken, +but that others came to their Assistance from the Shore in the Heat +of the Action, in which there were Men with Fire-Locks and Lances, +six Yards and a Quarter long, the Points of them poison'd. The Galeon +was taken without any Succour, nor was the Cannon of any Use. + +It is but reasonable that so manly and honourable a Death should, +as is usual, render all this Gentlemans Life honourable; and that his +Fetters, and Sufferings joyn'd to it, excite Compassion and Affection +in the minds of the [His Vindication.] Readers, so to blot out the +Hatred they have conceiv'd against him on Account of Sultan Aerio's +Death. It is to be observ'd, for his justification that it does +not appear, not is it reported, he was incens'd to perform that Act +through Interest, Ambition, or any other private Motives; but was +mov'd to it by Informations which perswaded him it was convenient, +for the Establishing and Advancement of Religion, and the publick +Peace. Very brave men must also be allow'd some Excesses of Fierceness, +which proceed from an extraordinary Force in the irascible Part of +the mind, and wherein Valour is subdu'd. When these Persons find +themselves encompass'd by great Numbers, and streightned by wrongful +Violence; if they are not to be daunted and overcome, it comes to pass +that Patience often provok'd turns that Courage into Fury and Rage, +which causes them to make mighty Slaughters, and Examples of Cruelty; +led to it not only by Passion, but also by Judgment and Thought, which +directs them to cause themselves to be dreaded even to Astonishment, +to save themselves and their People from other great Cruelties which +usually mean Souls attempt and practice upon those they stand much +in Fear of. Let this Reflection serve for a general Excuse to other +Offences of this sort mention'd, or blam'd in our History. + +This Accident, in as much as related to the Death of James Lopez de +Mezquita, was forgot, or at least not known for many Years, for in +1603 the King of Ternate demanded Justice of our King, against that +Man not knowing that God had summon'd him before a more upright +Tribunal. The News being brought to Malaca, the Commander Arias +de Saldana immediately [Peter Lopez de Sousa sent to Moluccos.] +sent away another Galeon, he call'd S. Peter and S. Paul, for the +Moluccos under command of Peter Lopez de Sousa, and a Galley with +150 Soldiers to relieve Sancho de Vasconcelos at Amboyna, where he +wanted Provisions, and was streightned. They sail'd in May 1579, to +touch at Borneo, there to take in all Necessaries for the Design. He +arriv'd on that Island in June, and found it in an Uproar, occasion'd +by the Spaniards [Spaniards at Borneo.] who came thither with Doctor +Sandi, Governour of the Philippine Islands in 30 rowing Vessels. He +took the City, and put the King to flight, who was a Lover of the +Portugueses, and from that time Manila began to be look'd upon as +a place of Arms, for the recovering of the Molucco Islands; and if +Sandi had then employ'd those, he carry'd to this other Expedition +against them, he would have found the Tyrant less settled, and +consequently his Revenge more easy. Vasconcelos died at Amboyna, and +James de Azambuja succeeded him, so that nothing came now from India +but fair Promises. In the Philippine Islands they had no Orders at +that Time to intermeddle in those Wars, because they then belong'd to +another Sovereign, and therefore they were only Lookers on to those +Martyrdoms, and Revolutions and employ'd themselves as they us'd in +Camboxa, Mindanao, Japan and China, and then particularly in Borneo, +without regarding those other Successes. + +Borneo lies between Malaca and the Moluccos, and according to the +Opinion [Borneo describ'd.] of Gerard Mercator, is that which +Ptolomy calls, the Island of Good Fortune. A Point of it lies under +the Equinoctial, and the greater Part stretches out to 6 Degrees of +North Latitude, taking up the two first Parallels. Thus it appears +to be above 400 Leagues in Compass. It abounds in Provisions, and +all other Necessaries for the Support of humane Life. And produces +abundance of Camphire, Agarick Diamonds, vast Numbers of Horses, +smaller than the Spanish; but it has not such plenty of Sheep, or +Kine: There is a general Resort of Trade in all its Populous Cities +and Ports. The Capital is Borneo, which gives Name to the Island, +built on a Spacious Lake the Sea Forms, like Venice, and said to +contain 23000 Houses: The King is a Mahometan; no man speaks to +him but by the Interposition of an Interpreter. The Natives worship +Idols. They are White, good Natur'd and sharp Witted. They have no +certain Fashion of Cloaths. Many of them wear Cotton Shirts, and +others of white common single Tabby, with red Lists. + +Sirelela, Brother to this King, came to Manila, where Doctor Sandi +being then Governour, he laid before him his Pretensions, and some +Means he had for bringing his Designs to bear; but he put the main +Stress upon [King of Borneo's Brothers at Manila.] his having a +greater Party there, than the King his Brother. He promised which +would be no difficult Matter, in Regard of the Hatred the People bore +the King, that he would make the Kingdom Tributary to the Kings of +Spain. The Governour having taken sufficient Precautions, condescended +to his Request, and arming as many Spaniards, and Philippines as he +thought convenient, with all Necessaries for a great Enterprize, ship'd +them, and arriv'd happily at Borneo. He attack'd it in several Places; +the best of the People immediately declar'd for the Brother. The +King thinking himself weakest at Sea, reserv'd his Forces for the +Land, and being deceiv'd [Spaniards overthrow that King.] in his +Expectation, was forc'd to fly, his Army being routed, without any +Remains to attend him in the Deserts, and Retreats of the Mountains, +where he liv'd miserably. Sirelela ascended the Throne; the Victorious +Spaniards return'd to the Philippine Islands loaded with Booty; and +among other Things, if we may believe Relations, brought 600 Pieces +of Artillery. However the depos'd King, a few Months after, got to +a Head again. No Man ought to Despair in Adversity, for Fortune is +nothing but the Will of God. Thus the King, with the Assistance of +the Portuguses, [He is restored.] recover'd his Throne, casting down +his Brother, and defeating him, till he was utterly destroy'd. Hatred +is frequently no less intense than Love among those whom Nature has +most closly link'd. In the Molucco Islands the War did not cease, +nor the general Malice against Christians. + +The News of what had happened there was not known in Europe, where, +and in Africk greater Dangers were apprehended; of the Event whereof +[A Prodigy.] Providence thought fit to inform our free Wills, by +stupendious Prodigies. On the 15th of June 1580, about the declining +of the Day, there appear'd to certain Sailers a Large Crucifix in the +Body of the Sun the Foot of the Cross standing on Mount Calvary, as +we see in common Pictures; on the Right Side of it a Figure clad in +White, and another on the left in a deep Red. The Crucifix ascended +upwards, and was still seen to mount till the Sun Setting, the Day shut +in. This was seen by all those who came in a Caravel, from the Island +of St. Michael ten Leagues before they came to that of St. George, +the Bishop whereof residing in that of Angla, sent the Affidavit of +it to King Philip the Second, which was receiv'd and much talked of +by the Judge Freytas, a grave Person. All the Men of the Caravel +sign'd it, as Eye-Witnesses, who affirm, That being touch'd with +it, they confess'd their Sins at the Sight of the Prodigy, begging +Mercy with Sighs and Tears. Our Understandings ought to stand amaz'd, +and praise, him that produces both what is Natural, and Miraculous, +and who by so many Warnings shows us, that he has reserv'd Times, +and Moments in his own Hand. + +King Sebastian, at that Time, had other Conquests in View. The Loss +or the Recovery of Ternate and the neighbouring Moluccos concern'd +him alone; but he referr'd that to the Governour of India; whilst +he himself, solicited by the Xerif Muley Mahomet, whom he design'd +to set upon the [King Sebastian prepares for the War in Africk.] +Throne of Morocco, tho' with a good Design, joyn'd the African Army, +with another of Catholicks, consisting of the Portuguese Gentry, +of Spaniards, Italians, and Germans. And, if we may believe those +who committed that Expedition to writing, he went over into Africk, +contrary to all the known Rules and Maxims of Martial Prudence, +which Proportions the Strength to the Undertaking, to ascertain the +Success and forecasts, in Case Things prosper, to secure and preserve +them. This he did upon the Assurances the Xerif gave him, that as soon +as ever the Portuguese Forces appear'd, the People would submit to +him. But God permitted that most Christian Prince [Is Kill'd there.] +to be kill'd, the Xerif perishing with him; and their Armies to be +routed, Muley Moluc the third Person remaining Victorious, tho' he +also dy'd in the same Battel, and was bury'd in triumphant Manner. The +Prodigies, and Fears of the wiser sort were verify'd in the King of +Portugal, and particularly that which happen'd before his Birth. It is +certainly reported, that the Princess Joanna his Mother, one Night saw +a great Number of Moors come into her Chamber, in the Palace at Lisbon, +clad in several Colours; [Prodigy.] she believ'd or fancy'd they might +be those they call Monetros, who are such as do the Duty of Guards +in the Royal Apartment. Some went out to enquire, and found them all +still, as husht as at other Times. The Princess seeing the imaginary +Moors come in again, swoon'd away in her Ladies Arms. Afterwards at +the proper Time, she was deliver'd of King Sebastian, whose singular +Virtues, supported by the Loyalty of his Subjects, might have +shin'd as bright as his natural Magnanimity, had not that hasten'd +his End. That was mourn'd for and lamented by all Christendom, and +brought Trouble to all its Princes, who began seriously to discourse +about the Successor to the Crown of Portugal. There they presently +swore [Henry the Cardinal King.] Henry, the Prince Cardinal, Unkle +to the late King, then Eighty Years of Age, and the last Lawful Male +of that Royal House, which began in another of his Name. Antony, +Prior of Crato, Son to Prince Lewis, pretended to succeed him, +and tho' declar'd illegitimate, there was a Party that follow'd +him. This Revolution, and the Hurry in such difficult Exigences, +were the Occasion, that Care was not taken to supply other Places, +much nearer than Ternate. Besides that dismal Accounts brought 5000 +Leagues, tho' they were represented by Demosthenes, would come cold +from his Mouth and scarce move the best dispos'd Prince, when never +so much at Leasure; and King Henry, had no Power, but only his Zeal +for Religion, to oppose the Tyranny practis'd in the Archipelago of +the Moluccos. The Cardinal King thought all his Forces little enough, +and necessary considering the extraordinary Jealousie he had conceiv'd, +upon our King Philip's declaring himself a Pretender to those Kingdoms, +and having order'd a considerable Army to make up to the frontiers, +which he had drawn together during the said Cardinal's Life. The +Generals were the Duke of Alva, and the Marquess de Santa Cruz, the +first at Land, the other at Sea; and in the mean while the ablest +Divines and Civilians of Europe, in all the Schools, and Parliaments +writ concerning his Right. + +[First English Voyage to the Moluccos.] The Year before, being +1579, about the Beginning of it, Q. Elizabeth of England, seeing the +Princes of Europe, particularly those in the Western Parts, make +Warlike Preparations, as being divided in Opinions; form Leagues, +and direct all their Designs towards the Kingdom of Portugal, she +to make some Diversion with Security, had on a sudden fitted out +four Ships, of eighteen Brass Guns each, and in them two hundred +Men, and ten young Gentlemen, who besides employing their Valour, +on such Occasions as it should offer, were to be very intent upon +the Business of Navigation for greater Ends. She appointed Francis +Drake of the County of Devon their Commander in Chief; who at his +own, or at the Charge of John Hawkins, from whom he stole a great +Quantity of Gold and Silver at S. John de Ulva, [Sir Francis Drake +his Voyage.] in the Year 1566, added some more Ships. He set sail +from the Port of Plymouth, for the South Sea, and to find out that +Streight of Magellan, scarce believed by the Vulgar, and declar'd by +several Cosmographers. He promis'd to sail as much as might be to the +Northward, and to take rich Prizes, infesting all those remote Seas, +and to return Victorious into England, through the same Streight. This +presumptuous Hope he grounded on his own Valour, on the Negligence of +the Spaniards, who are intrusted with the Places of Strength; on our +want of Ships; and above all on that Opportunity, or Season so full +of sundry and extraordinary Commotions. He touch'd on the Coast of +Africk, and refitted all his Ships at Cape Bojador. The Moors took +two of his Men, and a Portuguese Ship pay'd for it, he robbing her +at Cabo Blanco of an hundred Quintals, or hundred Weight of Bisket, +besides much Fish, and many Arms. He touch'd at the Islands of Cabo +Verde, where he took another small Portuguese Vessel, richly Laden +with Wine, Cloth, Holland, and several other Commodities, with Sylva, +the Pilot in it, who was well acquainted with those Seas, and better +on the Coast of Brazil. But six or seven Days after the Vessel sunk, +and not a Man was sav'd except only the said Pilot. Drake went on to +the River of Plate, and Winter'd for some Months in S. Julians Bay, +which is not well shelter'd, but expos'd to excessive cold Winds, +in 50 Degrees of South Latitude, where he lost some Men. + +One Thomas Haughton rais'd a Mutiny there, in order to Debauch the +Squadron, Drake laid hold of him, and struck off his Head. Here they +[Giants.] saw eight Indian Giants to whom the tallest Englishman +look'd like a Dwarf. They show'd their Bows and Arrows, and an +Englishman, who valu'd himself upon his Dexterity at those Weapons, +breaking the Peace establish'd with those People, let fly an Arrow +at one of them, which pierced him through, and he dropt; the others +in Revenge discharged theirs, and kill'd two of the English. The rest +then assail'd the Indians, but they fled so swiftly that they seem'd +not, to those English who saw and writ this, to set their Feet on +the Ground. They departed thence, as soon as the North Winds they +had expected to blow, and holding on their Course to the Southward, +in fifteen Days came to the Mouth of the Streight. From thence to the +second Narrowing they spent five Days, by reason of the Currents and +Shoals; at a small distance from them they found no Bottom. They met +with some Calms and Storms, and being come into the South-Sea had one +which lasted forty Days, and in it lost some Ships. The Vice-Admiral +return'd through the same Streight into England, where the Queen +order'd him to be Hang'd for having forsaken his Admiral; but he was +repriev'd till Drakes Return, and the Pardon'd, at his Request. He +went on with only his own and some other Ships, but wanted not Men, +Provisions, nor Ammunition, he took some belonging to private Persons, +and the Kings, loaded with the Plate they were bringing for Spain, +a Robbery of [Drake takes the Kings Plate.] great Consequence, +not so much for the Quantity of the Treasure, as for the Use it +is apply'd to in our Monarchy, which is the Advancement of the +Catholick Church, and which thereby ceas'd, and deplorable for the +unjust Abuses it was to be apply'd to in Scismatical Kingdoms. Having +wander'd, Steering various Courses, in which his Pilots made their +Observations by Sounding and their Charts, he touch'd at six Islands, +to some whereof he gave Names, in Imitation of the fabulous Heroes, +and even of true Catholicks, who assign such Names according to their +particular Devotion. One he call'd S. Bartholomew, another S. James, +and a third, which [He gives Names to Islands.] he thought larger and +more fruitful, New Albion, from the Ancient Name of England, this is +California. There he stay'd a Month and a half, refitting his Ships, +and sailing thence to those call'd de los Ladrones, or of Thieves, +in nine Degrees of North Latitude, kill'd 20 Indians, because they +attack'd him with 100 Canoas. Twenty Days after, he came to an Anchor +at the Molucco Islands, having before touch'd at others, without any +Action [Arrives at the Moluccos.] worth remembering. His Cruelties, +and Robberies might well gain him the Title of the greatest of Pyrates, +in those remotest Parts, as he had it in Europe. He came to Ternate, +but succeeded not at first, that People being War-like, and at that +time Arm'd by their own Malice, and an implacable King. He attempted +to barter for Clove, without his Leave, was inform'd how severely +he handled such as Transgress'd, and slighting the Advice, the King +came to hear of it, and order'd him to be Kill'd. It came very near +the Execution; but Drake, whose Genious well experienced in Frauds +was no Stranger to Dissimulation, retir'd to his Ships, to make his +Escape by Flight. Thence he contriv'd to appease the King, which was +no difficult Matter, by means of some Presents he sent him. With them +he purchas'd the good Will, and an Audience of that cunning Tyrant, +and going ashore several Times to visit him, agreed he should enter +into Amity with the Queen, and Nation of England, and that Factories +should be settled out of Hand. The King consented, and Drake promis'd +him the Protection and Arms of England; and taking with him, among +other Gifts, a rich Ring the King gave him for the Queen, he sail'd +homewards, with a great quantity of Clove. He met a Portuguese Ship +crossing the small Channel of Tydore, but either durst not, or thought +not fit to attack her, whether it was for being Inferior in Strength, +or out of a Desire of securing the new acquir'd Wealth. Scarce was +he got clear of Ternate, before the Winds began to toss him, in that +Sea full of Flats, whence they forc'd him, in order [Is in a Storm.] +to deliver him quite up to Tempests. He was oblig'd to lighten his +Ships, and among other Things of Value, threw over-Board a Cannon, of +an extraordinary Bigness, which the King of Ternate, hearing afterwards +of the Storm, caused to be taken out of the deep Sea. Then he built +a House before his Palace, on the Roof whereof he planted it openly, +and pointing over, either on Account of its Magnitude, or by way of +Ostentation, and in Memory of the first Englishman, that came into +his Kingdoms, from whom and the Sea he had taken that new offensive +Booty. Drake went on to the greater Java, where he laid in Provisions +of Cazabi, Plantans, and Floul, in exchange for Cloth. Next he put +into another Island, in four Degrees of North Latitude, where he +stay'd six Weeks. There he left a Woman, and two Men, all Blacks, +that belong'd to him, giving them Fire, Rice, and some Grain, that +they might People the Place. An Heroick Foundation of a Colony. Then +he continu'd his Voyage, turning in and out to several Places, with +unexpected Dammage to all those he touch'd at. + +It is to be observ'd, that it being possitively believed in Spain +and the Indies, [Reflection of the Spanish Author.] that none had +ever pass'd the Streights of Magellan, since the first Discoverer, +except F. Garcia de Loaysa, and one of the Ships sent by Don Gutierre +de Vargas, Bishop of Palencia, to the Spice-Islands, it was look'd +upon as incredible, that any Pyrates were come into the South-Sea, +especially through the Streight, and to the Islands of Ternate, and +that Archipelago. This Man was the first that open'd the Passage to the +Sectaries Hugonots, Lutherans, and Calvinists, who afterwards pierc'd +into those Seas, with Ship Loads of perverted Texts, Heretical Bibles, +and other Books of unsound Doctrine; but the Divine Providence has +given Proofs, that it is so much Offended at this Hellish Innovation, +tho' it permits Idolatry, and Mahometanism, that it has not suffer'd +those Souls which through its profound Judgments, lie involv'd +in the Shades and Darkness of Ignorance, to imbibe that Poyson, +till it sent them the Gospel in its Purity. It has Oppos'd those +new Apostacies making use of, as Instruments of Spanish Religious +Men, giving Strength to our King, who protects them, his main Design +being the Support of Religion. This Truth plainly appears in the many +Victories the Church has obtain'd through his Officers, and the Armies +maintain'd in the remotest Parts of the Monarchy, for the Propagation +of the Faith preach'd to the most distant Indians. + +But the better to demonstrate this true Forecast and Care, I think +it a [Reason for this Digression.] necessary Digression, so far from +being superfluous, to relate the Preparations made by the Viceroy Don +Francisco de Toledo, directing his Actions to this End, as became a +Minister who follow'd his Princes Designs, in Order to secure himself +against Drake's surprizing Celerity and Boldness; for as much of this +as concerns the Molucco Islands, obliges us to write it, and we will +slightly run over all the particular Passages. + +[Preparations of the Viceroy.] The Viceroy of Peru was of Opinion, +That in Order to secure the Indies, their Peace and Religion, and +for the removing, at first, of all Obstacles to its Exaltation, and +making Examples for a Warning, it was of the greatest Consequence to +erect Forts, as divine and humane politick Precautions, and to Arm +against that Pyrate, so to give a Check to the Northern Parts by his +Punishment. To this Purpose, and in Order to his Destruction, a more +exact Observation was to be taken of the Passes into the South-Sea, +and more particularly of the Way he was to take, to return into his +own Country. He was egg'd on by Fear, or the Loss of Reputation, +because some English Ships, Part of Drake's Squadron, ran along +the Coasts of Chile and Arica, obliging the People to Arm; it being +apprehended that Drake had erected Forts to secure the Passage, for +carrying on the Trade of Spice and Jewels, and the bringing in of +perverting Ministers with their poisonous Doctrines. For this Effect, +he pitch'd upon Peter Sarmiento de Gamboa, a Gentleman of Galicia, +who had twice already engag'd with that Pyrate. The first in the Port +of Callao near Lima, where he took from him a Spanish Ship, laden +with Commodities of Spain; the second a few Days after, pursuing +him as far as Panama. The Viceroy resolv'd he should go to discover +the Streights of Magellan, an Enterprize look'd upon as impractable +by the South Sea, by Reason of the many Mouths and Channels which +obstruct the Access to it, where many [Difficultie of the Streight of +Magellan.] Discoverers sent by the Governours of Peru and Chile have +been lost. Others have attempted it, entering from the North Sea, and +miss'd of the Streight; some were cast away, or beaten back by Storm, +and all generally despair'd of finding it. But now that Terror being +remov'd, they can take a fix'd Latitude, settle a Rumb, and steer +a safe Course to the Streight, so to secure the Passage before an +Enemy possesses himself of it. The Viceroy made Choice of two Ships, +which he took Care to see well rigg'd, arm'd and provided. Sarmiento +call'd the Bigger, Our Lady of Hope, which was Commodore; the other +being subordinate, had the Name of S. Francis. Two Hundred Seamen and +Soldiers were put into them, with virtuous and learned Religious Men, +fit for that Employ. [Sarmiento sent after Drake with two Ships.] +Captain John de Villalobos was appointed Vice-Admiral. Ferdinand +Lamero Head Pilot, and under him Ferdinand Alonso and Antony Pablo, +all of them very able Pilots in both Seas. These took an Oath of +Fidelity, and the Viceroy gave the Admiral particular Instructions, +the Purport whereof was, That they should pursue the Pyrate, fight +him till taken or kill'd, and recover the great Booty he had taken +upon the King's Lands [His Instructions.] and Ships, whatsoever the +Hazard might be, since they had sufficient Men, Arms and Ammunition +to overcome the Enemy. That they should sail into 50 or 54 Degrees +of South Latitude, as might be most Advantageous, about the Mouth of +the Streights of Magellan. That both Ships should have Lights out at +Night, that so they might not lose Sight of one another in the Dark, +but always keep together. He charg'd them to be unanimous in their +Consultations, particularly the two Commanders; which Direction was not +so well observ'd, as it ought to have been, thro' the Vice-Admiral's +Fault. They were commanded to lay down the Ports, and Seas in exact +Draughts. To take Possession of any Country they landed on for his +Majesty. When they met with any Towns of Indians, to mollify and +endear them by discreet Courtesy, and gain their Affections with such +Gifts, as should for that Purpose be deliver'd to the Commodore, being +Sissars, Combs, Knives, Fishing-Hooks, Buttons of several Colours, +Looking-Glasses, Hawks-Bells, Glass-Beads, &c. To carry with them some +Indians to serve for Interpreters; and so provided discreetly for +all other material Points. Then to encourage them he made a Speech, +intermixing it with Hopes and Exhortations. The Commodore having +conferr'd with his Vice-Admiral and Pilots, concerning the Design of +their Voyage; they agreed, That if any Stress of Weather should happen +to part the one Ship from the other, they should carefully seek one +another out, or make the Mouth of the Streight in the South-Sea to the +Westward, there to wait for one another. The next Day being Sunday, +the 11th of October, 1579, when they had all confess'd and receiv'd +the Holy Eucharist, they embark'd in order to introduce the Faith into +those Nations void of all Worship. On Board the Capitana, or greater +Ship, the General, or Commodore Sarmiento, F. Antony de Guadramiro, +of the Order of S. Francis, and Vicar-General of this Expedition; the +Ensign John Gutierrez de Guevara, Antony Pablos, and Ferdinand Alonso, +Pilots, with 54 Soldiers. In the other Ship, with John de Villalobos, +F. Christopher de Merida, of the said Order of S. Francis, Ferdinand +Lamero, chief Pilot of that Ship, [His Strength.] with whom, and +the Seamen and Soldiers, they made 54; and the whole Number in both +Vessels as was said above. + +They sail'd from the Port of Callao, belonging to the City of Lima, and +that Night came to an Anchor at the Island, two Leagues from Callao, in +[His Voyage.] 12 Degrees and a half of South Latitude. On the first +of November they pass'd in Sight of those they call Unfortunate, +in 25 Degrees, 20 Minutes, which were accidentally discover'd by +the Pilot John Fernandez, being bound for Chile the second Time, +immediately after Magellan's Discovery, since the Year 1520. They +are now call'd, the Islands of S. Felix, and S. Ambor. Here Sarmiento +observ'd the Difference, betwixt this Course, which he calls the True +one, and the Imaginary. This he noted down [His Care and Capacity.] +with extraordinary Curiosity, employing all the Care and Art of +his Pilots, and his own, which was not inferior to theirs, nor to +others in any Martial Knowledge, as will appear by his Treatises, +if publish'd, of Navigation, casting great Guns and Bullets, +Fortification, and Knowledge in Astronomy, for failing in all +Seas. They never quitted the Lead, the Astrolabe, and the Charts, +either in the Deep, in Ports, Bays, or among Mountains, and Currents, +which produc'd a very ample Relation he sent to King Philip, whence +we took this Abridgement. There he sets down the Points in the Heaven +answering to the Earth, the Dangers, Islands, Promontories and Gulphs, +Geographically and Corographically. He lays down the Rumbs that are to +be follow'd, and those to be avoided; and thus distinctly leads us into +and thro' the Streight, giving visible Signs, and also invisible of +the Winds for all Ports. At the first unknown Land, where he anchor'd, +they found the Latitude to be 49 Degrees and a half [Land at the +Mouth of the Streights.] South. They saw no People, but Tokens of +them, as the Prints of Mens Feet, Darts, Oars, and little Nets. They +climb'd up vast high Mountains, above two Leagues in the Ascent, over +Stones, some of them so sharp, that they cut their Shoes. Others, +to avoid them, made their way on the Boughs of Trees. From the +Top they discover'd great Channels, Inlets, Rivers, and Harbours, +and all the Land as far as their Sight could reach, seem'd to them +cut and rent asunder. They judg'd it to be an Archipelago. It is +to be observ'd, that our Discoverers give the Name of Archipelagos, +to Seas in the New World, which are strew'd thick with Islands, as +it were great Stones, like the Archipelago of Greece, so well known +to all Nations in the Egean Sea, which contains the Cyclades, tho' +the Name is not ancient. They perceiv'd the Channel to run on, Wide, +Spacious, Open and Clean; and were satisfi'd that Drake came out that +Way into the South Sea. They found the Latitude by three Astrolabes +to be 50 Degrees. The Harbour they call'd of, Our Lady of the Rosary, +and the Island of the most Holy Trinity. + +The next Sunday, Sarmiento order'd all the Men to land, in order to +take Possession, and perform'd all that is contain'd in the Authentick +Instrument [Sarmiento takes Possession of the Land.] of what happen'd +that Day, the express Words whereof are thus, + +'In the Name of the most Holy Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, +three Persons, and one only God, who is the Beginning, Maker and [The +Form of it.] Creator of all Things; without whom nothing that is Good +can be done, began, or preserv'd. And in regard that a good Beginning +must be in God, and through God, and in him it is requisite to begin, +to his Honour and Glory, and in his most Holy Name, Be it known to +all those who shall see this Instrument, that this Day, being Sunday +the 22d of November, 1579, this Royal Navy of the Mighty Renowned +Lord, King Philip of Spain, and its other Dominions, my Sovereign, +being arriv'd in this Country by Order of the most Excellent Lord, +Don Francisco de Toledo, Viceroy, Governour, and Captain General +of Peru, to discover the Streight of Magellan, under the Command of +the General Peter Sarmiento, the Land by him nam'd, Our Lady of the +Rosary, and the Bay of, The most Holy Trinity. The said Lord General +having landed with most of the Sea and Landmen belonging to his Navy, +and the Religious Men, he brought ashore a Cross, which he devoutly +worshipp'd, with all his Men. The Religious Men sang the Hymn Te +Deum laudamus, and he with a loud Voice, said, That in the Name of +his Majesty Philip the Second, our Lord, King of Castile and Aragon, +and their Dependencies, whom our Lord God long preserve, with the +Addition of greater Kingdoms and Dominions, for the Glory of God, +and Good and Prosperity of his Subjects; and in the Name of the most +Potent Kings his Heirs and Successors for the Time being; he, as his +Commander in chief, and Admiral of this same Navy, and by Virtue of +the Order and Instructions given him in his Majesty's Royal Name, by +the said Lord Viceroy of Peru, took, did take, seiz'd, and did seize +the Possession of this Land on which he is now ashore, and which +he has discover'd for evermore, in the said Royal Name, and of the +said Crown of Castile and Leon, as has been said, as being his own, +and really belonging to him, by Virtue of the Donation and Gift the +Holy Father Alexander the Sixth, Pope of Rome, pass'd Motu proprio, +in Favour of their Catholick Majesties Ferdinand the Fifth and Isabel +his Wife, King and Queen of Castile and Leon of glorious Memory, and +to their Heirs and Successors, of the one half of the World, being +180 Degrees of Longitude, as is more fully contain'd in the said +Bull, dated at Rome, on the 4th of May, 1493. By Virtue whereof, +these said Lands fall, lye, and are included within the Limits +and Meridian of the said Partition of 180 Degrees of Longitude, +belonging to the said Royal Crown of Castile and Leon. And as such +he takes, and did take Possession of these said Lands, and their +Territories, Seas, Rivers, Creeks, Ports, Bays, Gulphs, Archipelagos, +and of this said Harbour of the Rosary, where at present this Navy +is at Anchor. And he subjects, and did subject them to the Power, +Possession and Dominion of the said Royal Crown, as has been said, as +being their own Property. And in Token of Possession, or as it were, +drawing the Sword he had by his Side, with it he cut Trees, Branches, +and Grass, and remov'd Stones, and walk'd over the Fields and Shores, +without any Opposition; requiring such as were present to be Witnesses +thereof, and me the underwritten Notary, to give him a Testimonial +thereof in publick Form. And immediately, taking up a great Cross, +and the Men belonging to the Navy being drawn up in a martial Manner, +with Muskets and other Arms, they carry'd the Cross in Procession, the +Religious Men, F. Antony de Guadramiro, the Vicar and his Companion, +singing the Litany, and all the others answering. And the said +Procession being ended, the said Lord General planted the Cross on +a hard Rock, and rais'd a heap of Stones at the Foot of the Cross, +in Token, and as a Memorial of Possession of all the Lands and Seas, +discover'd, adjacent, and contiguous. And he gave the Name of Our +Lady of the Rosary to this Port, as has been said. And as soon as +the Cross was set up, they worshipp'd it a second Time; and they +all pray'd, beseeching and intreating our Lord JESUS CHRIST, would +be pleas'd that what they did might be for his Glory, and to the End +that our Holy Catholick Faith might be exalted and dilated, and the +Holy Gospel preach'd and spread abroad among these barbarous Nations, +which have hitherto been remote from the true Knowledge and Doctrine; +that it may defend and deliver them from the Frauds and Dangers of +the Devil, and from the Blindness they are in, that their Souls may +be sav'd. And then the Religious Men sung in Honour of the Cross, +the Hymn Vexilla Regis. Next the Father Vicar said Mass on an Altar +there erected, being the first that was ever said in that Country, to +the Honour and Glory of our Almighty Lord God, and for the Extirpation +of the Devil and all Idolatry. And he preach'd to that Purpose, and +some confess'd and communicated. And as soon as the Mass was said, +the General, for a more absolute Token and Memorial of Possession, +caus'd a large Tree to be trimm'd, and on it caus'd a very high +Cross to be made, and on it plac'd the most Holy Name of our Lord +JESUS CHRIST. J. N. R. I. And under it, Philippus Secundus Rex +Hispaniarum. Of all which, I John de Esquivel, Royal Secretary to +this Navy and Admiral Ship, do give Affidavit and true Testimony, +that it was so done as is said. Then follows Esquivel's Subscription.' + +[Sarmiento gives Names to Places.] Four Days after, Sarmiento, in +the Vice-Admiral's Boat, with the Pilots, Pablos and Lamero, and ten +Sailors and Soldiers, with Muskets, Bucklers and Swords, and four Days +Provision, set out of this Port to discover the Channels they saw, that +they might not endanger the Ships. Going out by the Ridges of Rocks, +he run along the Gulph, close to the Shore, all which he observ'd, +and sounded the Harbours, giving Names to them and the Mountains, +according to their Shapes, such as Sugar-Loaves, Pitchers, Guinea +Peppers, and the like. He observ'd the Trees, the Plants and the +Birds. At one Place on the Shore he found several Tracts of People, +and two Poniards or such Weapons made of Bone, with a Cross on the +Handles, near a small Stream of fresh Water, whose Sands are Red, +and therefore he call'd it the Red-River, which falls into a Harbour, +and that also took the same Name. They saw abundance of Fish, and +among the Shells thrown up by the Sea, vast Quantities of Oysters and +Mussels, and in those that were left upon the Rocks above the Water, +great and small Pearls, some Grey, others White. This Sort of [Pearls +despis'd for Hunger.] Fish, at certain Times, the Shells being first +open, gape with their Mouths, and receive the pure and substantial +Dew, which, as it were, impregnates them with Pearls, which are in +Colour answerable to the Nature of the Dew. If they receive it pure, +they produce them white; if disturb'd, they are of a Dark, or other +Muddy Colours. Sarmiento describes the Vexation that tormented him +and his Men; for being eager to satisfy their Hunger with Oysters +and Mussels, and they being unfit to Eat, because of the Hardness of +those Pearls they found in them, they threw them away, cursing the +Inventors of putting a Value on those Productions, or Hornynesses +of Fishes, which Nature had trebly hid in the Waters of the Sea, +in Shells, and in the Fish it self. They said, that true Wealth +consisted in tame Cattle, Fruit, and Corn brought up by Tillage, +as they had in Spain; for that precious Obstacle to feeding, then +not valu'd, depriving them of the Sustenance of the Shell-Fish, +and being forc'd to live ten Days on the Provision they brought for +four, the Fast made them all Philosophers. From this Red Harbour, +he was obliged to return to the Ships left in that of the Rosary, no +Day passing without violent Storms; when they had run backward, and +forward, above 70 Leagues, landing on Islands, and taking Possession +of them. They were Fruitful and Habitable, but till then Untill'd and +Desart. From a very high Hill, he discover'd the main Chanel, which +runs out into the great Ocean, and so many other Channels and small +Islands, that they could not be reckon'd up in a long Time. Whilst he +staid, he sounded Harbours, Deeps, Channels, Creeks, Inlets, Flats, +Roads and Bays, making Draughts of, and giving them Names. He settled +the Latitude, and certain Course to be steer'd, in the Presence, +and with the Opinion of the Pilots, Seamen, and Soldiers, in order to +reconcile those disagreeing Persons by examining all that were present. + +Here the Vice-Admiral began to cavil, saying, They were imbay'd, and +[Vice-Admiral disagrees with Sarmiento.] that it was impossible to +hold on their Voyage that Way; and would have quitted his Admiral, +as he did afterwards. From Red-Port they held on their Course, +trying those in other Islands. Sarmiento came to a Bay, which he +call'd S. Francis's, where, as they were taking their Station, +a Soldier fired a Piece at some Birds, and in Answer to the Gun, +certain Indians, near a Mountain, on the other Side of the Bay, +gave horrid Shouts. By the first Noise, the Spaniards thought it +had been made by Sea-Wolves, till they discover'd the naked Red +Bodies. They afterwards [Painted Indians.] found the Reason of that +Colour, for they daub'd themselves from the Head to the Feet with a +glutinous Red-Earth. Sarmiento took some of his Company into a Boat, +and coming to a Thicket, found them in the closest of the Trees, +without any other Cloathing but that Clay as Red as Blood. Only +one old Man, who talk'd to, and commanded, and was obey'd by them, +appear'd cover'd with a Cloak of the Skins of Sea-Wolves. Fifteen +Youths came out upon the open Shore, near the Sea and drawing near, +with peaceable Demonstrations, very earnestly pointed, lifting up +their Hands towards the Place where the Ships remain'd. The Spaniards +did the same. The Indians came close, and Sarmiento giving them two +Towels and a Night-cap, for he had nothing else then, and the Pilots +some other Trifles, they were well pleas'd. They gave them Wine, +which they tasted and then threw away. They eat of the Bisket, but all +this did not satisfy them; for which Reason, and because they were on +an open Shore, in Danger of losing the Boat, they return'd to their +Station, making Signs to the Indians to go to the Boat. They did so, +and Sarmiento posted two Sentinels for the more Security, then forcibly +seiz'd one of the Indians for an Interpreter, put him into his Boat, +embrac'd him lovingly, cloath'd and fed him. This Place he call'd, +The Point of People, as being the first where he found any. Thence +he proceeded to Three small Islands, lying in a Triangle, and lay +there. They went on, taking Draughts of the Lands, and being before a +very craggy Country, the Indian who had never ceas'd shedding Tears, +throwing off a Shirt they had put him on, leap'd over-board, and +swam away. They held on their Way, quite weary of seeing so many +Islands, containing strange Productions of Nature, but without any +Inhabitants. Only in one of them, which they call'd, The Cleft Rock, +near a deep Cave, they found much Tract of Men's Feet, and the whole +Skeleton of a Man or Woman. They went on thence with Storms through +incredible Solitudes, which it would be too much to describe, tho' +our Design were to treat only of this Voyage. At another Land, where +they arriv'd full of Uncertainty, as it were by Accident, in the Bay +they call'd, Our Lady of Guadalupe, thinking to discover whether +one Channel ran to the East, and another to the North; they saw a +[A Piragua.] Piragua, being a Vessel made of Planks put together, +without any Sides, and sometimes of Rushes, and of Calabashes, and +properly a Float, coming along on the Water, and in it five Indians, +who getting to the Shore, left the Piragua, and ran up a Mountain in +a Consternation. The Pilot went into the Piragua, with four Soldiers, +and the Boat proceeded further. + +Coming to another Point, where they thought there were more People, +[A Cottage and what in it.] they only found a low round Cottage, +made of Poles, and cover'd with broad Barks of Trees, and the Skins +of Sea-Wolves. In it were little Baskets, Shell-Fish, small Nets, and +Bones for Sticking of Fish, like Harping Irons and Scrips full of that +Red Earth wherewith they dye their Bodies, instead of Cloaths. This is +all the Gayity and Habit they use, instead of the Gold and Silks worn +in the Courts of Princes. Sarmiento left the Piragua, and return'd to +the Ships with only the Boat, because his Provisions were spent. In +this small Vessel, and a Brigantine, he found newly built by his +Company, whilst they were viewing those most desart Islands, with +the Advice of the Vice-Admiral, he went from the Red Harbour, and +finding no other safe for the Ships, return'd to the same. Then in +the Boat call'd Nuestra Senora de Guia, or Our Lady of the Guide, he +went away to make Tryal of the Mouth which appear'd to the Eastward +under a mighty long Ridge of Snowy Mountains, so various, that +they saw some Tops cover'd with white, others with blew, and others +[Snow of several Colours.] with black Snow. Sarmiento calls that the +Continent. There is no Number of the Islands he took Possession of, +and those he discover'd, being inaccessible in other Archipelagos, from +the Top of a Mountain rising above those about it, and cover'd with +blew Snow, which he compares to the Colour of the Turky Stones. This +Height he call'd Anno Nuevo, that is, New Year, because he found it +on the first Day of the Year, 1580. He left no Saints Name, or the +Resemblance of any natural Thing, but what he apply'd to distinguish +those Islands he touch'd at, erecting Crosses on them all, and writing +as he did in the first. He saw Men, only in these here mention'd. + +He ran again in his Boat through those Seas, where Nature seem'd +to set up new Islands every Day; and Anchor'd in a Harbour, where, +among [Sarmiento's Industry.] other Precautions for Navigation, he +drew a Meridian Line on the Earth, and mark'd the Magnetick Needles, +refreshing them by touching again, because they had receiv'd some +Damage by the Storms and Damps. How weak a Guide have Men for mighty +Enterprizes! He prosecuted his Discovery of little Islands, and taking +Possession; and observ'd an Eclipse for the Benefit of Navigation, in +the Port of Misericordia, or Mercy, as he nam'd it. The Vice-Admiral +not coming to him, he suppos'd he was return'd to Lima, however he +waited for him ten Days, and five more in another newly discover'd, +and call'd, Nuestra Senora de la Candelaria, or Our Lady of Candlemas, +three Leagues from the other. This Time having been agreed upon between +them to expect one another, which when expir'd, each was to make the +best of his Way into Spain; Sarmiento being positive, contrary to +the Opinion of the Pilots, that there was the Streight of Magellan. + +On St. Agnes's Day he Anchor'd at the Island which forms that Harbour, +for which Reason he gave it that Saint's Name. From the Ridge of a +Hill, which hangs bending like a Bow over a River, he perceiv'd five +Native Indians, who with Cries and Signs desired him to come to them; +the Spaniards answering them in the same Manner, the Indians held up a +[Indians by Signs show that Drake pass'd that Way.] white Scarf, and +our Men another. When they were come down to the Shore, they seem'd to +request they would draw near. Sarmiento sent them his Ensign, and the +Pilot Ferdinand Alonso, with only four Men, that they might not fear; +however they durst not come near the Boat. One of our Men went ashore, +and yet they would not trust him, yet drawing nearer because he was +alone, he gave them Chaquiras, that is, Glass-Beads, Hawks-Bells, +Combs, Ear-Rings, and Hempen-Cloth. Observe what mighty Designs were +couch'd under those Childish Gifts. Then the Ensign and Pilot came +ashore, cherishing and giving them other Toys, and show'd them what +every Thing was for, by applying it to the Use before them. This +pleas'd them extreamly, as did some little Linnen Flags, or Bannors, +our Men carry'd, made of narrow Slips of French Linnen, Canvas, and +Silesia Cloth. This made Sarmiento judge that they had before seen +Europeans, and they, without being ask'd, signify'd by intelligible +Tokens, that two Ships like ours had pass'd that Way, or were still +thereabouts, pointing to the South East, and in them bearded Men, +clad and arm'd after the same Manner. This was the first Intelligence +they found of the English Ships under Drake. The Indians with smiling +Countenances promis'd to come again. They went up the Land, and our +Men aboard the Ship, which not being far off, Sarmiento came ashore +to take Possession, with the usual Religious and Civil Ceremony. + +The next Day the Ensign and Ferdinand Alonso were with six Soldiers +by break of Day in the Harbour, carrying a considerable Quantity of +Toys, to gain the Affections of the Natives, who came also; but would +not draw [Spaniards catch three Indians.] near our Men. They made +the same Signs they had the Day before. The Spaniards to be better +informed of what Course the English Steer'd, ran at the Indians, +and took three of them, every two Soldiers holding one of them, and +tho' they gave our Men many Blows and Bangs, struggling to get loose, +they could not prevail, and yet were very strong. The Spaniards put +up all that they might get them to the Ship, where Sarmiento receiv'd, +and treated them Courteously. They Eat and Drank, and Kindness so far +prevail'd, that they laid aside all Fear, and Laugh'd. Being show'd +the narrow Slips of Linnen, they pointed with their Hands to a Bay, +where the Ships had Anchor'd, with the bearded People, who had Arrows, +and Partesans. One of them show'd two, and another one Wound they +had receiv'd fighting against the Men of that Fleet. + +[Vice-Admiral returns to Chile.] The Vice-Admiral was now gone back +to Chile, and among other Accidents which happen'd in his Return, +he was wont to tell, that being come to Island Mocha, he sent his +Boat thither to ask some supply of Provisions, and understanding +how Friendly they behav'd themselves towards Drake, and that the +Hatred those People bear the Spaniards might be an Obstacle to him, +his Messengers, by Order, conceal'd their being such, pretending +they were Lutherans. The Islanders gave Credit to the Fiction, being +desirous [He deceives the Indians.] to gain Friends, for preserving +of their Liberty. Accordingly they sent them Flesh, Bread, and Fruit, +with a Letter, in answer to theirs, the Superscription thereof in +English run thus, To the very Magnificent Lords, the Lutherans, in +the South Sea. Our Men answer'd, That since they had supplied them +with such plenty of Provisions, they desir'd they would come and +partake. About 30 of the Prime Caciques accepted of the Invitation, +and came very Joyfully, in a Canoe, to our Ship. No sooner were they +Aboard, than the Vice-Admiral, not regarding their Complaints, gave +order to loose the Sails, which were ready, and carry'd them away +Prisoners to Chile. Some things that befell him, might justify his +deserting his Superior, but they must be left to those who write a +particular History of those Actions. + +[Sarmiento press'd to go back.] To return to Sarmiento. In the +aforesaid Port of Candelaria, or Candlemass, the Pilots press'd him +hard, with Intreaties and Protestations, to do as his Vice-Admiral +had done, representing how much his Men were harrass'd and his Ship +disabled, and that he had done more than all the Discoverers before +him. That they wanted Anchors, Cables, and Rigging; that the Winds +oppos'd him, without which it was impossible to proceed. This was a +Dangerous Tryal, because amidst the Complaints, and almost Threats +of the Pilots, there was a mixture of Flattery, commending him, for +that no other Discoverer had ventur'd so far; so that Sarmiento was no +[He is resolute, and goes on.] less mov'd by their Praises than by +their Anger. However he bore up against both, and severely check'd the +Pilots: Who knows but he might conceal the same Fears they urg'd? And +in short, he appear'd so Resolute against all they could say, that +he brought them to his Beck. He sail'd thence, keeping the Channel, +and about a League to the South-East, the Indians show'd him the +way the Bearded Men took, of whom, after killing many, they, as was +afterwards known, sav'd one Catherine, and a Boy, both English, who +[Account of Drake's Passage.] still liv'd among those wild Beasts, +which they were more like than Rational Creatures. Somewhat farther +in another Island, which the Indians said was call'd Puchachailgua, +full of extraordinary high grey Rocks, the bearded Men again fought +the Natives without Success. They went on to another Island Nam'd +Capitloilgua, on the Coast call'd Cayrayxaxiilgua. Sarmiento did not +change the Ancient Names of Countries, when he could learn them. They +were sufficiently dismay'd in the next they came at, thinking they +were Imbay'd; but presently after they took Heart again, at the Sight +of the Channel, which begins at the Mouth called Xaultegua, and it +widen'd, bringing them out to a most spacious Sea, full of thousands +of Islands. Passing by, in Sight of one of them, they perceiv'd high +Smokes; and the Captive Indians began to Weep, and they saw it was +for Fear of the Natives, expressing that they were Giants, and fought +desperately. Our Men encourag'd them, giving them to understand that +they should be able to deal with those People. They went ashore on +that Country, which is call'd Tinquichisgua. Sarmiento alter'd it, in +Honour of the Cross he [Several Islands.] erected there, calling it, +the Island of the Cross. There he saw Abundance of Whales, Wolves, +and other Sea-Monsters, and great Clods of Snow, on the Waves. He +made ready his Cannon, and small Arms, providing against both Pirates +and Natives, for he expected to find the English possessed of the +Land. From that Time he stood upon his Guard, and no Man quitted +his Arms. They went on to a third Island, which is the biggest, +heard Humane Voices, and saw some Piraguas, with the People that +cry'd out, who were crossing from one Island to another. Our Men +drew near in the Boat to take a View, and all of them put into a +clean Harbour, whence they discover'd a Town, not Barbarous, but +Decent and Lofty, like ours in Europe, and abundance of People, who +having sunk the Piraguas, [Populous Islands.] and standing on the +Mountains, with their Arms in their Hands, call'd to our Men from +a Wood, to Land, as ours did them to draw near the Sea. Among the +Trees appear'd many more of those Islanders, with Bows and Arrows, +as if they intended to fall on. This made our Men discharge some +Muskets at them, the Noise whereof so terrify'd the Indian Women, +that they set up hideous Shrieks, and therefore the Spaniards forbore +Firing, for fear of losing all hopes of gaining their Affections. By +this time the Ship which had been Cruizing up and down, came into +the Harbour. Sarmiento made a Gun ready, and the Boat came Aboard, +Towing a Piragua after it. Having writ the Instrument of Possession, +tho' he had not inquir'd into the Government of the Inhabitants +of that great Town, he Landed on the Shore, whence is discover'd a +vast high Mountain, all white with aged Snow, and encompass'd with +Rocks. Ancient Relations call'd it Orlanro's Bell, he being one of +Magellan's Companions. He Sail'd on to 54 Degrees Latitude, at the +Point he call'd of S. Isidorus. Near to it the Natives call'd out to +him, and coming up to our Men, Embrac'd them familiarly. [Tractable +Indians.] Sarmiento, besides Hawks-Bels, and other Toys, sent them +Bisket and Flesh from the Ships. They sat down to Converse, by Signs, +with the Ensign, the Pilot, and Eight other Christians, signifying, +that they were pleas'd with their Friendship, and those rich Gifts; +and gave such confuse Tokens of the English having pass'd that +way, as the others had done. Then they return'd to their Huts, +and the Admiral having taken Possession, and found the Latitude +to be 53 Degrees, and 40 Minutes, advanc'd in sight of the Coast, +which eight Leagues from thence lies flat with the Sea, and forms a +Shore of white Sand. Before he came to it he Discover'd a prodigious +high burning Mountain, cover'd with Snow; where the Fire and the Snow +seem, out of natural Courtesy, to Respect one another, and to confine +within themselves their Force, and Effects; for neither is the one +Quench'd, nor the other Melted by their near Neighbourhood. The Channel +carry'd him to the Point he call'd of S. Anne, in 53 Degrees and a +half of Latitude. He took possession, and rais'd a heap of Stones, +at the Foot of a Cross, and left a Letter written with Charcole-Dust, +which he thought incorruptible, in the Shards of an Earthen Vessel, +well Pitch'd, among those Stones. In it he declared to all Nations, +That those Lands and Seas belong'd to the King of Spain, and by +what Title he held them. In the same Letter, he left Orders for his +Vice-Admiral, to return to Peru, and give the Viceroy an Account of all +that happen'd, till they discover'd the Streight. [Indian Presents.] +The Ship steer'd off with the Ebb, and the Indians when it was gone +came down with their Wives and Children, and a Present of great +pieces of Sea Wolves, stinking Meat, Sea Foul, call'd Minnos, which +are White and Yellowish, Murtina, a sort of Fruit like Cherries, +and bits of Flint, bor'd through and Painted, in a small Box of +Gold and Silver. Being ask'd, what that was for, and they answering, +To strike Fire, one of them took some Feathers he brought, and with +them lighted it, as if it were Tinder. A little before, when our Men +made a Fire to melt the Pitch, for securing the Vessel the Letter +was in, which was left stopp'd at the Foot of the Cross, the Flame +spread upon the Mountain, and rais'd a Smoke. The Indians believing +they were Fires made by those so much dreaded Enemies of theirs, +went away and could not be stopp'd by any means; nor was their Fear +groundless, for they answer'd immediatly in the opposite Island, +with great Smokes. The River which falls into the Sea at the Point +Sarmiento call'd S. John's; and the Streight dividing these Islands, +which is the very Old one of Magellan, look'd and sought after with +so much Danger, he nam'd of The Mother of God, changing its first +Appellation, that through this Devotion she may obtain of her Son +the Salvation of those numberless Provinces, extending the Voice of +his Gospel to them, that it might reach the Ears of so many Souls, +most of which are Ignorant of their own Immortality, without knowing +any more than common Nature has taught them. + +[Possession taken.] Sarmiento was so well pleas'd with having thus +express'd his Devotion, that when he return'd to Spain, he intreated +the Kings, to direct that Streight to be generally so call'd, and +his Majesties Orders. The Possession of this so remarkable Place was +taken with extraordinary Joy, inserting in the Instrument the Clause +of Pope Alexander the 6th's Bull, the Title that gives the Kings of +Castile, and the Limits assigned by the Line he drew through both the +Poles of the World, as Gods Vicar. F. Guadramiro said Mass, and they +all heard it devoutly, considering it was the first offer'd up in +that Place by Man to his Creator. It was intended as a Thanksgiving, +and they all took Courage to undertake any difficult Enterprize. They +saw the Track of Tigers, and Lions, and also White and Grey Parrots, +with Red Heads; and they heard the sweet Notes of Goldfinches, and +other Birds. Holding on their Course along the Channel, with excessive +hot Weather, they came into a Bay, that was cover'd with white Weeds, +and Anchor'd at the Point, on which a Company of Giants immediatly +appear'd, who call'd out to them, lifting up their Hands Unarm'd; our +Men imitated their Actions, which denoted Peace on both sides. They +being come to the Boat, which was Guarded by ten Musketeers, the +Ensign leap'd Ashore, with four others. The Giants made Signs to him +to lay down his Leading-Staff, and then they withdrew, to the place +where they had hid their Bows and Arrows. The Ensign did as they +directed, and then shew'd them the Toys and Gifts he design'd for +them. This withheld them, but still they were jealous, wherefore our +Men supposing their jealousy proceeded from what they had suffer'd +before, and guessing they had receiv'd some dammage from the English +Pyrate, to be the better enform'd of it, ten of our men fell upon one +of the Giants, whom they took; but had enough to [A Giant Taken.] +do to secure him. The others running to their Arms, return'd so +quick upon the Spaniards, that they had scarce time to get into their +Boat. They shot their Arrows, which flying thick, and our Men taking +care to avoid them, they dropt two Muskets. The Steward of the Ship was +shot in the Eye with an Arrow. The Indian they took was a Giant even +among the other Giants, and the Relation says, he look'd to them like +one of the Cyclops. Other Relations assure us, each of these Giants +is above three Yards high, and they are proportionably spread and +brawny. Being brought into the Ship, he was extraordinary melancholy, +and tho' they offer'd him the best they had to Eat, he would take +nothing all that Day. They set Sail, crossing Channels, and passing +by Islands, in most of which they saluted them with Smokes. In the +narrowest Part, which they call'd of Our Lady of Grace, through which +they must pass of Necessity, and is [Other Indians.] in 53 Degrees +and a half Latitude, Sarmiento was of Opinion, Forts might be erected +on the two Capes to secure the Passage. They made haste thro' it, +and again saw the Natives on another Point of Land, calling out, and +shaking their Cloaks, or Woolly Blankets. Sarmiento went to them with +eighteen Soldiers. Only four Indians appear'd with Bows and Arrows, +and making Signs of Peace with their Hands, said, Xiitote, which, +as was afterwards known, signifies Brothers. They posted themselves +on a rising Ground, and when the Spaniards were landed, made Signs to +them for one of our Men to come to them. One went unarm'd, with some +Gifts, as Glass-Beads, Hawks-Bels and Combs, which they receiv'd +pointing to him to go down again. He did so, and the Ensign went +up in his stead, obliging them with other Presents. They accepted +of them, and yet neither they, nor any Courtesie could dispel their +Jealousie. Sarmiento left them, to avoid provoking them, and going up +the Mountain another way, to view the Ridge, Plains, and Channels, +the four Archers appear'd before him, and without any Provocation +receiv'd, but on the contrary after receiving the aforesaid Gifts, +they furiously assaulted our Men, wounding the General with two Arrows +in the Side, and betwixt his Eyes; and another Soldier had an Eye +put out. The rest of the Spaniards covering themselves with their +Bucklers ran at them, but the Giants fled up the Country so swiftly, +that a Musket Ball would scarce over-take them. This Action seems to +verifie the Cowardice the Authors of Fabulous Books, commonly call'd +Romances, ascribe to their Giants. Sarmiento view'd the Land, call'd +it Nuestra Senora del Valle, or Our Lady of the Vale, discovering +betwixt two spacious Ridges, some delightful Plains, numerous Towns, +lofty Buildings, Towers and Pinacles, and to his Thought sumptuous +Temples of so Majestick an Appearance, that he scarce believ'd his +own Eyes, and judg'd it an imaginary City. + + + The End of the Third Book + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK IV. + + +These Endeavours us'd by Spain to shut out the Monsters of Heresy, +dispell'd the Dread spread abroad by Drake, and his [Reasons for +Digressions.] Example in the North and South Seas. And since his +coming to Ternate, oblig'd us to write all these Particulars, we could +not, once they began to have any Place in this Relation, forbear +making it perfect by delivering the Success of them. A compleat +History is the Witness of Times, the Light of Truth, the Life of +Memory, and in fine the Mistress of Life. Therefore, to perform the +Duty incumbent on it from such important Employments, it is not to +spare any notable Digressions; especially when they deviate but little +from the main Subject, and have some Connexion with it. This here is +due to a most prudent Action of King Philip IId. and his Ministers; +and shows his Catholick Indignation against Sectaries, and his Zeal +for preserving the Faithful of his Indies untainted, and improving +the Disposition in the Souls of Idolaters, towards drawing them to +the Faith. It demonstrates how he compass'd the whole World by Means +of his Commanders, that he might introduce the said Faith in all +Corners thereof; to the Reputation of his Watchfulness in the Service +of this Mistical Empire, which is now Militant, in order to its being +Triumphant. For this Reason it is absolutely Necessary, not to conceal +Sarmiento's Resolution, nor to leave him in those remote Seas, till we +have brought him back to Spain, and then we will return to the Molucco +Islands, which were in the mean while busy about their own Destruction. + +Sarmiento did not go up to the great City he discover'd at a Distance, +because he would not depart from his Ship, to which he return'd, +leaving us still desirous to be throughly satisfi'd of so strange a +Thing. By the Way he found two extraordinary long Cloaks, or Barbarian +Blankets, made of Sheep-Skins, with the Wooll on, and a pair of Shoes +made of raw Hides to bind about the Feet, which the Indians could +not carry off, thro' the fearful Precipitation of their Flight. They +continu'd their Discovery, [South Coast.] and the Wind oblig'd them to +strike over to the Southern Coast, five Leagues distant from Our Lady +of the Vale; and tho' the cold Winds blew, they found this Country more +Temperate than the others. It is inhabited by proper People, has wild +and tame Cattel, and Game, as was declar'd by Philip, so they call'd an +Indian they brought over, in Honour to King Philip. It produces Cotton, +a certain Sign of its being Temperate; and Cinnamon, by them call'd +Cabea. The Air is very serene, and the Stars appear bright, so that +they are plainly to be observ'd, lay'd down, and describ'd. Sarmiento +says it is useful in those Parts to observe the Crozier, which is 30 +Degrees above the Antartick Pole, and that he made use of it, for +taking of Latitudes, as we do in our Hemisphere of the North Star, +[Observations for Sailors.] tho' with another Sort of Computation. And +in Regard that the Crozier does not serve all the Year, he sought out +another Polar Star, nearer to the Pole, of a shorter Computation, but +general and perpetual; and he us'd such Industry, that he discover'd, +and ascertain'd it by Observations, and Experiments of several clear +Nights. He settled the Stars in the Crozier, and two other Croziers, +and two other Polar Stars, which take a very small Compass; this he +did for the common Benefit of curious Sailors. Notwithstanding all +these Tokens, and the Incouragement of humane Curiosity, no Man has +ever gone to those Towns, which had such promising Signs of Civility; +tho' those rude Giants did not seem to confirm those Appearances of +a well-settled Country. Sarmiento ran along the Streight, [Sarmiento +comes into the North Sea.] never ceasing to sound, and lay it down +till he came to a Cape, he call'd, Of the Holy Ghost, from which +to that of the Virgin Mary, there are 110 Leagues from the South +to the North Sea. Here they began to order their Course with due +Difference. They saw Whales, and on the Shores, Thickets of several +unknown Plants. They ran thro' Storms and Dangers, surprizing even +to such experienced Sailors as they were. They all vow'd Offerings to +Churches, Alms, and Pilgrimages to Places of Devotion in Spain, with +other solemn Engagements, on which fearful Mortals in Danger, devoutly +ground and encourage their Hopes. The Tempest ceas'd, and on the 25th +of March, about Midnight, Sarmiento saw a low white Rainbow, opposite +to the Moon, which was moving against it; and it was occasion'd by +Repercussion of her Rays, which fell by Refraction on the opposite +Clouds. He says, That neither he nor any other Person, ever saw, heard, +or read of the like; but by his good Leave, in Albericus Vespusius's +Epitome of Voyages, we read that the same happen'd in the Year 1501, +in that same Place, where both of them taking the Sun's Altitude, they +found him in 23 Degrees large, which is as good as 15 Leagues. This +Day they were within the Tropick of Capricorn. Proceeding forward, +they lost their Reckoning, and the Hopes of recovering it, for Want of +Mathematical Instruments; but on the first of April, 1580, at Night, +they discover'd, and observ'd the Polar-Star of the Triangle in 21 +Degrees; and on the 10th of the same Month, they saw the [Anchors +at the Island Ascention.] Island of the Ascention, at eight Leagues +Distance. They anchor'd there, found Water, and saw several Crosses, +erected by some Portugueses, who in their Way to India, were cast away +there by a Storm, and the Living, out of Devotion, set them up on the +Graves of those that dy'd. On one of them they found a Board nail'd, +with this Inscription, Don John de Castel Rodrigro, Commodore, arriv'd +here with five India Ships, on the 13th of May, 1576. Near to it, +Sarmiento set up another, as a Memorial, that the first Ship coming +from Peru, touch'd there, having pass'd thro' the Streight from the +South to the North-Sea, on the King's Account, with the Occasion of +his Voyage. This Island abounds in Sharks, which are [Ravenous Birds.] +Sea-Monsters, Fish, and a Sort of such greedy and troublesome Fowl, +that they make at whatsoever they see. They took the Ensigns Hat +off his Head, to snatch away a Letter he had stuck in it. He sav'd +his Hat, by clapping up his Hand immediately, but lost the Letter, +which they pull'd away by force; and afterwards they saw a Fray in +the Air, the others endeavouring to take it from that Harpy, which +first snatch'd it away. This Island lies in 7 Degrees and a half of +South Latitude, and it is very observeable, that tho' the Spaniards +were very attentive to their Compass, and took so many Precautions +for their Security, yet such was the Force of the several Currents, +that when they thought they were 60 Leagues from Pernambuco East and +West, at the River of Virtues, on the Coast of Brazil, they found +themselves 400 Leagues to the Eastward; so that the Currents deceiv'd, +and drove them 340 Leagues from the Point they had settled by the +Degree of Latitude. Sarmiento discourses largely upon this Effect, +charging the Sea-Charts with Falshood, and being ignorantly laid +down. Dreadful Tempests ensu'd, till on the 28th of April, on the +Coast of Guinea he discover'd Sierra Liona, abounding in Gold, and +Blacks. Then the Islands they call of Idols, and beyond them those of +Vixagaos, inhabited by stout Black Archers, who shoot poison'd Arrows, +wherewith, such as are wounded, presently dye raving. On the 8th of +May they all fell sick on the Coast of Guinea, of Fevers, Lameness, +Swellings, and Imposthumations in their Gums, which in that Country +prove Mortal, by Reason of the Excessive Heat, and then for Want +of Water; but Heaven reliev'd them with seasonable Rain. When they +labour'd to make the Islands of Cabo Verde for some Refreshment, +the Winds drove them off. They bore up without finding Land, or +any Ship, till on the 22d of May, being in 15 Degrees 40 Minutes of +North Latitude, they descry'd two Sail. Sarmiento believ'd they had +been Portugueses, and was desirous to make up to hale them; but upon +better Observation perceiv'd, the one was a Tall Ship, the other a +Sloop, both of them French, who pursu'd and endeavour'd to get to +Windward of him. The Sloop came foremost to view our Ship, which made +good its Advantage. When they [Fight with the French.] were come in +Sight of the Island of Santiago, the French held up a Naked Sword, +and then fir'd some Shot. The Spaniards answer'd with their Muskets, +which was then done by both Sides, and several French Men fell, tho' +on our Side never a Man was kill'd, but some wounded, and then they +fled more swiftly than they had pursu'd. Those on the Island beheld +the Ingagement, and thinking it had been Counterfeit, and both the +Ships French, they stirr'd not out to Succour either. When the Pirate +was quite fled, a Caravel of Algarve arriv'd coming from Portugal, +which discover'd the Pirate's Name, and Strength; declaring he had +85 Men in the Ship, and 25 in the Sloop, and among them a Portuguese +Pilot. That he had plunder'd four other Ships, and the said Caravel, +at Cape Blanco, on the Coast of Africk; and at the Island of May, +not far from Santiago, had sunk another Caravel, belonging to the +Royal Navy, which was sailing for Brazil, in order to People Paraguay; +where the English had of late Years built Towns, intermarrying with, +and being attracted by the Love, and Children they had by the Tapuyer +Indian Women. + +[Sarmiento at Cabo Verde.] Sarmiento Landed at Cabo Verde, +the Custom-House of which City yearly is worth to the King 100000 +Ducats. There are always in it 20000 Blacks, because of the settled +Trade for them. Before he Anchor'd, there came Boats from the Shore, +to view his Ship, and he telling them, he came from Peru, through +the Streights of Magellan, they were amaz'd. They return'd to give +an Account to their Governor Gaspar de Andrade, and told him, That +those that came in the Ship, were Men of several Shapes, Deform'd, +and Ill-look'd, and others with long tangled Hair and Locks. These +were some Indians of Peru and Chile. As for the Rest Sarmiento has +these Words, As to our being Ill-look'd, they did not wrong us; for +besides that we had no effeminate Countenances, the Powder and Sweat +of our Volleys of small Shot, a little before, had not set us off to +any Advantage; and, in short, we had more mind to some Water than to +look like Beaus. However, neither he nor his Men went Ashore, till +they had satisfy'd a Pratick Master that none of them were infected +with the Plague. The next Day they Landed bare-Foot, in Procession, +with Crosses, and Images, repairing to the Church of our Lady of the +Rosary, where they gave Thanks, Alms, and other effects of their +Vows, with extraordinary Joy; for every Storm is so much Honour, +when recounted in safe Harbour. They Confess'd, and receiv'd the +Blessed Sacrament at a Mass they had Vow'd to cause to be said. The +Governor, Don Bartholomew Leytao, Entertain'd, and made much of them, +tho' at first he would not believe they had pass'd the Streight. The +Sick were Cured, and the Ship and Boat which were much shatter'd, +re-fitted. The main Design of this Voyage, which was to Fight Drake, +and provide the proper Defence against the Designs of the Enemy, +had not been compass'd; and therefore Sarmiento, having Fought the +French Ship, and Sloop, which appear'd again, alarming that Coast, +and both of them flying back with all speed, after being Shatter'd and +Beaten, to the Island Mayo, or of May, the common Shelter of Robbers; +He redoubled his Watchfulness, and went on to get Intelligence of +the English, as well those that pass'd the Streight with Drake, as of +those new Planters in Brazil, or Paraguay; as also of the Inclination +of the Subjects of the Crown of Portugal, to submit to King Philip, +or Don Antony. A Pilot of Algarve inform'd him, That the [Intelligence +he receives.] Year before, betwixt Ayamonte and Tavira, two English +Merchants, speaking of the Indies, assured him, that Drake was gone +thro' into the South Sea; and by the Time, the News agreed with what +the Indians of the Streight had signify'd to him by Signs; and that +he arriv'd safe in England, with two Ships fraught with Gold and +Silver of that notable Robbery, which he presented to the Queen. She +fitted out five other Ships, with three Years Provision, to return +to the Streights of Magellan, to seek out those that had been lost +there; and Drake eight more. That the first five were already gone in +Decemb. last. That the Merchants had entrusted him with that Secret, +taking him for a Portuguese, and who, as such, would not discover +it to the Spaniards. By the French he was informed, That as soon as +they had brought off some Ships with Blacks from Castro Vedre, they +would go over to the Island Margarita, and thence to the North-ward, +from the Island of Santo Domingo to Yaguana, whence they came not +above four Months since, Loaded with Hides, and Sugar. That they had +kill'd Captain Barbudo, in the Island Margarita, in Revenge for the +English he had slain. That having taken the Governor of Brazil, they +again set him at Liberty. That all their Pilots are Portugueses. He +was also told by others who came from thence, and by Captains of +Reputation, who were [English in Paraguay.] returning thither, that +in the Bay of Paraguay, near Rio de Janeyro, which is in 21 Degrees, +12 Minutes South Latitude, there had been for eight Years last past, +Colonies of English among the Tapujers; with whom for the three last +Years, the Portuguese were at War, and had kill'd most of them. + +That it is suppos'd the Natives, who are Man-Eaters, had devour'd most +of those that fled up the Country. He pick'd up other Intelligence +from England, concerning their Navies, their Colonies in those Parts, +and Design of Usurping the Molucco Islands with all their Strength, +and to render themselves Invincible Masters of the Spice. They +dispatch'd a Boat, with these Advices to the Viceroy of Peru; for +Sarmiento could not return himself by the way of Brazil and Paraguay, +because the force of the Currents had drove him away into the Main Sea, +East-ward. Before his Departure, [Sarmiento Strangles his Ensign, +and Punishes others.] he caus'd his Ensign to be Strangled, as a +Traytor to his King, to the Dishonour of his Post, and an Obstructor +of the Discovery. Two other Soldiers he Bannish'd, one of them from +the Indies, and shew'd Severity to some of the Company, on Account of +the same Crime, which, it was believ'd, had not been so fully prov'd +upon them, as is requisite for inflicting the usual Punishment. + +From this Port he sail'd to the Westward, till he came to the Channel +between the Island Fuego and that of Santiago, where one of the Ships +that came out with him stay'd. Steering Norwest, one Point over or +under, [Advice-Boat sent the Viceroy of Peru.] for that is the Course +to the Island S. Anton, he thence dispatch'd the Advice Boat for the +Viceroy of Peru, with eight Men, commanded by Ferdinand Alonso. In +thirteen Days more he pass'd betwixt the Island Graciosa, one of the +Azores, small, but fruitful, and populous, and that of S. George, +in which he saw prodigious high Fires. Those he afterwards found +verified [Conflagration in the Island of S. George.] by the Bishop, +at Angra, where he resides. That on the first of June that same +Year, there were dreadful Earthquakes in the Island of S. George, +Voices of Devils were heard, and among other wonderful Effects, the +Earth open'd in three Places, whence Streams of Fire ran as far as +the Sea. Those continu'd, and seven more broke out, casting forth as +many Rivulets of Liquid Fire; one of which ran round an Hermitage, +and nine Men running to save some Bee-Hives from being burnt, another +Mouth open'd, which swallow'd seven of them, and sing'd the other +two. So much Ashes fell like Rain upon the Earth, that it was cover'd +a Span deep, and in short, all the Island was on Fire. Sarmiento held +on his Course, and on the 18th of June, arriv'd at the City Angra, +on the Island Tercera, the Chief of the Azores, where also came in a +Ship from the Town of Bernambuco, and another from Baya de todos os +Santos, in Brazil. These being ask'd, What they knew of the English, +assur'd him, That in November last past there came five White Men, +with fifteen Indians, who were going to Isleos, and the Portuguese +Towns by Land; and going along the Shore, they on a sudden, at Rio de +las Cuentas, lighted upon an English Sloop. Seven of the [Some English +in Brazil.] Men were ashore drying their Sails, and as soon as they +saw the Travellers they fled. The Portuguese persisted pursuing them; +but the English letting fly some Arrows, held on their Flight, two of +them up the Mountain, and the other five along the Coast, till they +got into the Sloop. They cut their Cables, and left behind them two +large Carriages for Guns. + +The Travelers desir'd them to come ashore, and offer'd them Meat, and +all other Necessaries, assuring them they meant no Harm. They answer'd, +they would not come, and show'd Muskets, Cross-bows and Pikes, pointing +a small Gun, to fire at them. It was then Ebb, and they departed six +Leagues from thence, to sail near the River de las Cuentas. That at +the Island Cape, over-against Camamu, another Portuguese Ship, that +knew nothing of this Sloop, lighted on it, when there were only three +English Men left in her, the rest being kill'd ashore, with Arrows by +the Natives. In short, the Sloop was cast away, five Men of it being +taken, who declar'd, that it came with a Squadron of ten Ships, in +which a certain great Englishman [An English Squadron.] pass'd the +Streights of Magellan. That they return'd thence Coasting along, to +plant a Colony in the most convenient Place for their Purpose, the +Admiral having 500 Men aboard for that End. Four Hundred of them were +Soldiers, the rest Seamen, and other Mechanicks. That all this Squadron +Anchor'd in an Island of Cainbals, or Man-Eaters, and a Storm rising, +nine of them sail'd away, but the Admiral not being able to get from +her Anchors time enough, was Cast away, none being sav'd but those +that came [The Admiral cast-away.] in the Sloop, and they escap'd by +being then gone to Water. One of these five was 35 Years of Age, and +an able Mathematitian. He affirm'd, That those who escap'd the Storm, +would soon return to the Coast of Brazil, with a numerous Fleet. Among +other Particulars, he told them, that they found an Inscription with +the King of Spain's Arms, in that part of the Island Cananca, where +they were, which their Commander in chief took away, and set up in the +Place of it another, with those of England. Besides all this, three +of those Ships that escap'd the Storm, coming before the Portuguese +Town of Rio de Janeiro, to make the Cape, and find out the other six, +the Governor of that Place, sent out four Canoes to take Cognisance +of them, which on a sudden fell in with another Long-Boat belonging +to the English, who, as soon as they spy'd the Canoes, made away, +but could not do it so fast as to save all. They took Three, and the +Governor sent them to Bahia; but the Ships made away with all their +Sails. The Prisoners own'd, That in case they met with their Ships at +the Cape, they [English at Brazil.] were resolv'd to go to Parayba, +or Pernambuco. In other Respects they agreed with the Account given +by those in the Sloop. The English arriv'd at Brazil about November, +1579, at the same Time that Sarmiento was seeking for the Streight; +and this agrees with the confuse Signs the Brutish Indians of those +Parts made to him, as he Touch'd on their Coasts. His chief Care +being to enquire into these Matters, he was inform'd by the [Ship +of theirs cast-away.] Corregidor, that is the Governor in Civil +Affairs of Angra, that on the second of November, that same Year, +another English Ship was Cast-away at Gualva, a Town two Leagues +distant from that City, with six Men in it, two whereof, and a Black +were sav'd. It appear'd there had been 300 Men in the Ship, and much +Wealth, which was thrown into the Sea, during the Storm. That they +were going to plant Colonies in India, and most of the Men dy'd on +the Coast of Guinea; and perhaps this might be one of the nine Ships +aforesaid. The People of Gualva drew out of the Sea fifteen heavy +pieces of cast Iron Cannon, but could not get out several others. The +fifteen are of an extraordinary Magnitude, as it were for some settled +Fort. To conclude, he was inform'd, and Time has since verified it, +that they were preparing in those Northern Parts to rob us of the +Treasure of Metals, and Spice there is in those Countries, and in +exchange to Introduce their Sects. The final Success of both the +Spanish and the English Admirals, was that they arriv'd safe in their +respective Countries, forsaken [Drake's Treasure seiz'd.] by the +Vice-Admirals. Drake return'd to London, with an immense Treasure, +which the Queen seiz'd, alledging, That Don Barnardino de Menoza, +then the Spanish Embassador at that Court, demanded Restitution, +as belonging to his K. and the rest of it taken from his Subjects; +but she adjudg'd it to her own Cofers, in Recompence for the Dammage +sustain'd, when the Spaniards supported her Rebels in Ireland. Drake +was not enrich'd by his Robberies, nor did he gain any Reputation +by his Actions; but on the contrary he was slighted in England, +either because they knew what he did was not Honourable, or that +generally a Man's own Country is [Sarmiento in Spain.] ungrateful to +him. Sarmiento departing from Angra with a fair Wind, discover'd the +Coast of Spain on the 7th of August, and arriv'd at Cape S. Vincent, +full of Intelligence and News from so great a Part of the World, and +of the Designs of several Nations, and the Crown of Portugal. His +Arrival, and Account produc'd the fitting out of other Fleets, and +fresh Preparations in Spain, and in the Indies, which extended to +the Relief of the remotest Parts. One of them was the Reducing of +Ternate, and the sending over one hundred Spanish Families, arm'd, +provided and examin'd, as to Quality and Virtue, to be the first +Inhabitant of those Desarts upon the Streight. They carry'd Tools, +Arms, Instructions, and all Necessaries to fortifie the narrow Parts +of it. Sarmiento went as Chief, and Governour of those Dominions. This +Project prov'd unsuccessful, and in the general Opinion of all Men, +it was through the Fault of the Genéral Sancho Flores. Afterwards +Sarmiento was taken, and set at Liberty in England where he had +Conferences with the Queen and Drake upon this Subject, whence he +drew Information for the Execution of greater Designs. + +[King Henry of Portugal dyes.] This Year King Henry Dy'd in Portugal, +when he had Reign'd but thirteen Months. Five Governours had the +Administration during the Interregnum, and were disturb'd by the +Arming of Don Antonio, within the Kingdom, and by King Philip's Forces +already advancing into the Frontiers. So that neither Government +could do any more than consult about the present Exigencies; which +at that Time were neither perfect Peace nor open War, there being +Hopes that they would lay down their Arms, and joyn with their true +Prince, whom the Portuguese is wont to Love, as a Father, rather than +as a King. However there were some Troubles, and Commotions. Private +Discord is an inseparable incident to all Governments, and that draws +the Thoughts of Men after it, and is often the Original of general +Calamities, tho' it be moderated, or justify'd by a sincere Zeal. + +King Philip enter'd Lisbon supporting his Right by his Power, and +[King Philip the II. at Lisbon.] whilst the other Provinces, which +compose that Monarchy in Spain, Africk, Asia, and the East-Indies +submitted to him, he bestow'd Favours, gave Laws, confirm'd the Old, +ratified Priviledges, and gain'd Affections by his Presence, and a +General Pardon, which he extended to those who had offended him. On +the 15th of November 1582, he swore to observe those Laws establish'd +by his Predecessors, and particularly by King Emanuel, as then next +Heir to the Crowns of Spain, for himself and his Son, Prince Michael, +whom God took to a better Kingdom in his Infancy. Those Laws were +afterwards sworn to by King Sebastian, and all of them imported, +that all Honours, Employments, Benefices, and the Management of +the Revenue of the Crown, with all other Commands by Sea and Land, +in Portugal, Africk, India, the Islands and all other Parts already +conquered, or to be conquer'd by that Crown, shall be in the Hands +of Natural born Portugueses. And by the 24th Chapter of these Laws, +it was establish'd, that in fitting out Fleets [He Swears to maintain +the Laws.] for India, or otherwise for Defence of the Kingdom, or +suppressing of Pyrates, the King should take the necessary Measures +with the Kingdom of Portugal, though he should use the Assistance of +his Majesties other Dominions. They were sensible that this favourable +Law, without infringing the Antient Laws, made way for employing +the Forces of the Crown of Castile, in the Recovery, or Preservation +of the Kingdoms of the Eastern Archipelago, where at that Time the +Christians suffer'd Martyrdom, without any Opposition. And the King +for the Recovery of Ternate, especially consider'd the Conveniency +of the Philippine Islands, which lie more opportune than India; +the Justness of which Reflection has been confirm'd by the Event. + +India at this Time was govern'd by the Viceroy Fernan Tellez, to +whom King Philip the second Writ, representing how favourable an +Opportunity he had to do God good Service, to secure the Tranquility +of Christendom, and settle Peace, which inestimable Advantages would +be owing to his Fidelity and Care, if through them those Provinces +should be united to the Monarchy, without any Trouble, by continuing +Loyal, and providing that the Tributary Kings should do the same. He +put him in Mind that Services [India submits to him.] become the +more valuable by the surmounting of the greatest Difficulties, and +gave him good Hopes of a Reward, which would have been fulfill'd, +had he come home to see the Effects of them and his Services. But +Fernan Tellez had no need of any such Promises, or of the Perswasions +which are as good as Commands, contain'd in Letters from Ministers of +State, and sent with the King's Letter. These being sent over Land, +came [Tellez the Viceroy Loyal.] to his Hands in six Months, and he +either preserving, or gaining their Affections had so much Forecast +as to confirm the King, Princes, and Sangiacks, who, in those remote +Parts, pay subjection to the Crown of Portugal; before he knew any +thing of the Orders sent him, or of the additional Estate the King +was pleas'd to confer on him. By his Authority he disappointed some +Projects of Confederacies, set a foot for the recovering of their +Former Liberty, hoping by the Example of the King of Ternate, that the +Revolutions in Europe might turn to their Advantage. But in despight +of these Contradictions and Changes, Fernan Tellez so far prevailed, +as that the Religious Mendicants, and the Jesuits, continu'd the +preaching of the Gospel, with such Fervour, that they defy'd even +Tyranny it self. The Conversions of Idolater Princes are truly and +elegantly related in the Writings and Books of the Missions of the +Society, and other Ecclesiastical Histories; so that they excite, +and inflame Devotion in the Breasts of such as read them. There may +be seen, how the Truth was embrac'd, with all possible Affection; +how hastily, and eagerly they learn'd the Catechism; what Rejoycings +the Catechumens made on the Day they were baptiz'd; Queens, and +Princesses worshipping the Images of Saints; and sweeping the new +Churches, and Chappels with their own Hands; with what Attention, +and Exactness they honour'd the Ceremonies of the Church, and lastly, +how they frequented the Sacraments, and improv'd in Christianity. + +All this was Persecuted, and Extirpated by the King of Ternate; who +was now so far from enduring any neighbouring Empire, that he struck +a Dread into the remotest; insomuch, that tho' they were all sensible +they [King of Bachian kill'd.] ought in all good Policy to support +the Kingdoms of Tydore and Bachian, yet they became lookers on, as it +were on a Stage, to behold the Assaults given, and the Cruelties acted +at the Sieges. And in the latter of them, whilst throughout India the +Standards were display'd in submission to Spain, the King of Ternate +enter'd Bachian, and press'd on so vigorously, that he took the Forts +by main Force, and made the principal Sangiacks Prisoners. At the +Taking of the City of Bachian, the King of the Island was slain in +Fight, with all the Portugueses that assisted him; and the Prince, +his Son, taken, who was then a Christian, but soon after, having taken +an Oath of Fealty to the Conquerer, and Apostatiz'd from the True +Religion, he was miserably Restor'd to his Kingdom, exchanging the +Hopes of his Souls Salvation, for the Pernicious Fables of the Alcoran, +to which he has adhear'd till this time; tho' in Temporals he now owns +the sovereign Dominion of our King. The War with the Tydores lasted +longer, the two Navies fighting with indifferent Success, and Victory +changing sides, according [Molucco way of Fighting.] to various +Accidents. These Princes method of making War depends on Ambushes, +and Stratagems, where Subtilty supplies the place of Strength. It is +rare that either side is much weakned; because as soon as sensible +of the others Advantage, the Weaker flyes, and reserves himself for +better Fortune; nor do they look upon it as Dishonourable to fly, for +in those Parts they have but rude Notions of the Laws of Honour. The +last Action, after they had sustain'd the Siege with extraordinary +Magnanimity, was a Sally made by the Portuguese and Tydores from the +Fort, with much Order and Conduct, Attacking the Enemies Camp with +such Bravery, that [Battle of Tydores and Ternates.] tho' they were +much superior in number, they could not stand the Fury of the King +of Tydore. The Ternates being put to Flight, imbark'd after a great +Slaughter of their Men, and never stopp'd till they came to Talangame, +so they call the Harbour of Ternate on that side. The Tydores pursu'd, +and being flush'd with Victory despis'd the Succours the Ternates +had ready in that Place, which Addition made them renew the Fight +with fresh Vigour, and wrest the Victory which then inclin'd to the +Tydores. These without breaking their Order, retir'd and imbark'd; +and hasting back in their Carcoas came to Tydore, where they fortify'd +themselves against what might happen. The King of Ternate return'd +to this City in Triumphant Manner, making a Show of some Prisoners. + +The News of the Union of Portugal to Castile, was now known throughout +all those Eastern Parts, and so well receiv'd, that instead of offering +at any Opposition, they all joyfully submitted, hoping they should be +protected by a more powerful Arm, than they had been before. Nor were +they deceiv'd in their Expectation, for, pursuant to what the King had +sworn at Lisbon, concerning the Fleets, for suppressing of Pyrates, +and Garrisoning the Coasts of Africk, he granted his Royal Order, for +all the Governours of the Philippine Islands to take Care to relieve +the Moluccos, and all other the Dominions in India, belonging to the +Crown of Portugal, making use of New Spain, and all other Kingdoms +subject to the Crown of Castile, there being more conveniency for +supplying them from thence, than even from India. + +The King of Ternate, being sensible of the Change of Times, and +how much greater Forces threatned him than before; and that he +should not be suffer'd to reign, without submitting to a Superior, +he grew better advis'd, [Nayque Embassador for Spain.] and sent an +Ambassador to Lisbon. The Ambassador was Cachil Nayque, well known +for the Antiquity of his Family, and brave Actions. Nayque signifies +a Tribune, or Commander. He embark'd with much Wealth of those Parts, +as Porcelane, Chinese Silks, Calico's and Muslins, Spice, Fruit, +Aromatick Woods and Barks, and Preserves of the same; and passing +between the Islands of Pangicaz and Manado, near to that of Celebes, +keeping off from the Equinoctical, coasted it and cross'd the Line +[His Voyage.] again, till he came to Borneo. There he visited the +King, who was at Tayaopura, and deliver'd him Letters from his Master, +attempting by Word of Mouth, to unite him to the Molucco Nation against +the Crown of Spain. Contenting himself with the first Hopes, he pass'd +on betwixt Cremato and Surato, and cross'd the Islands Pulo and Linga, +in sight of the greater Java, thence thro' the Streight of Malaca, +by the great Ones of Banca and Bintam, in the Port whereof were then +the 20 Ships, which are sent from Sumatra every Year, loaded with +Pepper. He barter'd away much of what he had in his own Ship, and +propos'd a general Revolt to all [Streights of Sincapura and Sabao.] +Nations. There are two Streights there; the one of Sincapura, so +call'd from that City built on the Coast of Malaca; and the other of +Sabao, from an Island of that Name, and this leads to Sumatra. Nayque +steer'd this Course, and soon put into the Harbour which lies going +out of the Channel. + +This great Island, opposite to Malaca, and divided from it by a Bay +full [Sumatra describ'd.] of Ridges, of Rocks and Shoals, and above a +thousand smaller Islands, was formerly a Peninsula, and contiguous to +Malaca, as Sicily is said to have been to Italy, Ancient Geographers +call'd it Trapobana, the Modern Sumatra. The Ancients also call'd it, +the Golden Chersonesus, and the most curious Searchers into Antiquity, +Ophir, whence Solomon gather'd that vast Mass of Treasure. According to +the Portugueses it is 80 Leagues in Length, and 30 in Breadth. (Here +seems to be some Mistake in the Author, for the Island is well known +to be above 80 Leagues in Length.) Italian Writers say it is 2100 in +Circumference. The Dutch, who have traded and made War there, do not +contradict it, and all agree it is the largest in all the East, and +the most fruitful we know of. It lies thwarting from North to South, +in the Torrid Zone, and the Equinoctial Line cuts it in the Middle; +so that one Part falls to the Northern Hemisphere, and takes up five +Degrees, and the other to the Southern, extending seven Degrees. This +Island is, according to some, divided into four Kingdoms; others +say ten, and some 29; but we know of eight, which are, Pedir, Pacem, +Achem, Camper, Menancabo, wealthy in Gold Mines, and Zaude; and up the +Inland the other two of Andragide, and Auru, the Natives whereof are +Idolaters and Man-Eaters. They devour, not only Strangers, but their +own Brothers, and Fathers. In short, among these barbarous People, +Hunger produces the same Effects as Passion. The King of Achem is the +most Powerful of them, and they all pay Homage to the [Nayque stirs +up Princes to revolt.] Crown of Portugal. Nayque enter'd the Court +of Achem, attended by his own Men, and follow'd by the Multitude of +Chinese, Japonese, Malay, Persian, and Turkish Merchants; all of them +flattering themselves with the Expectation of new Commotions. He first +worshipp'd the King in a Temple, where there were monstrous Idols, +notwithstanding that the People are Mahometans. He had afterwards +private Conferences with him at Court, and in a few Days brought +him over to his Party, with his Wealth, as if he had been a poor +Man. After delivering his Master's Letters, he told him, that before +he went over into Europe, whether he was sent to discover the Power +of Spain in its Origin, or Source, at a Time when it was distracted +by such Revolutions, it was convenient that most wealthy Part of Asia +should be restor'd to its former Condition, a Matter of no Difficulty, +if they were firmly united among themselves. That none were so able +to overthrow the Neighbouring Monarchy, which from Malaca had, +as it were, fetter'd so many Provinces, as the Kings of Sumatra, +if they, considering of what Moment it was to them, would stand by +one another. That since he had successfully besieg'd that hateful +City, assaulted its Walls, and Forts, and valu'd himself on being +an Enemy to the Portugueses, he ought not to let slip so favourable +an Opportunity, which offer'd him compleat Victory. That he should +remember the several Expeditions of the Viceroys against Sumatra, +and that they always breed up Adelantados, or Lords-Lieutenants, +with their Soldiers in Pay against those Kingdoms. And that since, +till then they had not been able to make him uneasy, it was too +much Forbearance to suffer a perpetual [The King of Achem complies.] +Threat of Thraldom to subsist so near him. The King of Achem, listen'd +to him with Satisfaction, as one, who, with all his Nation, hates the +Haughtiness of the Portuguese Behaviour; yet he neither promis'd, nor +perform'd any more than obstructing the Trade of Malaca, till he had +reduc'd it to Want. Nor did he keep the Secret, for they had soon an +Account at Malaca and Goa of these Contrivances. He farther promis'd; +That whensoever the King of Ternate should make a greater Invasion, +or go about to extend, or enlarge himself, as far as he pretended +he had a right, he would continue to give the Diversion, as far as +stood with his Conveniency, and that he should have the Liberty of his +Ports, and all Supplies for his Ships in his Kingdom. Nayque return'd +Thanks, and extended his Negociation, endeavouring to bring in the +other Tyrants of Sumatra, as for the Publick Good. Then sailing away +through the Streight of Sunda, so call'd from the Name of a City in +the furthest Part of the Province, beyond the Line; he proceeded +to the greater Java, no less Fertile than the other in the same +Medicinal, and Odoriferous Growth, at the Time when Thomas Candish, +an English Commander was arriv'd there, coming from the North-Sea, +by the Way of New Spain. + +Nayque went up the Country to visit, and found him in a populous +City, where he was loading Pepper, which is excellent in Java, with +that King's Leave, he being a Friend to the English, who had already +settled a Factory. [Candish in Java presented by Nayque.] He found him +on the Banks of a River of such a Nature, that it presently converts +any Wood whatsoever cast into it into Stone, as solid and hard as our +Pebbles. He bore the Englishman Company to the Port of Sunda Calapa, +viewed his Ship, and made as much of him as he could. Among other +Things he presented him a Pavillion, artificially wove all with sweet +scented Cloves, and not black, which was not only fit to keep out the +excessive Cold of England, but even to dry up over moist Bodies that +slept under it. There is daily Experience of its atractive Virtue at +Ternate, by placing great Vessels full of Water in the middle of the +Rooms where the Cloves [Clove atracts Water, as does China Silk.] +are kept, and in the Morning they find the Heaps of Cloves damp, +and the Vessels empty and dry. The same Essential Heat is in the +Skeins of China Silk, which therefore those who deal in it keep at a +small Distance from the Water, yet they suck it, without touching, +and by this Fraud they weigh the heavier. Captain John Lopez de +Ribera carry'd such a Pavillion of Cloves, as is above mention'd, +and presented it to the Earl of Coruna, who was then Viceroy. Nayque, +like a Flash of Lightning which burns all that stands in its way, +endeavour'd to stir up those who before were kept peaceable by the +Valour of Fernan Tellez, and to encourage the Turbulent, but without +staying to see the effect of his Negociation, he made directly towards +the Cape of Good-Hope, yet it is more likely, and even positive, +that he went first to Malaca, and thence in the India Ships to Spain. + +Whilst Nayque was at Sea, the Marques de Santa Cruz had in the Ocean +fought the Fleet Commanded by Philip Strozzi, in which was Antony +the Bastard, Pretender to the Crown of Portugal, and destroy'd it, +[Antony the Bastard Defeated.] Chastizing the French, who with real, +or counterfeit Commissions from their King, had oppos'd King Philip's +just Possession. He arrived victorious at the Island of S. Michael, +cut off the Heads of the French Gentlemen, and condemn'd the Rest +to the Galleys. Strozzi dy'd of his Wounds, and Don Antonio escap'd +in a Boat, and return'd to Zealand, to solicite fresh Succours in +England and France. In the mean while, the King of Achem perform'd his +Promise. His Kingdom lies next the first Promontory of the [Kingdom +of Achem.] Island, in four Degrees and a half of North Latitude, +and consequently his Ships easily made themselves Masters of all the +Streight between Sumatra and Achem, which they so entirely possess'd, +that they suffer'd none of the Ships to pass to Malaca, which brought +Merchandize and Provisions from China, Japan, Camboxa, nor even from +the Moluccos, obliging them to Coast about several Islands, to the +great Loss of the Merchants. But the Portuguese Dealers in the City of +Pedir, eight Leagues from Achem, sustain'd much greater Dammage. Most +of them fled to Malaca, and tho' Fernan Tellez was then upon his +Departure, he gave the necessary Orders at Goa for their Relief. He +sunk some of the Enemies Ships, and took one loaded with Daggers, they +call Crizes, made at Menancabo, and a numerous Artillery, a Thing well +known, and cast in Sumatra, many Years before the Europeans brought +them into those Parts. This appears by the Victory the Portugueses +obtain'd over that Nation, during the Blockade of Malaca. + +The King of Achem sending a Daughter to be Married to the King of Zor, +not far from Malaca, in the Country of Siam, among other rich Gifts, +[Monstrous Piece of Cannon.] by way of Portion, presented him a +Brass Cannon of such a bigness, that the like had never been seen +in Europe. This prodigious Gun, and the Princess that was to be +Queen of Zor, fell into the Hands of the Portugueses. The taking +of this Prize, and some others, clear'd the Sea of that Fleet; and +that extraordinary piece of Cannon, which serv'd to Ballast a Ship, +was brought as a Present to the King of Spain, for its Monstrous Size, +but a Storm oblig'd them to leave it in the Island Tercera, where it is +now seen and admir'd. The City Zor was also Taken by the Portugueses, +and in it they found 1500 pieces of Cannon, Artificially Cast, with +curious Figures and Flowers of Rais'd-Work on them. The Molucco +Embassador [Molucco Embassador at Lisbon.] being come to Lisbon, +obtain'd Audience of the King; who, tho' he was fully inform'd of +the Embassadors Falshood, and the Practices of his Nation, yet gave +him a favourable Hearing, after he had shew'd his Credentials to the +Ministers of State. He in a long Speech recounted, from its Original, +the constant Fidelity or the Molucco Kings, and how particularly +Remarkable it had been in Sultan Aerio, and that the wicked Commander +[His Speech.] in Chief in putting him to Death, had equally wrong'd +the Crown of Portugal. That since the Murderer was not punish'd, +to satisfy the dead Man's Children and Kingdoms, it might well +be concluded, that so Cruel and Undeserv'd an Execution had been +by the Direction of some higher Power than the Governor Mesquita, +and that even in case the Crime had been Notorious it had been more +Prudence to charge it upon some private Person. That King Cachil Babu +intreated his Majesty to punish the Offender in such manner as might +give Satisfaction, and be an Example and Security to all the Asiatick +Kings, that own the Dominion of Spain. In Return for that Favour, +and Justice, he promised to Restore the Fort of Ternate, and his +other Kingdoms, which were Alienated, and that they would return +to their former Subjection, as they had promis'd to the Governor +Pereyra de la Cerda; so remarkably correct their Behaviour, that +there should be visible Effects of a Royal, and Humble Gratitude, +both in respect to his Majesties service, and the security of the +Garrisons, and to the Advantage of the neighbouring Provinces, +belonging to other Kings, who were his Subjects, about Malaca, the +Philippine Islands, and Parts Adjacent. He also ingaged to Restore +the Churches, and Christian Religion, and much more than had been +agreed upon with Pereyra. The King having heard his Request, as if +he were ignorant that the Ternates did not deserve the satisfaction +they requir'd, since they had taken it themselves so fully, that +it exceeded even the bounds and examples of Revenge, he Answer'd, +That [The King's Answer.] all the Accessaries to that Fact should +be found out, it being prov'd that the Principal was already Dead, +and none of them should escape Unpunish'd, as would have been done +by King Sebastian, had he Liv'd. That Cachil Babu must prepare to +Restore all Things into the same Posture they were in before, if he +intended to partake of the general Amnesty, which blotted out all +past Offences throughout the Dominions of that Crown. Nayque had some +private Audiences, and some Ministers of State had Conferences with +him, with a Design to find out how the People of India were dispos'd. + +At this same Time Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, pursuant to the Orders he +[Ensign Duenas from Philippines to the Moluccos.] had receiv'd from +Spain, sent the Ensign, Francis de Duenas, from the Philippine Islands, +where he was Governor, to the Moluccos, to pry into the Inclinations +of the Kings, and People, Governors, and other Portugueses at Ternate, +Tydore, and Bachian, as to submitting to the King of Spain. He set +out in the Habit of a Chinese, and was much assisted by his Knowledge +of those Countries, and their Languages, and much more by his bold +Spirit, sufficiently try'd in those Wars. He artfully Learnt what Hopes +there might be of the Recovery of Ternate, and how firm the People of +Tydore stood. He first inquired what Leagues were carrying on in the +Archipelago, what Intelligence they had with, and expected from the +Northern Fleets, with whom they had now familiar Correspondence. He +Travell'd about the Islands, like a Sangley, or Chinese, in the +Janguas, or Trading [The Intelligence he got.] Vessels of the Malay, +and Philippine Merchants, and had the Opportunity of viewing them +all, so far as to take the Dimensions of strong Places, compute what +Stores and Ammunition the Barbarians had, and discover the Humours +and Inclinations of the Portugueses who Traded, or Govern'd there; +and returning to the Philippine Islands, his Account, and Relation, +first Encourag'd and gave Hopes that more Advantagious Enterprizes +might be undertaken in those Parts, than about Malaca, tho' it were +but only Supporting the Portugueses and Tydores, then hard press'd +by the King of Ternate. King Philip receiv'd this Intelligence at +Lisbon, whence the Molucco Embassador was then gone, ill satisfy'd +with the Answer he had; but Sultan Babu, on whom the Word of so great +a Monarch, and the Authority of his Promise might perhaps have had +great Effect, dy'd long before the said Embassador could come to +his Presence. [Sultan Babu Dies.] The small Remains of Christianity +still left in his Kingdom, took a little Heart, and had our Arms but +appear'd upon the Revolution caus'd by his Death, the only Noise of +them might have gain'd the Victory. It is Reported that furious King +Babu dy'd by the excess of his Love, or rather of his inordinate Lust, +in the Arms of one of his Mistresses. Some say she kill'd him with +Charms, or Poison, which is the Tyrant-Slayer among those Nations, +impatient of one Mans long Rule. He was Succeeded by his Brother, +who was Illegitimate, as we are told by Cachil Tulo, in the Letter, +which, as we shall see hereafter, he writ to the Governor of the +Philippine Islands. The new King took the Name of Cachil Sultan Nait +Dini Baraca [Sultan Nait succeds.] Xa, before whom Cachil Madraca +ought to have been preferr'd, as being Son to the principal Queen. As +soon as Enthron'd he offer'd Peace to his Neighbours; on this Security, +and that of a clear Conscience, Cachil Gava, King of Tydore, paid him +a visit. He was received with publick Rejoycings in one of the greatest +Squares of Ternate, and attended to a mighty lofty Arbour, provided to +offer Sacrifize in, a (Chappel suitable to the Priesthood) and there +to decide Controversies, and give Audience to his Subjects. When the +first Complements were over, and the King of Tydore [Murders the King +of Tydore.] least suspected any thing, the Ternate Guards, hearing +the Signal given by their K. drew their Campilanes, or Cymiters, and +without allowing the Guest time to cry out, fell upon, and cut him +into Pieces; tho' he was the Man thro' whose Means the K. of Ternate +had the Crown given him, contrary to the Opinion, and Designs of his +Unkles. But whensoever great Returns are due to a Favour receiv'd, +Ungrateful Souls convert the Obligation into Hatred, and nothing can +occur to them more odious than the Sight of the Benefactor. Next he +turn'd his Fury against that murder'd Princes Family, and such of +his Servants as could not make their Escape to Tydore, were either +Kill'd, or remain'd Prisoners at Ternate, or absconded wheresoever +Fortune, and their own Confusion lead them. This cruel Fact, which +some assign'd to his Father, Cachil Babu, Reconcil'd the Murderer +and his Unkles. But he immediately acquainted them, how he expected +to be Invaded on two Sides; that it was of the utmost Consequence, +that Subjects should own their Sovereign, and fortify his Islands, +especially all the upper Parts; and that since he had such Powerful +Unkles, it was Reasonable, and Convenient, the People should be +acquainted how firmly they were United to their Nephew. Then extolling +their Valour, he with the sweetness of their Commendations so blinded +and amused them, that they could not perceive the profound Jealousie +he shrouded under them. Thus he divided them, that they might attend +the Fortifications in distant Places; whilst [New King of Tydore.] +he in Person carry'd on the War against the Tydores. They presently +set up a Brother of their late King in his Stead; who, tho' he govern'd +with Bravery, and stuck close to the Portugueses, yet had some strong +Places taken from him by the King of Ternate, which were afterwards +restor'd, in our Kings Name, by Don Pedro de Acuna to the King now +reigning. This Prince lived but a short Time, yet so long that Cachil +Mole, who was a Child when the King his Father was murder'd, grew +up, and in him the Revenge of the Injury receiv'd. He never thought, +or talk'd of any other Thing, till he brought it to Execution. + +In the mean while the new King of Tydore, assisted by the Spaniards he +had in his Forts, provided to oppose, and attack his Enemy. They all +expected Succours from India, where it was certain they must think +it necessary to support Tydore, in order to recover Ternate. Their +Behaviour was so brave, as to defend themselves, tho' ill furnish'd +with Arms and Provisions against those who attack'd them with Plenty +of all Things. Hector Brito was come with a Galleon from India to +their Assistance, and [He is taken by him of Ternate.] it being known +at Tydore that a Storm had oblig'd him to stay on the farther Coast +of Borneo, the King fitted out four Carcoas, and went to meet him, +but was forced back to his Island by contrary Winds. He of Ternate +watch'd to improve all Opportunities against his Enemy, and therefore +would not let this Slip, nor trust to any other; but Man'd out nine +Carcoas, and going in Person fell upon him. The Tydores wanted not +Courage to defend themselves, and the Fight began with that Fury, +which always arms those two Nations against one another; but tho' the +Tydore fought desperately, he was taken, and his Men either kill'd, +or dangerously wounded. This Misfortune griev'd the Portugueses no +less than the Indians, because they all lov'd him. For this reason +they gather'd the Remains of that Disaster, and all the other Forces +they could make, offering their Service to Cachil Aleazen, Brother to +the Captive King, a very hopeful Youth. [Fidelity of the Tydores.] +He thank'd them, and was so dexterous in gaining the Affections, +and confirming the Fidelity of the Subjects, that through his Care, +no Man was wanting to his Duty. This Industry was of good Use, for +the Conqueror did not return immediately to Ternate; but went about +to his Enemies Islands, perswading the People in each of them to take +an Oath of Allegiance to him, showing them their Captive King, whose +Life was at his disposal; but the Tydore Towns, being furnish'd with +all Necessaries, and believing they might with Safety practice that +Hatred and Rage Nature has fill'd them with, would not give Ear to his +Proposals, though they were mix'd with Intreaties, and Threats, and on +the contrary dismiss'd him with their usual Fierceness. He perceiving +that the Ostentation of his Victory, and the Sight of the Captive +King availed him but little, Sail'd away for Ternate. At his Arrival, +he was received with Trumpets, Kettle-Drums, and Basons they beat on, +and with Songs they make for such like Occasions. The Heads and Limbs +of the Tydores slain in Battel, were fix'd [Cruelties of Ternates.] +upon the Spears they have advanc'd in the Carcoas on the Poops and +Prows, and other high Places of them, and particularly the Kings. This +is their way of erecting Trophies. Of the Skulls they make Cups to +drink out of; like the Scithians, who, according to Herodotus, practice +the same; or like the Germans, as Tacitus tells us, of the Heads of +the Uri they slew, and that was a Token of Nobility. He would not +trust the keeping of the King in any of his Forts; but turn'd a strong +House into a Goal, and appointed him a Guard of Gilolo Islanders, well +arm'd. Sometimes he show'd Severity, and otherwhiles Tenderness; but +all Men knowing his Disposition, expected the End of the Captive King; +tho' at the same time they believ'd, he would mitigate his Revenge +out of Respect to his Sister, the Princess of Tydore. Hector Brito, +Commander of a Galeon, [Hector Brito at Tydore.] came now to Tydore; +but his Arrival did not much mend the Posture of Affairs, tho' those +in the Fort were Encourag'd to hold out, and at least, he added some +Reputation to the Cause, and inclin'd the Ternates to listen to some +Overtures. However what could not be compass'd by force of Arms nor +Treaty, was effected by the Resolution of an Amorous Soul. + +The Princess Quisayra, Sister to King Gapabaguna, that was the +Prisoner's [Remarkable Story of the Captive King's Liberty.] Name, +had so great an Opinion of herself, as to hope that her Beauty would +prevail to bring about that good End, which was then of Consequence +to all Parties, on several Accounts. She knew she was belov'd by the +King of Bachian, by him of Sian, a brave Youth, by him of Ternate her +Enemy, and by other prime Sangiacks of his Kingdom, and his Kinsmen, +who all publickly vy'd in doing her Honour. She was discreet enough +dexterously to feed them all with such Hopes, as lay no Obligation on +the Party that gives them, and yet encourage those who value them. She +gave out that she would marry none but the Man that [Contrivance of +Quisayra, Princess of Tydore.] should set her Brother at Liberty, +and deliver him to her alive, or dead. This Part of the Declaration, +tended to the Promoting of her Design. The Promise work'd upon all +her Admirers; tho' it was most certain, that her naming herself as a +Reward of the Enterprize, proceeded from the Affection she bore Ruy +Diaz d' Acunha, a Portuguese Gentleman, and Commander in Chief of +the Fort of Tydore. She thought he would attempt the Rescuing of the +King, and that such Success would entitle her [She is in Love with +the Portuguse Commander.] to marry him, tho' many suspected there +was already a mutual Obligation, as well as Desire, and that they +were reciprocally in Love. It was known, that they had discours'd +together several Times in the House of Quinchana, a great Lady, +Aunt to Quisayra, whether Ruy Diaz was wont to go frequently; and +that with her Interposition the Matter had been so far concerted, +that the Princess promis'd she would embrace Christianity to marry +him. This made not his Rivals dismay, and the King of Ternate, upon +these profer'd Hopes, offer'd to give her Brother his Liberty. However +he was not regarded, because Quisayra was as averse to be beholding +to him, as she was desirous to be oblig'd by Ruy Diaz. This powerful +Passion informs barbarous Minds. Her Disdain caus'd the King of Tydore +to be more close confin'd, and his Body to be loaded with heavy Chains, +being more narrowly observ'd than before. + +[Cachil Salama a Lover of Quisagra, his Bravery.] Cachil Salama, +a Subject and near Kinsman of his, well known for his Valour in +the Wars, was more deep in Love with Quisayra than all the Rest, +and listen'd to all the Reports of their endeavouring to comply with +her Expectation. He entirely keeping his own Council, a Thing rare in +Lovers, to be secret without Affectation, that no Notice might be taken +of him, one Night fitted out a Baroto, so they call a Sort of small +Boat, putting into it five Tydore Soldiers, he could confide in. Thus +he cross'd over the Channel to the Leeward, and landed on Ternate; +where he left the Boat ready, but hid on the Shore. Then Cachil +Salama, conceal'd among the Croud of trading People in the City, +went to the chief Part they call Limathas, and set Fire to a House +in that Ward he thought stood most convenient for his Purpose. The +Flame, which had taken hold of the Roof gathering Strength, threatned +a greater Conflagration. Having done this Mischief, whilst the People +flock'd together, and endeavour'd to put a Stop to it with Water, +and other means, Cachil return'd to his Boat, on the Inside the Ridge +of Rocks there is about the Island, and went away to the other Side +of the Fort, where he began to beat an Alarm, to cause the greater +Confusion. This done he went ashore again, with only his Campilan, +or Cimiter, ordering three of his Men to follow him at some small +Distance. He found the King's Prison almost abandon'd, the Guards +being gone to help at the House that was a Fire. He went in boldly, +breaking open Doors, and Bolts, till he came to the Prisoners Chamber, +[He rescues the King of Tydore.] who scarce believing what he saw, +ask'd him, with much Amazement, how he came thither, and whether the +Fort of Tydore was lost? Cachil answer'd, he must be quick, and go +along with him, and should afterwards be satisfy'd as to his Questions; +for if he refus'd he would strike off his Head. Then laying hold of +the end of the Chain, and the other three Tydores being now come up to +them, they forc'd their Passage out of the House, making way with their +Swords and killing such as offer'd to oppose them. The same Valour +and good Fortune carry'd them through the Streets, to the Port, and +leaping into their little Boat, put all their Hands to the Oars. In +those Islands it is usual for Kings to row, without being compell'd +to it by Necessity; for as in Spain the Nobility learn to ride, +so the Island Princes in all those Eastern Parts value themselves +upon handling the Oars, and Sails. They cross'd over the Streight, +and being pursu'd too late, by the light Vessels of Ternate, arriv'd +unexpected at Tydore. The Fame of his arrival was soon spread abroad, +and when certainly known, the Cannon was fir'd, the flat Drums in +the Temples were beaten, and the Bells rung, the Sound whereof uses +to draw the People of the Moluccos together, and in short there was +a general Rejoycing, without quitting their Arms. All Men cry'd up +Cachil Salama to the Skies, calling him the Deliverer of Tydore, +and Neza Maluco, Neza signifies a Spear, and Maluco a Kingdom, and +both together the Spear, that is, the Defence of the Kingdom. + +Only Quisayra was troubled at this Event, because the general Promise +[Quisayra contrives to murder Cachil Salama.] she had made of +marrying, whosoever perform'd it, was only design'd for Ruy Diaz +de Acunha. She was not able to conceal this Truth; especially when +Cachil Salama boldly press'd the Performance of the Promise, the +King himself seconding him. She delay'd him, alledging some specious +Pretences to gain Time. She would willingly have made her Complaint +to Ruy Diaz himself, either to shame, or provoke him to Passion. She +easily compass'd to meet him at her Aunts, where, as soon as she began +to Discourse, there was nothing but Tears, Complaints, Excuses, and +Contrivances to murder Salama, to conclude a Reconciliation. Rocque +Pinheyro the Commander's Nephew, and a Soldier of reputed Valour, +was present at this Discourse. Quisayra trusting him with her secret +Thoughts, he [Pinheyro undertakes to murder him and his own Unkle.] +boldly, and with Art, gave her to understand that his Unkle was +as slack as before; and since he had been so in the other Affair, +what could be expected from him in what he now promis'd. He said, +if she could prevail upon her self to be sensible of the Ingratitude +of Ruy Diaz, and to substitute him in his Place, he would not only +murder Cachil, but his own Unkle too. That out of the Respect due to +her high Qualities, he had not till then presum'd to let her know how +deeply he was in Love with her Beauty; but that he now thought himself +absolv'd from all human Tyes, and wholly confin'd by that. Pinheyro +had a full hearing, an Advantage not far remote from being admitted; +and tho' he was not commanded to murder his Unkle, yet he perceiv'd +he had not left him so well in the Princesses Esteem as he was before. + +In the mean while, Cachil Salama was not idle, pressing the Business +hastily, [Salama convey'd into Quisayra's Bed Chamber.] and having +got some Inkling, or suspecting the Cause of the Delay, like a true +Lover who is seldom deceiv'd in this Sort of Jealousy, he found out +the Truth. By the Contrivance of one of Quisayra's Women, he durst +presume to hide himself in her Bedchamber; and in the dead of the +Night, he suddenly appear'd before her, his Fiercness being overcome +by a Superior Power. The Princess was surpriz'd, but dissembled it, +and prepar'd to defend herself in Case Violence were offer'd. She +threatned to cry out; utter'd Complaints with Tears, and bewail'd the +loss of her Reputation, saying, how could they think her Innocent, +who saw him either come in, or go out. Salama all the while in humble +Posture, and on his Knees, assur'd her he had no other Design, +than to put her in Mind of the Obligation she lay under, and that +since it was known he was to be her Husband, his being seen was of no +Consequence. That her Reputation suffer'd more, by the delaying of the +marriage; and that to convince her of his Affection, he would be gone +as obediently as he had always done. He went [He gains her Affection.] +out immediately, comforted with Thanks, and Hopes; and deliver'd her +from the Fear she had conceiv'd of him. She was so taken with this +Courteous Action, that resolving it in her Mind, it wrought so much, +as to settle her Affection on Salama; so that she would have marry'd +him, tho' he had not oblig'd her before. + +At this time Pinheyro, who was already engaged in her Love, either +to obtain its Reward, or because his Unkle did not Favour him as +he expected, [Pinheyro murders his Unkle, and is kill'd by Salama.] +or for both Reasons, contriv'd his Death. As he was going one Day to +the Palace, to acquaint Quisayra that the Murder was already committed, +Cachil happened than to come from a Fort to see his Mistress. He seeing +Pinheyro coming out of her Apartment, drew his Campilan, or Cymiter, +and tho' the Youth fought Manfully, and like a Lover, yet Cachil, +who had the same Qualifications, and was Jealous over and above, +at the first onset clove his Head, so furiously, that he dropt down +dead of the Wound. Then proceeding as he had begun, he went in where +Quisayra was, whom [He marries Quisayra.] he easily perswaded to be +gon with him, and leaving the Palace full of Confusion, they Imbark'd +in the Baroto, or small Boat that brought him. They Marry'd with +the good liking of the King and Kingdome, and the Loss of those two +Gentlemen's Lives. And since among the Portuguese Nation, as much +Account is made of Honour gain'd, or lost in Love Affairs, as was +formerly of Victories obtain'd in Greece, at the Olympick Games, +the Vindication of these Lovers shall be left to the Management of +those who are well skil'd in that Matter, to whom we refer our selves. + +The Portugueses were much griev'd at this Disaster, as being Publick, +and the King was so incens'd, that one of them having accidentally +kill'd [A Portuguese hang'd.] a Horse he had a great Value for, he +caus'd him to be Hang'd, without hearkning to any thing that could be +said for him. This gain'd Cachil Mole so generally the Affections of +all Men, that tho' Cachil Cota was Elder, and Son to the principal +Queen, by them call'd Putriz, under colour that the latter was a +Friend to the King of Ternate, and about to contract Affinity with him, +the other gain'd the greater Party, which advanc'd him to Succeed in +the Throne of Tydore, as we shall soon see. + +The Portuguese Galeons arrived at Malaca, and in them Cachil Naique +returning from Spain, and having stay'd there some Months for +the Monsons, [Nayque returns to Ternate.] he had a good Voyage, +and arrived safe at Ternate, when he had by the way sollicited the +Javaneses, and the People of Achem and Borneo, not to admit of the +Spanish Domination. He brought no acceptable Answer from King Philip, +and found the King who had employ'd him Dead, and in his Place another, +so different from the Former, that he entertain'd no Thoughts of +restoring the Forts to the Portugueses, but on the contrary, aim'd +at casting off all Obedience, and obliterating their Name. To this +effect he Confederated with the English, who, with other Northern +[English at Ternate.] Nations, Lorded it in the Island. Five Leagues +from it lay at Anchor an English Ship, waiting for two others that +came out with her. They Anchor'd in the Port, and went ashore, as if +they had been in London, being well receiv'd by the Sultan, with whose +Leave they settled a Factory in the City, where they left Officers, +who under the name of Trade, were more absolute Masters of it than +the Natives. They dispers'd to gather in the Clove for the Goods they +brought to Barter; and on the 21st. of August dispatch'd their Ships, +loaded with that Spice, and with those Nuts they call of Molucco, +and excellent Preserves of them both. In these Ships went Embassadors +to Queen Elizabeth, and to the Prince of Orange, carrying Presents +suitable to those Persons, of the most valuable Things in India. They +were order'd to offer the Queen his Kingdome in Vassalage, and his +Friendship to the Prince of Orange. The Advantage of these Embassies +afterwards appear'd; yet he did not on that Account give any hopes +of Restoring Christianity; for besides that the Persecution grew +more violent, he had at that time brought over into his Kingdome, +a great number of Arabian and Persian false Prophets, all of them +Mahomet's Priests and Ministers, [Mahometan Preachers at Ternate.] +to strengthen that Sect. Besides, being inform'd by his Spies, That +it was given out in the Philippine Islands, That they would make War +on him that way, and that in Spain the King promis'd the Union of the +two Crowns should produce the Conjunction of their Power and Arms, +for the punishing of disobedient Tyrants, he slighted no Alliance, nor +contemn'd the Weakest Enemy. For this Reason, he gave Entertainment, +and allow'd the planting of Colonies to Europeans, and Leagued with +Idolaters and Mahometans, who hate Spain, as their common Enemy. The +English Ships now frequented India, facilitating the Passage, and +shewing an Example to the French and Dutch, which encourag'd them +all to venture out far from their Countries, and seek for Treasure +in strange ones. + +Sultan Capabaguna did not long enjoy his Liberty at Tydore. He was +[King of Ternate dies.] taken ill at an Entertainment. Some believe he +had a slow Poison given him; because he was very moderate in Eating, +and those motions of his Arms, the gnashing of his Teeth, and losing +of his Senses, which attend the Falling-Sickness, and are Simptoms +of Apoplexies, could not naturally proceed from his Temperate way of +Living; but are always caused by much Excess, which Occasions this +violent Distemper. He came to himself after that first Fit, but his +Vigour wasted, and he linger'd on to the end of his Life. Cachil +Cotta should have Succeeded him, but they were suspicious of his +Correspondence with the Ternates; and they all so openly favour'd his +Brother Cachil Mole, that there was not the least Difficulty made about +the Succession. He often remember'd his Fathers unfortunate Death, and +in Regard that this raging Desire of Revenge, might prove instrumental +for the Recovery of Ternates; as soon as his Unkle Dy'd, which was on +the 24th of April 1599, the Portuguese Commander in Chief, Ruy Gonzalez +de Sequeyrao repair'd to his Palace, and by Means of the Portuguese +[Cachil Mole King of Tydore.] Power and Arms, caused Cachil Mole to be +sworn King, as being a most faithful Friend to his Nation, and no less +an Enemy to the Ternates. He immediatly dispatch'd Captain Palma with +this News to Manila, and with it an Account of the Molucco Islands, +of their Neighbours, and of their Preparations; because they were +then providing in the Philippine Islands for this War, to extirpate +this Receptacle of Sects, where all sorts of Apostasies are admitted, +and particularly the vile Doctrines of Mahomet. Ever since the Year +1555, when the Dutch enter'd those Seas, they have not, till this Time, +ceas'd bringing in Sectaries, and Captains of Pyrates: These Men carry +away the Wealth of Asia, and in Lieu of it leave behind them that false +Doctrine, which renders the Conversion of so many Souls Fruitless. + +The Forgetfulness, or Contempt the Governours of India show'd for +[Moluccos slighted at Goa.] the Molucco Islands, seem'd fatal; +since they refus'd, or with-held the usual Succours, abandoning the +Commanders, and Forts, for so many Years, as if they had not been in +the World. This was not remedy'd by the Union of the Crowns of Spain +and Portugal; on the contrary, the great Success of the Adelantado, +or Lord Lieutenant Legaspe, in the Islands Luzones, which he call'd +Philippines, being known in Spain, King Philip the IId. thought fit +as we shall soon see, that the Molucco Islands, and Parts adjacent, +whither he was Zealous to send Evangelical Preachers, should be +sensible of the Advantage of his Neighbouring Empire. This was [Relief +order'd from the Philippines, and why.] speedily order'd, and tho' +the Effects were not sutable, by Reason of the many Accidents great +Undertakings are liable to, yet Time has shown how convenient it was +to fix that Resolution. For the better understanding of the Reasons +on which it was grounded; since one of them proceeded from the various +Disposition, Qualities, and Interests of the Nations throughout those +Seas and Lands; it will be absolutely necessary in this Place to make +them known, before we come to Particulars. + +[Description of China.] The Country of the Sinæ, whom we call +Chineses, is the uttermost of the Continent of Asia. On the East +and South it is encompass'd by the Ocean, which the Ancients call'd +Sericus. On the West, it reaches to the Borders of the farther India; +and on the North to those of the Massagetes and Scythians. Their +Ancient Annals, Writings and Traditions informs us, that the Chineses +extended their Empire much further. This is verify'd by the Remains +of sumptuous Structures; and not only in Ruins, wherein their former +Magnificence is still apparent, but even in Cities, which Time has +preserv'd, tho' not inhabited, and yet to be seen in the Provinces +they have excluded their Limits. There are many which take there +Denomination, and own their Original from China. For that immense +Empire finding it self labouring under its own Power, and overburden'd +with its Magnitude, like a judicious Patient, to prevent more Harm, it +breath'd the Veins, and brought down the Redundancy of the Body. The +same we read the Carthagenians did, when in the like Condition, and +for the same Reasons. It confin'd it self to a narrower Compass, +proportionable to the Extent of humane Providence, that so their +Prince's Light might reach to shine over, and be communicated to them; +which cannot be, when the Circumference is too great for the Darting +of the Beams. They publish'd indispensable Decrees against such as +go out [Chineses contract their Empire.] of China, without leave +from the Magistrates. They abandon'd vast Provinces, which being left +expos'd to Tyranny, and Infidelity, after tedious Wars, submitted to +the most Potent. Hence the Kings of India took their Original, being +oblig'd never to lay down their Arms, nor keep any Faith, so to support +themselves one against another, till a greater Power subdues them. + +[15 Kingdoms in China.] In China they reckon 15 maritime Kingdoms, +or Provinces of an extraordinary Extent, with each its Metropolis, +or Capital; the rest are up the Inland. The most part of it lies +within temperate Climates, and receives into its pure and open +Bosome the Sun's vital Rays, having a healthful, and serene pleasant +air. This favourable Disposition renders it so fruitful, [Fertility, +Air, Populousness.] that it yearly yields two or three crops. The +great Industry of the Tillers, is a considerable Addition to its +Fertility. The Number of them is infinite, being a People that daily +multiply exceedingly, because they are forbid going into foreign +Countries. Neither is any among such a numerous Multitude of Men +allow'd to live idle. Idleness is not only exposed [Idleness punish'd.] +to private Contempt, and the Scoffs of Neighbours, but punish'd +by publick Custome and Law. Thus the Peasants leave not the least +Spot of Ground untill'd. The Hills and deep Bottoms produce Vines +and Pine-Trees; the Plains, Rice, Barley, Wheat, and other common +Grain. Tho' they do not press the Grapes for the Wine, as we do, yet +they keep them [Product, Tea.] to eat; and of the Herb call'd Chia, +they make a wholesome hot Liquor. This they drink, as do the Japoneses, +and it preserves them from Colds, Head-Aches, Rheums in the Eyes, +and makes them live long and healthy. Some Parts of the Country want +Olive-Trees, but they are not destitute of other Plants, which yield +a Liquor to anoint them. There is a perpetual Abundance of Pasture, +Fruits, Flowers, and all Products of Gardens. [Rivers, Ports, &c.] +There are many Navigable Rivers, carrying Ships of great Burden, +and full of excellent Fish; the Banks cover'd with perpetual Greens, +spacious Harbours, and a Trade in them of all Things necessary for +humane Life. The Fowl are of various colour'd Feathers, and pleasant +and nourishing to eat; great Numbers of large Deer; vast Lakes, Woods +and Mountains, and Mines of Gold, Silver, Iron, and other Metals; +besides Pearls and precious Stones. Its Purcelane, or Earthen Ware, +is not to be imitated in the World; and it affords rich Furs against +the Cold, Silks, Wooll, Cotton, and Flax; nor is there any End of its +Sugar, Honey, Amber, Vermilion, and Lake. Musk, whereof no mention +is found among Greek and Latin Authors, is more plentiful in China +than in other Parts. + +The People are most passionately addicted to Delight, and +Lasciviousness. [The People.] They alone always sell all Things; +they buy nothing that Nature or Art affords, either for Sustenance, +or Cloathing, except some Perfumes for their Cloaths, and Pepper +out of India; nor would there be any Place for Foreign Trade, +did not an insatiable Avarice of Gold and Silver predominate among +the Chineses. What they draw out of the Bowels of the Mines, they +conceal as carefully as if it were still in them; and even that they +bring from remote Provinces, they heap up, and bury. Their publick +and private Structures would make up a Narration of extraordinary +Length. We are told of 200 Cities of an extraordinary Magnitude, +[Cities.] and many more of inferior Degree, besides Towns, Castles, +and Villages, containing above 3000 Families each, built of Bricks made +of the same Clay as our Purcelane, or China Ware, and these encompass'd +with continu'd Woods, Springs and Rivers. In all these there are Towers +with stately Pinnacles, Pleasure-Houses, and Temples, tho' hideously +painted, yet costly, with Variety of deform'd Images, through which the +Devils give their Answers. But these are not in all Parts, for many +of them know no God, nor Religion. Life, they say, was from Eternity +common to, and alike in all living Creatures. That at first Men drank +[Barbarous Opinions.] humane Blood, and eat raw Meat. That afterwards +the Use of Reason provided for Necessity, and Pleasure; inventing +the Ways of dressing, and seasoning Meat at the Fire, in Vessels +and other Utensils. The same, they say, happen'd in Regard to Man's +Nakedness. So that Man is indebted to himself alone for what he enjoys, +and therefore whosoever lay'd on him the Burden of Religion, and the +owning of a Cause Superior to Nature, only aim'd at the dejecting +him, and exercising a Tyranny over his Liberty. With these impious +Notions, and destructive Atheism, they oppose their Eternal Salvation, +which our Arms, and our Preachers invite them to. They only regard +Generation; but not without Distinction. Lawful Matrimony entitles +Women to be Mistresses of their Families. The Matrons [Chastity.] +value themselves upon being highly Chast. Concubines are kept in Houses +apart. They do not want for Plays, and such Representations; and they +delight in seeing their Traditions, whether true or fabulous, acted +on the Stage. They use Entertainments, and have Tables and Chairs of +Ebony, and other precious Materials; as also Shipping, Shows, Carts, +Horse-Litters, and the Exercise of Arms, and Riding. + +[Customs, and Manners.] It were no difficult Matter to give an +Account here of their private Customs and Manners, were they to our +Purpose. Something shall be said of the Publick and Political, for the +better Understanding of some Things that happen'd in the Philippine +Islands, from whence the Recovery of the Moluccos, in our Times, +had its Beginning. They call their great [Government.] Men Loyties, +from among whom the King chuses his Judges and Counsellors. There is +almost an infinite Number of inferiour Magistrates, who exercise the +Regal Power and Authority, even in the most inconsiderable Cases. In +every Town there are five, that have the greatest Power, and these are +Strangers in the Place, that they may be free from Partiality. [Tutan +a Viceroy.] The Head of them all, is call'd Tutan, being the same +as a Viceroy in [Poncasio.] Europe. The next in Dignity is the +Poncasio, who has Charge of the King's Taxes, and Royal Treasure, +with a great Number of Clerks, and other [Ancasio.] Officers; and +he pays all Salaries and Pensions. Next follows the Ancasio, [Aitan.] +who is chief Justice, in Criminal Cases of Consequence. The Aitan has +the Inspection of all Martial Affairs, he musters the Armies, builds +the Ships, and his principal Duty is to observe the Guards, that no +Stranger [Luitisio.] may pass into the Inland Country. The Luitisio +is next to the Aitan in Dignity, and is to be expert in War, in which +he is employ'd by the Aitan. I know there are other Magistrates, +and their Names and Dignities, which I must pass over in Silence. All +of them except the Luitisio, keep great State. There are ten chosen +Persons of the Council, tho' not equal in Authority. Five of them sit +on the Right, the others on the Left. The King often thrusts in among +the Judges and Parties in Disguize, to pry into the Causes, and their +Decisions, and be certainly inform'd of both. When he thinks fit, he +sometimes makes himself known; and the Moment he discovers himself, +they all stand Mute, full of Respect and Astonishment, listening to +what he shall command. Then he commends or reproves either Party, and +rewards, or punishes before he [Mandarines.] departs the Court. His +Mandarines, and Prime Ministers are so highly respected, that no Man +dares look them in the Face, and they always look so Stern, that it +would be thought a great Disorder to lose the least of their Gravity, +tho' it were but with a modest Smile. This they observe, when they +pass thro' the Streets, in Sight of the People. The greatest Honour +among them is to wear a Cymiter with a gold Pommel, and a yellow Hat. + +When the President of the Council Dies, the eldest Judge succeeds +him. [Judges.] These go Circuits thro' the Provinces, and reform +Abuses, and all of them wear the King's Badge on their Shoulders, +and Breasts, being a Golden Dragon wove in the Cloth. When they go +these Progresses, they save, or lessen the Charge by circumscribing the +State. When first elected, at their taking Possession of their Posts, +they generally go out attended by Troops of Horse and Foot, with all +Sorts of Musick, and Splendour. Their Pomp appears in the Hanging, +and other Ornaments of the Streets and Houses. All the expence of +Law Suits, Courts, and other Perquisites is allow'd out of the King's +Exchequer. The Mandarines are Governors, and Viceroys. In China there +are no Dukes, Marquesses, or Earls, nor do they own any Dignity, +but what is deriv'd from the King's Authority. Though in the Parts +next to Scythia, or Tartary, some People are Mahometans; yet in all +[Religion.] others they are either Idolaters, or look upon the Notion +of a God as a meer Jest. They believe the Life and Death of Men and +Beasts are alike. There is nothing they are more attentive to, than +the obstructing of any foreign Religion, and this under the politick +Pretence, that they are jealous of Innovation. But above all they +oppose the true Religion, hating that they know nothing of; and are +as much afraid of it, as if its Ministers went arm'd to preach it, +and with the Noise of Drums, and Trumpets, and regular Armies. They +are frighted at a few bare-foot, and almost naked Men who profess +Poverty, and preach up Morality, and supernatural Virtues, grounded +on Humility and Peace. They have such an Aversion for them, that +were it proper to our Subject, or were there not printed Relations +thereof already, we would recount several Instances, to show their +unreasonable Hatred. Hence may be inferr'd, how much more Need of +the special Grace of Heaven these Nations stand in, with those in the +Neighbourhood, which are expos'd to the Infection and Danger of their +Obstinacy. The Reader ought also to consider, that tho sometimes, the +Avarice, and other Crimes of our Commanders, and Soldiers interfere +with the Preaching of the Gospel, yet their Offences do not lessen +the Iustice of the Cause. He is also to reflect, that, allowing his +Majesty, for weighty Reasons of State should, as we have said was +propos'd, resolve to abandon those Parts of Asia, as the Chineses +did, and circumscribe the Compass of his Monarchy; yet the Cause +of Religion would not permit it. Our Kings are its Ministers, and +Sons of the Catholick Church, and any War made for the Propagation +of the Gospel, is of the greatest Consequence, and highly gainful, +tho' it be to acquire, or recover desert Provinces. Besides that the +Philippine Islands have shown us how tractable their Natives are, and +how much they improve with the Example, and Society of the Spaniards, +and how affectionately they have imbrac'd the Faith, and assist the +Religious Men, who dilate, and carry it over into China, Japan, +Camboxa, Mindanao, the Moluccos, and other Islands, where still +Idolatry continues, or the Friendship with the Devils left them +by their antient Masters, when they excluded them their Dominions, +or else the Mahometan Fictions, which they have since imbrac'd. + +This is the Principal End of keeping those Provinces; and the Revenues +and Wealth which is consum'd upon them, and several others, are laid +out upon the Forces, and Preparations Spain makes for the Preaching +and Security of the Ministers of the Church. Besides, that as Times +have alter'd, [Rumours of Chinese Invasions.] so they have often in +China chang'd their Opinion, and show'd they repented their having +diminish'd their Empire. No Year passes over with out Threats of +Chinese Armies; of their Listing Men; of building Ships; of their +solemn consecrating, or dedicating them to their carv'd Gods, or to +the Sun, Moon, and Stars, which are ador'd in some Parts, begging +Success in their vain Prayers against the Spaniards, who are possess'd +of those Countries they abandon'd, thro' their own Indiscretion. This +short Account of the Chineses, or Sangleys, is here inserted, for the +better understanding of those Actions we shall soon treat of. They +not only oppose the Truth; but tho' they are wholly addicted to their +Interest, and Slaves to Gain, and tho' it be so absolutely requisite +for the attaining of those Ends through their Industry and Trade, +to maintain Amity with their Neighbours, yet there is nothing less +to be reliy'd on than their Faith, or to give it a more proper Name, +their Dissimulation. Happy those People, if when China withdrew its +Dominion, it had also with drawn the Errors of its Worship. + + + The End of the Fourth Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK V. + + +The Islands Luzones, or Manilas, which are both of them antient Names, +having been discover'd by Magellan; after his Death, and various +Accidents befallen his Companions, Sebastian [Sebastian Cano the +first that sail'd round the World.] Cano return'd to Spain in that +renowned Ship, call'd the Victory, as it were to express her Voyage, +which is not so likely as true. Sebastian Cano, was born in the Town +of Guetaria, on the Pyrenean Mountains, as we are told by Massæus, +in his Latin History, where he extols Cano's mighty Resolution, +and skill in the Art of Navigation. He tell us with what Respect and +Admiration all Men look'd on him, as the first that went round this +Globe, which is the Habitation of Mortals. And in Truth what value +shall we henceforward put upon the Fabulous Argonauts, Tiphys, Jason, +and all other Sailers, so much celebrated by the Greek Eloquence, +or Vanity, if compar'd with our Cano? He was the first Witness of +the Communication of the two Seas, to whom Nature disclos'd what +she had till then reserv'd for his Discovery, suffering herself to +be entirely lay'd open, as a Beginning of such Bold Enterprizes of +that Law which serves, and renders us Immortal. + +[Islands Lusones call'd Philippines.] Magellan being dead, the islands +Lusones, which ought to have inherited his Name for being his Place +of Burial, as the Streight did for his discovering and passing it, +in the year 1565, chang'd theirs for that of Philippines, tho' those +of that Eastern Archipelago bear the same. The Adelantado, or Lord +Lieutenant Michael de Legaspe, sent from New-Spain, by the Viceroy Don +Lewis de Velasco, with a Spanish Fleet arriv'd at these Islands. He +first conquer'd that of Zebu, and its Neighbours, where he spent six +[Legaspe the first Conqueror.] Years. These Islands, as there are +several Names given to divers of those Parts, are call'd Pintados, +because then the Indians went naked, and their Bodies wrought and +painted of several Colours. He left a Garrison there, [Luzon Island +subdu'd.] and went over to possess himself of Luzon, 150 Leagues +from Zebu. He fought the Barbarians, who after the first Surprize, +caus'd by our Arms, Ships, and Countenances, differing from theirs, +was over, were encourag'd by that very Novelty. Legaspe ran into a +Bay, four Leagues over at the Mouth, where is an Island now call'd +Marivelez. The Bay runs thirty Leagues up to the City Manila, and is +eight Leagues over, lying North-West, and South-East. The Inhabitants +of this City oppos'd him with more Bravery than the Pintados; because +they had Cannon, and a Fort, but as soon as they saw that taken by +the Spaniards, they submitted. This was done so expeditiously that +the Country had not time to come in; and thus he enter'd Manila, +a Place strong by Nature. At a Point of it, which is shut in by the +Waters of the Bay, a considerable River empties it self, which rises +in the Great Lake call'd Vay, five Leagues Distant. This Point which +at first is narrow and sharp, presently widens, because the Sea-coast +runs away to the South South-East, and the River West, leaving a most +[Manila City.] spacious Spot for the City, which is all encompass'd +with Water, except that part which lyes to the South-West. Legaspe then +built it of Wood, whereof there is great plenty in those parts. The +Roofs he cover'd, or Thatch'd with the Leaves of Nipa, which is like +our Sedge, or Sword-Grass, and a sufficient Fence against the Rains; +but a Combustible Matter, and the occasion of Great Conflagrations, +which have often hapned. + +[Luzon Island describ'd.] Luzon is more Populous than any of the +other Islands, which in Honour of King Philip the Second, were call'd +Philippines, and which some affirm are in Number 11000. The Compass +of Luzon is 350 Leagues. It runs without the Bay 100 Leagues to +the Northward, as far as New Segovia; and from where this Province +commences, which is at Cape Bojador, and 70 Leagues from it, turns +to the Eastward, to the Promontory del Enganno; from thence along +the Coast to the South, 80 Leagues; then turning again to that +they call Embocadero, or the Mouth, being the Streight against +the Island Tandaya, 40 Leagues, and this is 80 from the Bay. So +that it bears the shape of a Square, and in it several Bays, and +few good Harbours. It lyes in 160 Degrees Longitude, reckoned from +the Canaries, the Southermost Part in 14 Degrees of North Latitude, +and the Northermost in 19. On that Side of it lyes China, separated +from it by the Sea 60 Leagues over; and the Islands of Japan, 250 +Leagues distant. On the East is the Vast Ocean; on the South is the +greatest of all the Archipelagos, divided into five, and those again +rent into so many Islands, Kingdoms, and Provinces, as if Nature +had resolv'd that Man should never determine their Number. The most +known are the two Javas, our Moluccos, Borneo, and New Guinea. On the +West of Luzon, at 300 Leagues, and greater Distances, lye Malaca, +Siam, Patan, Camboxa, Cochin-china, and several other Provinces on +the Continent of Asia. The Chineses forsook their Habitations in our +Philippine Islands, but not the Trade. Neither did the Worship they +had introduc'd cease, nor their Fertility. [Product, and Trade.] +They produce plenty of Corn, and other necessary Grain; Deer, Cows, +Buffaloes, Goats, and Wild Boars; Fruit, and Sweets; and if any be +wanting the Chincheo Chineses bring it, as they do Porcelane, and +Silks. The Wine they use, and always drank, is drawn from the Palm, or +rather Coco Trees, cutting off the Clusters of the Fruit they produce, +when Green, and taking off the Nipples of them, they gather the Water +that runs from them, and Boil it in Jars, till it becomes so strong, +that it makes Men drunk, in the same manner as the strongest Spanish +Wine. Of its Natural Growth, the Island has Oranges, Lemmons, and +most delicious Citrons; of Spanish Fruit, Figs, and Pears. There +are Numerous Breeds of Sparrow-Hawks, [Birds.] Birds like small +Herons, and Eagles, besides sundry Sorts of Parrots, and other large +and small Fowl. In the Rivers and Lakes there are many Monstrous +Crocodils, or Alligators. These easily kill the Indians, [Alligators.] +and especially Boys, who happen unadvisedly to come where they are, +and the Cattle that goes into the Water to drink. It often happens, +they lay hold of their Snouts, or Noses, and draw them under Water, +where they are drown'd, without being able to defend themselves; +then they drag the Carcass to the Shore, and devour it. An Alligator +being kill'd a whole Buffaloes Head has been found some times in the +Belly, and yet in that Country they are as big as the largest Ox in +Spain. The Alligators lay Eggs as the Tortoises do, about the bigness +of Goose-Eggs, and so hard that they will scarce break, tho' struck +against a Stone with main Force. They are Hatch'd by burying in the +Sand, near the edge of the Water; the moisture whereof, with the Heat +of the Sun forms the young Ones. There are some Indians so brave, that +as fierce as these Creatures [How the Indians fight the Alligators.] +are, they kill them with their Hands. They arm the left up to the Arm +with a Glove of Buffalo's Hide. They hold in it a Stick, or small +Stake, somewhat above a Foot long, and as thick as a Man's Wrist, +and sharpned at both Ends, with which they go into the Water up to +the Waste: The Crocodile makes up to the Indian, gaping to swallow +him, and he holding out his Arm that is arm'd, and the Hand with the +Stake in it, for the Monster to bite at, claps it across his Mouth, +so that he cannot shut it, or make use of his Teeth to hurt him. The +Alligator feeling the hurt of the sharp pointed Stick, is so dismayed +that he neither makes resistance, nor offends, nor dares so much as +move, because the least strugling gauls him. Then the Indian holding +fast the Stake, with a Ponyard he has in his other Hand, Wounds the +Creature so often about the Gills, till it bleeds to Death. Then +he drags it ashore with Ropes and Noozes, many Indians joyning +to draw, and there is need of many, considering the Bulk of those +Crocodiles. They are shap'd like Lizards, but arm'd with such strong +Shells, that a Musket-shot makes little Impression on them, and they +are scarce to be hurt, but only about the Gills, and under their short +Legs, where Nature has plac'd a sort of sweet Odour, which the Indians +make their Advantage of. These Islands, besides the Cattel, produce +all that is found in Africk, as Tygers, Lions, Bears, Foxes, Monkeys, +[Beasts.] Apes, Squirrels, and some of them Abundance of Civet-Cats, +which are much Hunted, in order to be sent into several Countries, +with other Commodities of China; Callicoes, Silks, Porcelane, Iron, +Copper, Steel, [Commodities.] Quicksilver, and many more Yearly +Transported from those Countries. The Religion and Government is +now the same as in Spain; but in those which are not yet subdu'd, +they follow an Extravagant Idolatry; believing the Soul Immortal, +but wandering from one Body to another, according to that ridiculous +Transmigration invented or published by Pythagoras. They are much +addicted to Trade, and forwarded in it by the Commerce with China. The +Philippine People are braver than their Neighbours; the Spaniards +and their Breed do not degenerate from their Original. + +An Army was now forming of all these Sorts of People, by Order of the +King, to attempt recovering the Forts of the Moluccos. Don Ronquillo +de Pennalosa was then Governour there; and tho' he had receiv'd some +Intelligence [Ronquillo's Preparations for the Moluccos.] brought him +thence by Spies and Traders, yet not satisfy'd with it, he sent thither +another Soldier. He disguised himself, and being like the Natives +in Countenance, and speaking their Language to Perfection, got to +Tydore. He found our People very earnest to forward that Enterprize, +and that King ready to support it with all his Power. Thence he +pass'd over to Ternate, among Merchants, where he view'd the Forts, +the Shoals of the Harbours; observ'd their Correspondence with the +English, and took notice how they Landed, and Traded in all Safety, +or rather with Authority. Nor was he unacquainted with the Numbers +of conceal'd Christians, who would take up Arms when a seasonable +Opportunity was offer'd, or any other Particular, which belong'd to a +Judicious Spy to enquire into. Hereupon Ronquillo gather'd about 300 +Spaniards, and above 1500 Natives [The Forces sent under Sarmiento.] +of the Philippines, with Ammunition, Provisions, and Seamen, and at +the proper Season sent them for the Moluccos in three Great Ships, +and a considerable Number of Small Ones. Peter Sarmiento, a brave +and experienc'd Officer, still living in those Islands, when this +was writ, went as General. He had Courage, and Force to destroy any +of the Enemies that then frequented those Seas. His Majesty had some +time before bestow'd the Government of Ternate, if it were Conquer'd, +on Paul de Lima; and [Paul de Lima rich in the Moluccos.] allow'd +his Brother Francis de Lima to make two Voyages to the Moluccos, in +Consideration of their Services, and those of Henry their Father. Paul +was Marry'd to a Christian, and devout Lady, tho' a Kinswoman to +the King of Ternate, who was not so. For this Reason, and because +he had been possess'd in Ternate, of the ancient Inheritance of the +Villages of Guita, Mofaquia, Mofaguita, Pavate, Pelveri, Sansuma, +Takane, Mayloa, and Soma; and in the Island of Machian of Sabele, +Talapao, Talatoa, Mofabonana, Tabaloga, Tagono, Bobaba, and Molapa; +and in Regard the King of Ternate, had expell'd him most of them, +as also of Bitua in Tydore, and several other Places, he went over +to Manila, as a Banish'd Man, where he confer'd with the Governour, +about the means of facilitating the Conquest, just before it was put +in Execution. His Advice was of use, and he gave it, as one so nearly +concern'd; for besides the Inheritance the King of Ternate wrongfully +with-held from him, he hop'd to recover the Island of Moutil, which +belong'd to his Forefathers. The Enterprize was farther Authoriz'd +by the Presence of Don John Ronquillo, [Don John Ronquillo joyn'd +with Sarmiento.] the Governour's Nephew, who had equal Power with +Sarmiento, both by Sea and Land. If any thing was wanting, they +thought the Defect would easily be supply'd by the Valour of the +Soldiers, the Celerity of the Passage, and the Enemies Surprize; +but the divided Command was an Obstacle to their Hopes. + +The Weather prov'd not very cross, yet neither was it so favourable, +as that they could come directly to anchor at Ternate, as would have +been most convenient to deceive the Watchfulness of the Enemy. They +arriv'd at Moutil, and fought a Parcel of Janguas in Sight of +Land; which [Spaniards arrive at and take Moutil.] were taken, +and the Christians in them set at Liberty. Paul de Lima being well +acquainted with the Bays, and there being no sufficient Force in the +Island to withstand a Fleet, it easily submitted, when attack'd in +several Parts. The Natives came out with Palm, Citron, and Clove-Tree +Branches, in Token of Peace, and to beg Pardon. Both were granted, +and Paul de Lima appointed their Lord, tho' his New Dominion turn'd +to little Account, for within a few Days, all the People slipp'd +away, either because they thought themselves safer at Ternate, or +to meet the Enemy, who of Necessity must carry the War over into +that Island, as it happen'd. Here Sarmiento refitted the Ships, and +being over-joy'd with this Success, [Sarmiento in Ternate.] obtain'd +without the Loss of one Man, arriv'd at Talangame, passing amidst +the Enemies Carcoas, which they had fitted out in a Hurry. The King +expected him long before in the Fort, well furnish'd with our Cannon, +particularly the Bastion they had enlarg'd, and call'd Cachil Tulo, +from the King's Uncle, who made it, and these Preparations seem'd to +threaten any Disaster. Our Men landed on that Side, and were oppos'd +by the Ternates; but Night put an End to the Fight, and both Parties +retiring to their Fastnesses, our Cannon was landed, and planted in +the Place, and after such Manner as Paul de Lima directed, and ever +since he commanded it in the Fort of Tydore. The King of this Island +was willing to joyn our Camp, as had appear'd by some of his Actions, +and his Promises to the Ensign Duennas; but he mistrusted the Fortune +of the Spaniards, as if he [King of Tydore dubious.] had not had +sufficient Experience of it. The Opportunity and Fidelity now invited +him, and yet he forbore; his Doubtfulness is thought to have been +prejudicial to the Success. Sarmiento having planted his Cannon, +intrench'd himself, and taking some Prisoners, of whom he learn'd +what Provisions and Amunition the Besieged had, began to press on, +and batter them furiously; yet they were not discourag'd, but answer'd +boldly. It was found convenient to possess the upper Grounds, which +over-looking the Place, tho' they have been since levell'd, our Men +much incommoded the Enemy, and had they continu'd it, that would have +put an End to the War. However there was so much Sickness in the Camp, +that no Remedy [Fort of Ternate batter'd.] was found against it, +but going off so to save themselves for a more favourable Season. The +Succours which came as Duties from Tydore, were very inconsiderable; +the Allies were cold, and all Things weak; what other Causes there +were Heaven knows. It is likely there were some of [The Siege raised.] +more Moment, for in short the Army broke up, and reimbark'd for Manila, +without doing any thing but adding to the Enemies Resolution. + +At that Time, only the English Nation disturb'd the Spanish +Sovereignty in those Eastern Parts; for this Reason, King Philip was +desirous, not only for the present to curb them by Force of Arms, +but to make them an Example to all other Nations, that they might +not spread themselves abroad to attempt such Invasions, as we are +Eye-Witnesses to. This Work was undertaken in the Year 1588, but +first happen'd what we are now to [State of Affairs in Europe.] +relate. Queen Elizabeth of England, after a tedious Imprisonment, +beheaded Mary Stuart, Queen of Scotland, for some Politick Reasons, +or Fictions. The then King of Scotland, and since of England also, +Son to the Martyr, arm'd his People, strengthen'd his Garrisons, +and invaded the Dominions of the Enemy, who had caus'd him to be +Motherless; and more particularly the Marches about the River Tweed, +and those of Anandale, water'd by the River Solway. The Queen call'd +Home the Earl of Leicester, who was in Holland, appointed him General, +and War broke out in all those Northern Provinces, with apprehensions +of greater to ensue. [Queen Elizabeth's Practices.] After many Events, +which do not belong to this Place, Queen Elizabeth strengthned her +Alliance with the Dutch, encouraging those Provinces to persist in +their Disobedience to the Church, and to King Philip, and advising +them, since the King had forbid them trading in all the Rest of +his Dominions, to go over into India, there to raise Commotions, +and rob him of the Spice. The more safely to compass her Designs, +she supported the Flemmings Obstinacy, flattering herself with the +Hopes of a new Monarchy, for the acquiring whereof, she propos'd to +make use of the Wealth yearly brought from the North and South Seas, +for Spain, the Robbing of which had already made an Addition to her +Power; as also of the Factories erected for Trade in the Moluccos, +Banda, Sumatra, Ceylon, and the two Javas; where she kept Garrisons, +in order to convert the Friendship into Sovereignty. + +King Philip, whose great Soul ever entertain'd both Forbearance, and +[King Philip's mighty Fleet.] Counsel, resolv'd to cut off the Heads +of this Hydra at the Neck they all sprung from. He gather'd, for the +Conquest of England, the mightiest Fleet that has been seen on the +Ocean in our Days. Twenty Thousand fighting Men were put aboard tall +Ships, besides 9000 Sailors, with 1730 Pieces of Cannon, Abundance +of Ammunition, and Pikes and Fire-Arms for the Catholicks, who it +was hop'd, as soon as they saw the Spanish Colours, would joyn our +Army. Don Alonso Perez de Guzman, Duke of [And Army against England.] +Medina Sidonia commanded in Chief, and was to joyn the Prince of Parma, +then Governour of Flanders, who had Commission to raise another Army +of 30000 Horse and Foot, with the Necessary Provisions and Ammunition, +which he was to transport at a fit Season to that Point of England, +where the Thames falls into the Sea, to march thence to London, +and there Arm the Catholicks. But it was first requisite to beat the +English at Sea, where they were then powerful, and well acquainted with +the proper Times to sail and keep at Home. At the least they were to +be terrify'd, that they might not dare to obstruct the Passage of the +Troops, the Prince of Parma had in readiness at Dunkirk and Newport, +or hinder their embarking, when the Spanish Fleet should come thither +to waft them over. This Fleet sail'd from Lisbon on the 19th of May, +1588, and as soon as out [They suffer by Storms.] suffer'd much by +the Weather, so that three Gallies were cast away, on the Coast of +Bayonne. Abundance of the powder blew up; and the General was oblig'd +to return to Corunna, to refit; whence he could not get out till the +2d of July. + +Being come into 48 Degrees of Latitude, he sent away Don Lewis de +Guzman to give Advice to the Prince of Parma, and on the last of the +same [Arrive at the Lizard.] Month arriv'd himself at the Lizard, +in Cornwall, where he lay by, and was certainly inform'd, that +all the Enemy's Ships, being fifty in number, lay in Plymouth. The +English Admiral at Break of Day discover'd ours, [Spanish Shiptaker.] +and tho' he wanted neither Strength, nor Experience in Sea Affairs, he +resolved to draw off and avoid ingaging, but his Ships being lighter +incommoded us in the Rear. In the Catholick Fleet, a great Ship of +Guipuscoa blew up, and another of Andaluzia spent her Main-Mast, in +which Distress, two English Ships attacking her, and those afterwards +seconded by others, in one of which Sir Francis Drake was, they took +her. There Don Pedro de Valdes, a Spanish Commander of known Valour, +and then Lieutenant General, was made Prisoner, with whom they sent +to Plymouth, a great Quantity of Crown Pieces, and fifty Great +Guns. About 400 Spaniards were kill'd, and taken. On the 2d and +4th of August, the Lord Howard, and Drake joyn'd their Squadrons, +some write they had an hundred Sail, all well Mann'd, and light, +with which they infested ours, which were heavy, and encumber'd, +particularly the Portuguese Galleon, call'd the S. John, being the +greatest in the Fleet, and in it were John Martinez de Recalde, the +Count de Paredes, the Marques de la Favara, and other Commanders +of Note. However they got to the Isle of Wight, whence the Duke +sent away two Messengers to the Prince of Parma, who was then at +Brussels, desiring he would furnish him with Powder and Ball, for +the Defence of the Fleet, and imbark what Troops he had ready. But +he, either prevented by invincible Obstacles, or for other Reasons, +which have left that Princes Reputation [Disappointment of the Fleet.] +expos'd to Censures, mov'd so slowly, that what had been so maturely +concerted took no Effect. The Enemy boasting, that the Sea and Winds +had fought against us, in Vindication, as they said of their Cause, +made publick Rejoycings, firing their Cannon; and soon after the Queen +put forth a Proclamation to the same Effect, against which a certain +English Religious Man writ learnedly, by the Name of Andrew Philopator. + +The Dutch who were in Confederacy with Queen Elizabeth, seeing this +Success, were encourag'd to aspire to greater Matters, renouncing +their Religion, and their Sovereign, attempting to usurp the Treasures +of the East, [The Dutch aspire.] Mines, Spice, Drugs, and Silks, +as appears by their bold Voyages, wherein they have endeavour'd to +follow the fresh Examples of the English, and the ancient set them +by Columbus, Albuquerque, Magellan, Gama, and Cortes, as we shall see +hereafter. But, both they and the English, if they try the Justice of +their Cause by the Success of that Fleet, must be oblig'd to prefer +the Cause of the Gentiles, when God for his Secret Judgments permitted +his own chosen People to be over-thrown. Destruction is more glorious +than Prosperity; and a religious Soul will rather chuse to be cast +down than Victorious, if an angry God is to give it the Victory. + +After this Santiago de Vera govern'd the Philippine Islands, and by +special Order, arm'd against Ternate, where the English from that +Time traded [Another Expedition from the Philippines.] with all +possible Security. All Nations had settled Factories except the +Javaneses and Lascarines. Above 2500 Mahometans from Mecca preach'd +their Abominations. They fear'd nothing from Portugal, all their +Apprehension was from the Spaniards, who were newly ingag'd to seek +Revenge. The King of Ternate well knew that Sarmiento and Ronquillo +would have taken it, had not Diseases prevented them. When the News +of fresh Preparations came to Tydore, it was carry'd over by Spies to +Ternate. That King presently call'd together his Subjects, especially +the Islanders of Machian and Homer, who came in 40 Carcoas, because +their Islands were very populous. The Number had been greater, but +that the [King of Ternate prepares.] King would not suffer more +to be fitted out than he demanded, for he could not conceal his +Fear that they would rebel, those Parts being full of Christians, +and the Taxes he laid on the People intolerable. Santiago de Vera +appointed John Morones General, who wanted not for Conduct, nor his +Men for Valour, nor the Fleet for Cannon and Ammunition. But whether +Natural Ambition, or any other Accident was the Occasion of it, there +were such Divisions among them, that they had sufficient Grounds to +mistrust the Event, before they left Manila. They set sail with fair +Weather, and pass'd the greatest Dangers of the Sea, and when they +thought themselves safest, all the Elements seem'd to conspire against +the Fleet. They lost the Light, and their Reckning, the Vessels were +shatter'd, and the greatest of [Spanish Fleet loses a great Galleon.] +them sunk, and all the Men lost. This was the Galleon S. Hellen, +which carry'd the Guns to batter the Fort, and many other Necessaries +and Stores. For all this, they insisted upon proceeding, and the King +of Bachian assisted them with what Forces he had rais'd, under Colour +of clearing the Sea of some Enemies; and being a Christian baptiz'd, +lamented his departing from our holy Faith, on Account of Persecution, +and promis'd the Restitution of his Soul. + +[Spanish General refuses the best Advice.] The Weather growing calm, +when they were in Sight of Ternate, the Carcoas durst not stand them, +but fled at the first Discharges, which they can do without receiving +any Damage. Therefore the two Kings, and Paul de Lima, advis'd to fall +on in several Places. Ferdinand Boto Machado, Captain of a Galleon, +was of the same Opinion; but the General suspecting the former, +on Account of his Affinity, and the latter for the Friendship he +had lately contracted with the King of Tydore, whom he was not well +satisfy'd with, would not follow their Advice; alledging, That it +was not convenient, by dividing the Forces, to weaken them more than +the Storm [Besieges the Fort of Ternate.] had done. He laid Siege +to the Fort, but the Besieged being acquainted with the Condition +of our Troops, oppos'd all their Assaults courageously, and scoff'd +and laugh'd at the insignificant Batteries. However our Men, whom +the Storms had depriv'd of Necessaries for that Work, vented their +Spleen upon the Javanese. These valu'd themselves upon sallying out to +Skirmish, being distinguishable by their Arms, and manner of drawing +up. The Spaniards handled them so roughly, that they did little more +during the War. Some Months were spent in Fruitless Attempts, and if +they had attack'd the Country, but a Culverine-Shot short of the Fort, +at the Bay of Limathao, and march'd thence to attack the Fort behind, +as the most understanding desir'd, it had been of good Consequence. But +the General Morones, putting all upon Experience without Forecast, +was satisfy'd with fronting next the Sea, doing much Harm, which was +caus'd by that first, and obstinate manner of attacking; and that gave +Way for Succours to go into the Natives, at other landing Places, tho' +thirty Men at a small Distance might have prevented it. This both the +Kings maintain'd, whose Valour, which ought to be commended even in +Enemies, if our General had pleas'd, might have given Success to this +Undertaking. Besides that experience has shown that fifty Spaniards +have done as much upon Occasion, as whole Roman Legions well arm'd +and disciplin'd. + +Morones now perceiving that neither his Arms, nor his Proposals had +[Sends some Men to the other Fort.] any effect upon the Rebels, he +resolv'd to pass over some of his Men against the other Fort, which, +tho' seated on a Ground of difficult Access, seem'd to be pregnable, +because built in Haste, a League from the former on a steep Hill. On +the Land Side of it is the Mountain, and on the Back a Lake, and is +of no use, because it does not defend the City, which is open, and is +[Javanese Ships burnt.] only regarded for being near the old Fort. Our +Men went on chearfully, and the Defendants receiv'd them as well firing +their Cannon, which gave a Check to the Spanish Fury. Those in the +other Fort, tho' they made little use of Fire-Arms, being compell'd +by Necessity, ventur'd to sally out to the Shore. To draw them to +this Resolution, some of our Men on a sudden set Fire to the Junks, +in which a great Number of Javanese Indians had come thither. The +Vessels, which were old blaz'd up, without any Obstruction from those +who guarded them, but they referr'd the Remedy to their Weapons. They +were in all about 3000 fighting Men, 1000 of them had Muskets, whereof +200 were expert at them; the rest neither Pikes, nor Lances, nor any +other long sort of Arms, but only those they call Toranas, about a +Fathom in Length, like Darts, and some like Arrows, which they cast by +main Strength, with Canes and Strings, wherewith they unexpectedly +wound unarm'd Men in Fight; because they fly not out of a Bow, +but are thrown strait forward, or over their Heads. Others had only +their Campilanes, or Cymiters, and Shields. Many of them fought the +more obstinately, confiding in their Coats of Mail, and Head-Pieces, +bought of the Portugueses; but as soon as they clos'd with our Men, +they broke their Order, and lost Courage. This Accident prov'd a very +great Obstacle, because it diverted our Men from their double Design +of pressing both Forts at the same Time, so that the very Commanders +were forc'd to ingage. Morones knew how to behave himself upon all +Occasions, and the Spaniards made such a Slaughter, that almost all +the Javaneses lay upon [Bloody Victory gain'd by the Spaniards.] +the Spot. Those in the Forts had not the Courage to fall in upon +the Rear, tho' they pour'd a Volley upon the Forces of Tydore and +Bachian, but with little Harm. This Victory was not gain'd without +Effusion of Blood, yet they took Heart to hope for one more compleat, +at the Arrival of the Galeon from India, and believ'd that Addition +of Strength would make amends for what they lost in the Storm. + +The Galeon arriv'd at Tydore, better provided to carry on the Trade, +than the War. For this Reason, and because many of our Men were Sick, +or Wounded, Morones was oblig'd to raise the Siege, and dismiss those +Kings, [The Siege rais'd.] to whom he afterwards sent Presents +of Spanish Commodities, some Horses and Silks. It was since known +that tho' the Ternates will endure much Hardship, they were then +so near press'd, that Hunger must have subdu'd them, could our Men +have stay'd a little longer. They embark'd in Sight of the Enemy, +who presently appear'd in the Field rejoycing, with Musick, and other +Tokens of Victory. The Asiatick Traders resorted to their Ports, and +others from Europe, but particularly their new Friends the English, +with whom they communicated the Joy of their Success. + +They never made a good use of Peace and Quietness at Ternate, as +soon as [Notable Practices.] that was now restor'd, the King was +again at Variance with his Unkles; which Fortune so improv'd as +to furnish an Opportunity that might have been advantageous to our +Designs, had not she thwarted it. Cachil Mandraxa was the noblest of +Sultan Aerio's Sons, as born of the Queen they call Putriz, which is +the Chief. His Father would have had him succeed in the Throne, but +was disgusted at a Boldness which does not use to be mislik'd among +Politicians. Cachil Mandraxa was desperately in love with Filola, +his Niece, Daughter to the King his Brother; and that Princes did not +refuse her Unkles Courtship. The Father one Day found them talking +together, in the Apartment reserv'd only for himself; and tho' he +was satisfied their Conversation was within the Bounds of Decency, +took such an Aversion, that he depriv'd him of the Succession. The +illegitimate Nephew Reign'd, against the Will of all the Unkles, who +were near conspiring [Subtilty of the King of Ternate.] to kill him; +but the subtle King knew how to disappoint their Designs, and secure +himself without discovering the Contrivance. He call'd Cachil Mandraxa +to him, and repeating all past Distates, told him, how desirous he +was to remove all manner of Jealousies by a perfect Reconciliation, +which he thought might be done by means of the Princess Filola, and +since there was such a good Correspondence between them, all the Rest +would be easie. However before he gave her to him to Wife, he must +reflect that she was promis'd to the King of Tydore, to whom he was +not willing to administer fresh Causes of War, or to be the Occasion +of interrupting that short Tranquility they enjoy'd. That since all +they discours'd there would remain in their Breasts, he would have him +to take his Advice. Mandraxa was beside himself, with that unexpected +Satisfaction, and yet had he been truly Master of himself, he might +easily have seen thro' the Fraud of that pleasing [His crafty Words.] +Change in his Condition, wherein he found the King so much his Friend, +who but just before had been his Enemy. He thank'd him for the Favour, +and putting his whole Dependance on the Words of his Mouth, desir'd +he would give him the Advice he spoke of. The King answer'd, I have +contriv'd a Way, which will satisfie you, and the King of Tydore will +have no Cause to complain. For the attaining of both these Ends, I +will keep Council, as is requisite, and do you any Night steal away +the Princess, the Way you shall best like, so it be with Regard to +my Reputation, and in all Respects giving such outward Tokens, that +all Men may believe it was open Violence, and no Contrivance, or at +least known to me, I, on my Side, will pretend to be very Angry, and +will complain of the Injury as loudly as is requisite to satisfie the +World of my Innocence. For why should I, Unkle, wish for the Felicities +of this World, but to make them common to our Family? I will retain +the Cares of the Crown, and do you enjoy the Satisfaction the Kingdom +affords. Mandraxa could not forbear Weeping for Joy, he fell down at +his Nephew's Feet and kiss'd them, without disguizing any thing of his +Passion, yet suppressing the Joy of his new Hopes, the best he could, +he found Means to acquaint the Princess, and to appoint the Hour, +Place, and Confidents for exposing herself to be stolen away. + +To this Purpose they pitch'd upon a Garden, which looks out upon +the Sea, adorn'd with its Natural Trees, whence the Ships are seen, +and among them, on the Day prefix'd they spy'd a Carcoa, with all the +Men that Row'd curiously dress'd and they and the Soldiers wearing +Garlands, plainly show'd the Design of their Voyage, tho' they row'd +without the Musick they use to have at other Times. Mandraxa and a +small but brave Number of his Friends landed as silently, and they +after the manner of Talasio, and the [Cachal Mandraxa steals the +Princess Filola.] ancient Romans, when they forc'd away the Sabine +Women, laid Hold of Filola and the Rest, and run them aboard with +all possible Speed, conveying them to a strong Place in the Island, +where having fortify'd himself, like a Soldier, Mandraxa devote +himself to Love. Fame the utter Enemy to Secrecy divulg'd the Fact, +and convey'd it over to the King of Tydore's Ears, with the King of +Ternate's Complaints. He magnify'd the Affront, and every Man spoke +of it, according to his own Notion. The King who had contriv'd it, and +by whose Breath all the Machines of that Tragedy were mov'd assembled +the prime Men of his Kingdom, most of them Enemies to the deluded +Mandraxa, and ask'd their Assistance and Advice in so notorious a +[Base falsehood of the King.] Violence, and pretending extraordinary +Concern. They all Voted to a Man, that it was absolutely necessary to +make such an Example as might deter others from the like. When the +Consultation was over, the King dispatch'd Messengers to his Unkle, +intreating him to repair to Court to stop ill Mouths by fair Means, and +appease the Neighbouring Princes. Cachil Mandraxa made no difficulty +to obey, as well knowing that none of his Actions had been contrary +to the King's Orders. Only the Princess advis'd the Contrary; for tho' +young, as little above 20 years of Age, she was better acquainted with +her Brother, and well knew he never kept his Faith, particularly with +his own Family, and that he could not have any Kindness for them as +being jealous of the Crown. Mandraxa made no Account of all that, +but went to Court, and enter'd the Palace attended by his Family, +and relying on the King's Promise, but more especially on the secret +Mystery of that Affair, known only to them two, Unkle and Nephew. When +he came to kiss the King's Hand, he looking as stern as if he had not +advis'd the stealing of the Princess, said he knew not what Course +to take upon so notorious an Affront offer'd to his Crown and Palace, +but to cut off his Head. Mandraxa thinking at first that had been all +Counterfeit, and according to what had been agreed between them, when +he perceiv'd [He murders Mandraxa.] it was barefac'd falsehood, would +have spoke loud in Defence of his Innocence; but was not permitted, +and the King making a Sign to a Sturdy Black he had prepar'd for that +Action, he drew his Cymiter, and hew'd him down barbarously. The poor +Prince fell, without being reliev'd by any Man; for at that Time his +Brothers Cachil Tulo, and Cachil Sufur were not at Ternate, the former +being Governor, the latter Admiral. Nor did they come to Ternate in a +long Time after, tho' they look Care to protect the Widow Princess, +who was left with Child, and afterwards brought forth Cachil Amida, +who dy'd Young. + +The whole Truth of this Matter was soon known, with all its +Particulars, and Circumstances; and the Cachiles conferring together, +Tulo resolv'd to go over to the Service of King Philip, to which +Purpose, when [The King's Unkles conspire against him.] Duarte Pereyra +was Commander in Chief at Tydore, he went thither to treat with him, +and with Antony de Matos, who went first for the same End to Bachian; +but forasmuch as what was concerted among them, will better appear +by the Letter Cachil Tulo sent from Tydore to the Governour Santiago +de Vera, we will here insert it, translated From the Malaye Language, +by the King's Naguatatos, so they there call the Interpreters. + +[Cachil Tulo's letter to the Governor of the Philipines.] Cachil Babu, +my Brother, late King of Ternate, writ to the King of Portugal, +to desire he would do him Justice, upon a Man, who murder'd his +Father and mine; upon receiving which Satisfaction, he would again +deliver the Fort of Ternate to his Majesty, it being then out of his +Possession, His present Majesty succeeding in the Throne of Portugal, +answer'd my Brother's Letter, by Cachil Naique, his Embassador; but +when he return'd my Brother was dead, which was the Reason we did not +then deliver up the Fort, because a Bastard Son had succeeded him, +being proclaim'd King by the People of Ternate, with the Assistance +of the King of Tydore, tho' he had no Right to it. He would not +perform what his Father had promis'd, and he was oblig'd to; nor +follow the Advice given him by me, and by my Brother Cachil Mandraxa, +the rightful Heir of the Crown; which was that he should deliver up +the Fort, as his Father had promis'd, to the Portuguese; and this, +not because he could not defend himself against them, and his Majesty; +but expresly because his Father, and my Brother had so order'd; for +we did not suppose it could be taken from us by Force of Arms; but we +knew it was his Will to serve his Majesty, by delivering up the Fort +to him. He finding we persisted in this Opinion, resolv'd to murder +my Brother, and his own Unkle, the true Heir of the Crown, cutting +him in Pieces, by the Hands of a Slave, when he came upon his Word, +and had his Security and mine. Wherefore considering the Injustice +of my Nephew upon this Occasion, and that he will not perform what +his Father, my Brother and I promised to his Majesty, I am resolv'd +from this Time forward, to become his Majesty's sincere Subject and +Servant. And I do by these Presents, oblige my self, and swear by my +Law, at I did swear; and do not depart from it, to the Father Vicar +Antony Ferreyra, to give all my Help and Assistance, towards the +taking of the Fort, with all my Kindred and Friends, till it shall be +in the Possession of his Majesty's Commander, or whosoever shall come +with the Portugueses, or Spaniards that attend him; upon Condition, +that the Commander, or Commanders, shall, in his Majesty's Name, +perform what Duarte Pereyra, the Commander in chief promis'd me and +sign'd for him, I having given him a Counterpart; which is, that I +shall be proclaim'd King of Ternate, as soon as Possession is taken of +the Fort for his Majesty; both in regard it belongs to me in Right of +my Father, and of the Service I now do, and hereafter hope to do his +Majesty. I therefore beg it as a Favour of your Lordship, and require +you in his Majesty's Name, that you take Care to send the greatest +Number of Men you possibly can, and with the greatest Expedition; to +the End that this my Intention, and Will to serve his Majesty herein +may be effectual, which I hope will be without the Expence of Lives; +notwithstanding the Fort is well fortify'd, as your Lordship may have +been inform'd. The Commander in chief, will write to your Lordship, +what Season and Order those Forces are to observe. Given at Tydore, +to which Place I am come to this Intent, as will be testify'd by the +Father Vicar Antony Ferreyra, and the Judge Antony de Matos, whom, +as Persons of such Note, I desir'd to sign for me. May the 23d. + +[Nunno Pereyra's Perswasions to the same Governor.] At the +Bottom of the Letter, the Vicar and Matos certify'd his Hand and +Subscription. With this came another very long one, wherein Duarte +Pereyra gives the Governour a more ample Account of what is here +deliver'd briefly, representing to him the Opportunity offer'd in +forcible Terms. He tells him that Mandraxa a little before his Death, +had propos'd the same thing to him, that his Brother Tulo now did; +and that they were desirous to fulfill what they promis'd Nunno +Pereyra. That the Island of Machian, the most fruitful in Clove, +Espous'd the Party that was against the King. That they could no longer +endure their Oppression. He perswaded him to Arm 400 Spaniards, if +they were come from Mexico, and to Ship them off for the Expedition +upon Ternate, giving out, that they were going to clear those Seas +from Javaneses, whose Friendship the People of Ternate value more than +they do ours. That besides the good Success he expected by the Help +of those Forces, they would at least secure those Ports against the +English, the People of Ternate having always a Fleet in Readiness. That +the Enterprize might succeed with Fifteen Frigates, and one Galeon, +provided they went to stay a Year at the Moluccos, and brought a Number +of Philippine Pioneers. He says, the Javanese Ships are less than the +Frigats, and there are Forty Soldiers in each of them, who lye Aboard +Eight Months, and live a Year upon 300 Bushels of Rice. That in Case +the Frigates could not hold the Men, they should bring some Junks, +which are necessary Vessels to Transport Provisions from the Islands of +Burro and Bachian. He complains of the King of Tydore's ill Behaviour, +and his Avarice; of Sancho de Vasconcelos, and James de Azambuja, +who built the Fort of Tydore in an ill place. He commends the King of +Bachian, and says he in private lives like a Christian. Among these +Things he intermixes many more, all of them tending to perswade the +Expedition of Ternate, to blot out the last Disgrace, without any +Expence to the King, through Cachil Tulo's Contrivance. + +The Governour receiv'd this Dispatch, and he would willingly have put +it in Execution immediately; but as it went on slowly, and the Death +[The Projects for executing the Design.] of Cachil Tulo happened in +the mean while, it was requisite to delay the Design, and attend to +the Preservation of the Philippine Islands, against the Machinations +of the Chineses and Japoneses, against whose Robberies and Burnings +they are never secure. Each of these Attempts harass'd the Province +with the Expence of Treasure, and Power, so that there was a necessity +of breathing to recover both. It was thought the most proper Advice +to joyn from the Philippines and Malaca, with equal Force, coming +from both Parts to Arm in the Moluccos, which was the Boundary of +both Provinces. This took Effect some Years after, Captain Andrew +Furtado coming from Malaca, of whose Actions it will be proper to +begin to speak to give a Reputation to his Person. + +Andrew Furtado de Mendoza might have Ennobled his Family, had it +[Andrew Furtado his Actions.] not been of antient Quality. He was the +Terror of those Eastern Parts, where he serv'd the King ever since +the Year 1576, subduing Barbarous Nations. In the Year 1587 he was +the Governour of the Fort of Rachol, till he came to have that of +Malaca. Whilst he was in the first, some Villages of Gentiles rose +up against the Ministers of the Church, disturbing Christianity +with Warlike Disorders. Furtado pacify'd them with Severity, and +his Authority. In 1591 Furtado was Commander of the Portuguese +Soldiery in that Archipelago, and was very earnest to employ them +in the Recovery of Ternate; but was hinder'd by other Wars, which +he concluded Victoriously. In August that same Year, he was inform'd +that Eighteen Galeons had put out of Cunnal, Commanded by Cutumaza, +assisted by Raju, with a Design to Besiege the Fort of Ceylon. This +Cutumaza had the Year before Burnt a Ship of ours, Sailing for China, +and made dismal Havock on the Coast of Coromandel. Furtado went out +in Search of the Enemies Fleet, and by the way reliev'd the Fort of +Ceylon; and on the Coast of Malabar he met three Ships Bound from Mecca +for Cunnal. He fought them, and Sunk two, the Sea running so high, +that the Vessels which Row'd could not attack them. The other after +a long Dispute yielded to him. This Victory was a sufficient Revenge +for the Burning of our Ships. Continual War is maintain'd in these +Parts, which Neighbour upon Malaca; and that in Ceylon never ceases, +contrary to the Advice of Persons that are well acquainted with India; +because the best Product of that Island being the Cinnamon, a Commodity +of less Durance than the Mace, Clove and Pepper, they look upon almost +all the expence laid upon Ceylon, as good as thrown away. Besides that +the greatest Commanders are employ'd in suppressing the continual +Rebellions of those most inconstant People, without stretching out, +at least as far as the Moluccos, by their Absence encouraging their +Tyranny, and giving Opportunity to Nations that are our Enemies to +fix themselves in our Forts. + +[Ceylon describ'd.] Ceylon is one of the most Remarkable Islands In +the World, and the most fruitful. It lies opposite to Cape Comorin, +Nobly Inhabited, and cultivated. In it grow all Plants, known in +all other Parts of the World, Nutmegs, Pepper, Cinnamon, and the +most Excellent call'd Mosyllion grows in this Island. Here is Wild +and Garden Fruit, Spanish Figs, and Grapes, and the best Oranges in +all Asia. There are whole Woods of mighty Palm-Trees. The Variety of +Flowers, would take up much Time to describe it; as also of Grain +known to us, Wheat, Rice, and Flax, of which and their Cotton, +they make wonderful Webs. It has all sorts of Precious Stones, +Gold, Silver, Steel, Tin, Iron, and Seed Pearl. Several [Product.] +Christaline Rivers, and Fountains moisten it, with delightful and +Medicinal Waters, of Excellent Qualities. And among the rest there +are Springs of Liquid Bitumen, thicker than our Oyl, and some of pure +Balsam. There are Burning Mountains continually blazing, and casting +out Clods of Brimstone among the Crags of the Hills; where there are +Groves [Birds.] of Tall Trees, on whose Branches are to be seen all +sorts of Birds that fly in other Parts of the World, and among them +our Turkys, Wild Hens, [Beasts.] and Pidgeons. It abounds in Deer, +Wild-Boars, Tygers, Lions, and [Elephants.] Elephants of so Noble +a Kind, that all others submit to them. Those that are bred in this +Island have such an Extraordinary Natural Instinct, that it verifies +what Aristotle, Plutarch, Athenæus, Ælian, Pliny, and others, who +have Writ Natural History testifie, and is, that whether it proceeds +from Knowledge, or Habit, they partake of the Wit, Sense, and even of +the Prudence of Men. We are told they have so much Sense of Honour, +that they will not go Aboard a Ship, if they imagine they are carry'd +to serve Princes in strange Countries, and that they obey, if their +Owners swear they will bring them back to their own. That they +are concern'd at abusive Words given them. That they pay a sort of +Religious Respect to the Sun and Moon. That they remember such Things +as they conceive; and Gellius perswades us we may believe, that at +Night they bewail their Servitude with doleful Complaints; and if any +Man happens to come near in the Height of their Lamentation, they with +shame suppress their Sighs; and in short, they seem feasible of the +Iniquity of their Fate. In this Country it is their Part to load and +unload Ships, the Weight of Commerce, whether Arms, Metals, Provisions, +or other Commodities whatsoever hanging on their Teeth, or lying on +their Necks. They are more willing to carry Arm'd Men on their Backs, +in great Castles built to that purpose. They serve the Chingalas, not +as they did in Rome at publick Shows, but in Battel, as they did the +Carthaginians, and afterwards the Romans. The People of Ceylon believe +their Country is the Terrestrial [Opinion that Paradise is in Ceylon.] +Paradise. They call the Top of a certain Mountain Adam's Point, +and on it, they say, is to be seen the Print of his Foot, and that +there he did Pennance. Upon this Belief, the Jogues, who are penitent +Pilgrims, visit that Point, where they affirm there grows a thick Tree, +of an indifferent [Strange Tree.] Height, with small rough Leaves, +of a dusty Colour, the Bark Ash-colour'd, which in the Night shines, +and dispells Darkness. Under Colour of this Superstition, all the +Gangs of strowling Players or Actors, come [Players.] out of this +Island, and travel throughout all India, representing their Fables, +with odd Gestures, and Dancing to little Flat Tabors, Bag-pipes, and +Rattles of small Bells. Abundance of Pearls are found about it. The +Gold and other Metals are kept untouch'd in the Mines, by publick Law, +and yet notwithstanding this Precaution, they are not free from War +and Oppression. The Natives are call'd Chingalas, and resemble the +Malabars in Customs and Countenances. They have broad Noses, but are +not so black, and go naked, but not to immodesty. Formerly they had +but one King, who was dispossess'd by Force, and Treachery, and the +Kingdom [King's expell'd.] divided among many. Division having thus +weaken'd them, a Barbarian, call'd Raju, tyrannically expell'd the +King's the Island; one of whom was by the Magnificence of the Kings +of Portugal bred at Goa. + +Raju was a subtle Soldier, and jealous even of those that supported +him. He had some Years before, besieg'd the Fort of Columbo, with a +great Body of Foot, Elephants and Horse. Andrew Furtado being in search +of the Enemies Fleet, in Prosecution of his Revenge for the Ships +lost, to relieve [Furtado relieves Columbo.] the Fort of Columbo, +doubled Cape Comorin, thro' the Streight of Ceylon, at the Time when +it is usually most difficult and dangerous for Tall Ships, much more +for such Vessels as use Oars. He came to the Fort so opportunely, that +had he stay'd never so little longer it had been lost, for most of the +Garrison had mutiny'd against their Commander in Chief Simon de Brito +who was wounded by them with two Musket Balls. Raju was marching with +all Expedition by Land to Columbo for fear of slipping the Opportunity +offer'd him of taking Possession of it. Cutumuza lay with all his +Fleet in the River Cordiva, distant from the Fort ready to attack it +by Sea, when Raju fell on by Land. Furtado was before-hand with him, +and getting in, dispos'd all Things for its Defence. He quell'd the +Mutiny, punish'd the Ring-leaders, satisfy'd such as had just Cause +of Complaint or had been wrong'd, and with all possible Speed went +out to find Cunale's Fleet. Nor was he disappointed, for the Enemy +did not offer [Beat, the Indian Fleet.] to fly, but met him, with +his Ships drawn up in good Order, and after Cannonading, they laid +one another aboard, where there was an obstinate Fight on both Sides, +till Cunnale's Navy was defeated. Furtado took 14 Galeons, with all +their Artillery, and Men, besides Abundance kill'd. The Admiral fled +with only four Ships of 18 he had, and made to Raju's Country. This +Victory was sufficient Satisfaction for the Damage receiv'd by that +rebellious Fleet, the ill Success whereof discourag'd Raju from coming +to besiege Columbo, so that he retir'd and dismiss'd his Army. + +Not long after, Furtado was inform'd by his Spyes, that the King of +Jasanapatan had concluded a League with Raju, pressing him to return +to the Siege of Columbo, whilst he did the same to Mana. That his +Presumption might not want such Punishment, as became the Honour +of the Crown of Portugal, and the Reputation of its Grandeur, which +is more prevalent in those Parts than Force, Furtado gathering what +Power he could, with all possible Celerity attack'd that King. He was +not unprovided, but drawing [Routs him, and subdues his Kingdom.] +up without the Walls of that City, offer'd him Battel, his Men, +Elephants and Horses covering spacious Fields. Furtado playing both +Parts of a Commander, and a Soldier, drew up his Forces, encourag'd +them in few Words; and both Sides coming to the Charge exercis'd +their Force and Fury; but at Length the King's Troops were routed, +and he slain entering the City, in which abundance of Brass Cannon was +found, besides the Plunder, which was considerable. He took Possession +of it, and seizing the Forts and Garrisons, carry'd on the War there +in such Manner, that the whole Kingdom seeing such severe Execution, +and feeling it so heavily within its Bowels, submitted to the King of +Spain. By his Authority, when the Sword was put up, he appointed a +Kinsman of the late King, to whom of Right it belonged, to reign in +Jasanapatan, he having been taken in the last Battel. He caus'd him +to swear and plight his Faith, that he would be a perpetual Vassal +to his Majesty; imposing on him the Payment of a yearly Tribute, +which still subsists. The Writings containing this Settlement were +sent by him into Spain, where and at Goa, all that had been done was +approv'd of by the Viceroy, and the Conqueror, who had concluded it +so happily, highly applauded. + +[Ternate the Cause of Rebellions.] He next Strengthned the Fort +of Columbo, with Four Ships of his Fleet, and 100 Soldiers; and +Supply'd Cosme de la Feta with Eighty Men, under Two Captains, +to prosecute the Affair of Candia, which was committed to him, and +sorted good effect. No Rebellion broke out in those Parts, but what +was either supported by Ternate, or proceeded from its Example, and +great Celerity was requisite in the Commanders for suppressing of it. + +[Coast of Pearl Fishery Rebells, and is reduc'd.] At this same Time +all the Coast of the Pearl Fishery rebell'd, and among other sudden +Destruction usually made by Seditious Men in Arms, the Subjects +of Vinapanaique burnt Twenty five Christian Churches. Furtado +made all possible speed to chastize them before the Rebellion +grew to a Head. The Mutineers not being well Strengthned, sent +Embassadors to him, begging Peace, and colouring their Guilt with +Excuses, which Furtado admitted of because it was convenient for +his Majesties Service; upon Condition they should make good all the +Damages occasion'd by their Revolt. He commanded them to rebuild the +Churches they had destroy'd, and to grant the Society of the Jesuits, +who had then the Charge of the Christians in that Country, all the +Liberties and Immunities demanded by those then residing there; +taking sufficient Hostages for the Performance. + +[Furtado ill us'd would depart India.] These and other no less +notable Actions, he perform'd in the space of four Months; but +as Envy seldom fails to oppose Valour, when he came to Cochin, +and was there ready to set out for the Conquest of the Moluccos, +and particularly of Ternate, he received Letters from the Viceroy, +Matthias de Albuquerque commanding him to deliver up the Fleet to Nunno +Vello Pereyra. He obey'd, and when he came to Goa, was Imprisoned, +and put to Trouble. As soon as it was in his Power, he resolv'd +to depart India, and remove himself from the ill-will of those he +thought were not his Friends; but the City of Goa conjur'd him not +to forsake it, and in vain endeavour'd to procure a Reconciliation +betwixt those Commanders. This happened in the Year 1592, when, and +some Years after, Ternate might have been reliev'd, as Furtado desir'd, +had not the Animosities reigning obstructed it. However they were +so far from employing him, that, tho' Furtado several times Offer'd +himself, with his own Ships, and at his proper Cost, where there was +such Necessity of suppressing Cunnale, yet he was as often Rejected, +and that Victory envy'd him, which afterwards he had granted by Heaven, +as we shall see in its Place. + +At this Time Santiago de Vera was discharged of his Command of the +Philippine Islands. He had signified his Intentions to Andrew Furtado, +and received his Answer, That he would comply with his Desires; +but Fortune disappointed these good Beginnings, embroiling Furtado +with those who did not love him, and removing Santiago from his +Government. His Successor was Gomez Perez de las Marinnas, Knight of +the Order of Santiago, [Gomez Perez Governor of the Philippines.] +or St. James the Apostle, a Person of high Reputation, born at +Betanzos, in the Kingdom of Galicia. He arriv'd at the Philippines +in the Year 1590, and brought with him his Son Don Lewis, Knight of +the Order of Alcantara. The new Governor found Manila open, without +any Form of a City, and without Wealth to Improve it. Above 200000 +Pieces of Eight were wanting for this Purpose; yet he compass'd the +Work by Projects, and Contrivance without any Dammage to the Publick, +or to private Persons. He Monopoliz'd the Cards; he laid Penalties +on excessive Gaming, and punish'd such as Forestal'd the Markets, +and on Victuallers, and other Retailers of that Sort that were guilty +of Frauds; with these Fines he built the Walls of Manila, which are +12849 Geometrical Foot in Compass, [He Walls Manila; Builds Forts, +&c.] each Foot being the third part of a Yard. He apply'd himself +diligently to this Work, and the Inhabitants attended it, being +willing to forward it on Account of the Intreaties and Example of +their Chief. The City had but one Fort, and that ill built, wherefore +he Erected another at the Mouth of the River, calling it Santiago, +and enclosed the old one. He finish'd the Cathedral, and built from +the Ground the Church of St. Potenciana, Patroness of the Island, +for Women that have retir'd from the World. Then he apply'd himself to +casting, and brought able Artists, who furnish'd the Place with heavy +and small Cannon; built Galleys to Cruize and Trade, whereon depends +the Welfare of those Countries; and pursuant to what he had promis'd +in Spain, bent his Thoughts towards Ternate, and all the Moluccos; +reflected on the Disreputation of the unfortunate Expeditions of his +Predecessors, who attempted the Conquest of that flourishing Kingdom, +and how he might punish those who Tyranniz'd in it. + +He imparted his Thoughts by Word of Mouth, and by Letters to Zealous +[His first Steps for recovery of the Moluccos.] Persons, and more +particularly to F. Marta, a Priest of the Society of Jesus, and a +grave and active Man, whose Experience and Doctrine had been very +Advantageous in those Parts. This Religious Man furnish'd him with +Intelligence, Advice, and proper Ministers to prepare and carry +on the Work; one of whom was Brother Gaspar Gomez, a Spaniard, and +Lay-Brother of the said Society. Among the many Conferences there +were to this Effect, I find an Exhortation of F. Antony Marta, in a +Letter he writ to the Governor from Tydore, which, because it is an +Original, and conducing for the better Understanding of this Affair, +I will here insert, translated out of the Portuguese. Grant me this +Liberty, since the Speeches which are generally Fabulous, pretended +to be made by Generals and Consuls, in the Greek and Latin Histories, +are allow'd of. F. Antony Marta says thus; + +[F. Merta's Letter, of the State of the Moluccos.] In fine, your +Lordship is resolv'd to undertake this Expedition. You will have a +spacious Field for dilating the Glory of God very much, and rendering +your Name famous to Perpetuity. By it your Lordship will acquire +to his Majesty a most Large and Wealthy Kingdom, since all this +Archipelago of the Moluccos and Amboina, as far as Banda, which is +above 130 Leagues in Length and 70 in Breadth, is an inexhaustible +Source of Clove, Nutmeg, and Mace, which will afford his Majesty a +Yearly Income of 200000 Crusados, which is about 27000 Pounds Sterling, +then a considerable sum, in India alone; besides that of other Islands, +which produce no Clove. Nor will it require any Expence, because the +Country it self will freely afford it on its very Mountains; and what +is yet much more, your Lordship will gain above 200000 Souls to God, +all which, in a short time, after subduing the Kingdom, will become +Christians, without any, or with very little Opposition; whereby your +Lordship will have a burning Flambeau in this World, to light and +conduct you to Heaven. Besides, you will magnify and perpetuate your +Name, with a Title nothing inferior to those of the ancient Roman +Generals, such as those of Germanicus, Africanus, and the like. It +is not now requisite to touch upon the Method your Lordship is to +observe for compassing this Enterprize, to your eternal Praise; for, +as we understand, there is no want of Experience with you for Warlike +Affairs; Yet if your Lordship should be any way Dubious, Jerome de +Azevedo is able to inform you of such things as you shall desire to +know. He is well acquainted with the Strength of the Moluccos, and +of their Enemies. However I would have your Lordship look [League of +the Mahometans.] upon this War as considerable and difficult, because +it is very convenient to come well Provided, and Resolv'd. You are +not to Fight with the Ternates alone, but with all the Moors of this +Archipelago. Hitherto the Fort of Amboina had to do with the Ternates, +that are at Veranula, and this of Tydore with those in the Island +Ternate; but now of late we are to fight with those of the Islands +of Banda and of Seram. All the Moors in those Parts Assembled last +year, and Resolv'd, That for the future the War should be carry'd +on under the Name of their Religion. And for the more Security, +and better Establishing of this Point, they chose those of Banda +for Chiefs of their Law; and took an Oath to lay down their Lives, +or expell the Portugueses. Accordingly the last Year, those of Banda +came with the Ternates [Fort of Amboyna Beseig'd.] of Veranula, +with a great number of Carcoas, to Beseige the Fort of Amboyna; and +in the Engagement they had with us, took one of the two Galiots we +brought from Goa, tho' it was not their Valour, but our Negligence +that occasion'd the making of that Prize. It plainly appear'd, that +our Lord did it to punish our Pride. This so far Encouraged them, +that they durst afterwards daily Cruize in sight of the Fort, took +the Fishermen that went out in the Morning to follow their Trade, +and laid a Ground some Carcoas on the Shore. They erected a Mosque +opposite to the Fort, as in a safe Place, and thus they kept the +Fort Besieged with Contempt, for the space of a Month. At the end +thereof, the Galley going out, with one Galiot we had left, made +them fly, every one to his own Country, giving out, and threatning, +That they would Return next Year with a greater Fleet, which will be +about September. We are certainly assured that the People of Banda, +left 50 of their prime Men at Amboyna, as Hostages for the performance +of their Engagement. This is also known by a Man of our own, who fled +from Banda, having been carry'd thither Prisoner from Amboyna. We are +informed, that 25 Carcoas would set out, so many being Launch'd, and +they were to Sail after their Lent, which is at the End of this Month +of July, and to joyn the Seyrves, and the rest of the Confederates, +in order to return again before the Fort of Amboyna. If they come +with such a Force, I am very suspitious that the Fort will be lost; +because the Enemies method is to take in all the Towns that are +Subject to it; and when this is left alone, wanting the Support +of its Neighbours, it must of necessity Surrender. Antony Perez, +the Governor of that Fort, is a Man of Courage, and well Fortified; +and yet there are Circumstances to be consider'd, some of them very +Difficult; as that the Enemies are Numerous, and there will come +some Confederates with them, who are fit for any piece of Treachery; +besides, that they cannot be Reliev'd from any Part whatsoever, for +the full space of five Months, that is till the beginning of January +next. We cannot but apprehend some great Mischief will happen; for +supposing they do not take the Fort, still this War is Dangerous, +as being Universal, with all the Moors; stirr'd up by means of the +Caciques; Concerted under solemn Oaths; and Declar'd to be Religious, +with full Remission of Sins to all that Die in it. There is no want +of Fomenters, and those Caciques of Note, and [General Conspiracy +against Christians.] great Authority among the Moors, in Banda, +Amboyna, Ternate, and Tydore. These Men urge their Religion, and the +Honour of Mahomet, and by that means manage the People as they please; +as I have found by Experience this Year, and in this War we had at +Amboyna, in which I was. For formerly the Moors were soon weary of +being at Sea, and when any Man of Note happened to be kill'd in Fight, +they presently retir'd, looking upon it as an ill Omen. Now they +continue all the seasonable Months at sea, without flinching; tho' +the Portugueses slew 150 of their Men, and among them their Admiral, +and others of the prime Commanders they had in their Fleet. To this +must be added, That this is a general Conspiracy of all the Moors +against us; insomuch, that two who were our Friends, and had Assisted +us several times, with their Fleets, against the Ternates, being those +of the Island Burro, these being summoned by the Commander to Sail with +him in the Navy, as they had done at other times, did not only refuse +it now, but would not so much as receive the Message, or suffer him +that carry'd it to Land. The Tydores did the same, for the Commander +of Amboyna demanding Assistance of them, they would not go, alledging +that their Fort was in as much Danger. And the King of Tydore being +inform'd of your Lordships coming, his Subjects declare before hand, +and perhaps at the Instigation of their King, That they will have no +Spaniards in these Parts; which makes us look about, where they will +raise Moors to Destroy us. Therefore all Delays, in this Affair, +will be very dangerous; because we are Inferior to the Moors, and +must of Necessity Fight them, since it is for Religion, and Honour, +on both which Accounts they are become our mortal Enemies. By this your +[F. Marta presses for Relief.] Lordship will understand what need we +are in of your Succour and Relief; and may compute how many are to draw +their Swords against you, since they are all our Enemies in general, +and have Conspir'd against us. However, it will be Discretion first +to Dissemble with the Tydores, that they may not joyn the Ternates, +and by that means render the War more tedious and difficult. I do +not speak to all the rest in particular, according to my Notion, +because I refer it to Jerome de Azevedo, who will give a very good +Account. But let this be Established as a Maxim, That your Lordship +has a mighty Enterprize in Hand; and I trust in God he will give you +Wisdom, and Strength to go through it with Ease; since you come to +Revenge the Injuries formerly, and now offered by these Barbarians, +to God and his [Irreverences to Religion.] Saints. For we know that +the Ternates still drink out of the consecrated Chalices, and make use +of the Patens to Offer, or Receive any thing, as on profane Salvers; +and of the Vestments, and Ornaments of Altars, they make Cloaths, and +Hangings for their Houses. The People of Banda, most of them, wear +Ornaments of the Blood of above 3000 Christians, they Treacherously +Murder'd, at several times, in their Ports, as they went thither to +Trade with them; and in that Island, and part of the Sea, there are +Streams of Spanish and Portuguese Blood running. Your Lordship came +to spread the Catholick Faith, and that you may the better conceive +what Jerome de Azevedo will say to you touching this Affair, I send +you by him a Draught of all this Archipelago, as well of the Moluccos, +as of Amboyna, and Banda. In it your Lordship will see what a large +Kingdom we loose, when it might be recover'd with little Cost. It +only remains, That your Lordship come, with all possible Expedition, +because the greatest Danger is in Delay; and when you are here you +will find brave Commanders, who will assist you with their [Good +Officers and Soldiers.] Swords and their Advice. Among them is Sancho +de Vasoncelos, who was Commander at Amboyna, has often fought with +these Infidels, and obtain'd signal Victories over them. Here is also +Thomas de Sousa, Commander of Molucco, and of most Southern Parts, +a Man expert in Martial Affairs. In Tydore and Amboyna, you will +also find brave Soldiers, and there will not want to Pay them, for +the Riches of the Country will be sufficent for that, and to satisfy +them with Gold, precious Stones, and other Booty; besides you will +find many sorts of Arms. We Religious Men daily offer up our Prayers, +[Gomez Perez prepares.] and will so continue to do with Fervour; +and tho' the Unworthiness of the Ministers might be a Hinderance, +yet we hope they will prove Advantageous. + +The Governour receiv'd this Letter; which, with the Discourse he +had more at large with Jerome de Azevedo, made him put the last +Hand to a Work of so much Importance to the Service of the Christian +Commonwealth, which had been neglected in those Parts. Gaspar Gomez +had conferr'd with him long before, and by his Means, and the Accounts +of other knowing Persons, the Governor was so well acquainted with +the Kingdoms, and Seas, the Seasons and Dangers of the Undertaking, +that he had no great need of F. Marta's Map. He dispatch'd Gaspar +Gomez, a Man of Secrecy and Activity, trusting him with the Design, +because he was recommended by several grave Fathers of that Order. He +gave him particular Instructions, with which, [Gaspar Gomez sent as +a Spy.] and his own Experience, he wander'd about the Archipelago, +and learnt as much as was convenient. He visited Ternate, Tydore, +Mindanao, both the Javas, and scarce omitted any Place, as far as +the Point of Malaca, but what he took a View of. + +In the Year 1593, King Philip the 2d bestow'd the Government of +Cartagena, in America, upon Don Pedro Bravo de Acunna. To take this +Employ, [D. Pedro de Acuna Governor of Cartagena.] he quitted that he +had in the Spanish Galleys; he was Captain of the Admiral Galley, and +Vice-Admiral of them all, under the Adelantado, or Lord Lieutenant of +Castile, his Kinsman. He had serv'd his Majesty many Years by Sea and +Land, in the Mediterranean. No Action of Note was perform'd without +him, since the Expedition of Navarino against the Turks, and the +[His brave Actions.] others that ensu'd in those Parts, in Naples, +in Portugal, and all those that occur'd before, till his Majesty was +put in Possession of that Crown. Lastly, When he commanded the Spanish +Galleys he fought those of the Moors and Turks, with the Galiots, +and Brigantines of the Levant, and English Ships, and took and sunk +several of both Sorts. He took a great Number of Slaves in Barbary; +particularly at Zangazon, Benegicar, and Alcazar. He defended Cadiz +from the Invasion, and Rapine of Drake, the English Admiral, who +attempted it with a mighty Fleet. This was done by only four Galleys, +but two of which were clean, yet the Bravery of the Commander made +amends for all. How great an Action this was, and what Reputation +Don Pedro gain'd by it, appear'd afterwards, when the English again +possess'd themselves of Cadiz, at the Time that all the Galleys in +Spain were in the Bay, and the Fleet then preparing to sail to the +Indies. In each of these Actions, most whereof were victorious, there +are many remarkable Particulars, and they all deserve large Encomiums; +but since they do not belong to the Subject of this History, it would +be blameable to insert them here. + +The King for these Reasons constituted Don Pedro de Acunna, his Captain +General, in the Province of Cartagena and Tierra Firme, and Commander +of the Galleys on that Coast; which Commissions had never before been +united in that Government. He gave him a Galley, and Orders to receive +the Royal Fifths of the Pearl-Fishery, at the Island Margarita. He set +out from the Port of Sanlucar, on the 27th of September, in a Pink, +with 12 Soldiers, [His Voyage.] some Religious Men, and his Servants, +the Galley, and another Ship following. The Winds soon rose, and the +Sea swell'd, and the Vessels were dispers'd. In one of them there +were 20 Soldiers, and 40 Slaves at the Oar, this was so far drove +away, that they saw it no more, till five Days after they came to +Cartagena. The Storm ceas'd, and Don Pedro arriv'd at Gran Canaria, but +would not go into the City. He took in two hundred Cask of Water. The +Governour Don Lewis de la Cueva was not in the Island; but it being +known in his Family that Don Pedro was come, they sent to welcome +him. The Visit was follow'd by some Horses loaded with Abundance of +Fowl, Game, Sheep, Wine, Pears, and most stately Quinces, besides +Abundance of other Provisions. He sail'd thence with a favourable +Wind, which soon turn'd against him, and tho' he was far enough off, +drove back the Ships in Sight of Teneriffe. After being toss'd about +for some Days, there happened such a tedious Calm between two Islands, +as made Amends for the Violence of the Storms, and yet he had others +afterwards as violent as those before. Many Days after, when they had +lost their reckning, they arriv'd at the Island Metalinon, inhabited +by unconquered Indians, where they took in Water without Opposition, +for the Rest of the Voyage. Thence he had fair Weather to the Island +Margarita. As soon as he landed in the Harbour, Don John Sarmiento +de Villandrando, the Governour of the Island came to meet him, having +hourly expected him, since he knew he was to come. The rejoycing, and +Entertainment was such as became Friends, and Friends of that Quality. + +[An English Ship near the Island Margarita.] An English Ship of +above four hundred Tun Burthen, with thirty Pieces of Cannon of +five thousand Weight each, and Abundance of Men, had been 30 days +in a Harbour but two Leagues from the Island Margarita. Don John +Sarmiento telling Don Pedro, what Insolences that Ship committed, +and how much to his Disreputation she oppress'd the Islanders under +his Government, desir'd he might attack her with his Galley. Don +Pedro perswaded him to desist from that Enterprize, since it did +not belong to him, and it was an unpardonable Fault to attack her, +without an equal Force. Don John persisted so long, that he carry'd it +against Don Pedro's Opinion. They made to the Place where the Ship lay, +passing by dangerous Rocks, and being come in Sight of it, perceiv'd +it was stronger, and better provided than they had been told. Our Men, +in Order to fight, turn'd out all the Women, most of them Wives to +those that came in the Galleys. Twenty Soldiers came from the Island +Margarita, by their Governours Order, who being ship'd they appear'd +by Break of Day in Sight of the Enemy. The Wind then [The Islanders +oblige Don Pedro to Fight her.] blowing fresh Don Pedro advising with +the Natives of the Island Margarita and their Governour told them, +it was requisite to expect a Calm, in Order to take the Ship, since +the Galley could wait for it under Shelter, without any Danger. The +Islanders being provok'd by the Dammage they had receiv'd, and to +flatter Don John Sarmiento, answer'd, That they had two of the Prime +Men of that Ship Prisoners in the City, by whose Account they were +inform'd of the Distress she was in, and that she must surrender, as +soon as attack'd. This Opinion being bandy'd about with Obstinacy, +came to be Positiveness in Don John. Don Pedro looking upon it +as such, and concerned to see his Friend engag'd in such a Piece +of Madness, with those Hot, but unexperienc'd Men, said to them, +By my long Experience in several Seas, I know it is the worst of +Conduct to attack a Ship, when she has the Wind; but let us fall on; +that the People of the Island Margarita may not have it to say that I +deferr'd engaging out of Fear, and not out of Discretion. This said, +he order'd his Galley to weigh Anchor. He arm'd himself, and Don John, +and just as the Sun appear'd they attack'd the Ship [The Engagement.] +with Fury and Violence. The English were not backward; they speedily +cut the Cables of three Anchors they had out, and leaving them in +the Sea, set their Sails. The Wind was fair and soon fill'd them. The +Men were brisk and ply'd their Cannon without ceasing. Our Galley did +the same, and fir'd five Shot, before it receiv'd any Harm. Then she +ran her Beak against the Poop of the Ship, but could not grapple, +nor board. Some Men went down to the Boats which were tow'd by the +Ship, and cut the Ropes. The Ship, and Galley fell a firing again, +without Intermission. Don Pedro receiv'd a Musquet Shot on his Target, +which glancing off broke in Pieces a Board of the Stern Lockers, +and wounded those that were next it. A Cannon Ball took of the Head +of one of our Slaves, and scatter'd his Brains in Don Pedro's Face; +but another Ball touch'd him nearer, when it threw Don John Sarmiento +into the Sea, who being sunk by the Weight of his Armour, was never +seen again. Fourteen Soldiers of the Island Margarita, and nine +Spaniards were kill'd, and many wounded, of all whom Don Pedro took +Care, without neglecting the other Duties of a Commander. Some Persons +of Note were also kill'd, as Alonso de Anduxar, a Youth about twenty +Years of Age, of the Order of Christ, and Antonio Santiso, who had been +a Captain in Flanders. The Ship holding on her Course, made the best +of the fair Wind, and was seen to fly, as if she had been victorious; +tho' she threw many dead Bodies over Board, in Sight of our Men. Don +Pedro return'd to the Island Margarita, lamenting the Death of his +Friend, and his Wifes Widow-Hood, amidst the Tears of other Widows, +and Fathers left Childless. He comforted the afflicted the best he +could, received the King's Boxes of Peals, and went on much griev'd +at the Event, and to see how little his Precaution had avail'd. + +Don Pedro had a prosperous Passage thence, to the Island Curazao, to +Rio de la Hacha, and so in Sight of Cartagena. Being descry'd from +the City [Don Pedro at Cartagena.] the Galleys went out to meet +him, whose Musick and Guns, with those of the Fort made a Mixture +of Harmony and Noise. He enter'd upon the Government and immediately +took a View of the Galleys, Warlike Prepations being of the greatest +Consequence in those Parts. He found them shatter'd, and almost gone to +Ruin, refitted one, and furnish'd another with Slaves, and all other +Necessaries. All things were before in such Disorder, and Confusion, +that it was hard to distinguish betwixt the Galley Slaves and the +Soldiers, the former going about as free, and gay as the latter. He +blam'd this Liberty, and order'd the Heads and Beards of the Slaves +to be shav'd, and that they should be chain'd. Next he took in hand +the Divisions, Manners, and civil Government of the City, and there +was soon a Reformation of Abuses, and publick Crimes, all this he +perform'd by his Valour, and Example. He also review'd the Horse and +Foot; repair'd the Fortifications; attended all Martial Affairs; had +his Gates always open to decide Controversies, without Distinction of +Persons; and tho' he had here considerable Opportunities offer'd him, +and much Matter to discover his Capacity, and the Greatness of his +Soul, yet he found in himself greater Hopes and Desires, above what was +present, and exciting him to advance farther, and to make known to the +World that generous Restlessness, which was afterwards serviceable to +the Church, by restoring its former Honour, in the remotest Provinces. + + + The End of the Fifth Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK VI. + + +[Gomez Perez builds four Galleys, and makes Slaves wrongfully.] +In the mean while Gomez Perez, still carrying on his Preparations, +conceal'd the Design, without sparing any charge for Shipping, +Provisions, or Men. Among other Necessaries, he built four choice +Galleys and for the manning of them, took a Method which was look'd +upon as severe. He Order'd, That as many Indians who were Slaves to +other Indians of Quality, as would serve to Man the Galleys, should be +bought up, and Paid for by the Spaniards, who were Proprietors, out of +their own Money; setting the Price of each Slave at two Taes in Gold, +each [Taes of Gold their Value.] Tae being little above an Ounce, +which was the Price Slaves had in former Times been valu'd at among +them. He promis'd, that the Proprietors should afterwards be Refunded +what they laid out, from the Kings Revenue. Yet this did not seem to +mollify the Rigour of the Order; because he improperly call'd those +Indians Slaves, for their Lords use and love them like Children, set +them at their own Tables, and Marry them to their Daughters; besides +that, Slaves then were worth more Money. The Concern of those that +were to be Sold, was attended by that of the Proprietors, who were to +[Discontent in the Philippines.] contribute out of their Estates, to +defray Charges they look'd upon as not very Necessary, and to Disgust +their Vassals, by taking them away forcibly, being never likely to +recover the Money they laid down, which they [The Governors excuses.] +were well assur'd of. The Governour gave out, That those Galleys were +to secure the Country, and defend it from the Danger that threatned; +because he knew the Emperor of Japan was coming to Invade it, with a +numerous Fleet; and that it could not be Defended without Galleys, +and therefore it was absolutely Necessary to Man them with Slaves, +since they had no others to Row. That these were not to be Fetter'd +in the Galleys, nor Treated like Slaves, but so kindly used, that +they themselves should prefer their Entertainment, before that of +their Lords, whom they look'd upon as Parents, or Fathers-in-Law. + +These Allegations, and the absolute Necessity of defending themselves, +[The Design against the Moluccos takes Air.] silenc'd both Parties; +but could not stop the Mouth of Fame, for it was already known, +what Engagements he made before he came from Spain, to the King, +the Ministers, the Kindred, and Fomenters of the Expedition of +Ternate, so that whatsoever he conceal'd, was divulg'd by uncertain +Authors. However some advis'd him not to rely on the Chineses, or +Sangleyes for the Defence of the Philippines; because no natural +or civil Tye had ever gain'd, or attracted their Affection towards +them. That he ought to remember the fresh Instance of what they did, +when his Predecessor employ'd them, and consequently should be watchful +over them. That he sending a Supply of Men, Ammunitions and Provisions +to the Fort and Town of Cagayan, which is on the Coast of that Island +of Luzon, 80 leagues from the City Manila, and there being then no +Ship to send it in, Necessity pressing, he thought he might relieve +that Want, by making use of one of the Chinese Ships that were then +at Anchor in the Harbour, and clear'd in Order to return to China. He +commanded the [Falshood of the Chineses.] Supply to be put aboard +her, and the Chineses to carry, and in the Way, to land it where he +directed, since it was no let to their Voyage; promising to requite and +gratify them for that Service. They undertook it with extraordinary +Tokens of good Will; but their Artifice appear'd by the Event, and +show'd how Men that are upon the Watch, improve Opportunities. The +Chineses set sail, and the second Day after, when the Spaniards +were asleep, as believing themselves safe among trusty Friends, +they fell upon them so unexpectedly, that they had not Time to stand +upon their Guard, but were all murder'd and cast into the Sea. They +plunder'd all they carry'd, and dividing the Spoil, sail'd for their +own Country. They [Spanish Woman abandon'd in China.] only sav'd one +unhappy Spanish Woman, that went with our Men, and took her along with +them. They spar'd her Life, but after having insolently abus'd her, +they set her ashore, in a Sea-Port Town of the first Part of China +they made. She presently had Recourse to the Magistrates, whom she +acquainted with the Villany those Men had committed, and the Wrongs +they had done her; but tho' favourably heard by those Judges, she had +no Satisfaction for her Wrongs, nor could she obtain Justice. However +they appointed Officers to carry her up the Country, remitting her to +other Supream Magistrates. In this Journey, which was many Leagues, +she endur'd more than she had done before, till some of the Governors +taking Compassion on her and her Tears, carry'd her to the City of +Macao, where the Portugueses reside, and set her at Liberty. Thus the +whole Matter came to be known, and it was at Manila in the Mouths of +all Men, who now magnify'd it, upon Occasion of the New Enterprize. + +[Chineses put into the Galleys.] In short, all the Slaves demanded +by the Governour Gomez Perez, were raised with much Trouble and +Oppression, and in the same Manner they were put into the Galleys, +where they continu'd some Time before they departed, and many of them +dy'd, as not being us'd to that sort of Life. All those Slaves were +not sufficient to Man the Galleys, and the Admiral Galley remain'd +without Rowers. This, and the Necessity of finishing the Work produc'd +a more rigorous Practice than the former. The Governour order'd that +250 of the Chineses, who resort to the Philippines to Trade, should be +taken to Man the Admiral Galley, and each of them to be allow'd two +Pieces of Eight a Month, out of the King's Revenue. He assur'd them, +they should not be chain'd, but at Liberty, and with their Arms, +to serve as Soldiers; and that they should only row in the Galleys +when there was any Calm, and to weather some Capes. The Chineses being +acquainted by their Chinese Governour with this Resolution, positively +refus'd it, as an intolerable Burden. But our Governour pressing to +bring about his Design, the Chinese assembled his People, to treat +about the Affair, and contrive how 250 might be chosen out from among +them all, threatning that he would take every Tenth Man out of their +Houses. These Words provok'd them to such a Degree, that the next Day +they shut up the very Windows of their Houses, and the Traders their +Shops, and stopp'd the Provisions which run through their Hands. Our +Governour seeing this Proceeding, and alledging that they mutiny'd, +caus'd about 50 of those that came next to hand, to be seiz'd, and put +to the Oar in the Galley. The others terrify'd by this Action, met, +and drew from among them all, the 250, and because no Man would be of +that Number, they divided 20000 Pieces of Eight among those that would +comply, and gave every Chinese that would go in the Galley 80 Pieces +of Eight, besides the King's Pay. By Means of this good Encouragement, +there was no Want of Chineses that listed themselves to row, but the +20000 Pieces of Eight were consum'd among them, or rather among the +Officers. These 250 Chineses were form'd into five Companies, under +five Chinese Christian Captains, who pass'd Musters and Reviews, with +Pikes and Catanes, which differ little from Cymiters, and express'd +Joy and Satisfaction. + +Whilst these Things were in Agitation, Brother Gaspar Gomez +came [B. Gaspar Gomez brings Intelligence.] to Manila, full of +Intelligence, whereof he gave the Governour an Account, at several +private Conferences. He said, the King of Ternate's Affairs were +in no ill Posture; tho' somewhat weak'ned, by not agreeing with the +Prime Men of his Kingdom; and that many of them threatned, they would +Rebel, on Account of his Tyranny, and because he rais'd intolerable +Taxes. That then, neither the Javaneses, nor the Lascarines, nor the +Moors of Mecca frequented Ternate, as they had done at the Time when +Captain Morones arriv'd there, under the Government of Santiago de +Vera. He gave very particular Information concerning the two Forts +of Talangame. That the King of Ternate had then about 3000 common +[Strength of Ternate.] Soldiers, 1000 Musquetiers, and a great Number +from his other Kingdoms. That they fought with Darts, Campilanes, or +Cymiters, and Shields; and others had Coats of Mail, and Head-Pieces +they got from the Portugueses, in exchange for Spice. That they had +Abundance of Ammunition, all of their own making, of the Materials +the Javaneses brought to barter for Clove. That the Principal Place +was the City Ternate, where the King and all his Court reside, and +therefore it is best secur'd, and from thence all others are supply'd, +supported, and encourag'd. [How to be attack'd.] He advis'd that our +Men should assault it before Break of Day; because all Attacks made +upon those People in the Morning Watch had been successful. That, if +our Fleet came unexpected, it would certainly succeed; but that the +said King had his Spies spread abroad in almost all those Islands, as +far as those of Canela, Sarvangan and Mindanao. That a good Number of +Brass Sakers, and other great Guns might be brought in the Carcoas, +from the Fort of Amboyna, and the Kings of Sian, and Tydore. That +the People of Amboyna would send them upon Command, those of Sian +and Tydore, upon very small Intreaty; because besides their owning +the Crown of Spain, they are Enemies to Ternate. That the necessary +Preparation for finishing the War, even in case the King of Tydore +should fail, and it might be suspected he would not willingly see his +Enemy utterly destroy'd, consisted in Artillery and Shipping, which was +ready, and above 1200 Soldiers well arm'd, with their Coats of Mail +and Head-Pieces, till they went over to the Island of Banda, to put +in the necessary Garrison there. [Light Vessels of good Use.] That +there should be a Number of Light Vessels to take the Enemy flying; +for by that Means the War would be quite concluded in a short Time, +and without Bloodshed. That even the Malecontent Ternates declar'd, +and publish'd as much, and own'd, that if a considerable Number of +Fighting Men should come into their Country, they would all come in +and submit without striking Stroke. Hence he inferr'd, that there were +conceal'd Christians in the Molucco Islands. That the Conquest of the +whole Island of Banda, was very advantageous and profitable, and not +hazardous, and that the Neighbourhood of Amboyna, which was ours, would +be of great Consequence for maintaining it. He further affirm'd, That +the Portugueses very much facilitated the Enterprize, and magnify'd +the great Benefit it would be to his Majesty; and that F. Antony +Marta, of whom the Governour had so great a Conceit, was of the same +Opinion. Brother Gaspar Gomez added so many Circumstances to these +particular Accounts, that he wholly inflam'd the Governour's Heart. + +[King of Camboxa sends Spaniards Embassadors to the Governour.] +At this Time, Landara, King of Camboxa, sent the Governour an Embassy +by two Spanish Commanders, attended by many of his Subjects, with +such Splendor as the Occasion of it requir'd. That barbarous King +thought fit his Embassadors should not be natural born Subjects, +because of the Occasion his People had given him to suspect their +Fidelity. He chose them of Different Conditions, to the End that such +Variety, the Diversity of Inclinations, and Opposition, might produce +the better Effect. The one of them was a Portuguese, his Name James +Veloso, the other a Spaniard, Blas Ruyz de Fernan Gonzalez. They +brought Gomez Perez a Magnificent [Their Present.] Present, a great +Quantity of Ivory, Benjamin, China Ware, Pieces of Silk and Cotton, +and an Elephant of a generous Temper, as afterwards appear'd by +Experience. They deliver'd their Embassy, the Purport [Subject of +their Embassy.] whereof was, to desire Succour against the King of +Sian, who was marching against him of Camboxa, with a numerous Army; +offering in Return for his Assistance to become subject to Spain, +and embrace Christianity. That the King concluded, that so brave and +gallant a Gentleman as Gomez Perez, would not on Account of any other +Diversion refuse to perform an Action, which must redound so much +to the Glory of God, and the Advantage of the Crown of Spain. The +Governour receiv'd the Present, making a Return with another of some +European Curiosities; and by way [The Answer.] of Answer, thank'd +that King for the Confidence he had seem'd to place in him; but +that, for the Present, he could not possibly afford the Succours, nor +divert those Forces, which he was getting ready, to punish the King of +Ternate, and recover that Kingdom, and the rest of the Moluccos, which +had Rebell'd, so much to the Dishonour of the Spanish Nation. That +his Highness should place his Confidence in the Goodness of God, and +persevere in the Design of serving him in his Holy and True Religion, +and as soon as the Expedition of Ternate was over, he would convert +his Forces to the Relief of Camboxa. The Embassadors were dismiss'd +with these Hopes, which the Governours Son, Don Lewis de las Marinas, +afterwards made good; and to give them entire Satisfaction, and +justify the Delay, it was found necessary to make Publick the true +Design of that Fleet, which till then had been kept secret. + +[Mighty Preparations against Ternate.] The Governour, in fine, +resolv'd to set forward, and endeavour'd to take along with him all +the Men he could get. All were listed that could be prevail'd upon +either by Force or Intreaties. The Proprietors and Soldiers were +extravagantly expensive, upon the Ships, Provisions, and Gallantry; +and the Philipines being well furnish'd with all Things, they +did more than had been imagin'd, or could be in the Governour's +Power. He sent his Son Don Lewis, with all the Soldiers that were +in Pay, to the Island of Zebu, where the Fleet was to rendevous, +and there he continued six Months, waiting for new Orders. Gomez +Perez stay'd at Manila, ordering Matters of great Moment. Two Days +before his Departure, being invited by, and supping in the House of +Peter de Rojas, his Lieutenant, where diverting himself with Gaming, +and much Pleasure, he grew [Prediction of ill Success.] so merry, +contrary to his Custom, and the Harshness of his Temper, that many +interpreted it as a good Omen of his Success. He said in Discourse, +that F. Vincent, of the Order of St. Francis, had told him, the +Enterprize could not succeed, because the Army was made up of Men +that were carry'd away by Force, and particularly the marry'd Men were +so. He departed Manila on the 17th of October, with six Royal Galleys, +one Galleon, one small Vessel call'd a Foist, one little Frigot, and +several other Frigots, Carcoas, and Bireyes, which are another Sort of +[The Fleet sets out.] Vessels of the Natives; all which, being part +the Kings, and part belonging to Subjects, who offer'd to serve him +with their Lives and Fortunes, amounted to an hundred. There were a +Thousand Spaniards well arm'd; above four hundred Musquetiers of the +Territory of Manila; a thousand more of those they call Visaias, +Men arm'd with Lances, Shields, [Its Force.] Bows and Arrows, +and above four hundred Chineses, of those that dwelt in the Island, +besides a good Number of those that came to Trade taken into Pay; but +many more Compell'd than Voluntiers. The Galleys carry'd Abundance of +Provisions for the Army, over which he appointed his Son Don Lewis +Perez, his Lieutenant, and sent him before, as has been said, with +Orders to make for the Island of Zebu. He embark'd himself aboard the +Admiral-Galley, which had twenty eight Benches for the Men to row, +and was mann'd with the 250 Chineses for the Oar. Eighty Spaniards +were put aboard it; they touch'd at Cabite, sail'd thence on the 19th, +and with them some Vessels, in which there were private Persons, who +follow'd at their own Expence, coasting the Island of Manila as far +as Balajan. They parted, because the Vessels kept in Sight of Land, +and the Governour put out to Sea. On the 25th he came alone to pass the +Night, at the Point call'd de Azufre, or of Brimstone, in the Island +of Manila, opposite to that of Caza, where the Current, and the Drift +of the Water from the Land run strong, and the Breezes then blowing, +the Galley could not weather it. He anchor'd under the Shelter of it, +and yet dragg'd a little with the Force of the Current. They made the +Chineses row excessive [Chineses at the Oars ill us'd.] hard, to bring +her up again under the Land. In short, they row'd very faintly, either +because they were not us'd to that Labour, and forc'd to the Oar, or +because they were then tir'd, and incens'd with the Command. Other +contrary Winds darted up, which again obstructed their Voyage, and +to weather some Points of Land, it was necessary to ply the Oars, +and to vex the Crew, with the usual Severity and Punishment commonly +inflicted aboard the Galleys. They thought this hard, and contrary +to what the Governour had assur'd them, which was, that they should +be kindly treated; but neither the Lash, nor the Threats, nor the +stemming of the Currents, with the Vigour and Sweat of their Bodies, +seem'd so [The Governour threatens them.] intollerable, and injurious +to them, as to hear the angry and stern Governour himself bid them +row manfully, for if they did not, he would put them in Chains, and +cut off their Hair. This to the Chineses is an Affront that deserves +Death, for they place their Honour in their Hair, which they cherish +and preserve very fair, and value themselves upon it, as the Ladies +in Europe us'd to do, all their Delight and Reputation being [The +Chineses rebel and kill the Spaniards.] in keeping it curiously +comb'd. Hereupon they resolv'd to mutiny, to prevent such an Affront +and Contempt. The next Night, which was the 25th of October, being +appointed for the Execution, when the tir'd Spaniards laid themselves +down upon the Benches, and other convenient Places in the Vessel, +the Chineses did so too, but cunningly dividing themselves, every one +lay down by a Spaniard, pretending to be asleep. In the dead of the +last Watch, which they thought the properest and safest Time, seeing +the Spaniards sound asleep, the Chineses, upon hearing of a shrill +Whistle, which was the Signal agreed upon between them, started up +all together, and every Man with wonderful Celerity put on a white +Vest, or Shirt, that they might know one another in the Height of +their Fury, and the Darkness of the Night, and so distinguish where +to make the Slaughter, tho' for the more Security, they also lighted +abundance of Wax-Candles, which they had conceal'd wrap'd up in those +white Vests. Then they drew their Catanas, which are keener, and more +crooked than our Cymiters, and began without any Noise every Man to +hew his next Spaniard; so proceeding in their Fury, and killing all +those that slept. Above 60 Persons had imbark'd in the Admiral-Galley, +some of them being the Governour's Servants, and other old Soldiers, +who suffer'd Inconveniencies to oblige and divert him. They had +play'd all the Night, and being tir'd, and the Heat very violent, +they lay naked, some on the Gang-Way in the middle of the Galley, +others on the Benches, and the greatest Favourites, who had more Room +allow'd them, in the Poop, and to that Purpose the Governour retired +into the Cabin. The Chineses continu'd the Execution, on those who +slept, without any Mistrust, which was done so expeditiously, that +when some of those who slept in the Poop awak'd, the other Spaniards +were all kill'd. The Watch heard nothing of it, tho' there could +be no Excuse for that Neglect, because there had been Instances and +Warnings enough before. Others awak'd, and feeling themselves wounded, +in the Confusion leap'd into the Sea, where most of them [Many of them +drowned. Only 12 escape.] were drown'd; some few cast themselves into +the Sea before they were hurt, and were also swallow'd up by it, tho' +they were near Land, because the Current being strong, they could not +stem it; twelve escap'd, and many Bodies were found along the Shores. + +The Chineses now grown bold, drew out the Pikes they had hid under the +Benches, and finish'd their Treacherous Work with Noise. The Governor, +[The Governor kill'd.] who was under Deck, Sleeping, with a Candle +and Lanthorn by him, Awak'd; and that he might do so, they made the +greater Noise; and the Chineses themselves cry'd out to him, desiring +he would come up to pacify a Quarrel there was among the Castillas, +so they call the Spaniards. He, for this Reason, or believing the +Galley dragg'd, as it had done at other times, getting up in his Shirt, +and opening the Scuttle, look'd out, lifting half his Body above it: +At the same time the Chineses fell upon him with their Cymiters, and +wounded him Mortally, clutting his Head, and running him through with +their Pikes in more than barbarous manner. Seeing his Death near he +drew back, and took up the Prayer Book of his Order, which he always +carry'd about him, and an Image of our Blessed Lady, and ended his life +between those two Advocates, which were afterwards seen bathed in his +Blood: Yet he dy'd not presently, for they afterwards found him in +his Bed, imbracing the Image, where he Bled to Death, and about him +the Bodies of Daniel Gomez de Leon, his Valet de Chamber, Pantaleon +de Brito, Sucro Diaz, John de Chavez, Peter Maseda, John de S. Juan, +Carrion Ponce, and Francis Castillo, all of them his Servants, and four +brave Slaves, who had the same End. This was not known till it was Day; +because none of the Chineses durst go down where the Governor was that +Night, fearing least some of the 80 Spaniards that were in the Galley, +had retir'd thither; such was the Dread of their own Guilt. None +were left [Two sav'd alive.] alive in the Galley, but F. Francis +Montilla, of the Barefoot Order of S. Francis, and John de Cuellar, +the Governors Secretary, who lay under Deck, whether the fainthearted +Chineses durst not go down in three Days, when their first Fury was +over. Then they afterwards set Ashore, on the Coast of Ilocos, in the +same Island of Luzon, that the Natives might suffer them to Water; +and because the Frier and the Secretary had Capitulated, having their +promise that they would do them no hurt, before they surrendered. The +Chineses being satisfy'd that there were no more ancient Christians +left, began to Shout and Roar for Joy that they had gone through with +their Work, and had no Man more to stand in Awe of. + +The Spaniards, who were in the other Vessels, near the Shore, tho' +they saw the Lights, and heard a confus'd Noise aboard the Admiral, +thought it might be on account of some Work belonging to the Galley, +or the like. [The Chineses sail for China.] When, a long time after, +they understood how matters went, from those who sav'd themselves by +Swimming, they lay still, not being able to redress it. They were +but few; had not Strength enough; and the Mischief was done. They +stay'd till Morning, and when Day appear'd, perceiv'd that the Galley +had set her Shoulder-of-Mutton-Sail, and was standing for China, but +they could not follow her; The Wind favouring, she sail'd all along +the Coast of the Island, till they got clear of it, the Chineses all +the way Celebrating their Victory. + +[The two Prisoners beg an easy Death, and are promis'd their Lives.] +The Frier and the Secretary, who were among them, being fully +perswaded they would soon kill them, and fearing it would be after +some of their cruel Methods, holding up their Hands, begg'd they +would allow them some Time to make their Peace with God; and in +case they would put them to Death, that it might be by Beheading, +and not any other Inhuman Way. One of the Chineses bid them not Fear, +for they should not Dye. They all lay'd down their bloody Weapons, +and prostrating themselves, return'd Thanks to Heaven in most humble +manner, beating Drums, and ringing Bells they carry'd, according +to their Custom. The two Christians being then bolted to a Bench in +the Galley, during 15 Days their Captivity lasted, were fed with a +small Proportion of Rice, boil'd in Water, without Salt, continually +looking upon the Blood of their Companions that had been spilt, +wherewith all the Deck was Stain'd. They shed Abundance of Tears +on it, besides those they hourly let fall with the Apprehension of +Death, those Chineses, like faithless false Men, designing to take +away their Lives, in some strange manner. They weigh'd, and sailed +between the Islands of Mindanao and Luban, towards China, and Coasting +along Manila towards Cagayan, some contrary Winds happening to blow, +and Calms succeeding, they were much concern'd, fearing, that if the +News of [The Chineses invoke their Gods.] their Treachery reach'd the +Philippines, they would send after and overtake them. This Dread made +them have recourse to their Gods, and call upon them, offering several +sorts of Sacrifices, Perfumes, and Prayers, which the Devil often +answer'd in formal Words, by the Mouths of such as were Possessed, +whom he Enter'd to that Purpose, for there never wanted two or three +such, all the time those Christians were in the Galley. What they saw +was, that when least they thought of it, and on a sudden, the Person +possessed began to quake, from Head to Foot. The others seeing him +in that Condition, said, Some God was coming to Speak to them. Then +coming up [Some of them possess'd.] to him, with Tokens of Respect, +they unty'd, and spread abroad his Hair; and stripping him quite naked +set him on his Feet, and he presently fell a Dancing to the Noise of +some Drum, or Bell, they beat or rung. They put a Cymiter, or Spear +into his Hand, and as he danc'd he brandish'd it over all their Heads, +with no small danger of hurting them, which they were not the least +apprehensive of; alledging, that their God, tho' he did so, would +never hurt them, without they were guilty of some Sin against him. + +Before the Devil had possess'd any in the Galley, the Chineses were +concerting [Christians preserv'd by Means of the Devil.] to murder the +Christians, believing they were the Occasion, why God did not give them +a fair Wind for their Voyage; but that watchful sovereign Providence, +without whose Direction the least Accident does not happen, making +Use of the Devil himself as an Instrument, prevented it by Means of +those very Persons who offended it. The Person possess'd ask'd for +Ink and Paper, which being presently brought him, he made certain +Characters and confus'd Scrawls, which being expounded by the others +in the Galley, they found signify'd, that those two Men were harmless, +therefore they should not kill them, which was no small Incouragement +to the Prisoners. However this lasted not long, for some others who +were possess'd after the first, tormented them cruelly, especially +one of them, who was the maddest. He told the Chineses, that if he +should happen to hurt those Men, as he brandish'd the Weapon he had +in his Hand over them, making Essays, as if he cut and slash'd, then +they must kill them immediately; because it would be a certain Sign, +that their Gods requir'd it, and that their being in the Ship was the +Occasion, why they gave them not a fair Gale. All the Men in the Galley +assembled, to behold that Spectacle, and the Person possess'd having +for a considerable Space walk'd about the Gang-Way, with extravagant +Gestures, went then to the Place where the Religious Man and his +Companion were; there growing hellishly inrag'd, he commanded all +the rest to stand aside, and being left with only the two Prisoners, +began to make hideous Faces and Grimaces at them, [Horred practices +upon the Prisoners.] when getting upon the Table in the mid Part of +the Galley, he thence threw his Cymiter at them, with such Fury, that +it stuck in the Deck, between their Feet. Seeing he had not hurt nor +touch'd them, he ask'd for it again to make a second and third Tryal, +sticking it every Time so deep, that the others could scarce draw it +out from the Planks. This done, he bid them give him a Partesan, with +which he hack'd, hew'd, and thurst, in such frightful and dangerous +Manner, that the Chineses themselves were astonish'd. He kept them +above an hour in that Dread and Affliction, without daring to stir, +or beg for Mercy; believing it would not avail them, but that on +the contrary, whatsoever they could say might be prejudicial. Thus +having plac'd all their Hopes, and Confidence on that sovereign +Lord, who even when he delays does not fail to give Assistance, +they call'd upon him, and offer'd themselves up to him in fervent +Prayers; particularly the Religious Man, repeating some Psalms and +Verses, which his former Devotion, excited by the present Danger, +brought into his Mind, and were suitable to that Occasion, and such +like Exigencies; by which, as he afterwards said, he receiv'd great +Comfort, and Addition of Courage. This sort of miserable Life, and +these Torments lasted all or most Days during therein Captivity. + +[The Chineses land, 820 of them are kill'd.] At length, the Chineses +perceiving they could not possibly perform the Voyage they desir'd, by +Reason the Wind was contrary; they resolv'd to land on the Island of +Ilocos, not far from Luzon, at the Port they call Sinay. They being +there ashore to Water, the Natives knowing they had murder'd the +Governour, laid an Ambush and kill'd twenty of them, and might have +destroyed above eighty that had landed, if they had not wanted Courage; +because at the very Shout the Men gave, when falling on, they were so +daunted, that they all fled several Ways in Confusion, throwing down +their Arms, endeavouring to save their Lives, by leaping into the Sea, +so to get off in the Boat. The Chineses meeting with this Disaster, +and thinking one of their own Men had been the Occasion of it, because +he advised them to put into that Port, they resolv'd to seize and +put him [They drown one of their own Men.] to Death. They did as +had been resolv'd, and at Night, by unanimous Consent, threw him into +the Sea, then weighing their Anchors, they got out of that Harbour, +and put into another, three Leagues off, on the same Coast. There +the Devil entering into one of them, as he us'd to do, commanded them +immediately to return to the Port, where they had sustain'd that Loss +of their Friends and Companions, and that they should not depart +thence, till they had sacrific'd a Man to him, without appointing +which he would have. They immediately obey'd the Command, one of the +Chief Chineses making Choice of one of the Christian Indians of the +Philippines they had Prisoners, to be Sacrifiz'd, and ty'd his Hands +and Feet, stretching them on a Cross, which they rais'd up, and the +Christian being bound against the fore-Mast, one of those possess'd by +the Devil came up [An Indian cruelly Sacrifiz'd.] to him in Sight of +them all, and playing the part of an Executioner, ripp'd up his Breast, +with one of those Daggers they use, making a wound so large, that he +thrust in his Hand with ease, and pluck'd out part of his Entrals, +whereof, with horrid Fury, he bit a Mouthful, and casting the rest +up into the Air, eat what he had in his Mouth, and lick'd his Hands, +pleasing himself with the Blood that stuck to them. + +[They cast him into the Sea.] Having committed the Murder, they took +the Cross, and him that was on it, and cast it and the Martyr into +the Sea, which receiv'd that Body, offer'd in Sacrifize to the Devil, +then to be cloath'd in Glory, by him that has provided it for those +who suffer for the Confession of the Faith. This dreadful Spectacle +struck Horror, and rais'd Emulation in the two Christians, who beheld +it with Zeal, and had expected as much before. The Inhuman Sacrifice +being over, they put out of the Harbour, and having for some days +Coasted the Island with Difficulty; one of them, by command of the +Possess'd Person, who had order'd the Sacrifice, with the consent [The +Secretary and Frier set at Liberty.] of them all, set at liberty the +Religious Man, the Secretary, and all the Indians they had Prisoners, +putting them ashore in the Boat, and then the Chineses stood out +to Sea. They endeavour'd to make over to China, but not being able, +put into Cochinchina, where the King of Tunquin took all they had, +and among the rest two heavy Pieces of Cannon, that had been put +aboard for the Expedition of the Moluccos, the King's Standard, +and all the Jewels, Goods, and Money. He suffer'd the Galley to +perish on the Coast, and the Chineses dispers'd, flying into several +Provinces. Others affirm, that King seiz'd and punish'd them. + +[Spaniards that escapd came to Manila.] The Spaniards that escap'd, +went to carry the News to Manila, where some griev'd, and others, +who hated the Governour for his Severity, rejoyced; but that ill Will +soon vanish'd, and all generally lamented him; more especially when +some of the Bodies were found and brought in. Among them were those of +the Ensign, John Diaz Guerrero, an old Soldier, and Governour of Cebu; +of the Ensign Penalosa, Proprietor of Pila; the great Soldier Sahagun, +whose Wife ran roaring about the City; [Bodies found.] of Captain +Castano, newly come over from Spain; of Francis Rodriguez Perulero; +of Captain Peter Neyla; of John de Sotomayer; of Simon Fernandez; +that of his Sergeant; of Guzman; of the Ensign and Sergeant of the +Company brought by Don Philip de Samano, who being sick transferr'd +it to Captain John Xuarez Gallinato; and those of Sebastian Ruis +and Lewis Velez, these two Merchants, all the rest old Soldiers; +whose Funerals renew'd the Sorrow for that dismall Accident. + +[Rojas chose Governour by the City.] This News being brought to +Manila, and no Papers of the Governour's appearing, wherein he nam'd, +who was to succeed him, tho' it was known he had the King's Order +so to do, believing it might be lost in the Galley, among much of +the Kings, his own, and private Persons Goods, the City therefore +chose the Licentiate Rojas for their Governour, and he was so forty +Days. But the Secretary John de Cuellar returning to Manila, in a +miserable Condition, with F. Francis de Montilla, gave Notice, that +Gomez Perez, before his Departure had appointed his Son Don Lewis to +succeed, and that this would be found at the Monastery of S. Augustin, +in a Box, [Don Lewis das Marinnas Governor.] among other Papers, +in the Custody of F. James Munnoz. Rojas had already sent Orders +to Cebu, for all the People employ'd in the Expedition, to return, +as was accordingly done. So that Don Lewis coming, not withstanding +some Protestations, he, by Virtue of his Father's Authority, succeeded +him in the Government, till Don Francis Tello came. + +[Character of Gomez Perez.] Such was the End of that Gentleman, +whose Actions were valuable in themselves, and the more for the Zeal +he did them with. He wanted not for political and martial Virtues, +nor for Prudence in both Sorts; but he would not regard Examples; and +contrary to what those taught him, durst promise himself to succeed, +so that he became confident, if not rash. But his Christian Piety +makes Amends for all. + +Don Lewis, his Kindred and Friends, would fain have prosecuted the +Expedition [The Fleet dismiss'd.] to the Moluccos, and to this End +F. Antony Fernandez came from Tydore; but he succeeded not. The Fleet +was dismiss'd, and it was a singular Providence for the Security +of the Philippine Islands; for presently after, at the Beginning of +the Year 1594, there came thither a great Number of Ships from China, +loaded only with Men and Arms, and bringing no Merchandize, as they are +wont to do. Those Ships brought seven Mandarines, being some of the +chief Viceroys and Governours of the Provinces. It was believ'd, and +[Arm'd Chineses in the Philippines.] prov'd certainly true, that they +knowing Gomez Perez went upon that Expedition, to which he took with +him all the Spaniards, concluded the Country was left defenceless, +and therefore came with a Design to Conquer, or plunder it, which +would have been very easy, had they found it as they expected. They +went out of their Ships but twice to visit Don Lewis, with great +State, and much Attendance. He receiv'd them affectionately, and +presented every Mandarine with a gold Chain. They told him, they +came by their King's Order, to pick up the Chineses, who wander'd +about those Islands without his Leave; but this was look'd upon as +a meer Pretence; because there was no Need, for that Effect, of so +many Mandarines, nor such a Number [Mandarines visit Don Lewis.] +of Vessels arm'd and furnish'd for War. The Chineses who murder'd +Gomez Perez, were of Chincheo, and therefore Don Lewis, as knowing +the certain Criminals, sent his Kinsman Don Ferdinand de Castro, +in a Ship, to give the King of China an Account of that Treachery; +but his Voyage miscarry'd, and all was left in Suspence. + +[King of Camboxa demands the promis'd Succour.] At this Time Langara, +King of Camboxa made Instance for the Succours, and requir'd Don +Lewis to perform his Fathers Promise made to him not long before. He +therefore, in Pursuance to it, and to the End that those Forces, +or some Part of them, might continue in the Church's Service, since +they were provided for that End, in the Design of Ternate, resolv'd +to support that King with them. + +Camboxa is one of the most fertile of the Indian Regions. It sends +[Camboxa described.] Abundance of Provisions to other Parts, for +which Reason it is frequented by Spaniards, Persians, Arabs, and +Armenians. The King is a Mahometan; but his Subjects the Gusarats +and Banians, follow the Precepts of Pythagoras, perhaps without +any Knowledge of him. They are all sharp witted, [Opinions of the +Natives.] and reputed the cunningest Merchants in India. However +they are of Opinion, that after Death, Men, Brute Beasts, and all +Creatures, receive either Punishment, or Reward; so confus'd a Notion +have they of Immortality. The City Camboxa, which gives its Name to +all the Country, is also call'd Champa, abounding in the Odoriferous +Calambuco Wood, whose Tree call'd Calamba, grows in unknown Regions, +and therefore has not been seen standing. The Floods upon those great +Rivers bring down Trunks of it, and [Lignum Aloes.] this is the +precious Lignum Aloes. Camboxa produces Corn, Rice, Pease, Butter, +and Oyl. There are made in it various Sorts of Cotton Webs, Muslins, +Buckrams, Calicoes, white and painted, Dimities, and other curious +[Manufactures.] Pieces exceeding the finest in Holland. They also +adorn their Rooms with Carpets; tho' they are not like those brought +out of Persia to Ormuz. They weave others for the common Sort, which +they call Bancales, not unlike the Scotch Plads. Nor do they want the +Art of Silk-Weaving, for they both weave, and work with the Needle, +rich Hangings, Coverings for the low Chairs us'd by the Women of +Quality, and for the Indian Litters, or Palanquines, which are made +of Ivory, and Tortoise-Shell, and of the same they make Chess-Boards, +and Tables to Play, Seal-Rings, and other portable Things. In the +Mountains there is found a sort of Christal, extraordinary [Product.] +transparent, whereof they make Beads, little Idols, Bracelets, +Necklaces, and other Toys. It abounds in Amethists, Garnets, the Sort +of Saphirs call'd Hyacinths, Spinets, Cornelians, Chrysolites, Cats +Eyes, properly call'd Acates, all of them precious Stones; There are +also those they call Milk, and Blood Stones, pleasant, and medicinal +Fruits, Opium, Bangue, Sanders, Alom and Sugar. Indigo is incomparably +prepar'd in Camboxa, and thence sent to several Provinces. The living +Creatures are the same Asia affords in those Parts, Elephants, Lions, +Horses, wild Boars, [Beasts.] and other fierce Beasts. It is in Ten +Degrees of North Latitude. The River Mecon waters all the Kingdom, and +in it falls into the Sea; being look'd upon as the greatest in India, +carrying so much water in Summer, that it [Mecon River.] floods, +and covers the Fields, like the Nile in Egypt. It joyns another +of less Stock, at the Place call'd Chordemuco. This River, for six +Months runs backward. The Reason of it is the Extent and Plainness +of the Country it runs along. The Southern Breezes choak up the Bar +with Sand. The Currents thus damm'd up, swell and rise together, after +much Struggling one against the other. The Bar looks to the South-ward, +both Waters at first Form a deep Bay, and finding no free Passage out, +but being drove by the mighty Violence of the Winds, are forc'd to +submit and bend their Course the wrong Way, till a more favourable +Season restores them to their natural Course. We see some such like +Effects in Spain, where the Tagus falls into the Sea of Portugal, +and the Guadalquivir into that of Andaluzia, oppos'd by the superior +Force of the Sea Waves, and of the Winds. + +About this Time, in the remotest Part of this Country, beyond +impenetrable [Angon City Discover'd.] Woods, not far from the +Kingdom of the Laos, was discover'd a City, of above six thousand +Houses, now call'd Angon. The Structures, and Streets, all of +massy Marble Stones, artificially wrought, and as entire, as if +they had been modern Works. The Wall strong, with a Scarp, or Slope +within, in such Manner, that they can go up to the Battlements [Its +Magnificence.] every where. Those Battlements all differ one from +another, representing sundry Creatures, one represents the Head of +an Elephant, another of a Lion, a third of a Tiger, and so proceed in +continual Variety. The Ditch, which is also of hew'd Stones, is capable +of receiving Ships. Over it is a magnificent Bridge, the Arches of it +being supported by stone Giants of a prodigious Height. The Aqueducts, +tho' dry, show no less Grandeur. There are Remains of Gardens, and +delightful Places, where the Aqueducts terminate. On one Side of the +Town is a Lake above thirty Leagues in Compass. There are Epitaphs, +Inscriptions, and Characters not understood. Many Buildings are +more sumptuous than the rest, most of them of Alabaster, and Jasper +Stone. In all this City, when first discoverred by the Natives, they +found no People, nor Beasts, nor any living Creatures, except such as +Nature produces out of the Breaches of Ruins. I own I was unwilling +to write this, and that I have look'd upon it as an imaginary City +of Plato's Atlantis, and of that his Common-Wealth; but there is no +wonderful Thing, or Accident, that is not subject to much Doubt. It +is now Inhabited, and our Religious Men, of the Order of St. Augustin +and St. Dominick, who have Preach'd in those Parts, do testify the +Truth of it. A Person of Reputation for his Learning, conjectures it +was the Work of the Emperor Traian; but tho' he extended the Empire +more than his Predecessors, I have not ever Read that he reach'd as +far as Camboxa. Were the Histories of the Chineses as well known +as ours, they would inform us, why they abandon'd so great a Part +of the World; they would explain the Inscriptions on the Buildings, +and all the rest that is unknown to the Natives themselves. I know +not what to say of so Beautiful a City's being buried in Oblivion, +or not known. It is rather a Subject of Admiration than Reflection. + +[Three Spanish Ships sent to the Relief of Camboxa.] Don Lewis being +zealous to bring those Nations into the Bosom of the Church, and +their Wealth, and Kings under the Subjection of the Crown of Spain, +fitted out three Ships, under the Command of John Xuarez Gallinato, +born at Tenerife, one of the Canary Islands, with 120 Spaniards, +and some Philippines. They Sail'd from Cebu, but there rose a Storm +immediately, which dispers'd the Ships. Gallinato drove on by the Fury +of the Winds, arriv'd at Malaca, and the other two at Camboxa. Going +up the River, [King of Camboxa routed by him of Siam.] they were +Inform'd, That the King of Sian had defeated him of Camboxa, his +Neighbour; who, with the wretched Remains of his Army, fled into the +Kingdom of the Laos, a Neighbouring but Inhumane Nation; and that, +whilst he was begging Compassion among those obdurate Hearts, the +King of Sian had set up Prauncar, Nick-nam'd, Wry Mouth the Traytor, +Brother to the vanqush'd Monarch, for King of Camboxa. This Accident +did not obstruct the Succours which the Spaniards carry'd under Colour +of an Embassy. They came to the City Chordumulo, 80 Leagues distant +from the Bar, and leaving 40 Spaniards in the Ships, 40 others went +to the Country where the new King was. They made Application to visit +him presently, but he would not be seen that Day, tho' he order'd they +should have good Quarters, and be told, he would give them Audience +three Days after. But James Veloso and Blase Ruyz, either that they +were formerly acquainted [Design to murder the Spaniards.] with the +Country, or some new Subtilty occurring, looking on that delay as +suspicious, visiting a beautiful Indian Woman, of the King's Family, +she told them in private, That being admitted into that Tyrants +Secrets, he being fond of her, she knew he intended to Murder them +all; and that during those three Days he had assign'd them, as it +were to Rest, after their Journey, the Men and Means for Executing +that Design were to be provided. The Spaniards return'd Thanks for +the Intelligence, not without promise of Reward. + +[Desperat Bravery of the Spaniards.] They were not dismay'd at +the Danger; but repeating their Thanks to the Indian Woman, for her +Intelligence, came to this magnanimous, if it may not be term'd a +rash Resolution. They agreed to attack the King's Palace that same +Night, and to withstand the whole Army, if Need were. They prepar'd +themselves for that Enterprize, which was above human Strength, set +fire to the House where the Powder lay, and the People running to +help, or to see the Mischief, the Spaniards, during the Confusion, +enter'd the Palace, and being acquainted with the royal Apartments, +made through them, till they came to the King's Person, whom they +run thro', and kill'd [They kill the King of Camboxa.] after cutting +his Guards in Pieces. He defended himself, calling out for Help, but +those who came to his Assistance found him bloodless. The Report of +this Action alarm'd the other Guards, and then all the City, which +contains above thirty thousand Inhabitants, who where all running to +Arms; above 14000 Men took up such as Occasion offer'd, and came upon +the Spaniards with many war-like Elephants. Our two Commanders drew +up [Retire before 14000 Indians.] their little Body, and retir'd +in great Order, always fighting and killing great numbers of their +Enemies. The Fight lasted all the Night, with wonderful Bravery, +the next Day they got to their Ships, and imbark'd, leaving that +Kingdom full of new Divisions. + +The second Day after, Gallinato came in, with his Ship. He landed, +having [Gallinato at Camboxa.] been before inform'd of what had +happen'd, and thinking he did not perform his Duty, unless he succour'd +the Spaniards, when he heard the Drums and Bells, and saw the Streets +and Port full of trading People, now in Arms. He gave strict Orders +to those that attended him, to behave themselves very modestly, so +as to conceal their own Concern, and deceive the People of Camboxa, +both by their Looks, and the Sedateness of their Words. The principal +Men of Camboxa visited him, in peaceable Manner; whom he treated very +courteously. He might have perform'd some great Exploit, but finding +his Strength too small for such an Enterprize, and that now Affairs had +taken another Turn, and were in a different Posture, he thought fit to +be gone. Most of those great Men oppos'd it, promising him the Crown, +as being well affected to the Spaniards, and a foreign Government. [The +great Men offer him the Crown.] Hence came the idle Report, that +Gallinato was King of Camboxa, which was believ'd by many in Spain, +and acted on the Stage with Applause, and good Liking. And it was +the Opinion of Persons well acquainted with those Countries, that had +Gallinato laid hold of the Opportunity offer'd him, he might then have +possess'd himself of Camboxa, and united it to the Crown of Castile. + +I have seen Letters of Velloso, and Blase Ruiz, to the Council at +Manila, after this Action, wherein they speak to this Effect, and +complain that Gallinato should blame what they did. But Gallinato, +whose Judgment, and Valour, had been try'd in the greatest Dangers +of those Eastern Parts, and many Years before in Flanders, would +not suffer himself to be easily [The depos'd King's Son restor'd.] +led away by popular Affection, and honourably rejecting that +Opportunity, sail'd towards Manila. He took in some Refreshment in +Cochinchina. Blase Ruiz and James Velloso had landed there before, +and went alone by Land to the Kingdom of the Laos, which lies West +of Cochinchina, to seek out the depos'd King Langara, and restore +him to his Throne. They found he was dead, but had a Son living, +who being told how they had kill'd the Usurper, his Uncle and Enemy; +he set forward immediately for his Kingdom with Velloso and Ruiz, and +10000 Men, the King of the Laos, contrary to all Expectation furnish'd +him. He attack'd Camboxa, where Ruiz and Velloso faithfully stuck to +him during the War, and afterwards in his Government. Then he sent +another Embassy to the Philippine Island, asking Supplies of Men to +quell the Troubles in his Country, and that he and his Subjects might +receive the Faith of JESUS CHRIST; promising a considerable Part of +his Dominions to the Spaniards, to subsist them. This Embassy came +to Manila, when Don Lewis had quitted the Government, and resign'd +it up to Don Francis Tello, which gave Occasion to Ternate to grow +more settled in its Tyranny. + +[D. Pedro de Acunna fortifies Carthagena.] Don Pedro de Acunna, +who govern'd Carthagena in the West-Indies, in this Year 1595, +either because it was his natural Inclination, or the Necessity of +the Times requiring it, fortify'd the Place with Fascines, Planks, +Piles, and Ditches, working at it himself in Person. Thus he oblig'd +the Bishop, Clergy and Religious Men, to put their Hands to the Work; +the very Ladies of Quality, their Daughters and Maids, did not refuse +to follow such an Example. It was wonderful to see with what Expedition +and Zeal the Work was brought to Perfection, of such Force is a good +Example. Soon after came to Puerto Rico, the Ship call'd Pandorga, or +Borgonna, that was Admiral of Tierra Firme, and New Spain, with three +Millions in her. The whole under the Care of the General Sancho Pardo. + +[56 English Sail sent to rob the West-Indies.] At this Time there +came into the West-Indies a Fleet of 56 Sail, sent by the Queen of +England to plunder them, under the Command of John Hawkins and Francis +Drake. Captain Peter Tello defended the three Millions so bravely with +the Spanish Frigots, that he sav'd the Prize. Hawkins was wounded in +the Fight, and dy'd of it before he could come to the Firm Land. Drake, +with that Fleet, enter'd Rio de la Hacha and Santa Maria; and being +one Night in Sight of Carthagena, took a Frigate belonging to that +Coast, by which he was inform'd, how well the Governour had fortifi'd +it; therefore making a Compliment of Necessity, he sent Don Pedro a +Message by the Men of his Frigot, whom he therefore set at Liberty, +saying, He did not attack his Works and City out of Respect to him, +and because he honour'd his Valour. The Truth of the Matter was, That +Drake call'd together his Captains to consult what was to be done, and +they all advis'd him to attack the City, promising to do their utmost, +and be answerable for the Success; alledging it ought to be attempted, +for being a Place of vast Wealth and Consequence. Only Drake oppos'd +it, [Drake's Actions there.] strength'ning his Opinion by saying, +His Mind did not give him, that the Enterprize could have the Success +they would assure him, because they were to have to do with a Knight +of Malta, a Batchelor, nothing weakned with Womanish Affection, or +the Care of Children; but watchful, and intent upon defending the +Place, and so Resolute, that he would dye on the Spot before he would +lose it. This Opinion prevail'd, and the English standing in Awe of +Don Pedro's Reputation, went away to the Town of Nombre de Dios, +and took it. Drake afterwards designing to do the same at Panama, +was disappointed, meeting Opposition by the Way, which had been +provided upon the Advice sent by Don Pedro, that the English were +moving against that City. + +But let us return into Asia. Still the People of Camboxa persisted +to ask Succours at the Philipine Islands, upon the usual Promise of +Conversion and Vassalage. Don Lewis de las Marinhas undertook the +Enterprize in Person, [D. Lewis de las Marinhas goes to relieve +Camboxa.] and at his own Cost. He set out from Manila with Don +James Jordan, an Italian, Don Pedro de Figueroa, Peter Villestil, +and Ferdinand de los Rios Coronel, Spanish Commanders, the last of +them then a Priest, who had also been in the first War of Camboxa. A +Storm took them out at Sea, which lasted three Days, with the usual +Fury. The Shipwrack was miserable, two Ships were stav'd in Pieces, +and the Sea swallow'd up all the Men, Provisions and Ammunition. Of +all the Soldiers and Seamen on Board the Vice-Admiral, only five swam +ashore on the Coast of China. Some Soldiers were also sav'd out of +the Admiral, and among them Captain Ferdinand de los Rios, the Vessel +remaining founder'd under the Waves. The other Ship got to Camboxa +almost shatter'd to Pieces after [Is cast away.] many Dangers. She +found in the River of Camboxa, eight Juncks of Malayes, and the +Spaniards seeing they design'd to carry away some Slaves of the King +of Camboxa, to whose Assistance they came, inconsiderately boarded the +Malayes, who being well furnish'd with more than ordinary Fire-works, +soon burnt our Ship, and most of the Spaniards perish'd in the [Spanish +Ships burnt.] Flames or Smoke. Blaze Ruiz, nor Velloso were not there +at that Time, but soon after in the Country, where they were attending +the King, being beset in the House where they lodg'd, were barbarously +murder'd. Those few Spaniards that escap'd, got into the Kingdom of +Sian, and thence to Manila. Heaven was pleas'd this should be the End +of all those mighty Preparations made for the Recovery of Ternate, +and the other Molucco Islands, whose Tyrant triumph'd at the News, +concluding it was the Effect of his good Fortune, and looking on +it as a Testimony of the Justice of his Cause, and accordingly he +confederated a new with our Enemies. + +Don Francisco Tello, a Gentleman of Andaluzia, succeeded Gomez Perez +[D. Fran. Tello Governor of the Phil.] in the Government of the +Philippine Islands, and came to Manila in the Year 1596. His first +Care was to inform himself of the Condition his Predecessor had left +them in, and to supply the Garrisons; because the Emperor of Japan, +having in the Year 1595, executed those glorious Martyrdoms, the +Memory whereof is still fresh, on the Religious Men of the Order of +S. Francis, it gave him Jealousy, that he might have a Design against +the Philippine Islands. + +The Natives of the Islands of Mindanao, hate our Nation as much as +[People of Mindanao hate the Spaniards.] those of Ternate, and upon +any Occasion take Arms against it, as they did in the last, at the +said Island of Ternate. For this Reason, Stephen Rodriguez de Figueroa +enter'd into Articles with the new Governour. Don Francisco Tello, +by Virtue whereof he made War on the People of Mindanao and Ternate, +at his own Expence. Stephen Rodriguez was so rich, [Stephen Rodriguez +makes War on Mindanao, at his own Expence.] that he might safely +undertake this Affair. He liv'd at Arevalo, a Town on the Island +Panaz, one of the Philippines, and set out with some Galleys, Frigots, +Champanes, and one Ship, in which there were some Spaniards, and above +1500 of the Painted Natives, call'd Pintados, who were to serve as +Pioneers. He arriv'd at the River of Mindanao, on the 20th of April, +1596, and as soon as the Inhabitants of the Town, peculiarly call'd +Mindanao, saw such a sightly Company, they fled up the Side of the +River, abandoning the Place, to the Fury of the Soldiers. Most of them +resorted to the Town of Buyahen, then the Residence of Raxamura, King +of Mindanao, who being under Age, had yet no Charge of the Government, +which was wholly in the Hands of Silonga, a Soldier, and Commander +of Reputation. Our Men following up the River, came to Tampacan, +five Leagues from the first. That Place was govern'd by Dinguilibot, +Uncle to Monao, the true Proprietor, who was then also young. + +These two were naturally well affected to the Spaniards, and therefore, +as soon as they discover'd their Arms, came out, in peaceable Manner, +to meet, [The Natives fly, and he pursues.] and offer them their +Assistance. They inform'd them, that the Enemies, for they were so to +those of Buyahen, had retir'd into the Fort they had there. Stephen +Rodriguez hearing the News, and having made much of those Princes, +order'd the Fleet to weigh Anchor, and continue the Pursuit, four +Leagues farther, still along the River, to Buyahen. Being come thither, +he landed his Men on S. Mark's Day; which was done by the Col. John +de Xara, but without any Order, because having had no Engagement at +Mindanao, they thought they should have little to do there; as if +this, or any other Pretence ought to be an Excuse for not observing +Martial Discipline, Stephen Rodriguez would land to rectify that +Disorder by his Presence. He went out in such Armour of Proof, that a +Shot of a small Drake would scarce pierce it. Only his Head unarm'd, +but cover'd with a Cap and Feather, a black carrying his Helmet, and +five Soldiers well arm'd attending him. He had scarce march'd fifty +Paces, before an Indian, whose Name was Ubal, suddenly rush'd out +of a close and topping Thicket, and running [ Is kill'd.] at him, +with his Campilan, or Cymiter, clove his Head. Ubal was Brother to +Silonga, and Owner of one only Cow there was in all that Country. He +kill'd her three Days before this Accident, and inviting his Friends +to her, promis'd in that War to kill the most noted Man among the +Spaniards. He was as good as his Word, for Stephen Rodriguez dropt +down of the Wound, and dy'd three Days after, without answering one +Word to the Questions that were made him, tho' he did it by Signs. The +five Spaniards, seeing their Commander so suddenly wounded, that the +Slayer, appeared, and the Stroke was heard the same Moment, fell upon +Ubal and cut him in Pieces. They acquainted Colonel Xara with their +General's Death; [A Fort erected in Mindanao and call'd New Murcia.] +and he suppressing his Concern, drew back the Men, and threw up a +Fortification in the most convenient Place, near the River, where he +orderly founded his Colony, to be inhabited by our Men. He appointed +Aldermen, and Magistrates, calling it New Murcia, in Honour of the old +one in Spain, where he was born. Afterwards, designing to marry Donna +Ana de Oseguera, Widow to Stephen Rodriguez, he left Things unsettled, +and arriv'd at the Island Luzon about the Beginning of June. + +The Governor Don Francis Tello, who was then at the Place call'd El +Embocadero, an hundred Leagues from Manila, being inform'd of what had +happen'd, and told upon what design the Colonel Xara came, seiz'd him +immediately, [Cap. Miranda sent to Mindanao.] sending Captain Toribio +de Miranda, to the War in Mindanao. He found his Men were retire'd +to the Port de la Caldera, in the same Island but 36 Leagues from the +Mouth of the River. There he maintain'd himself, till about August Don +Francis Tello appointed Don John Ronquillo, who was Commander of the +Galleys, to succeed in that Post. He also commission'd Peter Arceo +Covarrubias, and others, as Captains, to go with him; James Chaves +Cannizares, Collonel; Garcia Guerrero, Major; and Christopher Villagra +and Cervan Gutierrez, Captains of Foot. Don John Ronquillo came with +his Recruit to press upon the Enemy, and did it so effectually, that +being distress'd, they crav'd Aid of the King of Ternate, to whom the +People of Mindanao pay an Acknowledgement, which is little less, or +the same as Tribute. Buizan, Brother to Silonga, went on this Embassy; +[Ternates Succour Mindanao.] and succeeded so well, that the King +of Ternate sent with him seven Carcoas, x heavy Pieces of Cannon, +two smaller, some Falconets, and six hundred Men. They sailing up the +River of Mindanao, design'd to pass on as far as Buyahen; but met with +great Difficulties at the Reaches; because at one of them they were +threatned by the Spaniards chief Fort, the Galleys, and other Vessels; +and the other was a narrow Channel, with a Point running out into it, +on which was erected a Bastion, defended by forty Men. From thence +our Men had artificially laid a strong wooden Bridge over to the +other Side of the River, close to which a Galliot ply'd up and down. + +The Ternates seeing both Sides so well Guarded, resolv'd to fortify +themselves at the Mouth of the River. They accordingly erected a +small [They build a Fort on the River.] Fort, and put themselves +into it, with an equal Number of Mindanao Soldiers. The News hereof +mov'd the General Ronquillo to dislodge them; and in Order to it, +came down with the Galleys and other Vessels, and 140 Men well +appointed. He landed with 116, and the Captains Ruy Gomez Arellano, +Garcia Guerrero, Christopher Villagra, and Alonso de Palma, facing the +Enemy, at about eighty Paces Distance, on the Bank of the River. The +Ternates and Mindanaos had levell'd all the Front of their Fort, +and designedly left a Spot of Bushes and Brambles on one Side, +where 300 Ternates lay in Ambush, the rest being in the Fort. Both +their Parties perceiving how few of our Men came to attack them, +were asham'd to be shut up within Fortifications, and lye in Ambush, +and accordingly making Show of haughty Threats, came out and met the +Spaniards. They found such Opposition, that without the Help of any +Stratagem, or other Cause but their natural Valour, at the very first +onset, almost all the Ternates were kill'd, [Slaughter of Ternates.] +and the rest fled. Our Men follow'd the Chace, till they made an +End of them. The people of Tampaca, who till then had been Neuters, +to see which Side Fortune would favour, perceiving she declar'd for +us, took up Arms for our Part. Only seventy seven escap'd dangerously +wounded, whereof fifty were drown'd in the River leaping, into it in +Despair: Of the other twenty seven, only three surviv'd, who carry'd +the News to their [Only three escape.] King. The Spaniards possess'd +themselves of the Shipping, Cannon, and Plunder of the vanquish'd, +and were encourag'd to prosecute the War. + +Don Francis Tello did not neglect other Affairs of this Nature. He +understood by his Spyes, and it was bruited abroad, that the Emperor of +Japan [Warlike preparations in Japan.] was gathering a mighty Army, +and fitted out a Fleet for it, with Arms and Provisions. It was also +known, that he was in Treaty to secure himself against the Chineses, +of whom the Japoneses are naturally Jealous. Hence it was inferr'd, +that he arm'd to carry the War out of his own Dominions. He had already +enter'd into Allyance with the King of Ternate, and other Neighbours, +who were Enemies to the Crown of Spain. All these Particulars gave +vehement Cause to conjecture, that the Storm threatned the Philippine +Islands, and more especially Manila, the Head of them. The Governour +strengthned himself, and sent Captain Alderete to discover the whole +Truth, under Colour of complimenting that Emperour, and carrying [A +Spanish Embassy thither.] him a Present. The Embassador set out for +Japan in July, and at the same Time Don Francisco dispatch'd the Galeon +S. Philip for New Spain, with Advice of those Reports. These two Ships, +viz. that Alderete went in, and the S. Philip, were together in Japan, +which the Natives were jealous of. Alderete got full Information of the +Strength and Designs of the Japoneses, and his Industry was of Use, for +the taking of right Measures in Manila, and to prevent their fearing +without Cause. He brought back another noble Present to the Governour; +and both Sides stood upon their Guard, to be ready upon all Occasions. + +[Sovereign Court at Manila.] In the Year 1598, the sovereign Court was +again erected at Manila, King Philip prudently conferring Dignity on +that Province. It was compos'd of the Iudges Zambrano, Mezcoa, Tellez +de Almazan, and the Kings Attorney Jerome Salazar, y Salcedo. That +great King never allow'd of any Intermission in his weighty Cares, +which extended to all the known Parts of the World; having a watchful +Eye upon the Designs of other Princes, whether well, or ill affected to +the Propagation of the Gospel, which was his main Design. Therefore, +about this Time, he made Haste to rid himself of his neighbouring +Enemies, that he might have Leasure to attend the remotest Rebels +against the Church and his Monarchy. And in Respect that as [Peace +between France & Spain.] Age came on, its Distempers grew heavier, +he concluded a Peace with France, which was proclaim'd at Madrid, with +Martial Solemnity, after he had withdrawn himself to the Monastery of +S. Laurence, at the Escurial, [K. Philip the 2d dies.] a Work of his +Piety and Magnificence, where he dy'd on the thirteenth of September +1598, with singular Tokens of Sanctity. He frequented the Sacrament +of Confession, receiv'd the divine Viaticum, and extreme Unction, +the last Remedy for temporal, and eternal Health. His Death was in +all Respects answerable to the wonderful Course of his Life. + +[K. Philip the 3d.] King Philip the Third, our sovereign Lord, +succeeded him, having been before sworn in all his Kingdoms, who, +amidst the Tears and Funeral Solemnities, Commanded the Will to +be open'd, and what his Father had order'd to be fulfill'd. His +Instructions, and the Mysteries of State, whereof he was so great +a Master, and which he communicated to his Son till the last Gasp, +produc'd the Peace which attended his most happy Succession, which +was his Due by Natural Right, the Law of Nations, and his own innate +Virtues; the general Submission of his Subjects, and the Fidelity +of the Armies that serv'd in the Northern Provinces in Italy, +Africk, Asia, the Indies, and in Garrisons, were a Curb to other +Nations. Many of them presented the new King with Protestations of +Loyalty, before they had receiv'd Letters and Advice of his being +upon the Throne. The same Unanimity was found in the Fleet, and +Naval Power, wherein the Treasures and Commodities are transported; +a rare Tranquility upon the Change of Princes. The Roman Legions +in Germany, and Illyricum, did not show such Respect to Tyberius, +after the Death of Augustus. [Greatness of the Spanish Monarchy.] +And tho' the Spanish Monarchy is of so great an Extent, that it +borders on the unknown World, and it is never Night in all Parts of +it, because the Sun encompasses and continually displays his Light +over it, yet it obey'd without any Commotion, or rather with Pride, +as if it knew and were sensible of the new Hand that took up the +Reins of Government. Excellent Princes have seldom fail'd to employ +extraordinary Ministers about their Persons, to manage and sustain +the Burden their Fortune lays upon their Shoulders; so Alexander the +Great had Hephestion; the two Scipios, the two Lelij; Augustus Cæsar, +Marcus Agrippa; the Princes of the August House of Austria, other +Persons of singular Virtue; for all moral Wisdom, and Experience it +self teaches us, that the Difficulties of weighty Affairs are not +to be duly manag'd, and surmounted, by any but Persons of a more +than ordinary Capacity; because Nature has not left any of its Works +destitute of a proportionable Ministry. And considering, that it is +of great Importance to the publick Welfare, to contrive, that what is +necessary for the Use and Commerce of Mankind may appear eminent in +Dignity, for the strengthning of the common Advantage with Authority: +The King, I say, following those ancient Examples, made Choice of Don +Francisco de Rojas y Sandoval, then Marques of Denia, and since first +Duke of Lerma, a most [Duke of Lerma Prime Minister.] able Minister, +privately to consult with him about fundamental Matters and Concerns, +for which he had been prepar'd with singular Affection in those Times: +Besides the great Antiquity of his Family, which has ally'd him to all +the noblest of the Grandees of Spain, all Men own him endow'd with +the necessary Virtues, that belong to a Person in so great a Post; +which shine through that pleasing Gravity of his Countenance, with +a stay'd Gayity that testifies his Capacity, and provokes Respect +at the same Time that it gains Affections. He constituted him the +first of his Council of State, and all the Orders for Peace and +War began to run through his Hands. All the Opinions of Councels, +which he found seal'd, for King Philip the 2d to give his Decision +thereupon, he restor'd, without opening them, to the Presidents of +the said Councels they came from, being, perhaps, calculated out of +Respect, that they might again debate upon them with more Liberty, +and send them back enlarg'd or reform'd. + +Heaven was now hastening the Reduction of the Molucco Islands, and +the [Neglect of the Moluccos in Spain.] punishing the Persecution +of the faithfull, tho the Tyrants appear'd never so haughty; however +the Talk of it was discontinu'd for some Time; because the Enterprize +was to be concerted, and carry'd on in the Philippine Islands, and to +be resolv'd on, and encourag'd in the supreme Council of the Indies, +and it was requisite that the President and Councellors should be +well affected to the Cause, which had then no Body to support it, +as being despair'd of by Reason of so many unfortunate Attempts: +and therefore the Papers of Reflections, and Informations relating +to it, lay by, forgotten, in Heaps. This was the Posture of those +Affairs till Providence dispos'd the Means for bringing it about, +that a Matter which was difficult on so many several Accounts, +might fall into the Hands of a Sovereign, who being well affected, +might with special Zeal bring it to Perfection. + +No Body now disturb'd the King of Ternate. The English settled on his +Lands, and Trade enrich'd the Sovereign and the Subjects. He, tho' he +had many Sons, and the Prince his Successor was of Age to bear Arms, +did not cease equally to increase his Wives and Concubines. Lust was +never circumscrib'd by any Laws among those People. The Relations of +curious Persons inform us, That among the rest of this Kings Wives, +there was [Queen of Ternate in Love with the Kings Son.] one very +young, and singular for Beauty, with whom the Prince her Son-in-Law, +whose Name was Gariolano fell in Love, and she rejected not his +Courtship tho' she was Wife to his Father: But that Nearness of Blood +secur'd their Familiarity, and under the Shelter, and Cover of it, +she admitted both Father and Son. + +[Sangiack of Sabubu Father to her.] This Queen was Daughter to the +Sangiack of Sabubu, a potent Prince in the great Island Batochina, +who came to Ternate, upon some slight Occasion. He being lodged in +the Palace, and entertain'd as a Father, and Father-in-Law, easily saw +into the Incestuous Life of his Daughter. He resolv'd to be thoroughly +convinc'd, yet concealing his Jealousy from both the Lovers, he was +satisfy'd of the Truth, learnt who were the Parties privy to it, +abhorr'd the Baseness, and condemn'd his own Blood. He pretended +one day he would Dine in private, and sent only for his Daughter; +who being free [He Poisons her.] from all Jealousy or Suspition, +swallow'd a Poison, which soon took away her Life, in that Food which +she us'd most to delight in. Endeavours were us'd to help the unhappy +Queen, and compose the Father; but he angrily obstructing that last +act of Compassion, put away the Physitians, and Women, and being left +alone with the King, who, upon hearing the News, was come to give his +Assistance, said, This Woman, whom Nature gave to me for a Daughter, +and I to you for a Wife, has, with her Life, satisfy'd a Debt she +had contracted by her inordinate Passions. Do not Lament her, or +believe she dy'd of any Natural Distemper. I killd her, taking the +Revenge off your Hands. The Prince, your Son, had a Love Intrigue with +her? Being in your House I had full Proof of it, and not being able to +endure, that my Blood should wrong you, I could lay aside all Fatherly +Affection, and take away the Stain that on my Side is laid upon the +Law of Nature, and your Honour. I have honourably finish'd the first +Part of this Example. Now, if you think your self wrong'd by your Son, +he is in your Power, and I have no Right to deliver him up to you, +as I do this false Body. It lies upon you to finish this Work upon +the Offender, for I have perform'd all that was my Duty in giving you +this Information, and depriving my self of the Daughter I lov'd best. + +The King was astonish'd, without knowing how to return Thanks, +or perform any other Act becoming a King; and having lamented the +Misfortune for some time, order'd Prince Gariolano to be secur'd; but +he, who was no less belov'd by the Guards than his Father, Guessing +at the Consequences, [The Prince Flies.] which might certainly +be deduc'd from the Queens violent Death, sparing no Horse-flesh, +made to the Sea-Port, where he withdrew, with some of his Relations, +from his Fathers Presence and Anger, till it naturally cool'd. It +happen'd as he expected, for he was appeased before a Year expir'd, +and the [Is Restor'd to Favour.] Prince was restor'd to his Favour; +the King then making a Jest of the Stains of his Honour, and saying, +He well knew his ill Luck in Wives and Concubines. But what Laws +does he observe, who is guided by his Appetite? And how can he weigh +the Duties of Honour, who Thinks that only the common Actions of the +Sense have any solid being? + + + The End of the Sixth Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK VII. + + +The Governour Don Francis Tello, to attend other Neighbouring +[D. Francis Tello neglects the Moluccos.] Provinces, where greater +Commotions were threatned, turn'd his Arms that Way; sending some +inconsiderable Part, at several Times to the Moluccos; for he never +went seriously about recovering those Islands, either because he +apprehended, or had Intelligence of Dangers threatned by the haughty +Japoneses, Mindanaos, and Chineses, or that he would not tread in +the Track of those who ruin'd themselves in the Expeditions against +Ternate. Yet our Men fought that Nation in other Parts; for being the +most Warlike, and averse to the very Name of Spaniards, it never let +pass any Opportunity of doing them Harm. + +We have already mention'd the first coming of the English into those +Seas, and the Care that was taken to obliterate the Example set by +their Voyage, by fortifying the Streights of Magellan. It could not +be effected, nor did our Fleet succeed in punishing, as was intended, +those who had the Boldness to attempt that unthought-of Passage. Since +then, the Hollanders [Dutch at the Moluccos.] and Zealanders, +supported by Rebellion and Disobedience, have sail'd into India, +possess'd themselves of strong Holds, and erected Factories, +transporting the Drugs, Precious Stones and Silks of Asia; and what +is worse, possessing themselves of several Places, and rending the +Spanish Monarchy. They have made several Voyages. What Island have +they not pry'd into? What Barbarous Nation have they not encourag'd to +Rebellion and Tyranny; especially since Maurice of Nassau is possess'd +of those Provinces, by the Title of Governour. + +[Philippines fill'd with Chineses.] The Philippine Islands were +now appointed for the Place of Arms, considering the great Delays +Experience had shown there were towards Recovering of the Molucco +Islands. In the mean while, notwithstanding that Don Francis Tello +was warn'd, how pernicious Inhabitants he was like to have in the +Sangleyes, or Chineses, by whom the Islands of his Province began to +be much peopled and fill'd, yet he allow'd them greater Liberty than +was convenient; and the Municipal Laws which provided against this +Disorder being forgotten or contemn'd, in a very short Time there +were additional Towns of Chineses, Chincheos, and other such like +Monsters, who were no better than Pyrates, or Incendiaries in that +Country, which ought to have taken sufficient Warning by, and been well +provided on Account of past Accidents, to shut up all Passages against +such Enemy Nations. Don Francisco excus'd their Resort, alledging, +That they imported Abundance of Provisions and Merchandise, which is +what usually enriches all Places; That no Men have such a consummate +Mechanick Genius as they; That they are more assiduous and constant at +the Works and Buildings than the Natives of the Philippines. He said, +That all the Jealousy generally conceiv'd of them vanishes, if the +Governour administers Justice impartially, and permits no private +Cabals. All these are, or appear'd to be frivolous Reasons, without +any Force; and the admitting of such an Inundation of those People, +prov'd very dangerous, as may be seen in the Sequel of this Work, +by what happen'd to the Governour Gomez Perez. It was a particular +Providence of Heaven, that other Nations did not go about to League +with this, or the Dutch, who have so strongly fix'd themselves in the +Archipelago; for they might, without much Difficulty, have given us +more Trouble than has been occasion'd by the Rebellion of the Kings +of the Moluccos; to whose Country, and all others in India, great +Fleets of Dutch resort, ever since the Year 1585, whereof Dutch +Writers give an Account, and lay down in Cuts, even the smallest +Plants they produce. + +It does not belong to us to give an Account of the English, Dutch, +or other Nations of India and Asia, or their Expeditions and Voyages; +but only such as relate to the Conquest of Ternate and the Molucco +Islands, or may have some Dependance on this Subject; but be it +known, once for all, that every Year, some Northern Fleets appear'd, +coming either thro' New Streights, still unknown to our Discoverers, +or those before frequented and laid down. But before we enter upon +this Relation, it seems requisite to say something of Holland, +the Head of the Neighbouring Islands, as that which is become most +outrageous in India, and most covets the [Account of Holland.] +Moluccos. The province of Holland is almost on all Sides encompass'd +by the Sea, and the Ports of the Maese and Rhine, for about 60 +Leagues in Compass. Within it are contain'd 29 wall'd Towns, whose +Names and Situation does not belong to us to speak of, nor of those +of Zealand, or the other Provinces subject to them. The Curious may +read Lambert, Hortensius, and Montesortius. The Natives are descended +from the Ancient Catti; and forasmuch as Erasmus of Rotterdam, which +is in Holland, describes it in his Chiliades, we will abridge what +he there delivers at large, out of Affection to his Country. The +Learned, say he, agree, and it is a probable Conjecture, that the +Island Tacitus mentions, lying from [Tacitus l. 20.] the Rhine to +the Ocean, is that we call Holland; which I am oblig'd to Honour, +as owing my first Breath to it; and would to God we could honour it +as it deserves. Martial charges it with being rude, or unpolished; +and Lucan with Cruelty. Either these Things do not belong to us, +but to our Ancestors, or we may value our selves upon them both. What +Nation is now known, whose first Fathers were not more uncouth than +their Posterity? Or when was Rome more highly commended, than when its +People knew no other Arts but Tillage and Warfare? Erasmus spends Time +in proving, that it is the Nature of Holland, not to relish Martial's +Wit; and that this is not the Effect of Rudeness, but a Gravity worthy +Imitation. Then he makes an Exclamation, saying, Would to God all +Christians had Dutch Ears! And that if still any one shall contend, +the Nation is in the Wrong, in having stopp'd theirs to all Poetical +Delights and Allurements, and arm'd it self against them; the Dutch +valu'd themselves upon being comprehended in that Reflection, which +did not displease the Ancient Sabines, the Perfect Lacedemonians, +and the Severe Catos. Lucan call'd the Batavi, that is the Dutch, +Cruel, as Virgil did the Romans, Vehement. Erasmus adds, That the +Customs of these Nations [Erasmus of the Manners of Hollanders.] +are Familiar, inclining to Meekness and Benignity, and not to +Fierceness; because Nature endow'd them with a sincere Disposition, +free from Fraud and Double-Dealing, and did not make them subject +to extraordinary Vices, except the Love of Pleasure, and Excess in +Entertainments. This is caus'd by the Multitude of Beauties, which +are Incentives, by the several Sea-Ports on the Ocean, the Mouths of +the two Rivers, Rhine and Maese; the perpetual Felicity of the Soil, +water'd by other Navigable Rivers; and the Fish and Foul in the Ponds +and Woods. No Province of so small a Compass, contains so many Cities +of a considerable Magnitude, and so Populous, excellently govern'd; +so full of Commodities, Arts and Trade. It abounds in Men indifferently +learn'd. Erasmus himself, in Conclusion, owns that none of them arrives +to singular Erudition. This Account, which in all that is natural must +be own'd not to exceed, affords Arguments to condemn and convince the +Author of it, and the Nation it self. All that Part of the World where +Religion and Politeness flourish, is acquainted with the Diversity +of Opinions all those Nations espouse, of Protestants, Puritans, +Calvinists, these the most Numerous; Huguenots, Lutherans, and all +other Sorts, too long to enumerate, and not to our Purpose. Since +Erasmus confesses that his Country does not produce any Persons of +eminent Learning, why do they take upon them to decide Controversies +in Religion? Why do they incroach upon Councils? If they are of such +an excellent Disposition, and have such a modest Genius, [The Authors +Reflections on them.] Why do they cast off that Piety, whereof there +are such ancient Testimonies in our first Fathers, so much honour'd +by the primitive Charity of the true Church? It is true, as Erasmus +says, that they are of a kind Temper, but Tenacious of whatsoever +they once espouse; the same moves us to pity them the more, for the +Difficulty of dealing with Positiveness in Minds that are not given +to change. Let no Man believe but that under that seeming Meekness in +Behaviour, the highest Degree of Pride lies [A Spanish Author cannot +forbear these Reflections.] couch'd. What greater Pride than to +scoff at the most ancient Church? At its Apostolical Traditions? At +her universal Agreement? At the Miracles God has wrought, to approve +the Catholick Doctrine? And what Error can be more inexcusable, than +to follow the New Opinions of unlearned and vicious Men, such as the +Arch-Hereticks were; and to live under a Necessity of not laying down +their seditious Arms only to defend Impiety grounded on Ignorance, +and the Extravagancies of their Passions? What House is there in those +Cities which Erasmus extols, wherein all the Inhabitants profess +and follow the same Way of spiritual Salvation? When the Father is +a Calvinist, the Mother is often a Huguenot, the Son a Lutheran, the +Servant a Hussite, and the Daughter a Protestant. All the Family is +divided, or rather every particular Person's Soul is so, and at best +doubts of all. Wherein does this differ from Atheism? It is positive +Atheism. This Division, unworthy of wild Beasts, is the Occasion, +and a Sort of Mathematical Necessity, that these People cannot be +united among themselves in true Peace. For those Things are the same +to one [See the latter part of the Preface.] another, that they +are to a Third; so that almost all these having different Notions, +as to God, they cannot of Necessity be united among themselves, as +differing in the most essential Part, which is the having an uniform +Notion of God in Religion. Let no Man believe, that because they +are not at War among themselves, it is Love that is the Occasion of +it. The Ground of their false Tranquility is to be call'd a Cessation, +and not Peace. These are the People who have unhing'd Loyalty and the +Christian Religion, before settled in the Islands, and remotest Parts +of Asia, making Excursions from their own Country, as far as China, +their raging Avarice being grounded on the Advice given them by the +Queen of England, and on Malice, because King Philip the IId had +shut up the other Ports of his Kingdoms against them; so to endeavour +to reduce them to the Truth and Submission, by taking from them the +Advantages of Trade. + +[Dutch first sail to the Moluccos.] The first Dutch Fleet that came +to the Molucco Islands, after the English, in the Year 1598, shall +be here spoken of. Some prime Men, for the Sake of their Country, +as they said, and to gain Reputation, met in Holland and Zealand, +and fitted out six Ships and two Brigantines, to sail into India. The +first Ship they call'd the Maurice, the Admiral in her being Jacob +Cornelius Neck, born at Roterdam, and the Master Gonaert Jansk; the +second was the Amsterdam, and in her the Vice-Admiral Vibrant Darkik; +the other Ships were the Holland, the Zealand, the Guelder, and the +Utrecht; The bigger Brigantine the Friezland, and the smaller the +Overissel. They carry'd 160 Soldiers, besides Mariners, and saild +from Roterdam on the 13th of March. Off from Sluys, on the 4th of +April, they had such a dreadful Storm, as might have discourag'd +them from Proceeding, and the Ship the Holland was almost disabled; +but still they were drove on by the Weather to the Texel, and thence +to Debenter, and in Conclusion they got into the Ocean. They met +another Ship returning to the Low Countries, which presented them +with 10000 Oranges, and having distributed them among the Men, they +made a general Rejoycing, for the baptizing of 25 Men, aboard the Ship +the Guelder, on the 10th of May. [Barrels must be a Mistake.] On the +11th they anchor'd at Barrels, and on the 15th at the Island Madera, +and again on the 17th at the Canaries, Gomera, and Palma, passing by +those of Sal and Santiago, which are those of Cabo Verde, they furl'd +all their Sails, and drove in a Storm, in 29 Degrees Latitude. On the +first of June they took a Sea Tortoise which weigh'd 143 Pounds. On +the 15th of the same Month, Gerrit Jans, either provok'd by Wine or +a worse Spirit, cast himself into the Sea, from the highest Part +of the greater Brigantine. The next Day, aboard the Ship Guelder, +in which the new baptised Men were, they saw a large flying-Fish, +which clapping too its Wings, Fell into the said Ship; but they saw +the same Sort of Fishes fall upon their Vessels at other Times. On +the Eighth they cross'd the Line, and began to distribute a Pot of +Wine to every six Men; but on the 25th of the same Month, for Joy +of having pass'd the Ridges of Rocks before Brazil, which run to +the Southward in 18 Degrees of South Latitude, they allow'd three +Pots to every seven Men. Such a thick Fog fell that they lost Sight +of the smaller Brigantine; the Zealand soon found her again, and +discover'd many Cranes standing on the Tops of the Reeds, or Canes, +that grew out Tall and of an equal Height above the Water. On the +24th of July, they came to an Anchor at the Cape of Good Hope, whence +they sail'd again on the 15th of August with Stormy Weather, all the +eight Vessels together, the Sea there boiling up as a Pot does upon +[The Sea seems to boil up.] the Fire. This Motion, like boiling, was +seen for about a Musket Shot in Length, and the Breadth of a Ship, +and all this Space was cover'd thick with Weeds, which they pass'd +over by main Force, without any Danger. + +[Madagascar.] On the 24th they reach'd the Island of Madagascar, +or of S. Laurence, and saw abundance of Whales. Here the plentiful +Distribution of Wine ceas'd, and it began to be given out more +sparingly, to lament by this Abstinence, the Death of John Pomer, a +skilful Sailor. On the 27th they pass'd Cape S. Sebastian, and on the +30th Cape S. Julian. On the 4th of September, it was debated whether +they should make for the Island of Banda, or put into the Bay of Anton +Gill. They came to no Resolution at that Time, tho' they afterwards +arriv'd separately at Banda, and at several Times. On the 17th they +discover'd, at a great Distance, the Island of Cerne, by others call'd +the Isle of Swans, which is high and mountainous, and for Joy of the +Water they expected to take in there, they gave every Man three Cups +of Wine. Before that, the Vice-Admiral went ashore with five Men, in +another little Island, and taking a View of it, found a Noble Spacious +Harbour, well land-lock'd, into which a Rivulet of fresh [They land in +a small Island.] Water fell. They put in and refitted their shatter'd +Vessels, finding 14 Fathom Water. They had not Landed in four Months, +and therefore in Thanksgiving, and because it was then Fair Time in +Holland, they made a Sort of Chappel; on the Bodies of Trees, and +covering it with Leaves, preach'd there twice a Day, in Honour of the +Fair. They eat Abundance of Fowl, which they could almost take with +their Hands, and drank Wine more plentifully. A Native of Madagascar, +who came along with them, and had been taken in a former Voyage, was, +by the Instruction of those Sermons, made a Christian, and baptiz'd, +taking the Name of Laurence. They found no Inhabitants in the Island +though it was Delightful. + +[Clear Water in the Sea.] On the 28th and 29th, they observ'd they +were upon a very Christalline Water, without any other Tokens of +their being near Land, and those same Days at Noon, they had the Sun +in the Zenith, directly over their Heads, which had happen'd to them +at other Times. Here a Storm separated the Ships; the Maurice, which +was Admiral, by them in Latin call'd Prætoria, the Holland, and the +Overissel, tho' they endeavour'd to [Cerne Island.] make Java, were +drove by Stress of Weather to Banda; and the other five to the Island +Cerne, or of Swans, leaving six other smaller on the Right Hand. They +enter'd the Port with ten Fathom Water, between two Mountains, which +contract the Mouth of it. The Situation of it is in 21 Degrees of South +Latitude, and is five Leagues in Compass. The Port is Spacious enough +to contain 50 Ships, and shelter'd against all Winds. They were so +well pleas'd with the Island, that they chang'd its ancient Name of +Cerne, or of Swans, for that of Maurice, in Honour of Count Maurice +of Nassau, Bastard Son to the Prince of Orange, so well known in our +Days. Discoverers were sent about it, and return'd without finding any +humane Track, nor Signs of any Habitation. They had a doubtful [Tame +Birds and Beasts.] Proof hereof in the Birds and Beasts; for they ran +into their Hands and alighted on their Heads, as they might have done +on the Branches of Trees, or had they been bred Tame; which Boldness +proceeded either from their having never seen Men, or being grown very +familiar with them. [Strange Bats.] Among the rest, there are Bats, +which have Heads as big, and like Apes, and these sleep considerable +Numbers of them together, and hanging on the Trees, with their Legs +and Wings extended. The Air and Soil are so healthy and fit to be +inhabited, that as soon as the Sick were landed, they recovered. The +Land is high and mountainous, full of Woods, and not being inhabited, +there are no Tracts or Paths through them. There [Ebony.] is an +infinite Quantity of Ebony Trees, as black as Pitch, and as smooth +as Ivory; the Trunks being cover'd with a rough Bark, preserve +the Body solid. There are other Plants, whose Trunks are Red, and +others Pale as Wax; delicious Coco-Nuts, vast Numbers of Palm-Trees, +and some of them of such Sort, that one of their Leaves covers all a +Man's Body, and defends it against the Rain. They spread their Nets, +and among the other [Monstrous Thornback.] Multitude of Fishes, +took a Thornback so large, that it afforded two Meals [Tortoises.] +for all the Men in the Ships. They saw Land Tortoises, so big, that +one of them walk'd with four Soldiers sitting on its Back; and ten +of them din'd upon the Shell of another, as if it had been a round +Table. In a very short Time they kill'd Abundance of Turtle-Doves, +and another Sort of [Penguins.] white Birds, bigger than our Swans, +but as round as a Ball, and have only two or three curl'd Feathers in +the Tail. There were so many blew Parrots, that they might have loaded +their Ships with them. Indian Crows, twice as big as the European, +of three several colour'd Feathers. + +They erected Forges, dress'd all their Tools, and built another +Vessel, to supply the Place of the Utrecht, which with the other +two, had directed her Course for Madagascar. They again took a +View of their Maurice Island, and towards the Inland Part of it, +tho' there were no Signs of any [Wax found with Greek Characters.] +humane Habitation, found about three hundred Pounds weight of Wax, +on which there were plain Greek Letters and Characters. They also +saw Oars, Nets, and Pieces of Timber, being the Wreck of Ships. The +Vice-Admiral, providing a smooth square Board, carv'd on it the Arms of +Holland, Zealand, and Amsterdam, and nail'd it on the Top of a Tree, +as a Memorial of his being there, and giving the Name of MAURICE to +the island, with this Inscription, which being in Spanish, denotes +their Hatred to the Ancient Faith of our Nation, and being couch'd +in one Line over their Arms, was, THE REFORM'D CHRISTIANS. Then they +plow'd up a large Field, and sow'd it with Wheat, and other European +Grain; turning lose some Hens, to see what Improvement they should +find another Time. They again, for some Days, visited the Hills and +Plains, and found no Track of Man. + +Whilst these refresh'd themselves at the Island Cerne, or of Swans, +being fourteen Days, the other three Ships arriv'd at S. Mary's, a +barren Island, [S. Mary Island.] tho' some Orange and Lemon Trees +grow in it, as also Sugar Canes, and there are Hens. About it, and +in Sight of Land, there are monstrous Whales. They landed, but not +without Opposition from the Natives, with whom they fought, and took +their King; but he was easily ransom'd, a [Strange Ransom for a King.] +Cow and a Calf being given them in Exchange for him. They saw the +Manner of the Whale Fishery, which is very easy there. The Indians make +up close to them in their Canoes, and stick them with a Harping-Iron +they dart, being ty'd to Ropes made of the Barks of Trees. They stor'd +their Ship with their Flesh and Oil, and some Oranges, and went over +to the Bay of Anton Gil, where the Madagascar Indian, would not stay, +as he had desired before, being now well affected to the Habit and +Drunkenness of his Companions. They were toss'd backwards and forwards +for five Days, between certain Islands, destitute of Provisions, +and unsafe, by Reason they were in War among themselves. + +They set forward with a fair Gale towards Java, and on the 26th +of December, 1598, arriv'd at Banda, which is eight Leagues from +Amboina. [Banda Island.] This Island is shap'd like a Horse-shooe, +and lies in four Degrees of South Latitude. It is most fruitful, with +little or no Improvement, in Nutmegs, and their precious Mace; as also +Provisions and Medicines for Men, beyond all other Parts of the known +World. It is divided into three Parts, each of them three Leagues in +Compass. The Capital City is called Nera. As soon as they arriv'd, +they contracted Friendship with the Islanders; tho' a foreign Ship, +to secure the Trade to herself, gave them to understand, that the Dutch +were certain Pirates who fled the Year before, and had lain conceal'd +at Sea, to come again and rob the Island, and therefore they did not +fully credit them. This Notion was back'd by Trading Portugueses, +and others settled there; but the Dutch sending their Abdol, that +is the Indian Interpreter, with some Soldiers, and Gifts to present +the King, according to the Custom of Merchants that come into his +Country, they before him clear'd that Imputation, and defended their +Innocence. The King was an Infant, and govern'd by his Cephates, that +[The Dutch settle Trade there.] is his Vice-Roy, Tutor, or Protector, +who set all right. They gave the King the Present before him, which +he receiv'd very graciously. It consisted of certain valuable gilt +Vessels, admirably ingrav'd, Christal Glasses, Looking-Glasses in gilt +Frames, and Pieces of Velvet and Taffety. They deliver'd him Letters +and Commissions of the States of Holland, Zealand, and Count Maurice, +with their Seals hanging to them in Form. All was accepted, and they +lay down flat on the Ground to receive and read the Letters, with +profound Reverence. The King promis'd to answer them, as he did, and +immediately gave leave to Trade; whereupon the Dutch built Factories +in the Island. They then expos'd in publick Shops great Store of Arms, +Silks, Linnen and Cloth; as did the Natives their Spice, China Ware, +and Pearls, and other Commodities the Neighbouring Islanders and +Chineses bring hither to barter, and sell to one another. Five [All +their Ships meet again.] Weeks after, the other three Ships arriv'd, +and the people of the City hearing the Discharges of the Cannon, +and seeing the Auncients spread abroad, for Joy of the Ships meeting +again, came down to the Port, and encompass'd the Ships in Boats, +offering them Plenty of Fowl, Eggs, Coco Nuts, Bananas, Sugar-Canes, +and Cakes made of Rice-Flower. This dainty Feeding continu'd every Day, +and they gave them a Weeks Provision for a Dutch Man for one Pewter +Spoon. However they rais'd the Price of Pepper; but they pay'd for +all with Pins and Needles, Knives, Spoons, Looking-Glasses, and little +Tabors; and with those same Commodities, they purchas'd more valuable +Goods at Sumatra, as also Provisions; when four of these eight Ships +return'd Homewards, the others sailing for Ternate and the Moluccos. + +The greatest Quantity, and best Commodity they took in here, was of +[The Nutmeg Tree.] are few and weak; but in Banda there is a plentiful +Crop, and they have much more Virtue. Nature has cloath'd its Mountains +and Plains, with Woods and Groves of these Plants. They are like the +European Pear-Trees, and their Fruit resembles Pairs, or rather in +Roundness the Melocotones. When the Nutmegs blosom, they spread a +cordial Fragrancy; by degrees they lose their Native Green, which +is original in all Vegetables; and then succeeds a Blew, intermix'd +with Grey, Cherry-Colour, and a pale Gold Colour, as we see in the +Rainbow, tho' not in that regular Division, but in Spots like the +Jaspar Stone. Infinite Numbers of Parrots, and other birds of various +Plumage, most delightful to behold, come to sit upon the Branches, +attracted by the sweet Odour. The Nuts, when dry, cast off the Shell it +grows cover'd with, and is the Mace, within which is a white Kernel, +not so sharp in Taste as the Nut, and when dry is converted into its +Substance. Of this Mace, which is hot and dry in the second Degree, +and within the third, the Bandeses make a most [Oil of Nutmeg.] +precious Oil to cure all Distempers in the Nerves, and Aches caus'd +by cold. Of these Nuts they choose the freshest, weightiest, fattest, +juiciest, [Virtues of Nutmeg.] and without any Hole. With them they +cure, or correct stinking Breath, clear the Eyes, comfort the Stomach, +Liver, and Spleen, and digest Meat. They are a Remedy against many +other Distempers, and serve to add outward Lustre to the Face. The +Bandeses call the Mace of their Aromatick Nuts, Buna Pala. It was +not known to the Greeks nor to Pliny, according to Averrois; tho' +Serapion, whether the true, or the suppositious, when he describes it, +alledges Gallen's Authority. It is true, the Chrisabolans he treated +of, agree well enough with the Nutmegs in Colour and Shape. + +The Javaneses, Chineses, and Natives of the Moluccos resort to +the City Mora, to barter for this precious Fruit, and load their +Ships with it; and [Merchants way of living at Banda.] this is +the Trade of that People, as is that of Clove to Ternate, Tydore, +and the other Moluccos. The Merchants arriving in this Island, many +of them contribute to make up a Sum, wherewith they purchase a Woman, +to dress their Meat, and attend them. The Dutch did so from this first +Time. When they go away she is left Free, till they return the next +Year; so that her Slavery commences with the Return of her Masters, +and their Absence gives it an Intermission. Some of the Natives are +Idolaters; but the greater Part Mahometans, and so superstitious, that +the very Soldiers do not mount the Guard, till they have pray'd in the +Mosques, so loud, that all [Religion of Banda.] the Neighbourhood can +hear them. Nor must any Man go into them without washing his Feet, in +great Vessels of Water, provided at the Door, by the publick. Their +Prayers consist in these Words, Estagfer Ai'lah Estagfer Al'lah, +Asgiv'd Ai'lahe, Asgiv'd Al'lahe, La Il'lahe Inla Ai'lah, Mu.amed +resul At'lahi. When they utter these last Words, they stroke their +Faces with their Hands, a Ceremony denoting much Devotion. The Words +in English are; Pardon O God, Pardon O God. I prostrate my self to +God. I prostrate my self to God. There is no other God but God, and +Mahomet his Messenger: By these Words, There is no other God but God, +they deny the eneffable Mystery of the most blessed Trinity. Then they +proceed to several Blasphemies. They say other Prayers, at which they +scarce move their lips; when they do this they stand three and three +upon a Mat, lifting up their Eyes to Heaven three Times, and bowing +down their Heads to the Ground. The Dutch Author, who gives this +Account, does not mention any other Religion in this Island, nor in +any of the others their Fleets touch'd at; tho' it is so well known, +that the Catholick Faith of our Lord Jesus Christ has been preach'd +many Years before, throughout them all, with the Glory of Martyrdom; +but those People conceal it, to what Intent is well known. + +The Banaeses assemble in the Streets, and publick Places, where +they feast [Feasting in Banda.] themselves. It is frequent among +them to eat in the Temples and Woods, an hundred in a Parcel; +especially when they consult together about the publick Weal, or any +Danger. There are seven Cities in the Island, which are Enemies to +one another. Nera is averse to the Lambethans, Combers and Veierans, +and maintains Friendship with the Inhabitants of Lontoor, which +is on the other Side of the Island, and those of two other little +Cities call'd Poleruija and Poelvay. When they are to fight, they +always repair [Enmity among their Cities.] first to Nera, to concert +Affairs. Banda provides their Entertainments on the Ground, in the +Streets. The Dishes are made of the Trunks and Leaves of Bananas, +and other Plants. Every one has a Piece of Sagu brought him on them, +and a Plate of Rice boil'd in the Broth of Flesh. This they devour, +carrying it to their Mouths with both Hands, and eat it with such a +Relish, as if they had Jove's Brains dress'd set before them; so the +Dutch Relation of Paludanus and Hugo expresses it. Whilst the Meat +lasts, till the Multitude are satisfy'd, the Nobles by two and two, +take up their Cymiters and Shields, and fight to the sound of Bells, +and the Clattering of their Basons. When weary of this Exercise, +they deliver the Weapons to others, which continue it. The Cause +of their Wars, is for that the Inhabitants of Labetaca, many Years +since, set some Plants in the Territory of Nera. The People of this +City affronted at this Presumption, made the first War upon them; +which is as bloodily prosecuted as if their Religion, or Honour, +depended on it. They attack one another by Day and Night in their +Territories, and by Sea in their Carcoas. + +[Banda Tar.] In these they do not, like us, fill up the Seams +of the Boards with Pitch and Tar, but with Shells of Indian Nuts, +which they call Clappos. They pound those Shells and Rhinds, till +they became like a Bitumen, or Mass, wherein there remain certain +Threads, which resemble Hemp, with this they knit their Seams, and +fill up the Crannyes and cover them in such Sort that it resists +the Force of the Water. They carry two, and sometimes four Pieces of +Cannon. The Men use small Fire-locks, Bucklers, and [Their Weapons.] +large Cymiters, which they call Padang, and Lances of a more solid Wood +than our Box. They exercise all these Weapons from their Child-hood, +as they do in casting a sort of Hooks with sharp Points and Edges, +which they dart at the Enemies Bodies, and then draw back the Lines +they are made fast to. Their Heads they arm with Helmets; and on their +Crests wear Birds of Paradise, both for Ornament, and a superstitious +Defence. They have Breast and Back Pieces, and call'd them as we did +Corselets. When they are to fight at Sea, as soon as the War-like +Instruments begin to sound, the Soldiers fall a leaping, and skipping +on the Benches, which run round the [Oars like Shovels.] Carcoas from +Stem to Stern. The Slaves ply the Oars, which are like wooden Shovels, +make the Vessel fly by main Force, and serve to lade out the Water, +when there is Occasion. They are so revengeful, that having [Cruelty +of Bandeses.] been in those Days vanquish'd on Land by the Labetans, +many of them being kill'd and wounded, those of Nera assembled the +next Day in five Carcoas, and attacking the little Island Bayjer, the +Natives whereof had assisted the Labetans they slew all they found, +without sparing any but a few Women, whom they carry'd Captives to +Nera, with the Heads of their Enemies before them on Spears; and for +four Days, to the Amazement of Foreigners, and particularly the Dutch, +they show'd their Cymiters embrew'd in Gore, about the Streets. Nay, +a Soldier among them, in the Sight of Abundance, took a Fancy to +try his Cymiter, he carry'd naked, and with it clove down one of the +Captive Women, from the Shoulder to the Breast. + +[Burial of Enemies.] They shew'd themselves Merciful in burying those +Heads, assembling together in the House of the Shabander, that is +the Governor, in the Presence of all the People, which uses to meet +to see such Spectacles, every [Heads.] Soldier, as a Testimony of +his Valour, laid all the Heads he had cut off on [Their Funerals.] +a very large Stone, under a Tree: They wrapp'd them up in Cotton +Cloths, and carrying them in Dishes bury'd them in a Grove, with +much Smoke of Frankincense, whereof they have great Plenty. Had those +dead Persons been Natives, their Kindred and Friends would have come +immediately to lament with loud Cries, as they use to do, over their +Graves, which they dig like us, wrap up the Bodies in Shrouds of +white Cotton, and carry them to be bury'd on their Shoulders. They +are great Observers, that the Funerals of Men should go before those +of Women; place Lamps over the Graves of all, and by their Light pray +for them. They cry out furiously, calling the Dead, as if they hop'd +they should come to Life at their Call; and perceiving they do not +rise again, the Kindred and Friends meet about the most splendid +Entertainment they are able to provide. Being ask'd by the Dutch, +what it was they ask'd of God in the Prayers they mutter'd over the +Graves, they answer'd. We pray that the Dead may not rise again. So +that the Want of the true Light of Faith, does not hinder them from +seeing, how much Mankind suffers from the first Moment of his Life, +till the last; but it is rather to be concluded, that they look upon +it as a Misfortune to have been born. They were much amaz'd to hear, +that the Dutch did not use the same Ceremony towards their dead. + +They play at Foot-Ball, which is made of Spanish Reeds. They that +[Foot-Ball.] Play make a Ring one standing in the Center, who +tosses the Ball to those about him, and they with a Kick throw +it so high that it is almost out of Sight. If any one misses it, +they hiss, and hoot, to shame him for his Unskilfulness. Men live in +this Island longer than in any other Parts of [Life long in Banda.] +the World. The Dutch saw several, who exceed 130 Years of Age. They +live upon the Product of their Country; and tho' there is continual +War, yet the greater Number lives Idle; and it is very remarkable +that those People, who are so much addicted to Sloath, should be +such Enemies to Quietness. A useless Life does not deserve much Age; +and that which is dedicated to Idleness seldom attains to it. The +Women Plow and Till [Women Till the Land.] the Land, and follow +other manly Professions. They seldom go abroad with Men; they have +all the Charge of Houshold Affairs, and their greatest Employment +within Doors, is usually uncasing and drying of Nutmegs. + +The Dutch having loaded with Spice, Purcelane, and some Rubies, and +[Dutch depart from Banda.] settled Factories, and Amity, sail'd from +Banda, on the 14th of July, with great firing of Cannon. They stood +towards the Island Noeselau, the Natives whereof are Anthropophagi, +so the Greeks call Man-Eaters. They proceeded towards that of Amboyna, +whose Western Point they discover'd, yet did not touch at it then, +but went on to the greater Java, notwithstanding [Come to Java.] +their Admiral was at Amboyna. They arriv'd at Java and the City Tuban, +sent two Boats thither to Discover, and know whither they might be +allow'd to take in Provisions. Those who return'd with the Answer, +brought along with them a Portuguese, who, at the Perswasion of +the Natives, had renounc'd [Portuguese Renegado.] the Faith of +Jesus Christ, as was known, and call'd among them by the name of +the Renegado, as a proper Appellative, and not dishonourable. This +Man inform'd the Admiral, That if he would stay there three or four +Months, he might enrich his Ships to his Hearts Content. They sent by +him to ask the King's Leave, with some Presents of Copper, Glass and +Silk. [Presents to and from the King.] The next day Merchants came +down to the Harbour, with Abundance of Commodities; and from the King, +in Return for their insignificant Present, they brought the Dutch 19 +great Sacks of Rice. The Trade being settled, they went up to the City, +where they saw several Horsemen, well Arm'd, Horses well Accouter'd, +on which they value themselves very much, Shops well stor'd, and a free +Trade for all Nations. The Vice-Admiral went to kiss the King's Hand, +who receiv'd him Graciously; promis'd to go Aboard the Ships in Person, +and perform'd it, having first order'd them to be show'd all his Royal +Apartments, even to his Womens private Lodgings; his Elephants; an +infinite number of Birds in Cages, and his Stables full of excellent +Horses, and many of them. Then the Prince came Aboare the Ships, and +after him the King. The Cannon saluted them both, and they admir'd, +and were pleas'd with the Noise. + +[Tuban Capital of Java.] Tuban is the King of Java's Court, the +strongest of all the Cities in that Island, encompass'd with a high +Wall, divided by several Gates with Towers on them, contains stately +Structures, and Squares appointed for the publick Resort of Traders, +the King is extraordinary rich, and in a few Hours can gather a +great Number of Horse and Foot. His Palace is truly Royal, his Family +consists of the Prime Nobility, and he is very powerful at Sea. They +call their Ships Juncks; which being loaded with Pepper, and other +Product of the Country, as Silks and Cloths, the Manufactures [Trade +of that City.] of his People, are sent to Balim; where bartering +them for Cloaths, they transport those to other Kingdoms, as those of +Banda, the Moluccos, and Philippines. Whence, and from other Islands, +having improv'd their Commodities, they bring Mastick, Nutmegs, Cloves, +and other Spice. All the [Habit.] Country abounds in Cattle, which +graze all Day in the Woods, and are hous'd at Night. Their Habit is +the same as at Banda, and covers their Bodies from the Waste downwards, +the rest upwards remaining naked. They all wear Daggers, call'd Crises, +and the Nobles stately long Vests, the Fullness whereof waves in the +Air magnificently. None of them goes abroad attended by less than +ten or twelve Servants, one of which always carries for his Master a +little Basket full of the Leaves of a certain Plant they call Betele, +which they chew with green Nuts, and a little Lime. This Composition +they call Ledon; in chewing, it yields a Juice, which they swallow, +and then spit out the green Substance, after the Virtue has been +extracted in their Mouths. + +They were so overjoy'd at the coming of the Dutch, that the next Day +[The Kings Dress.] they invited them to see their Diversions. The King +was present a Horse-Back, clad in several Sorts of rich Silks, but all +Girt about him. To his Belt hung a Cymiter, in a Scabard adorn'd with +precious Stones; the Hilt of beaten Gold, with a Devils Head form'd +on it. On his Turbant he had abundance of Feathers. All the Nobility +follow'd him, Dress'd much after the same manner, mounted on stately +prancing Horses, but smaller than ours, with rich Furnitures of Spanish +Leather, studded, and plated with Gold, and Figures of Serpents; and +in some of the Bridles they had Stones, so white that they look'd like +Alabaster. Sometimes they ran streight forwards, and sometimes in a +Ring, casting their Darts. When the Sport was over, they attended the +King, by whose Orders they carry'd aboard the Ships, [Commerce settled +between the Dutch and Javaneses.] and to the Dutch Men's Lodgings, +a great quantity of Rice, Sheep, Goats, Hens, Eggs, Fish, and Fruit, +as Coco-Nuts, Mangos, Lemons, and delicious Bananas. Then they fell +to treating of Trade, and Amity, and thought every Thing cheap except +the Pepper, for they not liking the Commodities the Dutch offer'd +in Exchange for it, lifting up their Hands cry'd, Lima, which, in +their Tongue, signifies five Pieces of Eight. So much they demanded +for a Measure of theirs. They were well receiv'd in all Respects, +except in Relation to admitting of their Sect. + +They had deliver'd Letters to the King from Count Maurice, which he +answer'd in the Persian Tongue, and the Dutch having receiv'd them, +left Tuban, on the 24th of the same Month, with fair Weather, and +well furnish'd with valuable Commodities and Provisions. Passing by +the Island [Madura Island.] Sidago, they anchor'd between Java and +Madura; sounded the Depth, and notwithstanding the Current, and that +the Ground was a stiff Muddy Hill, they visited Madura, landing on the +East-side; but remov'd presently to the City Arosbay, on the West, and +afterwards thence to Jorta, to get Guides, or Pilots to conduct them to +the rest of the Moluccos. They sent to Compliment the King of Madura, +who presently after the Audience, sent the Vice-Admiral a Sheep, with +which went the Renegado, who had brought him a Dagger, they call Criz, +from the King of Tuban, richly adorn'd with Gold and precious Stones, +and the King's Head engrav'd on the Pommel. They found a German settled +in the Country, rich in Spice, and understood [Madura Described.] +by him, that at Arosbay they had seiz'd 40 of their Companions. The +Island of Madura, next to Java, inclines to the Northward. They wear +the same Habit as in the other; but are sharper Witted. It is most +fruitful in Rice, but both in Reaping and Plowing, the Peasants and +Buffalos are mir'd up to the Knees, the continual Inundations keeping +the Ground so wet. Few Ships come to it, by reason of its inaccessible +Shoales. They have the same common use of Weapons, Elephants, Horses, +Spears, Campilanes, or Cymiters, and Shields. The Crizes, or Daggers, +worn by the King's Guards are [Arosbay City.] of Silver. The City +Arosbay is Populous, and well Wall'd. The Hollanders main Design in +coming to it, was, as has been said, to take in Pilots, and other +Necessaries to proceed to the Molucco Islands; to which Purpose, +and to avoid the Shoals lying betwixt Java and Madura, they divided +their Ships. The Vice-Admiral, with the Guelder and Zealand, pass'd +the Chanels of Madura, in order to joyn, at Jorta, the Junks that +sail for Ternate, and thence to the other Molucco Islands. + +The Admiral Sticht Utrecht, running along the length of Madura, +came to an Anchor before Arosbay. He sent out a Number of his Men +in the [Dutch taken by the King of Madura.] Boat, to bring Rice, +and other Provisions from Shore. No sooner were they landed, then +seiz'd, disarm'd, stripp'd, and carry'd before the King. Those staying +long, another Boat was sent with only three Men, and the same befell +them. The Prisoners intreated the King to give leave, that those three, +or any others, might go to give the Admiral an Account. He granted it, +but upon Condition, that as soon as they had deliver'd the Message, +they should return to Prison. They gave Notice of their Misfortune, +and the Admiral sent away a Boat to carry immediate Advice to his +Countrymen at the City Jorta, writing several Letters to procure the +Prisoners Liberty. The Vice-Admiral came with his Ships, and joyn'd +those at Arosbay. The [His Demands for their Ransom.] King demanded +the two biggest Brass Guns aboard the Admiral, many Pieces of Silk, +and one thousand Pieces of Eight for the Ransom of the Prisoners. The +Admiral answer'd, That the Cannon was not his own, but belong'd to +all his Nation, and therefore he desir'd him to moderate the Ransom, +and turn it into Money, or take it out in such Commodities as he +brought. Six Days were spent in Treating, and the Delay made the +Conclusion more Difficult; and therefore the Admiral believing, +that his Men were kept Prisoners in their own Boats, or near the +Sea, without any considerable Guard, he order'd all his Men to +land at once, and to Rescue them [Attempt to Rescue them by Force.] +by Force. An hundred and fifty Dutchmen attempted it, but saw a great +Number of People gathering on the Shore, led by the Portugueses, +who carry'd white Colours, in token of Peace, giving out that they +came to treat of an Accommodation, which, as Hugo affirms, was a +Stratagem to gain Time for the Citizens to Arm. The Dutch either +suspected, or had Notice of it, and forming a small body with about +20 Musquetiers, contriv'd to have their other Boats draw nearer, +that so the Seamen and Officers might come to Fight, according to +the appointed Order. More Men came out of the City, at another Gate, +to enclose them unawares in the Port. The Dutch saw into the Policy, +and were sensible of the Danger, and therefore sent two other boats to +guard the Port. This Precaution was the saving of their Lives; but they +could not escape a Shower of Arrows, wherewith the Arosbayans thought +to subdue them, not so much by their Force, and the Harm receiv'd, as +by keeping the Enemy in Play, that so they might spend their Powder, +and be oblig'd to retire to their Ships. Nor would they have been safe +there, for now the Wind and Sea threatned them, and [Dutch Defeated.] +thirty six Men belonging to the Admiral, and thirteen to the Zealand +were Drown'd, and the Boats cast away. Some few escap'd, whom they did +not kill, at the Request of the Renegado of Tuban, but they were made +Prisoners. These kneeling down, to move Compassion, with their dismal +Looks, and Tears, the Conquerors laid a Handful of Earth on their +Heads, a Ceremony [Ceremony in giving Quarter.] they use towards the +vanquish'd, whose Lives they grant. Perhaps they themselves know not +the Reason, and Original of the Custom. Five and Twenty were lost in +this Encounter, fifteen of the Admirals, one of John Marts, and nine +of the Zealand. The Prisoners were carry'd to a Country Cottage; three +Men dangerously wounded, one Trumpeter, and a Herald put into Chains, +the others only their Hands bound. The rest were carry'd far from +these, and put into a deep Cellar. The Herald being brought into the +King's Presence, he ask'd him, whether he would stay in his Country, +promising, among other Favours, that he would marry him to two of his +own Wives. The Dutchman answer'd, returning Thanks, but with Freedom +in his Looks, That with his good leave he had rather return to his +Companions. He was therefore carry'd, with the Trumpeter, about the +City, and at his going out at the Gate saw all the Prisoners, being +fifty one, who were conducting, under a Guard, to another Island. + +[Prisoners Ransom'd.] In fine, the Agreement was concluded, and +the King discharg'd them for 2000 Florines. So they return'd to +their Ships, except two, who hid themselves, taking a liking to that +barbarous Way of living. The Governour Jacob Marts Dy'd, his Body +was cast into the Sea, and the rest sailing to the [Dutch Depart.] +Northward, directed their Course for the Island of Celebes. They +pass'd by Combay, six Leagues from it, and beyond that of Routon, +and escap'd the Ridges of Rocks of Cebessa, which are not mark'd down, +nor taken Notice of in Maps. Their fell mighty Rains, and they steer'd +North East for the Island of Amboyna, and in sight of Boora. A Boy dy'd +aboard the Zealand; another falling off a Yard, into the Sea, held a +Rope's End in his Mouth, that his arms might be at Liberty to swim, +and quitted it not, till he had Help, and was sav'd. The next Day they +lay by, and their Preacher made a long Spiritual Discourse upon the +Sacraments, to celebrate the solemnity of Baptizing two Boys, whom +he had already Catechis'd. On the first of March, not far from Blau, +to the Eastward of Boora, they saw three other smaller Islands, call'd +Atypoti, Maniba, and Gita, which are not far from [Come to Amboyna.] +Amboyna. They pass'd by them, and arriv'd at Amboyna on the third of +the same Month. + +The Port is small, and at the Mouth of it, they were receiv'd by three +Boats, belonging to the Town of Matel, seated on the Mountains. Thence +they went on to that of Ito. Amboyna is about eight Leagues from +Banda, to the Northward, in the Way to Ternate. The compass of it is +fifteen Leagues, most fruitful in Cloves, Oranges, Lemmons, Citrons, +Coco-Nuts, Bananas, Sugar-Canes, and other such like Product. The +Natives are more open Hearted, and sincere, than those of the Moluccos +or Banda; wear the same Habit; live Upon the Trade of Spice; are +temperate and abstemious, [Their Weapons.] and great Sufferers +of Hardship. Their Weapons, are Spears with Sharp twisted Ends; +these they dart so dexterously, that they will hit the smallest +Mark at a great Distance. They also use Cymiters and Shields, and +now Muskets. They make great Masses of Sugar, Rice, and Almonds, +like our [Carcoas.] Sugar-Loaves, and value themselves upon being +able Seamen. Their Carcoas are like great Dragons, did these swim +with their Bodies extended on the Water, and lifting up their two +Ends of Head and Tail, which are gilt, and well Carv'd, and serve +for Prow and Poop. At both of them hang Standards of several Sorts +of Silk, and Colours, which are born up by the Wind, when they do +not reach to the Water. The Admiral of Amboyna came with three of +these Vessels full of arm'd Men, to see the Dutch, with a [Musick.] +Noise of Kittle-Drums, and Brass Basons hanging on the Musitian's +Left-Shoulder, and striking them with the Right-Hand, as they do the +Tabors in Spain. They sang their set Airs, understood by none but the +Native Amboyneses, tho' attentively listen'd to by the Dutch, for their +Strangeness. The Slaves also sang to the Noise of their Oars. They +fir'd the three Guns every Carcoa carry'd, being a Salute, in Honour +of their Guests; who relying on that Reception, dropt their Anchors, +posting many Sentinels, because they observ'd the Natives had done +the same in all Parts, and there were constant Fires in many Places. + +[Dutch permitted to Trade at Amboyna.] The Amboynese Admiral ask'd +them, What they came for, and who they were, and having heard their +Answer, gave them leave to go ashore, and expose their Commodities, +allowing them free Commerce, contrary to his Majesty's Prohibition, +which us'd to be more punctually observ'd in this Island. The Dutch +Vice-Admiral went ashore, where he was well received, and conducted +to a Seat cover'd with Sails of Ships, supported by Trees, full of +Fruit not known in Europe. He easily prevail'd with the Governors, +to allow him full Liberty to Trade. Their Success was forwarded [King +of Ternate's Brother assists the Dutch.] by Cachil Azude, Brother to +the King of Ternate, who happen'd to be there then, celebrating his +Nuptials, being newly come with his Bride, who was the Daughter of a +Sangiack of Batochina. He had long courted, and desir'd to be marry'd +to her, but was oppos'd by the Father, who had promised her to the King +of Bachian. We shall say no more of their Love, nor of what became +of the Prince, because it is no essential Part of this History. He +presently repair'd to the Dutch, and order'd them to be furnish'd with +those Loaves made of Sugar, Almonds and Rice, with Coco-Nuts, Bananas, +and Wine made of Rice, and this so lavishly, that the Dutch [Plenty +of Provisions.] Relations own they had scarce Room to lay up such +Plenty of Provisions. The same would have been, had they bought them, +for they had so much for a Pewter Spoon, that they knew not what to do +with it. The Amboynese Admiral went aboard the Ships again, was pleas'd +to see the great Guns, and the Variety and Plenty of Merchandise. The +Prince of Ternate did the same, and both of them at their coming and +going were saluted by the Cannon. They had private Conferences with +him, and other Noblemen of the Moluccos, who attended him. They erected +Factories in several Parts of Amboyna, and agreed that the two Ships, +Guelder and Zealand, should Sail for Banda, whilst the other two lay +two Months to load and rest at Amboyna. We shall mention hereafter +what befel these in Ternate, let us now return to the other two. + +[Two Dutch Ships sail for Banda.] They sail'd with a fair Wind, +but one of them stuck in the Flats of Ceru, so that she could scarce +be got off. Below Jealau, they met a Portuguese Ship at Naesau, the +Inhabitants of which Place eat Mans Flesh. They pass'd on merrily by +Poelsetton, two Leagues short of Banda, on that Side. It is desert, +and uninhabited, infamous, for stronger Reasons, than the Greeks +alledge against the Acroceraunian Rocks. There are Cryes, Whistles, and +[Island of Devils.] Roarings heard in it at all Times, and dreadful +Apparitions are seen, with Fires ascending through the Air; and +long Experience has shown, that it is inhabited by Devils. Therefore +Sailors, when they pass in Sight of it, which seldom happens without +Storms, make all the Sail they can to get far off, from the very Wind +that blows on it. The Dutch chief Pilot knowing so much, furiously +took such fast hold of the Helm, that all the rest could not put him +from it; He drew it to him violently, thinking that Force drove on the +Ship; his Face grew fiery, and his Breast not being able to contain his +Wind, he breath'd fast, and groan'd, till being past the [Dutch Pilot +frighted by the Devil.] Island, he grew merry, and whistling loud, +scoff'd at the Devil, because he could not cast away the Ship; yet soon +after he was in Disorder again, and dropt the Helm; they recover'd him, +and made all sail to go forward. [Trade at Banda.] They arriv'd at +Banda, near the River, on the fifteenth of the Month. Several Bandese +Boats came out, offering their Spice. The Dutch landed, carrying with +them sundry Commodities, which they expos'd in Shops. A rich Turk, +who was in Esteem, entertain'd them. They built Houses on the Island, +and a few Days after hear'd News of their Admiral, by some Chinese +Ships, that came from Amboyna; and were inform'd, that the Portugueses +were already at War with the Natives, for entertaining and allowing +them Factories. + +[Return thence.] On the fourth of July, having settled Trade at Banda, +they sail'd thence towards Noeselau, along the Channels of Zeru, +without regarding their Admiral, who was promoting, and fomenting +the War at Amboyna. They sail'd in Sight of Bouton, which is in five +Degrees of South Latitude, and of the Island Cobayna. On the twelfth +they pass'd the Coast of Celebes, and on the seventeenth, by that of +Madura, and again discover'd Arosbay, where the Misfortune we have +spoken of befel them. They ran along the Coast of Java, and in the +Evening came to Iacatra, where they cast Anchor, sent to visit the +King, and their Compliment was return'd by him with a Present of +Rice, Fowl, and Coco-Nuts, and a Buffalo for the Vice-Admiral. The +Zealanders, who had been left at Banda in their Houses and Factories, +in the Cities of Montelongo, and Soleparvo, by Letters of the first of +August, acquainted them, how the new Friendship was establish'd. From +this Time the Dutch began, without any Opposition, to possess +themselves of the Provinces belonging to the Crown of Spain in Asia. + +They took Leave of that King, and return'd to Banda, with the Natives +of which Place they had now contracted such Familiarity, that some +Ships belonging to Bandese Merchants, which they met by the Way, +presented them with a considerable Quantity of Porcelane. At their +Arrival the Governour came out to meet them, with 400 Men, inviting +them to take some Refreshment ashore, which they refus'd, but made +presents to each other, and drank out great Vessels of Wine made of +Rice, which is a powerful and strong Liquor. Continuing their Voyage +on the tenth of September, towards the South West, they thought +they were under the Tropick of Capricorn. On the thirtieth, they +were in 28 Degrees, with the Wind at West, somewhat Northerly, and +ran thirty Leagues beyond Cape S. Roman, after they had been toss'd +among many Islands, in thirty two Degrees and a half South. Next +they discover'd Cape Ploemera, of the Southern Ethiopia, or Land of +the Cafres. A Storm dispers'd the Ships, but they met again when it +ceas'd, at Cape Anquillos. On the seventh of September they arriv'd +at the Island S. Helena; the Master went ashore, kill'd many wild +Beasts; and, [S. Helena Island.] furnish'd the Ships with Fruit, +there being Plenty of both. The Sick recovered there: They went +into the solitary Church, and on the first of January, 1600, they +sail'd thence, and being come into five Degrees of North Latitude, +on the Thirtieth of the same Month, observ'd an Eclypse. Then they +began to discover the North Pole, which had been out of their Sight +so long. On the thirteenth of February they had Sight of the Island +Mayo, or May, one of those of Cabo Verde, and about the End of March +discover'd the English Hills. In fine, they arriv'd at the Texel, +and thence to Amsterdam, where they unladed that spicy Wealth, the +like, for Quality and Newness, had never yet been brought to Lisbon; +at least Hugo's Relations tell us, there might have been as precious +Oyl drawn from these, as when they were just gather'd. + +Whilst these two Ships, Zealand and Guelder, were sailing Home, the +[The other Dutch Ships depart the Moluccos:] other two, Amsterdam +and Utretcht, being almost naturaliz'd at Amboyna, departed thence for +Ternate, on the eigth of March, 1599, in the Company of three Junks, +full of Javanese Soldiers, well arm'd, and hir'd to attack a Fort that +was defended by Portugueses. Before their Departure, some of them +went ashore, and among other Game, took Abundance of green Pigeons, +[Green Pigeons.] as big as our Ducks. They loaded with Clove, because +it is sold in that Island for thirty five Royals a Bar, which is there +150 Pounds. They were inform'd, that the Dutch, who had been left +at Banda, would soon come to joyn them. The Portugueses attacking +a Fort with ill Success, the Dutch, who were before agreed with the +Prince of Ternate, arm'd, and mix'd with his Men. This was the first +Time they ever Fought with the Subjects of Spain, in those Parts; +and the Dutch Author, who gives an Account of this Action, says, +the Islanders look'd upon it as a Prodigy. + +Having settled Commerce at Amboyna, they sail'd away for the Islands +of Ternate, taking for their Guide, a Captain, who pretended to them, +[Dutch at Ternate.] that he was Brother to the King of an Island; +and to magnify his Grand-Father, boasted he had kept seventy lawful +Wives, besides Concubines; and that his Son, to vye with him, had +forty Wives, besides Mistresses. So says the Journal of that Voyage, +writ by them who perform'd it. They discover'd the Islands of Tydore +and Ternate on the twenty sixth, and coming to an Anchor at the latter, +in fifteen Fathom Water, put out their Colours, fired their Cannon, +and spar'd for no real or vain Ostentation. The King of Ternate, whose +deep known Sagacity is such, that he trusts no other but himself to +observe what Dangers may threaten, went into his own Carcoa, attended +by many others, on the 28th of May, and sail'd [The King goes to view +the Ships.] to the Place, where the Dutch lay at Anchor. He drew +near and inclos'd the Ships, call'd to the Admiral, and ask'd him, who +he was, whence his Ships, and other Particulars. These Questions and +Answers held some Hours, by Means of the Naguatato's who interpreted +the Discourse. The Admiral intreated the King that he would please +to come aboard his Ship. He excus'd himself, first alledging, that +he did not like those Ladders they show'd him to go up to them, tho' +they had purposely cover'd them with fine Cloth; and afterwards, +that the Sun was setting, and it was Time for him to repair to his +Devotions. Having made this godly Excuse, he sail'd towards the City, +the Air resounding with the Noise of his Brass Basons, Flat Tabors, +Guns, Shouts, and Persian Songs. + +[He returns.] The 29th he drew near to the new Comers again, with 23 +Carcoas; in which he had 100 Brass Guns for his Defence, and firing +them all at once, to the clattering of Bells, made show of his Warlike +Preparation. The Confusion of it being over, tho' they sang Verses, +as they do to denote Peace, in the Malay Tongue, so they call the +Language of Malaca, whence it was convey'd to the Moluccos; yet the +Dutch made ready their great Guns, Muskets, and half Pikes. They +plac'd some arm'd Men out of Sight in every Ship, as also where they +might be taken Notice of, showing, or at least not concealing their +Jealousy, that so no sudden Surprize might find them unprovided. The +King's Carcoa drew near alone, and those who were in it spoke to the +Dutch Admiral, by Means of the Naguatato, without showing themselves. + +The King was satisfy'd with only talking to them, and withdrew; after +Noon he return'd with only two Carcoas, one of which tow'd a Boat after +[Talks with the Dutch.] her. Being come up to the Dutch, he began to +talk to the Vice-Admiral; enquir'd after their Guns, and order'd the +other Carcoa to stand further off, and the Captain going too far, the +Boat, either accidentally, or by Design, broke loose from the Stern, +and was over-set by the Waves; the King then desired the Admiral to +fire at it with a Ball, that he might see whether they could hit or +sink it. They fir'd immediately, the King being well pleas'd to see +that the Shot had stav'd the Boat in Pieces. The Admiral laying hold +of this Opportunity, took Care, whilst they were commending the Shot, +which serv'd to disguise the Threat, to let him know that he could +with as much Ease sink the Carcoas. This Tryal satisfy'd the [Gives +them leave to Trade.] King, who soon after gave leave for that Nation +to Trade in his Dominions, and barter Cloves, Spice, precious Stones, +and Pearls, all which is there to be found, by reason of the Resort of +the Japonese, Camboxa and Chinese Ships. Of these last they then saw +some all made of Wood alone, even to their Anchors, and the Sails of +Cane. They came to an Anchor at Ternate, where the first Thing they +did, was burying of Reynart Reynarts, a Dutch Soldier, scarce worthy +of that Buryal, Idolaters and Mahometans resorting to the Funeral. The +King the next Day sent a Carcoa to acquaint the Dutch, that he would go +aboard their Ships, and a Boat came to the Admiral's Side, with only +four Ternates in a private Habit, who, by their Questions, Curiosity, +and Solicitude, seem'd to be Spyes, as they did by all their Discourse, +which was on sundry Subjects, and very full of solid Reflection; +which was held on, and listen'd to, with Attention and Dissimulation. + +When the Dutch expected the King would come, they understood he [The +King visits the Dutch, in Disguise.] was one of the four then talking +to them from the Boat. They signify'd to him that they knew him, and +he did not deny it. They pay'd him the Respect due to a King; but then +he refus'd to return to the Ship. Notwithstanding these Jealousies, +he approved of the Behaviour of that People. On the second of June +Embassadors went ashore, who carry'd the King a Present, which he +accepted of, and treated them courteously. They return'd, full of +Admiration of the infinite Quantity of Cloves, and the wonderful +Woods of them; and bringing the News, that the Ternates would soon +come to view and buy the Dutch Commodities. + +The next Day they came in great Numbers, Sangiacks, Cachiles, and +Commons, Barbarian Ladies, and all Sorts of Women, with Variety of +[Concourse of People to the Dutch.] Attendance. The Shores were +cover'd with sundry Sorts of People; differing in Habit, Colour, and +great Diversity of Feathers; among them many naked, and of various +Countenances, for all flock'd out, as if it had been some publick +Festival. Tho' they admir'd the Wealth of the Ships, yet they rais'd +the Price of the Bars of Clove so high, that they could not come to +any Agreement, because that was to be their main Loading. They went +ashore on the 10th and 11th, to see whether they abated any Thing of +the Price, and to some other Purposes, which do not concern us, tho' +they might be some Ornament, but shall be left in the Originals where +they were writ. They could not conclude any Thing with the King, +or his Subjects, because they were celebrating a Festival, and the +Dutch were present at the Shows. + +A Sort of Combatants, like the Roman Pugiles, and Gladiators, tho' +[Indian Gladiators.] differing in some Respects, fought in a large +spacious Square. These Ternates did not move from one Place to another, +nor hurt one another, but stood continually upon one Foot, without +changing or easing it, on any Account; but the Foot that was lifted +up, mov'd about and stretch'd in the Air, without being put to the +Ground. Their Mistresses, Wives, or Sisters attended in the Field, +with Branches of Flowers, and China Dishes full of Aromatick Liquors, +to refresh those that were tyr'd; but most of them attended the +Conqueror. The Sport being ended, the next Day the King repair'd +to the Ships, but went not aboard. Discoursing with the Admiral, +he ask'd him for a gilt Musket, which he presented him, and [The +King asks a Musket, and pays for it.] the King did not think fit to +receive Gratis, because he had ask'd for it; he therefore order'd, +that when the Dutch paid the Tithe of the Spice, which is the Duty he +has from Merchants, they should have two Bars and a half discounted for +the Price of the Musket, and that they should be furnish'd with every +Thing they had Occasion for besides. He was well pleas'd one Day, that +the Dutch should see how a Boy of eleven Years of Age, was led about +the Streets, with his Hands bound, because he had stolen a Tubac, +[Severe Punishment of petty Larceny.] that is, a Leaf of a Frail, +with as many Cloves as it would carry; because this was an Instance +of their Severity in punishing that Offence. The other Boys, shouted +and sham'd him, proclaiming the Theft with loud Voices. + +[Triumph of Ternates.] About this Time some Ternate Troops return'd +Home victorious, having plunder'd and destroy'd a Town in the Island +of Tydore. They march'd into the City on the 20th of July, the King +being present, with their Campilanes, or Cymiters drawn, and bloody, +with half Heads, Ears, and Hair of those they had conquer'd, or +slain, sticking to them. They show'd the Shields and Weapons they +had taken from them, their Cloaths and Feathers, and 43 Prisoners, +who follow'd dragging Chains, some about their Necks, and some at +their Heels. Among them was a brave Youth, 21 Years of Age, who was +a Sangiack of Note, and Kinsman to the King of Tydore; as also a very +beautiful Portuguese Lady, Wife to a Captain in that Fort. They walk'd +about the City, with all this State and Plunder, till they came to +[Prisoners sacrific'd.] the King's Palace; there the Captives were +sacrific'd, and the Portuguese Lady sold for a Slave, a rare Piece +of Mercy, and purchas'd by her Tears. The King of Ternate honour'd +the Chief of the Tydores, smiling and lovingly encouraging him, as +Kinsman to a King. The Youth excusing himself, and pleading Innocence, +to gain the Victor's Favour, he return'd a favourable Answer, and +bid him wash himself. Sweet Water was brought to wash their Hands, +and it was poured over the King's Hands and his, at the same Time, +out of one Ewer. Then the Captive thus assur'd, letting fall his +Hands with the Water, which, perhaps, is a Ceremony to denote Peace, +and bowing his Head by way of civility, a Soldier struck him on +[Barbarous Perfidiousness.] the Neck with a sharp Campilane, or +Cymiter, so furiously, that the Head dropt at some Distance from +the Body half alive; then they cut both the Head and Body into small +Pieces, all which, to exercise their utmost Rage, they put into a Prau, +which is a little Boat, and then sunk all together in the Sea. + +Four Days after another Parcel of Ternates came with several Tydore +[More of their Cruelty.] Prisoners, whose Heads they cut off in the +Port, as they did that of a Stranger, who came peaceably to the Island +with Merchandize. All these Spectacles the Dutch beheld. Such good Use +do those Barbarians make of Victory. Friendship being now establish'd +with the Dutch, and the King [The King aboard the Dutch Ships.] +well assur'd of it, he resolv'd to go aboard their Ships. He went +aboard the Admiral on the 25th of July, with all his Guard, where +nothing escap'd being narrowly view'd and observ'd by him, with a +seeming willingness to buy it. He desired the Admiral to leave some +of his Men at Ternate, which was refus'd at that Time. He view'd the +Ship over again, and going into the Cook-Room, very much admir'd a +Pair of Bellows, wherewith they kindled the Fire in his Presence, +and seeing the Use they were put to, took them into his own Hands, +and was a considerable Time opening and shutting of them; then biting +and pressing the Nozle with his Lips, [Foolish Behaviour of his.] +he began to swallow the Wind it blow'd out, swelling himself up, +not without much Laughter and Astonishment of the Dutch, who write, +they Thought the King was either running Mad, or had no Sense +before. He begg'd those Bellows, and being presented with them, +was highly pleas'd. He return'd several Times after to the Ships, +with a greater Design in his Head, which was to try whether he +could by any Means contrive to seize them. He was pleas'd to see +how affectionately his Subjects traded and trusted them with their +Spice. At length they prevail'd upon the Admiral to leave some of +his Men, with a good Sum of Money, to [Dutch Factory at Ternate.] +buy up Cloves the next gathering. The first Dutch Factors left at +Ternate, were Francis Verdoes, Father to William; Diricht Floris, +Jacob Lamberts, John Jans, of Grol; Cornelius Adrians, and a Boy of +Amsterdam, whose Name was Henry Jans. These laid the Ground for the +second Enmity, with the first Rebells of that Nation, who conspir'd +with the Ternates, and were afterwards the Occasion of other Fleets +and Succours coming into those Parts, against their Natural Sovereign. + +These Men being left at Ternate, and having receiv'd Intelligence +that [Dutch depart Ternate.] the Brigantines were returning from the +Island of Banda, the Ships sail'd from Ternate, on the 19th of August, +passing by the Island Maca, among the other Moluccos, and that of +Oba, to the Northward. Then in two Degrees and a half Latitude, they +discover'd so many Islands, that they could not count them; others +they saw, not set down in the Maps, and learnt their Names from some +Sailors. Among them was that of Banquore, and its Neighbour Sabobe, +whose King resides in that of Mitara, and has 30 more within a very +small Compass. He furnish'd them with Provisions, and gave Notice of +Dangerous Ridges of Rocks; to avoid which, they return'd the same Way +they came, in Sight of Amboyna and Celebes. On the 13th of November, +they were inform'd at Jaquetra, that the Vice-Admiral was already +gone from Banda; and had there a great Quantity of Rice, brought but +just before by Chinese Vessels. + +[Come to Banda.] On the 17th they came to Banda, where at Montelongo, +and Soleparvo, they found the two Zealand Ships, which having traded +about eight Months with little Profit, design'd to return. On the +15th of January 1600, the Admiral made the Governour of Banda some +European Presents, and among them a small Boat, all cover'd with +fine Scarlet. All the Merchants met and set sail for Holland, on the +21th of the same Month, and sail'd all February, with stormy Winds, +and loss of some of their Men, till the Weather mended on the third of +March. On the 13th of April, in the Latitude of 34 Degrees and a half, +they found themselves somewhat [At the Cape of Good Hope.] above 20 +Leagues from the Cape of Good Hope. On the 16th of May, they reach'd +the Island of St. Helena, where, at some Distance, they discover'd +other Ships. Some Men landed, and admir'd its strange Fertility +among those Mountains. They saw another Island, whose bare Rocks, +[S. Helena.] without Trees or Grass, look as if they were made of +Coals; and among them are Abundance of monstrous wild Boars, yet +nothing could be seen to grow, or any living Creatures they could +feed upon; There were also [Desart Island.] large Tortoises, some +of them weighing 400 Weight. On the last of May they made for the +Texel, and thence to Amsterdam, where they were receiv'd with publick +Rejoycing; and they again prepar'd to return to India, and continuing +their Trade with those barbarous Kings, who are Masters of the Spice, +Metals, precious Stones, Pearls, and other foreign Wealth, have at +length converted the Friendship they kindly offer'd at first, into +Slavery, and Subjection to the Tyranny of Holland and Zealand. And +in the Year 1600, with more Expedition, they sail'd into Guinea, +and to S. George de la Mina, with only two Ships, the first Time, +and ran through the same Ports and Islands, throughout our Seas in +Safety. They took particular Accounts of all Things, whether Natural, +or Political, relating to that vast extended Country of Asia, which +is almost opposite to Europe, and under other Stars, and another +Pole. The same Year, being in search of the North-Passage, in 80 +Degrees of Latitude, they discover'd [Nova Zembla.] Nova Zembla, +where they found nothing but monstrous white and grey Bears, which +did not run, but rather took little Notice of the Noise of Cannon, +and devour'd Men; there were also white Crows, no less undaunted; +and in short, most of that Part of the World was desart, and they +found not the Passage they expected into the South-Sea. Yet they now +sail'd all those Southern Parts, at all Seasons, making a Jest of the +Monsons, the Portugueses so mightily observe, as if they had them +shut up in Skins, like the Fable in Ulysses. Perhaps they buy fair +and stormy Winds, as is said to be done in Lapland, at settled Rates, +of Witches that deal in them. + +[Vanity of the King of Ternate.] The King of Ternate was so puff'd +up with the Friendship, and Support of the Northern Nations, that he +durst boldly flatter himself with the Hope of becoming absolute Master +of Tydore. Accordingly he streightned that King, and the Portuguese +Garrison, without allowing them the least Respite. Other Dutch Ships +had come since the former to that Island, on Account of Trade, by +the Way of India, with Arms and several Commodities. The Ternate +Embassadors were treating in England and Holland, for settling of +perpetual Peace and Commerce. The King had already received Answers +to these Embassies, and very speedily expected an English Fleet, +and many Dutch Ships, with whose Assistance he promis'd himself to +destroy Tydore, and thence to stretch out to the Philippines. In +the mean while, some Dutch and English remain'd at his Court, like +Hostages, with a Factor, whose Business was to attend the Bartering, +or buying up of Spice; to purchase which they brought him Abundance +of curious Arms. This being known to the King of Tydore, and Ruy +Gonzalez de Sequeyra, Commander of the Fort, who every Year writ to the +[Embassy from Tydore to the Philippines.] Governour of the Philippines +about it; they now sent a particular Embassy to Don Francisco Tello, +giving him an Account of the Condition of those Places; of the Fort; +of the Succours, and how vain it was to expect them from India. That +an Affair of such Consequence might sort the desired [The King's +Brother Embassador.] Event, they appointed Cachil Cota, the King of +Tydore's Brother, a notable Soldier, and most renowned Commander of +the Moluccos, to go Embassador. He came to Manila, well attended, +with Letters from the King, and the Commander in Chief. Those, and +he, in a set Speech, (for the People of the Moluccos do not want +Rhetorick to perswade) return'd the Governour Thanks for the Supplies +he had at several Times sent them of Provisions, and Ammunition. But +what we come to desire, said Cachil Cota, is that this Work be now +effectually taken in Hand, before the English and Dutch with their +Fleets strengthen Ternate, and render it impregnable. We cannot +but admire, that whereas the Portuguese Arms obtain such signal +Victories, as are those of Calicut; over the Turks, at Diu; over +the Egyptians; over the People of Cananor, of Ceylon, the Javas, +Sumatra, and other Nations on that Side; and the Spaniards on this, +against those of Camboxa, Mindanao, Japan, Cochinchina, and China, +yet only we of the Moluccos, who lie amidst the Dominions of one only +Monarch, should be left expos'd to the utmost Fury of a Parcel of +Rebellious Islands. If the King of Spain allows, or rather commands, +we should be reliev'd by the Way of the Philippine Islands, Why is he +not obey'd? What does it avail to carry on a cool War, against a hot +and watchful Enemy? The Governour answer'd to every Point, and having +entertain'd him, and given Hopes of greater Supplies, when he could +be secure against the mighty Preparations then making at Japan, he +dismiss'd him, with a considerable Recruit of Artillery and Ammunition, +and some experienced Soldiers. However these Succours being so much +inferior to the Power of the Enemy, and their own Fear, which made +them expect much greater, they could not put them out of Care. This +made them send Captain Marcos Dias de Febra, [Another Embassy.] +their last Embassador to the Philippines, during the Government of +Don Francis Tello. He carry'd Letters from the King and Ruy Gonzalez, +to the Governour and Council, which being almost all of them much of +the same Purport, we will here insert one of them, directed to Doctor +Antony Morga, one of that Council, writ with the King's own Hand, +and in the Portuguese Language. + + +[The King of Tydores Letter.] I was wonderfully pleas'd with your +Letter of the 8th of November last, because by it I understood how +very sincere you were in remembring of me; God reward you for it +with much Prosperity in this Life, that you may do Service to the +King, my Sovereign, for I understand you are by his Order in those +Islands, and desirous to improve them; which I am not ignorant will +be no less Advantageous to this Fort and Island of Tydore. I write +to the Governour, and to that Council, concerning the Succours I +desire, and have ask'd so often, the Necessity of it being great, +to prevent those Mischiefs which may afterwards put my Sovereign, +the King, to much Trouble and Charge. God grant you long Life. From +this Island of Tydore, March the 8th 1601. The King of Tydore, in +Arabick Characters; and then what follows in Portuguese. The Bearer +is Marcos Diaz, he will deliver you a Powder Flask, with a Charger of +fine Moorish Brass. I send it you, that you may remember this Friend. + + +[Embassador returns well satisfy'd.] The Embassador return'd to +Tydore with the first Monson, at the Beginning of the Year 1602, +well pleas'd with the Answer he brought, the Supplies of Provisions +and Ammunition he had demanded, and some Soldiers; but much better +satisfy'd with the Hopes given him, that as soon as an Opportunity +offer'd, that Expedition should be undertaken from Manila for Ternate, +with the necessary Preparations, and Force to secure the Success. + +[K. James of England Writes to the King of Ternate.] + +At this Time King James of England, writ to Sultan Zayde, of Ternate, +desiring him to continue his former Friendship, and that the English +might build Colonies and Factories in the Molucco Islands. The Sultan +would not grant it, and complain'd in harsh Terms, that England had +never assisted him against Portugal; and that so little Account +should be there made of the first Alliance concluded by Means of +Sir Francis Drake, when King Babu sent the Queen of England a Ring +in Token of Confederacy, [His Answer.] by the said Drake. He said, +he could not admit the English, contrary to the solemn Engagement he +had made to Prince Maurice and the Dutch Nation, to whom he had made +a Promise, that none but they should buy up and lade the Product +of his Country. All this appears by the Copy of a Letter in the +Portuguese Tongue, found among the King of Ternate's Papers, when +our Men possess'd themselves of his Palace. Where we may observe the +perfect Hatred he shows for the Portuguese Government, since he never +Names those People without adding the Epithet of Mortal Enemies; +and in speaking of the Dutch, My Friends and Deliverers; adding, +That he expects their Fleets with great Satisfaction. This Answer +he sent King James by Henry Middleton, then Admiral of the English +Fleet, on the eighteenth of July, 1605. The Truth of the Fact is, +that this King admitted, and invited to his Dominions, and the Product +of them, all other Nations, to arm against the Spaniards, and oppose +Christianity; and tho' he then boasted of the Succours he receiv'd, +and expected from the Dutch, had he seen the Power of their Fleets and +Arms decline, he would have excluded them the Trade. All his Religion +and Hopes were subservient to the present Circumstances of Times, +and his Faith depended on the Advantages he could make. + + + The End of the Seventh Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK VIII. + + +All the Contents of the Letters, and other Papers, that came from +the Molucco Islands to India and the Philippines, for the following +Years, amount to nothing but Complaints, asking Relief, and giving +Intelligence, not altogether below the Dignity of History, were we not +come so near the last Period of it. Particularly there are Letters of +the Commander of Tydore, Ruy Gonzalez de Sequeyra, to the Governor of +the Philippine Islands, wherein he complains, [Complaints from Tydore, +and other Advice.] That whereas he had sent 400 Men, Ships, and +Warlike Stores to Camboxa, where his Majesty had nothing to Recover, +he had furnish'd him with only twenty Soldiers. He represents to him +many pressing Wants, without any Hopes of Relief from the Viceroy, +by the way of Malaca; urging the scarcity of Provisions, Arms, and all +other Necessaries. He informs him, That through his Means Cachil Mole +had been sworn King of Tydore; and how faithful a Friend he approves +himself to the Crown of Sian, and an Enemy to the Ternates, and that +he is always sollicitous for recovering of that Fort. He desires him +to send the King a Present of great Guns, and other Gifts, and to do +the same by the King of Sian, who is a Christian, and our Friend. He +acquaints him how frequently the English and Dutch Ships resort to +those Seas, and that he had taken some of them. + +The Success of a very great and rich Ship of Zealand, is most +particularly Remarkable: This Vessel putting into Ternate, and Trading +with that Wicked Faithless King, he consented that Ruy Gonzalez should +contrive [Villany of the King of Ternate.] to cut her Cables, provided +the Booty might be his: He agreed to it, exacting an Exorbitant price +for the Villany. The Bargain made, and the Bribe receiv'd, they who had +cut the Cables leap'd over-board, and immediately the King's Officers +appear'd, who seiz'd all the Loading, the Ship being beaten to pieces, +to no purpose. He assures him, That the Enterprize on Ternate might be +effected with 400 Spaniards; and promises to send him a great piece +of Amber, as an extraordinary Rarity, from the Isles of Mava, which +are 60 Leagues from the Moluccos. He again gives Advice of Northern +Galeons, and that one of them, in four Hours, had batter'd that Fort, +shot into it 261 Bullets; one of which he sent him; and that they +had beaten down a large Curtin of the Wall, which was then Repairing. + +[English Infest the West-Indies.] In the mean while England infested +the West-Indies; where the Towns and Ships suffer'd by their Invasions, +Robberies, and Burnings. Only that Part, which was the District +belonging to Don Pedro de Acunna, defended it self, through the +Bravery of its Governor, and for the same Reason the Enemy had Regard +to it. William Park, the English Admiral, appear'd upon the strong +and garrison'd Coasts of America, in the Year 1601. They defended +themselves well, yet he prevail'd in some Places. On the Coast of +Cartagena he took one Julio, a Fisherman, whom he afterwards set at +Liberty, that he might carry the following Letter, writ in broken +Spanish to Don Pedro. + +[A'miral Parke's Letter to Don Pedro.] Being inform'd by Fame, with +how much Generosity and Kindness your Lordship entertains Strangers, +especially those of my Nation, I would not forbear expressing the +Gratitude due to your Lordship for that Magnificence, on my own +Part, and returning Thanks, wishing you as long a Life, and as much +Health, as to my self. I would not omit writing these few Lines to +your Lordship, not only on the aforesaid Account, but to acquaint +you with what has happen'd to me during this Expedition. It pleas'd +God to make me Master of one of the Kings Ports, call'd Porto Belo, +which I was possess'd of a whole Day and Part of the Night, where I +found some Gentlemen, particularly Captain Melendez, and some other +Soldiers of the Garrison; and plundering the Place had very little +Booty. The said Captain Melendez, fought like a resolute Soldier, +and faithful Servant of his King, and therefore I order'd him to +be dress'd by my Surgeon, and to be carry'd out of the House where +he was wounded, having laid Wood in all the Houses to fire them, +and consume the Town. I do assure your Lordship, and declare on the +Word of a Soldier, that being inform'd of your Valour and Renown, +by certain Prisoners I took, as Captain Rolon, and several others, +and at Porto Belo by the King's Factor, Funes, and other Soldiers, +that were my Prisoners, and aboard my Ship, I gave them all their +Liberty, and forebore firing the City, only on Account of your +Reputation, and the Fame of your good Usage to such Prisoners as +fall into your Hands. So that those I set at Liberty, as also the +Town, may be thankful to your Lordship for so great an Obligation, +as is the Value of the said Town, and their Lives. The Castle, and +the Fort at the Mouth of the Harbour, and the Port it self, so well +fortify'd and furnish'd with Artillery, and all other Necessaries, +did not deter, fright, or daunt me, for I went out with six Ships, +and the Castles did me no Harm. Really the Commanders and Guners were +very honest Men. I give your Lordship Notice of two English Men, who +landed at Santa Marta, near ten Months since, their Names are Abraham +Collins, and Thomas Hall. These are both Spies upon Cartagena. I like +the Treason, but drown the Traitor; I send you some poor Men ashore, +whom I took upon this Coast, your Lordship will favour them as is due, +and according to your Custom. And having Nothing else, at present, +to acquaint your Lordship with, pray to God to lengthen your Life, +with much Health, and Prosperity, and to give me good Luck, as is +in his divine Power, is convenient for us, and I wish. From aboard +my Ship, February the twenty eigth, 1601, our Stile. Your Lordships, +William Park. + +Don Pedro answer'd in few Words, yet so as his Brevity might not +exclude Civility, and the Pyrate being satisfy'd, proceeded on his +Voyage. The King had at this Time appointed Don Pedro to succeed +Don Francis [Don Pedro appointed Governor of the Philippines.] +Tello in the Government of the Philippine Islands, designing him for +those Enterprizes he afterwards perform'd. This his Majesty judg'd a +proper Resolution, and safe in the Execution; for what Person is fit +to be pitch'd upon to Govern the utmost Limits of so far extended a +Dominion, but such a one as is endu'd with both Valour and Loyalty, +two necessary Qualifications to secure the Respect and Submission due +to an absent Prince; a Matter of much Difficulty in remote Governments? + +Since this Gentleman's own Actions, and the great Opinion his very +Enemies had conceiv'd of them, are sufficient Testimonies of his +Valour, let us proceed to say something of his Quality. Don Pedro had +the Surname of Bravo, as being Son to Don Lewis Bravo, who serving +under the [Don Pedro's Father.] Emperor Charles the fifth, on the Day +the Prince of Orange dy'd, ask'd Leave to assault S. Desir, a strong +Town in the Low Countries, on the Banks of the River Matrone. The +History of that War informs us, that some Friends of his Father's, +hearing of it, endeavour'd to obstruct it, either by disswading +the Son, or prevailing with the Emperor not to grant him Leave. His +Father was Sancho Bravo de Lagunas, a Gentleman of Quality by Birth, +and no less by his own Actions, at that Time Inspector General of the +Emperor's Forces by Sea and Land, and one of his Council of War. All +Men honour'd, and lov'd him entirely. They consider'd he had no other +Son but Don Lewis, and the manifest Danger he expos'd himself to; but +he perceiving what his Fathers Friends were contriving, took upon him +to lead the Van, before they could have Time to prevent his gaining +the Honour he expected; and assaulted the Place with Success, tho' +not without some Imputation of Rashness. His Son Don Pedro did not +degenerate, for the Brave are the Off-spring of the Brave, and the +Eagle does not breed Doves. + +The Name of Acunna he took from his Mother, according to the [His +Mother.] Custom of the Kingdoms of Castile, where noble Families, +to keep up the Honour of the Quality they acquire by Matrimony, use to +revive the Names of their Progenitors even in the Grand-Children. Don +Lewis Bravo, marry'd Donna Isabel de Acunna, Daughter to Don Pedro +de Acunna, call'd in those Days el Cabezudo, signifying, either the +Head-strong, or Great-Headed, great Grand-Son to the first Earl of +Buendia, a Family of known Antiquity. Among his Sons, Don Sancho +Bravo, the eldest, is now, when this History was writ, Adelantado, +or Lord Lieutenant of Ternate, and Knight of the Order of Alcantara; +Don Garcia, is Knight of Santiago; Don Lewis, of Calatrava; Don John, +bred in the principal Colledge of Alcala, went thence to be Gentleman +of the Bed-chamber to the most serene Arch-Duke Albertus, and is +since Cannon of the Holy Church of Toledo, besides other Church +Affairs he is always employ'd in. Our [Don Pedro Knight of Malta.] +Don Pedro was Knight of Malta, and Commendary of Salamanca. + +He departed Cartagena, leaving that Government disconsolate, and full +of the Desire of his Continuance among them. He had a good Passage, +[Comes to Mexico.] and being come to Mexico, and entertain'd by the +Viceroy, Don Gaspar De Zunnigay Azevedo, Earl of Monterey, consulted +with him about the Expedition and Recovery of the Molucco Islands, +beginning with Ternate, the Head of them. They admitted to their +Consultations some experienc'd Commanders in those Countries. The +Result was, the Viceroy's being well affected to the Expedition, +and to the Governour, who was going to undertake it, which was of +no small Consequence, towards rend'ring the Preparations made in +New Spain effective. Don Pedro writ to the King, to his Confessor, +to the Duke of Lerma, and to other Ministers of State, especially +the supreme Councellors of the Indies, very largely, in Relation to +this War, showing how difficult it was, and how great a Dishonour, +to permit a Tyrant to reign so long, he being so near a Neighbour. He +said, he could not secure any Ships, nor even the Provinces, against +the Moluccos; and that, had he not been promis'd to be enabled to +recover them, he would never have accepted of the Government of +the Philippine Islands. He sent Brother Gaspar Gomez, a Jesuit, +[Arrives at the Islands Ladrones.] with these Letters into Spain, +And set out himself from Mexico, for Acapulco, the Sea-Port-Town of +that Kingdom. Thence he proceeded, with four Ships of New Spain, to the +Islands de los Ladrones, that is of Thieves, otherwise call'd de las +Velas, or of Sails, from the great Multitude of Little Sails seen about +them, belonging to Abundance of Boats that come out to meet the Ships. + +He directed his Course to the Isles of Carpana, and that of Guan, +that no Time might be lost without doing good to others. His +Design was to bring off from among those barbarous People, such +Men as had escap'd [Rich Ships lost.] of the Ship Margarita, cast +away there the Year before, with above 1200000 Ducats; and as true +Virtue never wants Matter to work on, he [Twenty five Men sav'd.] +deliver'd twenty five Men of the many that suffer'd Shipwrack in +that Place. Having perform'd this good Work, in twenty six Days he +came to the Mouth of the Streight of the Philippines, and anchor'd at +Cabite, three [Don Pedro at Manila.] Leagues from Manila; where he +was receiv'd with incredible, and universal Joy. His first Care was +to be inform'd of the Condition his Predecessor left the Government +in. He view'd every Part, and cast off the Sangleys, or Chineses, +as thinking they exceeded the large Number allowed of by the King's +Order. Some interpreted the Exclusion of those People, was only to +condemn the extravagant Liberties they took; but Time soon show'd, +that there were other great Advantages reap'd by it. In Don Pedro +all Men believ'd the Security of the Philippine Islands was come; +for the Governour's Reputation was equal to the Necessities of his +Province; which requir'd the Government of an experienc'd Commander, +of great Name, and so vigilant as he was. + +Don Francis Tello resign'd up the Power into his Hands, and +staying [Don Francis Tello dyes.] there to give an Account of his +Administration, dyed in April, the following Year. The new Governour +was much concern'd to find the King's Treasury empty, and himself under +an Obligation of supporting the King's and his own Credit. To this +Consideration belong'd the Moluccos, the reducing whereof he had in +Charge. However he took Courage, believing he might with Industry and +Labour, make amends for the Want of Cash. He attended all the Works in +Person, as he had been wont to do, both at Manila and in the Country +about, building Galleys, and other Vessels, whereof there was then +a great Want, to secure the Sea, at that Time infested [Don Pedro +visits his Government.] by the Neighbouring Pirates and Enemies, +especially those of Mindanao. Next he visited the Provinces of the +Pintados, and supply'd the Wants he found in those Parts. In these +Passages betwixt the Islands, besides the Storms, his little Vessel, +which had only three Soldiers in it, escap'd, he fell into another +notable Danger. Two and twenty English Vessels enrich'd with the +Booty they had taken in the Islands belonging to that Government, +attempted to inclose and take him, but the Tide failing them, they +stuck on Ground, and could not get off. Don Pedro saw them [Cruelty +of English.] throw over-board above 2000 Spaniards, and Natives they +had made Prisoners, to lighten their Vessels. They also cast into the +Sea a beautiful Spanish Maid, about 17 Years of Age. Afterwards the +Fleet from Manila sail'd in quest of them, and chastis'd some, tho' +the Punishment was inferior to their Cruelty. + +Don Pedro would fain have remov'd all Obstacles that lay in the Way +to the Enterprize he had in Hand; but was oblig'd to put off for +some Months that which he was most intent upon, and to dispatch the +Affairs [Japonese Embassador at Manila.] of Xolo and Japan. Chiquiro, +a Japonese Embassador, was newly arriv'd at Manila, with a Present of +the Product and Manufactures of that Island, and orders to treat with +the Governour, and settle Amity and Commerce, between the Subjects of +the Emperor of Japan, whose Name was Dayfusama, and the Philippines +and New-Spain. The Neighbourhood of those Provinces, the Power of the +Japonese Kings, their natural Disposition, and other Considerations, +which Experience had shown to be of great Moment, made against refusing +of that Commerce; and yet there were Opinions to the contrary, for +those very Reasons. However that barbarous Prince having once espous'd +that Affair, it was not easy to find out an Expedient to settle it, +without any Jealousy or Disgust. Dayfusama demanded, that the Spaniards +should trade to Quanto, a Port in one of his Provinces, and that such +Friendship might be establish'd, that the Japoneses might go over to +New-Spain. That the Governour should send him Ship-wrights, and Workmen +to build Ships in Japan, for performing of that [His Proposals.] +Voyage, upon which Dayfusama was very intent, being perswaded to it +by a Religious Man of ours, of the Order of St. Francis, whose Name +was F. Jerome of JESUS, and for whom that Monarch had a great Esteem. + +[Objections to them.] This was a Matter of great Weight, and +on several Accounts most prejudicial to the Philippine Islands, +whose greatest Security for so many Years, has consisted in the +Japonese's wanting of Ships and Pilots, and being ignorant in the +Art of Navigation. Men of Experience observ'd, that whensoever the +said haughty barbarous Prince has attempted to arm against Manila, he +has still been obstructed by this Want. They said, that to send him +Ship-Wrights, and Men to build him Ships after the Spanish Manner, +would be no other than arming him against the Spaniards themselves; +and that their Voyages would be destructive to the Philippines and +New-Spain; for that the making the Japoneses capable of Trading +far off, was not only inconvenient, but unsafe. The Governour Don +Pedro de Acunna seriously weighing all these Reasons, order'd the +Embassador Chiquiro to be magnificently entertain'd, made him some +Presents for his King and for himself, and sent a Ship with another +moderate Present, lest it should be interpreted to proceed from Fear, +if it had been too considerable. This Ship sail'd with Dayfusama and +his Embassador, both of them loaded with Commodities to barter. Don +Pedro's Letters contain'd many Compliments, and Thanks for the good +Will he show'd towards establishing more solid Friendship; but that, +tho' he had ample Commission for all Things relating to the Government +of the Philippine Islands, yet he could not satisfy that Part of his +Embassy, which concern'd the furnishing of him with Sailors and Workmen +to build Spanish Ships, without acquainting the Viceroy of New-Spain, +nor could the Viceroy do it, without special Orders from the King of +Spain. That he promis'd to write to them about it, for promoting the +Accomplishment of his reasonable Demands; but that he must consider, +it would be above three Years before they had an Answer, because of +the great Length, and many Accidents of such Voyages. It was order'd +that the aforesaid F. Jerome should himself deliver these Letters, +to Dayfusama. The Fryar himself had a private Letter sent him with a +Reproof for what he had done, and Instructions how to mend it; and that +he should signify to the Japonese Monarch, how highly [Instructions to +F. Jerome.] the Governour valu'd the Inclination he show'd to settle +Peace and Commerce with the Spaniards, and his Kindness to them; and +at the same Time perswade him to continue that good Correspondence, +which the Governour would inviolably observe; but that he should +endeavour to divert the King's Thoughts from such Designs, and +never go about to facilitate the Execution of them; because, tho' +perhaps the Emperor then reigning entertain'd no sinister Meaning, +nor had any farther Thought than promoting a sincere Friendship, +yet that might be very prejudicial in the Days of a more mischievous +Successor; who might make an ill Use of his Skill in Navigation, +and improve it against the Persons that taught it him. The Governour +promis'd he would soon send another Ship with Commodities to barter; +and he might put the King in Hopes it would carry over some Spanish +Ship-Carpenters to build Ships after their Manner. That he should +desire Dayfusama to wait with Patience, and consider how heinously +he would be offended himself, if any of his Governours should presume +to make any new Settlements in Trade without his Privity or Order. + +[Japonese Embassador cast away.] Chiquiro return'd for Japan with +this Answer; but when he was off the Head of the Island Formosa, +such a dreadful Storm overtook him, that he was swallow'd up, and +neither Men, Goods, nor Arms sav'd; and this happen'd in so remote a +Place, that it was not known till many Days after. Dayfusama, at the +Request of F. Jerome, had granted Leave for Preaching of the Gospel, +throughout his Dominions, building of Churches, and such as would +professing Christianity by publick Authority. Don Pedro the Governour +[Religious allow'd to Preach in Japan.] took the necessary Measures, +that so favourable an Indulgence might not be lost, and that not only +barefoot Franciscans, but also Religious Men of other Orders should go +over thither. They made use of the Japonese Captains and Ships, newly +come to Manila with Meal. The Dominicans sent over to the Kingdom +of Zazuma four Fryars, and F. Francis de Morales, Prior of Manila +for their Superior, saying the King of that Province sent for them, +being the only one, who had not yet submitted to Dayfusama. The Order +of S. Augustin sent two Religious Men, and F. James de Guevara, Prior +also of Manila for their Superior, and these went to the Kingdom of +Firando. Those of the Order of S. Francis, sent F. Augustin Rodriguez, +who had been Witness to the Martyrdom of his Companions in Japan, +to Nangasaqui, for him to go thence with a Lay-Brother to Miaco, +and bear F. Jerome of Jesus Company. Many perswaded Don Pedro, not to +send away these Religious Men; but tho' those Perswasions were well +grounded, and some Difficulties occur'd against their Departure, +he resolv'd to dismiss them. The Zeal of true Glory overcomes all +Opposition. These Religious Men found no Signs of those Desires that +had been signify'd to them in the Provinces they went to. Very few +Japoneses were converted, and there was less Disposition to advance, +because the Kings, and Tonos, which are Princes had no Affection +for our Religion, nor were any Way disgusted with their Idols. They +only aspir'd to settle Commerce, and to trade with the Spaniards, +for their private Interest. + +[Another Ship to Japan.] Don Pedro sent the Ship he had promis'd to +Japan, well stor'd with Cannon, and call'd it S. James the Less. The +Captain, Officers, and Sailors were all Men of Experience; and she was +laden with Commodities to barter, Red-Wood, Deer's-Skins, raw Silk, +and several other Sorts. The Govenour order'd them to dispose of what +they carry'd at the Port of Quanto, and to furnish the Religious Men +they found there, and then return with the Produce and Dayfusama's +Leave. Thus Provision was made for all the Affairs of Japan, according +to the present Exigences. The Ship-Wrack of the Embassador Chiquiro +was known, and by the good Management of F. Jerome, Dayfusama was +acquainted with the Answer he carry'd, and rested satisfy'd; so that +the preaching of the Gospel went on in his Dominions. + +[Furtado's Letter to Don Pedro concerning the Expedition.] Don Pedro's +Thoughts were all bent upon Recovering of the Molucco Islands, and +his other Business did not make him neglect that Enterprize. Andrew +Furtado de Mendoza, Admiral of those Seas for the Crown of Portugal +had writ him Word, that he had Orders from his Majesty to repair to +Ternate; but that he did not expect the Viceroy would set him out, +as was requisite for that Expedition. Don Pedro answer'd him, to his +Content, with Assurance, that he should be supported. These Letters +came to the Hands of the Portuguese Admiral at Malaca, when he was +ready to set out. He presently answer'd both those of the 22d of +September, and the 22d of December, signifying how acceptable they +were to him. Because, says he, I love your Lordship entirely, tho' +I have never seen you, on Account of your being a brave Commander, +and so zealous for his Majesty's Service; not to mention other Reasons +for which I am yours. I was much troubled for the Loss of the Ship, +and the ill Fortune of the other, for the want you will find of the +Return you expected by them: But it is to be suppos'd, that the Viceroy +of New-Spain, seeing how long those Ships were missing, would impute +it to some very considerable Causes, and therefore will Assist you +Powerfully, for nothing less can be expected from such a Viceroy who, +I am told, is a very worthy Gentleman. I am experimentally sensible +of what your Lordship writes to me; for after being in those Parts +five Years, without receiving any Succours from India, when I expected +these Disorders should end, and considerable Supplies would be sent me, +the Viceroy furnish'd me so poorly, as will appear to your Lordship by +the List of what he sends, and thence you may infer, how his Majesty +is serv'd in those Parts, that your Lordship may acquaint him with it, +and we may joyntly so order it, that all this may not be overthrown +in one Hour. + +Then he complains, That they have not sent him his Majesty's Letter, +[More of the Letter.] nor the Archbishop of Goa had not receiv'd +his; and says, He had rather be at Plow in Old Castile, than a +Witness to the ill Disposition of what is committed to his Charge: +And proceeding, says thus, Your Lordship tells me, That as soon as I +draw near the Moluccos, you will do me the favour to have in readiness +for me 300 Soldiers, with Captain Gallinato, and another Captain, +and two Galleys, four Brigantines, and all the Carcoas that shall be +requisite. I know not what his Majesty appoints for me; but, for the +Sins of these Dominions, Time has put Things into such a Posture, +that I must be forc'd to repair to the Moluccos, as well to recover +what is Lost, as to save what is Gain'd, which cannot be done, +unless both Powers, from hence and thence, be United. Twelve Dutch +Ships anchor'd this Year at the Bar of Goa: They took the Viceroy so +unprovided, that they lay at Anchor a Month at the said Bar, without +any Attempt made to remove them. They made great Havock amongst the +Merchants Ships on the Coast of India, without any Opposition. They +came from the other Sea, by the Back of Sumatra, to the Streight of +Sunda. Seven of them arriv'd at Amboyna, the others being [Baseness of +a Portuguse Govenour.] then parted from them. When they enter'd over +the Bar, the Governour sent two Men, to ask, whether Don Emanuel was +aboard. The Ships hearing of it, went and Anchor'd under the Fort. Then +the Governor sent three or four other Men, who made the Agreement for +the surrendering of the Fort. When it was sign'd the Dutch drew near: +the Gates were open'd to them, and they admitted without standing +one Musket Shot, or firing a Cannon. They took an Oath of Fidelity +to Prince Maurice, and the Governor after committing the Treason, +commanded a Black of his own to put him into Irons, saying, The People +of the Town had done it. Since that he came hither, and skulks about +the Mountains, and I am very earnest to take him, that I may make an +Example of him. I have already secur'd some of the Marry'd Men that +came hither, being fully convinc'd that the Governor and they are +Enemies and Traytors. When the Dutch were possess'd of the Fort, they +put more Cannon into it, with a Garrison of 140 Men, and Provisions +for two Years. I have also received Intelligence, That they sent five +Ships against Tydore, and I am very jealous of that Place, because of +the Divisions there; wherefore I immediately sent away two Galiots, +well Man'd, Arm'd, and Provided. God grant they find that Fort in the +King's Possession. Thus, if his Majesty well send hither the Galeons +he writes of, and commands me to serve him in these Southern Parts, +I must of necessity go over that way; for since Amboyna is in the +Possession of the Dutch, we may conclude Tydore will soon follow. If +they extend their Dominion, from that Port, which God avert, they +will thence put an End to the Affairs of the Moluccos, and of China, +and with the Assistance of the Ternates must of necessity Infest those +Parts about Manila; and therefore we are all oblig'd, as Christians, +and his Majesty's Subjects, to Oppose such a mighty Misfortune. And +since the Lot has fallen between your Lordship, and this Soldier of +yours, we seem to be in some measure both of us under an Obligation +to spare no Pains for the Recovering of those Parts of the Molucco +Islands. For my part I will labour for the Success, tho' I were to +lose ten Lives, if I had so many. But because I shall not have an +Opportunity to send your Lordship Intelligence, till a Year hence, +I now intreat you to have what Soldiers you can in Readiness, and +the greatest Number of Natives, that we may not fall short when the +work is half done, and be forced, for want of them, to put our selves +into the Hands, and expect the Assistance of Traytors. The same I beg, +as to Provisions; for there are none where I am at present. But since +Captain Gallinato has seen all, and knows what is Necessary in those +Parts, whereof he has before now given your Lordship ample Information, +it will be needless to repeat it in this, being your Lordship tells +me in yours, you do me the Favour to appoint him for my Companion; +and he is so able a Commander, that when your Lordship orders him +to prepare for this Expedition, he will take with him all he thinks +proper for it. Tho' his Majesty should send several Galeons, and many +Men, I shall not be able to do any thing with them in those Parts, +because the main Thing there, is to have Vessels that Row, and Men +that have Serv'd, whereof I am very destitute. From India none can +come, tho' the Viceroy were never so willing to furnish me. However, +confiding in your Lordship's Worth, and in what you have signify'd +to me by Letter, I will undertake this Expedition, believing I shall +find all Things in such Readiness, that they will set out from thence +the Moment your Lordship receives Advice from me. I am told your +Lordship expects a Gentleman in those Parts, who comes to Conquer +Camboxa. If he happens to come, I must put your Lordship in Mind, +that the best Conquest is that of the Moluccos, where his Majesty's +Forts will be restor'd, and there the said Gentleman may shew his +Valour, and merit a considerable Reward from the King. Before the +Dutch came to Amboyna, two English Ships passed by that Island, +which sent a Letter to the Governor of the Fort, to acquaint him, +that the Dutch were coming after them, with a Design to possess +themselves of the said Fort, and therefore they advised him to +behave himself well, because the Dutch they spoke of, were a poor +faint-hearted People. That, if they had Occasion for Powder, Ball, +and all other Necessaries, they were ready to supply him, because +they were then at Peace with Spain, and the Constable of Castile was +already sent into England, by his Majesty, to Ratify it: And the +Post-Master-General was Embassador in Ordinary. This Intelligence +leaves the Rebels no pretence to any Excuse. Furtado's Letter goes on, +to other Particulars, recommending Religious Men, and Commanders and +he concludes with Abundance of Compliments, and Courteous Expressions. + +Don Pedro having receiv'd these Letters, order'd and hasten'd all +necessary Preparations, with the utmost Diligence, pressing the +Business in Spain, and with the Viceroy at Mexico, and thought all +Delays tedious; but the Approbation of his Advice, and the Supplies to +put it in Execution, being to come from a Center so remote, and where +there lay an Obligation of being no less attentive to all Parts of +the Circumference, the Expedition could [Brother Gaspar Gomez forwards +the Expedition.] not possibly be brought about sooner. Brother Gaspar +Gomez, whose Intelligence in this Affair, was always very material, +had presently Intimation of what had been resolv'd on, by Letters from +Don Pedro; and he was so diligent in promoting it, that to advance +this Cause, he cross'd the greatest Oceans as readily, as if they had +been the Narrow-Seas, which part those Islands; having solicited the +Viceroy at Mexico, and then the Counsellors, and Ministers of State in +Spain. His Arguments and Motives were the same we have several Times +mention'd in this Work. Dividing the Wealth of the South into three +fixt Kinds, precious Stones, and Pearls, Metals, and Spice, and Drugs; +all which were distributed among Enemies, English and Dutch. That the +King had no Spice left, but only that of Tydore, which must be lost, +unless speedily and powerfully supported, and the same Forces would +recover Ternate, Banda, Amboyna, and what had been held in Celebes, +Batochina, and the Places wrested by the Tyrants of Sumatra. All this +the Jesuit made out by Demonstration, for he grounded not the least +Information upon any thing less than Experience. + +[Succeeds in his Negociation.] He was heard in the Council of +the Indies, and the Council of State for the Crown of Portugal, +and dispatch'd for the Philippines, by the way of New-Spain. By +the other Way, the King order'd, that the Captain General Furtado, +taking with him the necessary Fleet from Goa, should sail for the +Moluccos, by special Commission, by Virtue whereof he afterward sent +to ask Assistance at the Philippine Islands, as we have seen, and +such Supplies were to be furnish'd on both Sides, as being united, +might secure the Conquest of the Moluccos. However the Event must of +Necessity be tedious, the Dutch being already possess'd of all the +King's Forts in the Archipelago; and their numerous Fleets of all the +Ports, Fairs, and Trade, with Factories conveniently settled for their +Intercourse between India and their own Country. We shall not enter +upon the Account of those Affairs, because no more of them than have +been already mention'd, as yet related to the Moluccos. Much Time, +and many Precautions were requisite, for these two Commanders to +joyn, amidst so many Obstacles: They sent frequent Advice backward +and forward, and neither Part was idle in the mean while. + +[Furtado Sails from Goa.] At length, notwithstanding all Difficulties, +Furtado sail'd from Goa with six Galeons, eighteen Galiots, and one +Galley, with the King's Orders, and in his Name those of the Viceroy +Arias de Saldania, to fight the Dutch, and any other Enemy, and to +proceed to Sunda, to chastize that King, and the Rebels in Java. He was +directed to place Garrisons there, and having [Disabled by Storms.] +settled the Affairs of India, to proceed to the Moluccos. They went +out with good Hearts to undertake that Work, but were hinder'd by +Storms and Tempests. In the Gulph of Ceylon, he lost the Galley, and +seventeen Galiots that were under the Conduct of Francis de Sousa, +and Andrew Roiz, and in them the greatest Strength he had to compass +his Designs. He was three whole Years without any Succours to proceed +on his Enterprize. At Malaca he recruited the best he could; and in +December, 1601, Steering his Course for Sunda, relying on the Succours +he expected from the King of Palimbam, in Java, suppos'd to be our +Friend and Confederate; but he was deceived, for that Infidel was +so far from espousing our Party, that he had taken up with the King +of Sunda, whom he intended, and afterwards actually did succour with +30000 Men. This did not dismay Furtado, but he sail'd on towards Sunda, +referring the Punishment of the King of Palimbam [Sails for Sunda.] +to another Time: There, on the Bar, he discover'd seven Dutch Ships, +which he pursu'd, tho' to little purpose, they being excellent +Sailers. However the Galeon Commanded by Thomas de Sousa Aronches, +fought five of them, killing many Dutch, without losing one Man; but +her Rigging was torn, and she could not board the Enemy, who fled, +drawing our Ships after them in such a manner, that Furtado could not +possibly recover the Bar, tho' he anchor'd in a Road, from whence he +might have return'd to the Port. + +This was a special Providence, for the Enemy did not seem dispos'd +to stand, and they had already been upon both Bars; and therefore +reflecting [Arrives at Amboyna.] on the Tears, and Groans of the +Commanders, and Christians at Amboyna, he directed his Course towards +those Islands, where he arriv'd on the 10th of February without being +detain'd by some Victories he gain'd in his Way. The Natives and those +in the Fort were alarm'd, believing they had been Enemies, but the +Admiral giving a Signal, they knew the Christian Fleet. The Joy spread +abroad, and the Shore was cover'd with People expressing it. Furtado +first apply'd himself to repair the Fort, and refit the Ships. He also +built four Ships, two Galiots, and twelve Carcoas. Then he set out, +without losing Time, to make War on the Itos, and other Towns [Subdues +the Itos.] that had rebell'd against the Fort, sending Joseph Pinto, +with 200 Portugueses by Land. The Fleet sail'd round the Island, and +lay a Month in the Bay call'd Bacacio. Texeyra, Commander in Chief +of the Fort, went before, with a good Number of Carcoas, to reduce +some rebellious Towns, especially those which are on the Mountains +call'd Gunos, where there are excellent sweet Waters, and large Woods +of Orange Trees. These Towns acknowledge their Fault, and came to make +their Submission. Seven or [The Gunos submit.] Eight of the principal +Men came from each Town. Every Town brought a Flag, and three large +valuable Basons of bright Metal, and in them a little Earth, with +Branches of Clove-Trees in Blossom, in Token that they deliver'd up +the Land, with the most precious of its Product. Some brought Goats, +and Hens, and such Fruit as their Country afforded to denote the same. + +Furtado knew there was a private Alliance between the Rebels of Amboyna +and the Dutch, and that ten Ships were to come to take that Fort, [Ten +Dutch Ships at Amboyna.] and the other we had left us at Amboyna. They +were so deeply engag'd in this Contract, that those at Sunda, seeing +Furtado set sail towards those Parts, they did the same, and on the +10th of March, the ten Ships appear'd in Sight of the Islands, three +of them coming on and treating with the Natives; yet for fear of us, +they stood off to the Island Burro, and the other seven to Banda, +to sail over to the Moluccos. All this was known to Furtado by good +Intelligence, besides that he receiv'd from F. Lewis Fernandez, +Rector of the Society of JESUS, who was newly come from Tydore, with +Letters from that King, and the Christians residing there, bidding +him welcome, and pressing that he would come to their Assistance; +[Three of them at Ternate.] because three of the seven Ships that +escap'd from him at Sunda, were together at Ternate. He was also +inform'd, that those Ships, had found out a Way to relieve those Forts, +passing between Borneo and Macossar, [A new Passage to the Molucco.] +which is a shorter Cut by a Year; and that they were fortifying Ternate +where they would not suffer the Dutch to leave them, but oblig'd them +to stay and ingage in the War they expected. Furtado follow'd that in +Amboyna, daily reducing some Towns that had revolted. The Inhabitants +of Rosatelo, built on an Eminence, and well fortify'd discovering +our Ships, [People of Rosatelo burn their Town.] and Carcoas, set +fire to all their Goods, and then to their Houses, and fled to a high +Mountain, where their Wives and Children were before. The Way up to +it was by tying to the Trees certain Rotas, which are slender tough +Canes, that may be knotted like Ropes, a slow and almost useless Hold, +which render'd the Mountain never the less inaccessible. Yet our Men +making their Way thro' Clefts, attain'd the Top two days after. The +Rebels perceiving they were lost, came to receive the Conquerors with +[Submit.] white Flags, but the King, not daring to trust to that +Security, fled to remoter Parts. + +[People of Ito fly to the mountain.] The Infidels of Ito, puff'd +up with the Dutch Supplies they expected, made no Doubt of routing +the Christians, as soon as they landed; but perceiving they were +disappointed of the Succour of the ten Ships, which sail'd by +without staying, and that Rosatelo was reduc'd; yet they were not +quite dejected, but committed their Safety to the Strength and +Tops of the Mountains. They abandon'd their chief City, properly +call'd Ito. and the Fort there erected by the Dutch, retiring with +all their Families to the highest and most impregnable Part of the +Country call'd Nao and Bemnao, being two Rocks, one above another, +like the Round-Tops in a Ship one over the other; whence the Shore +appears near at Hand tho' [Nao strong place, whither the Rebels fled.] +half a League distant, by Reason of the Windings of the Ways. Nao is +all encompass'd with upright Rocks, with pleasant Planes below. There +are three Ways to get up to it, but all of them so difficult, that +the very Lizards can scarce climb it. On these three Passes they +threw up double Trenches, with strong Ramparts, and a good Number +of Brass Sakers, and Demy-Falconets to secure them. At each of +them was a considerable Number of Men, with their Colours flying, +and all Sorts of offensive and defensive Arms, wherewith the Dutch +have furnish'd those Southern Seas. The greatest Danger threatned +was from a great Number of mighty Stones, or Pieces of Rocks, which +being roul'd down from such a Height can bear down and destroy an +Army. All the Enemy's Power was now reduc'd to this single Place, +and the Town standing on the first of the [Pleasant Country of Nao, +and Bemnao.] two Rocks, being built on a large round Spot it forms, +like an European City with good large Houses, after their Manner. All +the Country about beautify'd with Clove Trees, like our Olive Trees, +but with greater Heads. Among which there ran up Branches of the +Male and Female Trees, and underneath all Sorts of thorny Plants, +Orange, Lemmon, Citron and Zamboa Trees, with six, or eight Springs, +each of them gushing out curious Streams of Water. All the Mountain +look'd like a delicious pleasure House and Garden. On the Top of +it appear'd the Town of Bemnao, which signifyes, the Son of Nao, +exceeding the other in Number of Houses, and Extent of Woods. + +The General came to this Place on Palm-Sunday, order'd a Trench to +be [Furtado encamps at Bemnao.] cast up, and Tents to be pitch'd, +for a Defence against the Sun, and the Rain, which sometimes falls +unexpected. He commanded an Enemy Amboynese, that had fallen into his +Hands, attended by some Christians, to go enquire into the Designs +of the People of Ito, and to guide the Way. When they were come +within hearing, and had deliver'd their Message, [Haughty Answer +of the Itos.] the Infidels answer'd, That they were the King of +Ternate's Subjects, and own'd none but him. That they would trade +with the Dutch, and all other Nations they thought fit. That they +would also sell Clove to the Spaniards; but that the King of Spain +had a very long Neck. Having return'd this Answer, they began to fire +the Cannon. Our Men were forc'd to put up the Affront, and pass by +their Fury; but the General regarding neither, order'd a Captain, +on Monday, to view the Situation of the Place; because his Soldiers +had gone up disorderly to their Trenches, and been repuls'd with Shot, +and throwing of Stones, which made them retire down the Mountain with +many wounded. The next Night he sent 200 Men, to possess themselves +of a Mount that overlook'd the Enemies Trenches. They did so, and +as soon as the Day appear'd, our Musketiers pour'd in [Portugueses +gain Ground.] their Volleys of Shot, firing at the same Time with two +Drakes, they had carry'd up with a Design to cast up another Trench, +and thus they put the Enemy to Rout. The Trench was thrown up, and the +next Night they remov'd the Drakes to it, drawing nearer, to make the +greater Slaughter. Gonzalo Vaz de Castello-Branco commanded at this +Pass. The Men here that Night talk'd with the besieg'd, and assur'd +them, they would take their Fort the next Night, as they actually did. + +[They attack the Enemies Fort.] On Wednesday Morning the General +order'd the Drums to beat to Arms, to go up himself to the Hill +where his Men were, leaving Trajano Ruiz de Castello-Branco below, +with 50 Men, to guard the Camp; but without any Design of attacking +the Fort that Day; but only to order the Men, and assign them their +Posts. Whilst he was concerting this Affair with his Officers, +Gonzalo Vaz came to them with a dangerous Shot in one of the Calves +of his Legs, and five other Wounds running Blood. The Soldiers were +incens'd, at the Sight of him, and signify'd they would fall on. It +was given out, where the General was, that the Victorious Enemy was +falling upon our Drakes, and Posts; and he improving Necessity cry'd +out, with a loud Voice, Santiago, that is, S. James, the Cry given +by the Spaniards when they fall on. The Soldiers were so encourag'd +by this Cry, that they immediately gave the Assault, with much Fury +and Alacrity, climbing those smooth Rocks, upon their Hands and Feet: +The Barbarians Drums and Bag-Pipes rattled in their Ears, and the +Noise of their Cannon and small Shot eccho'd among all the Rocks. The +Enemy threw Stones, which wounded, and knock'd down our Men, and many +tumbled, without being able to help themselves: Some single Stones +carry'd two or three Men down the Side of a Hill, till they stopp'd at +some Tree. A Captain was stunn'd with a Pebble, tho' he receiv'd it on +a Steel Buckler; but he soon recover'd, and was seen upon the Enemies +Works. The Cries and Shouts rent the Air. Many tumbling down forc'd +out the sharp Pointed Stakes that were drove into the Ground; and +presently after, as if they had flown, were seen Fighting above. Those +who were left to guard the Camp, look'd on with Emulation. Among them +a Religious Man of [The Fort taken.] the Order of S. Dominick, fell +on his Knees to say the Litany, all the Men answering, and God heard +him, for before it was ended, they saw our Colours display'd above, +and the Enemies cast down, the Fort and Works being Demolish'd. + +A brave Christian, who carry'd the foremost of our Colours, +was laid hold of by an Amboynese, yet he, tho' shot thro' the +Body with a Musket-Ball, whereof he soon after Dy'd, defended them +bravely. However, notwithstanding his Resistance, and that his Captain +came to his Succour, the Infidel carry'd off a Part of the Staff, which +was recover'd when the Victory was [Amboyneses abandon their highest +Fort.] gain'd. The Amboyneses, seeing their Works taken, and their +Colours dragg'd about, withdrew to the upper-Part, leaving only three +Men behind them, who dy'd Fighting, with honourable Obstinacy. They +did not fortifie themselves in that Place, but abandoning their Town +and Goods, and slipping down Precipices, and upright Heights with +Ropes, made their Escapes; and though they burnt some of their Goods, +yet many of value remain'd. The General gave Order for curing of the +wounded Men, which were above 200, besides those run through by the +sharp Stakes pitch'd all about the Field. + +[The Towns submit.] The gaining of this Victory did so discourage +all the Islanders, that they refus'd to take up Arms, or hazard an +Engagement. Nine Towns submitted at once, the next day, and the +Territory about did the same. The General came down Victorious, +and erected Arbours in those Delightful Woods, with an Altar, on +which Mass was sung on Easter-Day, and all the Office of the Church, +with much Solemnity, in Thanksgiving, assigning the Sovereignty +to that Lord, who grants, or takes away Victory, according [Dutch +Fort raz'd.] to his secret Judgements. The Dutch Fort was raz'd, +where, in several Places, were to be seen Escutcheons, with the Arms +of Count Maurice. The King of Ito came and submitted himself; his +Name, whilst an Idolater, was Talere, afterwards Don Melchior, for +he was a Renegado Christian, and fled at the taking of Rosatelo. He +deliver'd himself up, as also a famous Caziz he brought with him, +who was a Man of much Reputation among them. + +To this Victory Furtado resolv'd to add those he expected at Veranula, +[Veranula City describ'd.] a large City, and Neighbouring Island. He +sail'd from Amboyna with all the Fleet, and arriv'd at Veranula, +and the City of the same Name, which is populous, and its Territory +the most fruitful in Clove of any in those Parts. It is built +along the shore on a high and upright Rock, which look'd like a +Wall, with Towers, and Stories. The Houses are high Roof'd, with +Galleries. There is a Mosque that has three Isles, with a stately +Room to read the Alcoran in. Within the City was the Dutch Fort, +conveniently seated, built of Stone, round, and cover'd. Beyond that +was also another Stone Fort, with several salliant Angles, Ravelins, +and Guerites. This belong'd to the King of Ternate, who was Tyrant +of that Part of Veranula. As soon as our Fleet anchor'd before the +City, the Prime Men of it came to acquaint the General, That they were +willing to submit, but knew not how to do it, for Fear of the Ternates; +and therefore desir'd he would let them assemble their Council, and +they would return the next Day with their Answer. Furtado granted +their Request, sending two Amboyneses of Note along with them. They +return'd no Answer, but fled, [People of Veranula fly.] not daring +to stand the Fury of those who came Victorious. They fir'd a Gun +for a Signal of what they were doing, and the General being assur'd +of their Flight, order'd the Men to land and plunder the City. The +Inhabitants had before secur'd the best of their Effects, and yet +in some Houses they found above the value of 30000 Crowns, and in +others less, besides many Goods of value; abundance of Brass Drakes +and Muskets; China Ware, and Silks; Dutch Glasses, and great Store of +Royal-Cloves. [Veranula plunder'd and burnt.] After plundering the +City, they set fire to it, and it burnt for some Days. The Dutch and +Ternatese Forts were raz'd. The General was inform'd by some Prisoners, +that the People of Veranula, had expected mighty Succours against him +from the Dutch Ships that were seen; and that there were aboard 100 +Men to Garrison Viranula, and 100 more for the Fort he had demolish'd +at Ito. Some of our Men pursu'd the Ternates as far as Lacidecavello, +a Town where they imbark'd on many Vessels, for their own Island. + +[Mamala City submits with others.] After this, the City Mamala sent +to make its Submission, and many others follow'd its Example. Furtado +having concluded this Affair, resolv'd to return to Amboyna, and +being upon his Departure, Francis de Sousa Teve came to him, with +ten Portugueses, who had been, not long before, taken by the Dutch +Ships. He had met at Banda the five Ships Furtado found at Sunda, and +here gave him some important Intelligence, showing how much he would +find the Seas, in his Way to the Moluccos, infested by those Northern +Sailers. The Commander in Chief of the Dutch made very much of Francis +de Sousa, dismissing him with Arms and Provisions for his Voyage, +but at the Price of 500 Crowns, paid for him and his Companions, +by some Heathen Towns in the Island; to whom Furtado, without any +Delay, made good the whole Sum. The Dutch General writ very civilly +to Furtado, desiring he would use his Men well, as he would do by the +Spaniards he met with. Furtado return'd an Answer, no less Courteous, +and sent him a Dutch Youth, who had been Prisoner at Ternate. + +[The conquer'd submit, and give Hostages.] Having reduc'd these +Islands, Furtado appointed a Day for the Governors of them to come +and swear Fealty to our King, that he might save Time, and follow the +Course of his Victories. They came with much State, and Submission; +and to secure their future Behaviour, and their new promis'd Fidelity, +deliver'd to the General a considerable Number of Youths, being the +Sons of the Prime Men, as Hostages. Peace, and the general Pardon, +were celebrated with Rejoycings. The Preaching of the Gospel was again +exercis'd with entire Liberty, and many Idolaters, and Mahometans +were converted. Other Provinces came to acknowledge the Conqueror; +without expecting the Chance of War. Furtado at Amboyna prepar'd for +the Expedition against the Moluccos. + +[King of Ternate's Preparations.] Those who fled to Ternate, +gave an Account of the Loss of the Towns and Forts that King had +been possess'd of at Amboyna; and that the General Furtado openly +declar'd he was making Preparations against those Islands, and grew +stronger upon his Success. The King slighted not this Intelligence, +but immediately strengthened his Fleet, and his Forts, and call'd +in the Javaneses and Mindanaos, to be in readiness upon any +Attack. Amidst the Noise of War, and his Treaties with the Dutch +for maintaining of it, he found Leasure to seek his Satisfaction; +concluding a Match with his Queen Celicaya, who follow'd him in all +his Troubles, even when he last fled from his Kingdom. She was very +Young, and so Beautiful, that all the Indian Kings courted her for +their Wife, and sent to demand her of the Sangiack of Motiel, her +Father; who gave her to him of Ternate, as the greatest, most potent, +and respected. [His Marriage.] The Time for the Nuptials being come, +when the Bride was brought to Ternate, attended by her Father, Kindred, +Brothers-in-law, and many Troops of arm'd Men, she was receiv'd with +the Noise of Cannon, Musick, and other Instruments us'd in their +Festivals and Solemnities. These [Queen Celicaya's great Beauty.] +lasted many Days, with Profusion; but the most pleasing Object, was +the Presence of Celicaya, her extraordinary Grace, which drew the +Eyes, and Affections of all Men, temper'd with a Sort of Affability, +which encourag'd all that convers'd with her. This Quality very often +gave Occasion to suspect her Husband's Reputation, and were not this +History confined to such Things as really relate to the Conquest, +it might afford us a large Field to treat of the Gentleness of her +Disposition, her Love Intrigues, and uncontroulable Power over the +Affections, even of those who were most wrong'd; which are spoken of +at large in several Discourses and Relations. + +[Furtado sends for Succours to the Philippine Islands.] The Exigencies +of the Time, and necessity oblig'd the General Furtado to press +for the Succours, which were providing for him in the Philippine +Islands. Amboyna is 200 Leagues from the nearest of them, and that +200 more from Manila, he sent thither F. Andrew Pereyra, a Jesuit, +and Captain Antony Brito Fogaza, in May 1602. They arriv'd at Cebu +on the 25th of July, sail'd thence for Manila on the 6th of August, +and came to that City on the 5th of September. Don Pedro de Acunna +was well pleas'd to see them, asking particularly concerning all +the Proceedings of the General Furtado, wherein he was very curious, +or rather generously emulous, and he having in his Letters referr'd +himself to their Relation, they gave it him at large, and perform'd +the Duty of their Embassy, each according to his Profession. Don Pedro +did not delay their Business; but call'd a Council of War, wherein it +was resolv'd, that the Succours he desir'd should be sent Furtado, +tho' they were forc'd to comply with the Difficulties the Country +then labour'd under. Upon this Determination he sent away to [Succours +sent from the Philippines to Furtado.] the Provinces of the Pintados, +ordering Capt. John Xuarez Gallinato, who commanded there, to furnish +all Things necessary for the Enterprize; and that he, with the best +disciplin'd Infantry, should leave Cebu, and repair to the Town of +Arevalo, the place appointed for the Fleet to rendezvouz. Gallinato +did so, and sent a Ship to Oton, to take in as much as it could of +the Succours. It arriv'd at Oton on the 28th of October; and that +same Day Don Pedro set out from Manila for the Pintados, in Order to +hasten the fitting out of the Fleet by his Presence, tho' it was then +almost ready at Oton, where he arriv'd on the 13th of November, and he +was of such a mettled Temper, that never regarding the Expeditions of +Xolo and Mindanao, or that the Natives of those Islands were spread +about in Troops among those of the Pintados, robbing and murdering +his Majesty's Subjects, he gather'd the Supplies, and deliver'd them +to John Xuarez Gallinato, appointing him General, and Commander in +Chief for this Expedition. + +As soon as the General Furtado had sent away for Succours to Manila, +after chastising and garrisoning of Veranula and Amboyna, he set sail +for the Molucco Islands, with five Galeons, four Galliots, and 12 +Carcoas, carrying his Victorious Men; but in those Seas Disasters +are so frequent, that neither the Joy of their late Successes, +nor the Refreshment receiv'd after their Victories, appear'd in +their Countenances. He arriv'd at Ternate [Furtado sails by Ternate +to Tydore.] with this Fleet, on the 10th of August; but he only +look'd on that Island, and proceeded to Tydore: There he view'd the +Fort, encourag'd the Soldiers in it, and made use of that King's +Person and Interest, as Prudence directed; for that Prince, tho' +he labours by Words to convince us of his Friendship and Fidelity, +does not confirm it by his Actions; but rather leaves us dubious, +when he most endeavours to perswade. + +Furtado left the Galeons at Tydore, and with the other Vessels +that row'd, went six Leagues thence, to the Island of Machian, then +Subject to the [Machian Island submits to Furtado.] King of Ternate, +but so weary of that Vassalage, that as soon as our Fleet appear'd, +the Governours flock'd down to the Port, attended by the Natives, with +their Wives and Children, and such Gifts as came next to Hand, as also +some Colours, which they laid at Furtado's Feet, submitting themselves, +and delivering up their Country. The Men landed in peaceable Manner, +amidst the usual Noise of Bagpipes and Basons; and the Portugueses +having in vain sought after some Dutch Men, who chose rather to secure +themselves by Flight, than to trust to the General's good Nature, +were inform'd that they were gone over to Ternate. A view having +[Dutch fly to Ternate.] been taken of the Island, Furtado erected a +Fort with all possible Expedition, in the most convenient Place. When +finish'd according to the Rules of Fortification, he put into it a +Captain with 50 Men, whom he left well arm'd and provided, and with +them a light Vessel, call'd a Galizabra. Then he return'd himself, +with the Rest of the fleet, to Tydore, where he joyn'd all his Ships, +repair'd them, and set out for Ternate to the Port of Talangame, +where he anchor'd, and lay from the End of October to the middle of +February, when the Succours from Manila came. + +Some accuse him of lying still very long without attempting any thing; +[Furtado accus'd.] saying, he let slip the Opportunities, without +cutting off the Enemies Provisions, or ravaging their Country, +when he might have subdu'd them by that Means alone, without firing +a Shot. However, when we have before us the Actions of such great +Commanders, it is safer to judge they had some sufficient unknown +Reason for what they did, than to attribute it to their Fault. Most +certain it is, That being inform'd of a Fleet of the Enemies of +22 Carcoas, which was not far from the Island Machian, he lost no +Time, but putting 172 Portugueses, of the chosen Men of his Fleet, +into 18 Carcoas, under an able Commander, he sent them to find out +the Infidels. But tho' the Soldiers were so haughty, that every one +undertook to fight six Carcoas, yet every Officer was for commanding +all the Rest, and [Portugueses baffled through their Pride.] thus Want +of Discipline snatch'd the Victory out of their Hands. The Enemy +pass'd by, and they look'd on, without firing a Gun. The Barbarian +Fleet, observing their Disorder, stood about nimbly, and pouring in a +Volley upon the Portugueses, took a Carcoa, with fourteen Men in it, +whom they slew, in Sight of their Companions, and it was good Fortune +that they did not follow their Stroke. This occasion'd the General's +erecting the Fort at Machian; whilst the King of Ternate strengthen'd +his, with the Assistance of 20 Hollanders, making good Use of the +Leisure of eight Months given him by Furtado. He then cast up Works, +and provided Engines, as he did afterwards in the Sight of our Camp. + +When the Fleet was all assembled at the Philippine Islands, +the Ammunition and Provisions were deliver'd to Gallinato, by +the Judges and King's [The Succours sent by Don Pedro de Acunna.] +Attorney of the Sovereign Court, being 1000 Bushels of clean Rice, +300 Bullocks for Flesh; 200 Jars of Wine; 80 Quintals, or hundred +Weight of Nails, Hooks, Hinges, and other Iron Work; 40 of Powder; +300 Ilocos Blankets; 700 Yards of Spanish Woollen Cloth; 100 Needles +for Sails; 30 Jars of Oil; and for the Complement of Men, 200 Soldiers, +165 of them heavy Harquebusiers, and the other, 35 light Musquetiers; +22 Seamen; some Pilots; one Master; three Gunners of S. Potenciana, +and 20 Grummets. The whole Expence hereof amounting to 22260 Pieces +of Eight a Month. The Governour and Sovereign Court having done +thus much, they requir'd F. Andrew Pereyra, and Captain Brito, to +go with that Supply, which was then in readiness, under Gallinato, +with the Colours, and Captains Christopher Villagra, and John +Fernandes de Torres. The Company belonging to Captain Don Thomas +Bravo, the Governour's Nephew, and Son to his Brother Don Garcia, +staid behind, but the Captain went himself, and serv'd honourably in +the Expedition. The Foot embark'd on the Ship S. Potenciana, and the +Frigats S. Antony, S. Sebastian, S. Bonaventure, and S. Francis. They +set sail from the Port of Yloilo, on the 20th of January, 1603, and +arriv'd at that of Caldera, in Mindanao, on the 25th; where receiving +some Intelligence of the Enemy, they continued till the 28th. Then +they saild towards the Moluccos, and on the 7th of February descry'd +the Island of Siao, and the next Morning, by Break of Day, that +[S. Antony Frigat cast away.] of Toalan, four Leagues from it. There +the Frigat S. Antony was cast away, on a Shoal of that Island, which +discompos'd all the Squadron. Gallinato took Care to save the Men. He +sent Captain Villagra, who brought them off, with the Arms and Guns; +the rest was swallowed by the Sea. + +They held on their Voyage, and on the 13th of February discover'd +the Island of Ternate. On the 14th they arriv'd at Tydore, where +they were inform'd of the coming of Andrew Furtado; and therefore +stay'd but a [Gallinato from Manila joyns Furtado.] short Time to +refresh themselves, being earnest to joyn him. Setting forward with +a fair Wind, they came to Ternate, and enter'd the Port of Talangame, +a League from the Fort, on the 16th of the aforesaid Month. The Fleets +saluted one another in friendly Manner, and the Generals did the like, +giving one another an Account of their Strength, Transactions, and +all other Particulars till that Time. The Discourse falling out of +one Thing into another, came to contesting; for Gallinato affirm'd, +That the Enemies Provisions ought to have been cut off, by ordering +our Carcoas to sail round the Island, which was in great Want of +them, and could be reliev'd by the Opportunity he had given. Furtado +alledg'd other Reasons to defend himself. It was thought convenient +before they landed, to take a View of the Enemies Fort, to which +Purpose, the Captains, Christopher Villagra, and Gonzalo Sequeyra +were appointed to make up to it in a Carcoa, with a white Flag, +as it were to speak with the King, and propose Peace and Conditions. + +Those two Officers drew near, the Enemy met them, and understanding +what they came about, sent to acquaint the King. He answer'd he could +not give them Audience that Day, but they might return the next. They +returning accordingly, the Inhabitants of the City came out to meet +them, [Two Captains sent to the City of Ternate.] and among them +Cachil Sugui, Cachil Gogo, and Cachil Quipate, the King's Uncles, who +went back to tell him, that those Captains were come by his Highness's +Command. This Message was brought him at Nine a Clock in the Morning, +and tho' he was close by the City, the Answer came not till four +in the Afternoon, and was, That unless Furtado, or Gallinato came, +he would not speak with any other; but that the Captains that were +come might treat with his Officers, and he would stand by, and ratify +what they should conclude. The Spaniards having receiv'd this Answer, +and their Design being to view the Fort, Captain Villagra [Villagra +views the Fort.] set his Resolution, and pretending some Occasion, +went into the Thicket, whence he observ'd all that could be seen on +that Side, more nicely than could have been expected in so short a +Time. They return'd to the Fleet, and gave the General an Account of +all they knew. + +In fine, they landed, and then again Gallinato intreated Furtado, +to [The Forces land.] send out the light Vessels a cruising, to cut +off the Enemies Supplies; and those which went out upon his Request, +sped so well, that they met a plentiful and strong Reinforcement +of Men and Provisions, in two Junks and a large Chiampan, which +they took, killing and taking the Men, who were Numerous and well +arm'd. They continu'd to round the Island, encourag'd by this first +Success, and by that Means cut off all Succours. The Enemy began +to want, sicken and dye. They fed on Herbs, and other slight Dyet; +and many, but particularly Women, not being able to endure Hunger, +[Famine at Ternate.] fled confidently, tho' compell'd by Necessity, +to our Camp; and the rest would have done the same if they could. + +On the 27th of February, Furtado took a Review of his Men on the +[Christians review'd.] Enemies Shore, where our Ships were at +Anchor. Gallinato said, he was much troubled to see it, because in +his Opinion, they were not fit even to make that Show, most of them +being Boys, sick of the Distemper they call Berber, unskillful at +their Fire-arms, and very few of them had Muskets, but only little +Fowling-Pieces; so that all seem'd to forebode ill Success. The whole +Number of them was 420 Soldiers, divided into four Companies. The next +Day, the Spanish Infantry of the Philippine Islands pass'd Muster, +in the same Place, before Furtado and his Officers. Don Thomas led +them in Armour, and with a Pike in his Hand, with all the Musquetiers +in the Van. After him the other Companies in Order, according to +Seniority. They all form'd three Bodies, being Men of Experience, +well equipp'd, orderly, and of such Valour as soon after appear'd. + +A Council was held, about landing, on the first of March, where the +[Consuls about landing.] General declar'd by Word of Mouth, saying +he never did it in Writing, That he had lain so long, almost idle, +wholly depending on the Succour that was come, and that since Don +Pedro de Acunna had sent it so compleat, it was not reasonable to lose +Time. Gallinato answer'd, representing the Greatness of the Enterprize, +and that they had provided no Necessaries to begin the Work, hinting at +some Home Particulars, which were signify'd to him by the Portuguese +Commanders. The Votes being taken, it was finally resolv'd to land, +because all Things were in readiness; perhaps they conceited that the +Enemies Power was imaginary, and that they would submit at the Sight +of our Army. Gallinato was always of the [Gallinato against it.] +contrary Opinion; because that Weakness he was an Eye-witness to, +could not deceive him; and therefore that nothing might be wanting +on his Part, tho' he was under Command, but much respected, he writ +a Role of the Things necessary for the Design in Hand, setting down +in it even the Hand-Spikes for moving of the Artillery, which had not +been provided in all that Time. By which may be seen, said Gallinato, +how great a Defect there had been in the Rest. When the Council broke +up, Furtado told Gallinato, he had order'd, that as soon as they +landed, 200 Portugueses should mount the Guard, with one Company of +Spaniards. Gallinato begg'd he would give him leave to lead the Van, +saying, he would not go as Chief, but only as a Soldier, as being +proud of serving under him. This he requested very earnestly; but +Furtado, who knew how to value such Requests, answer'd, That if he +went he must accept of his [He begs to lead the Van and obtains it.] +Company. Gallinato reply'd, That he should take the Post due to his +Person, since it was of such Consequence, and do him the Favour to +grant him the Van. He would not grant it at that Time, but the next +Day, he and his Admiral spoke to him, saying, He assign'd him the Van, +by the Advice of his Admiral, and therefore desired he would be content +it might consist of the Number of Men he had appointed. Gallinato +accepted the Command, and valu'd it as was due. They landed on the +3d of March, and as they were drawing up, Furtado would needs place +two of his Colours, and one of the Spanish in the Van, with 300 Men; +the other three in the Rear; and the Royal Standard, and himself to +be in the main Body; Gallinato was of Opinion, that all the Colours +should march with the main Body, but the General follow'd his own Way. + +[They move towards the Enemy.] In this Order they began to move +towards the Enemy, Captain Don Thomas marching by Gallinato, who +afterwards, in a Letter to Don Pedro, said, He this Day, and upon other +Occasions, gave good Proof, that he was the Son of such a Father, +and these grey Hairs of mine were sufficiently honour'd with the +Assistance of such a Hand, and I was well defended and secure. The +Enemy being above 700, kept in a strong and safe Post, the Shore on +which our Men march'd, being little or nothing, by Reason it was +High-Water, and that on the Land Side there was a very high Bank, +and above it a rising and close Zacatal, which could not be broke +through. Zacatal is a Field overgrown with such deep Grass or Weeds, +that many Men, and much Cattle may be hid among them. These are much +thicker [Zacatal what it is.] than the Fields of Sedge, or Sheer-Grass +in Spain. They call it Zacatal, from the Word Zacate, signifying +that Sort of Grass or Weed, which grows up almost as thick as a +Reed. Along this narrow Slip of Shore, which was full of Rocks, and +uneven, only three Men could march abreast, he that was next the Sea, +being partly in the Water. The Enemy was possess'd of this close Pass, +and a great Tree cut down for that Purpose, and lying across the Place, +serv'd them instead of a Trench. Behind [Posture of the Ternates.] +it, and upon the Bank, between it, and the Zacatal, appear'd all their +Men, with Muskets, Fire-Locks, Campilanes, or Cymiters, Bacacacs, +or burnt Staves, Darts, Hand Granadoes, and Stones which did not do +us the least Harm. They had also five Drakes in this Post, wherewith, +upon some short Attacks, they kill'd five Spaniards; and afterwards, +as the Action grew hotter, wounded ten Portugueses, in such Sort that +they dy'd in a few Days. Gallinato owns he was this Day in Danger of +losing his Honour; because the Colours, and all the Rest was in the +utmost Peril. + +[Gallinato repulsed.] The Enemy fought in Safety, and did our Men so +much Harm, that the first Charge Gallinato gave, the Ternates fell on +so furiously, as to drive us from the Ground we had gain'd. Gallinato +look'd behind him to see the Colours he had brought with him in +the Van, with the 300 Men, and found them at his Back very thinly +Guarded. Thus the second Time the Shout was given to fall on, and he +again oblig'd to retire, because he had fewer Men every time, and the +last they were scarce twenty. At length shaming those that lagg'd, +and as it were inspiring new Vigour into them, he [Gains the Pass.] +fell on so fiercely, that he gain'd the Post, and the five Drakes. The +Ternates lost all, or most of their best Men. Gallinato follow'd the +Chace till he discover'd the Fort, then he halted, and order'd our +Camp to be Intrenched. The work was begun, and the Enemy obstructed it +twice, sending out Parties to prevent planting the Gabions, and divert +the Workmen; but they retir'd both times with loss. When the Trench +was finished, Gallinato [Spaniards Intrench.] sent to the General +to come to it. He came and took up his Quarters, with all his Men, +bringing the Royal Standard, and all the Colours. + +The next Day he judg'd it convenient to carry the Lodgment +forward. [Trenches carry'd on nearer to the Fort.] Gallinato undertook +it, and with his Men finish'd the Trench, within 200 Paces of the +Enemies Fort. There they continu'd some Days; and it being Gallinato's +Part only to obey, he sometimes gave his Opinion, and always did +what he was commanded. He did so, when the General told them it would +be convenient to carry on a Trench farther, to plant the Cannon. On +the Ninth of the same Month, before the Fort had been well view'd, +he went to open the Trench, with his own Men, and 100 Portugueses, +a little above 100 Paces from the Walls, which being so near they all +soon perceiv'd the danger of the Undertaking. It was the worse for the +Confusion and Noise in filling the Gabions. The next Day the Cannon +was brought thither, being four Guns, two thirteen, and two sixteen +Pounders. These sixteen Pounders, which the Portuguese Soldiers call +Camels, are short Pieces, unfit for Battery; besides that the Bullets +[Stone Bullets unfit for Battery.] were made of Stone, and broke +as soon as they touch'd the Wall; being only fit to fire at the +Houses. Gallinato seeing this, told the General that since before +they landed he said, he had Cannon, he should order it to be brought +on, and planted in Battery, now he saw how ineffectual that they had +prov'd. He answer'd, that there was all he had, having left the best +in some Places he recover'd the foregoing Year; and could not bring +any more such, by Reason of the stormy Weather. + +[The Enemies Strength.] This being mounted, the Battery began; +but being so improper for this Purpose, it was canonading the Air; +for the Enemy overlook'd, and was strengthen'd by a Stone Cavalier, +which is that of Our Lady, next the Sea. Under it was a Ravelin, +with seven heavy Pieces of Cannon which did, and threatned greater +Harm to our Camp. The Cavalier was all Rampard, four Fathom high, +and a Fathom and a half broad; all which had been perform'd, and +rais'd with Espauls, by the Contrivance of the Dutch, who forwarded +it, ever since they traded with that Tyrant. On the Land Side ran the +Curtin of the Wall, as far as the Stone Bullwark, call'd Cachil Tulo, +fortify'd outwards with Massy Timbers, on which there were three large +Guns, and two on the Wall from this Bullwark to that of our Lady. All +these Works look'd towards that Part, where our Men had taken up +their Quarters. These Forts had also a great Number of Falconets, +and Drakes; and the Cavalier that was batter'd being the strongest +Part, where there was more Noise than Effect, the General order'd +the Battery to cease. + +[They Sally.] On Sunday the sixteenth, between four and five in the +Evening, the Enemy sally'd out of their Fort, with most of their Men +to attack, and gain the Trench, where our Cannon was planted. They +assaulted it in three Places, dividing their Men, next the Mountain +in Front, and towards the Shore. From the Mountainward came above +800 Ternates, with Campilanes, or Cymiters, in the Van of them +almost as many Javaneses, with Pikes 25 Spans long, all in close +Order. The Leader of them was a [Amuxa, the King's Nephew leads them.] +gallant Youth, call'd Cachil Amuxa, the King's Cousin German, and +Son to Cachil Tulo. Four hundred attack'd in Front, and many more +next the Sea, each Body under its own Commander; who all fell on +together with such Vigour, that had not they who defended it been in +great Readiness, the Enemy could not miss of being Master of it. The +Captains Pinto and Villagra commanded in it, who defended it bravely, +but Emanuel Andres, Sergeant to Villagra, Alonso Roldan, a Corporal, +and another Portuguese, who behav'd himself gallantly, dy'd fighting, +being all run through with Pikes. The Advantage soon appear'd on the +Spanish Side, [He is Defeated.] which the Enemy perceiving, they +turn'd their Backs, leaving the Commanders their King had the greatest +Value for, dead in the Field, and retired to the Fort. This Success +gave Occasion to draw another Trench nearer the Fort, to batter the +Ravelin, whence they did us Harm, with seven Pieces, notwithstanding +our Work, which was carry'd on by the Captains Villagra and Sebastian +Suarez. On Thursday the Trench was almost finish'd, and being near, +made them so uneasy, that the Besieged began to batter it, with all +their Cannon, but ineffectually, because the Gabions, and Rampart on +the Inside, could bear much more. However, by this they perceiv'd the +Power and Strength of the Enemy, and the Difficulty of the Undertaking. + +On the twenty first of March the General came to the Trench, and +[Council of War held.] calling together the Captains, Gallinato, +Villagra, Antony Andrea, John Fernandez de Torres, Gonzalo de Sequeyra, +Sebastian Suarez de Albergueria, Stephen Texeira, Gaspar Pacheco, +the Admiral Thomas de Sousa Ronches, Lewis de Melo Sampayo, Jacome +de Morales, Don Lope de Almeyda, Ruy Gonzalez, Trajan Rodriguez +Castelbranco, Antony de Brito Fogaza, John Pinto de Moraes, and Don +Thomas Bravo, and taking out a Missal, in the first Place desir'd them +to take an Oath upon the holy Evangelists, that they would not speak +of, nor any otherwise reveal, what he should there propose to them, +and what should be resolv'd upon it, till effected. They all swore, +and then he propos'd the Matter thus. + +[Furtado's Speech to the Council.] I have call'd you together, +Gentlemen, to acquaint you with the Condition I am in at Present, and +this Siege has brought me to. It is two Years since I came from Goa, +and during my Voyage, have spent a great Quantity of Ammunition, upon +several Occasions; so that when we landed the other Day we had only ten +Pipes of Powder, and 29 Barrels sent me from Manila. Since I landed, +so much has been consum'd, as is visible, in Skirmishes, and Battery, +that I have now much less than half that Quantity. The Dead, Wounded +and Sick, of our Foot, now wanting in the Camp, are 130; and the rest, +as daily Experience shows, fall Sick very fast of the Distemper call'd +Berber. Our Provisions, tho' we took the Rice the Frigates brought from +Manila, are so short, that they can not last beyond the beginning of +June. The Ships and other Vessels of the Fleet, in the Opinion of the +Pilots, run a great Hazard, where they now lie at Anchor; because, +when this Moon is out, there can be no Safety for it, by reason of +the high Winds and Storms, unless they remove to another Place, and +there is no other but Tydore. We see how resolute, and well fortify'd +the Enemy is, since all our Battery has produc'd so little Effect, +and if they receive any Damage, it is soon made up by the Multitude of +People. The Friendship the King of Tydore promis'd for advancing of his +Majesty's Service, has prov'd so false, that he has perform'd nothing +of what was concerted with him, tho' so reasonable, and beneficial to +himself; having only been free in Words, but his Actions have not yet +been seen. I have had sufficient Tryal of him. He has no other Design, +but to deceive, and amuse us, that our Men may be destroy'd by Degrees, +and so Time may consume us if the Enemy cannot. When I press'd him +to do something, to show at this Time that he was a Friend, and his +Majesty's Subject, he answer'd, he would; but that we must furnish +Provisions for all his Men, because he had none. They demand Powder +and Ball, for every trivial Undertaking, that so they may consume +the little we have left; and when there is any Work to be done, +there are no Men for it. Of the few Amboyneses I brought with me, +for this Purpose, their Labour being great, some are return'd home, +others gone to the Enemy. Those that remain are not sufficient, and +most of what has been hitherto done is owing to the Infantry; which +is so harrass'd, that it can do no Service. The Enemy expects Dutch +Ships, and knows they are now at Banda. I have Intelligence that they +have sent for them, and if they come they will be a great Obstacle +to our Designs. Considering what I have discours'd of, I desire you, +Gentlemen, and every one of you, still under the Obligation of the +Oath, to give me your Opinions, that according to them I may resolve +what to do, in pursuance of the great Duty incumbent on me. + +Upon the Request of the Captains, the General Furtado gave in these +Proposals in writing, tho' he oppos'd it at first. In short they +were written, as were the Opinions of the Councellors, among whom +the greater Part, even of the Portugueses oppos'd the General; and +tho' I ought to give some Account of their Votes, because they had +all different Views, yet, in Regard that most of them assented to +Gallinato's Opinion, it will suffice to set down his Answer. + +John Xuarez Gallinato, Commander of the Provinces of the Pintados, +and [Gallinato's Answer to Furtado.] + +the Officers attending me, do answer to the Proposal made by your +Lordship, as follows. That as to the want of Powder you represent, we +look upon it as essential, since we can not fight without it, and if +that fails, our Cannon and small Fire-Arms, are rather Encumbrances, +than Weapons, and therefore it is requisite to resolve and agree, +where and when to employ, and how much of what we have may be spent, +so as our Enterprize may succeed, since we see how ineffectual that +hitherto spent has been; considering, at the same Time, that a great +Quantity is to be reserv'd, to fight five Dutch Galeons we expect; +which, if they come, part of our Fleet must of necessity go out and +ingage. For, if this be not done they will put Succours into the +Place, which tho' never so inconsiderable, as but of 100 Muskets, +would be very prejudicial to us; besides that, it will be a great +Disreputation, not to meet them out at Sea. + +As to the Mens sickning, being kill'd and wounded, we say, those are +Misfortunes always attending War; and that we are sensible how fast +the Army grows weak, for which Reason, it will be necessary to be +the more expeditious in the Work we have in Hand; yet so that neither +too much Precipitation may expose it to Hazards, nor Delay give Time +for all the Army to fall Sick. As for the Scarcity of Provisions, +our Opinion is, that an Account be taken of what we have, how much is +consum'd in a Month, and thus the necessary Distribution may be made +in Time; for otherwise we shall fall short, when we least expect it; +and Hunger will do us more Harm than the Enemy. + +To the Danger of the Ships threatned by the Pilots, and their Advice +to go over to Tydore, we answer. That if the Fleet quits the Station +where it is, it will be a manifest Detriment to the Army, which is +supply'd from it with all it Wants, and must want every Thing upon +its Absence. Besides, that if the Enemy see it once gone, they will +take fresh Courage; and if the Dutch come and find the Harbour empty, +it is plain they will possess themselves of it. Again, if the Fleet +makes off, must not a considerable Number of the Soldiers go for its +Security? Now how can it be proper to divide our Forces; especially +considering they are so small, and the Men so sickly? Besides that +here is no Place to lay up the Provisions, for the Waters destroy +them by Day and Night. Whilst aboard the Fleet, the Soldiers have it +daily brought fresh and wholesome. Farther, the Pilots, and Natives +of Tydore, say the Ships are safe in the Harbour till after the Middle +of April. + +We have had Tryal of the Enemies Power, and believe they have Men, +Ammunition, and Cannon to spare, considering our Condition; and the +Commanders, and Deserters from them confirm it. But neither can it +be deny'd, that the very first Day we ingag'd as we have been told by +Prisoners, and wounded Men, 1000 of the best Men they had in Ternate +came out to stop our Passage with five Pieces of Cannon, and so posted, +that only two of our Men could come up a Breast to charge them; and yet +they with all these Odds, were beaten off with the Loss of many Men, +as appear'd by the dead Bodies, scatter'd along the Shore, where they +also lost their Artillery. The same Day we saw them sally upon the +Fort of Santiago, where Captain Villagra commanded, and tho' our Men +were surpriz'd, yet they repuls'd them and slew the Flower of their +Commanders; so that they were certainly much weakned; and streightned +by Hunger and Sickness. And tho' with the Help of the Dutch, and +their own Hardiness they repair the Breaches, and fortify themselves +with Artillery, Means may be found to surmount these Difficulties, +for if there were none, it would be no War we are ingag'd in. + +We are sensible of the King of Tydore's Want of Faith; but what +discreet Commander has not made the best of such Accidents, and +wink'd at disloyal, and unsteady Persons till a more favourable +Opportunity; Besides, before we landed, Notice was taken of this +Princes Indifferency, and that his Design is to protract the War, +rather in Hatred to Ternate, than out of any Love to our Nation. We +our selves will make amends for the Want of Labourers; we will be +both Soldiers and Pioniers, as we have hitherto been; for the Sword +and the Spade are equally honourable in so just a War; and we again +offer our selves, and our Soldiers, to perform whatsoever shall be +for the Service of God and the King. + +It is therefore our Opinion, that the Galeons remove immediately; +that two of them Anchor between our Ladies Cavalier, and S. Paul, +and batter the inside of the Cavalier, and the other two, the House +of S. Paul, the Fort, and the Town. Then of Necessity the Defendants +within must fly, since the Defence of the Stone Parapet, is but a meer +Show, except only where it looks upon the open Country. As soon as the +Galeons begin to batter, we will also batter the Ravelin before the +Cavalier, where the seven Pieces of Cannon are, which will certainly +be ruin'd in two Hours, because our Fort of S. Christopher commands +them, and the Thickness is not above a Fathom. To conclude, My Lord, +the Want of Provisions, and of Health, the coming of the Dutch, +the Resolution of the Besieged, of all other Difficulties will be +surmounted by Celerity. We are ready to perform all Things on our +Part; it belongs to your Lordship to make Tryal of our Promise. It +will not be reasonable immediately to abandon the small Remains of +Christianity in the Moluccos, and the Hopes of regaining what has been +lost, in vain endeavour'd for so many Years, at the Expence of so many +Millions of Money, so many Lives, and the Honour of European Nations, +by turning our Backs upon so holy an Undertaking. + +[Furtado dissolves the Council, and acts counter to it.] This Answer +was sent in a Paper signed by the Captains, to satisfy all his +Doubts, for they answer'd others by Word of Mouth, which were +started by the Portuguese Commanders to perswade drawing off; +but the General Thanking both Parties for their Zeal in Advising, +broke up the Council; and on Saturday the 22d, came to a Resolution, +which he left to be put in Execution the next Day. That Night he drew +off the Cannon; and on Sunday Night, at the second Watch, the Forces +began to March towards the Shore, where the Ships lay to take in the +Men. The Admiral, Thomas de Sousa, led the Van; the General and his +Officers, the Main Body; and John Xuarez Gallinato, with the Captains +Don Thomas Bravo, John Fernandez de Torres, and Christopher Villagra, +and the Musketiers, brought up the Rear. [The Forces Shipp'd off.] +In this Order the Foot were Shipp'd off, and got all aboard by the +Morning. At the same time two Dutch Men, of those that were in the +Fort with the Enemy, fled from it, and came to the Ships. Among other +Intelligence, they told the Spaniards how strong the Enemy were in +Men and Cannon: That they had 36 heavy Pieces mounted on the Ravelin +near our Ladies; seven on Cachil Tulo's Bastion; three between them; +and two on the Cavalier; three at S. Paul's; eight in the Main Fort; +three at Limatao; three more on that Bastion, and four more near it. + +This Day Furtado propos'd to sail away with the Fleet towards Amboyna, +but wanting Water, put it off for four Days, and during that time +Gallinato had leasure to Discourse him, since he was going away, +about providing [Furtado refuses to supply Tydore, and other Places.] +the Fort of Tydore, which could not be Maintain'd without Supplies. He +Answer'd, He was very willing to do it, but could not; and therefore +would send Succours from Amboyna. Application was made to him to +provide for other Wants, which concern'd his Majesties Service, +to which he return'd the same Answer. He press'd him to consider, +in what Condition he left the Fort of Machian, whereto particular +Regard ought to be had, because there were 50 Men and a Captain, with +the small Vessel, call'd a Galizabra, and he must either Relieve, +or Dismantle it. He said, He had already sent to Destroy it, and did +believe it was then Raz'd. [Machian Fort raz'd.] + +Having taken this Order, and Leave of the Commanders, he set sail on +Thursday the 27th of March, sending a Letter to Don Pedro de Acunna, +the Governour of the Philippine Islands, with an Account of the +Particulars of this Enterprize: A small Part of it will suffice to +express the Thoughts and Intention of so Discreet a Commander as +he has been prov'd by his former and later Actions; for it is not +to be believ'd that he would quit the Attempt upon Ternate, without +substantial Reasons: The Succours your Lordship [Part of Furtado's +Letter to the Governor of the Philippines.] sent me, says he, +by Gods Assistance, came in good Time; for it was Providence that +furnished his Majesty with this Fleet, and sav'd the Lives of us, +who still enjoy them. By what has happen'd in this Expedition, his +Majesty will understand how much he is beholding to your Lordship, +and how little to the Commander of Malaca; since it is his Fault, that +his Majesty was not serv'd. When the Succours your Lordship sent me +arriv'd, this Fleet had no Ammunition, as having been two Years out +from Goa, and having spent it as Occasion offer'd. Wherefore, that +it might not be thought I Obstructed his Majesties Service, I landed; +and did it with the Loss of many of the Enemies. I carry'd up my last +Trenches within 100 Paces of the Enemies Works, planted five heavy +Battering-Pieces; and in ten Days Battery a great part of a Bastion, +wherein the Enemies main Strength consisted, was ruin'd. During +that Time all the Powder the Fleet had was spent, without leaving +enough for one Charge of the Guns, and if it should happen, as I do +not question it will, that I meet any Squadron of Dutch, I must of +Necessity fight them, this being my principal Motive for raising of +the Siege, when the Enemy was reduc'd to great Streights, both by Want, +and for that many of their best Commanders had been kill'd during the +Siege. By this your Lordship may guess at the Condition I am in. This +Letter dilates upon the Complaints against the Governours of India. He +promises Don Pedro, that if he meets with any Succours at Amboyna, +and is not oblig'd to go relieve the southern Parts, he will return +to the Moluccos, tho' he be forc'd to go refit as far as Malaca. He +praises and recommends the Captains Gallinato, Don Thomas, Villagra, +and their fellow Soldiers, and so concludes the Letter. + +Gallinato went to Tydore, where he was inform'd, that tho' the Fort +of Machian was abandon'd, only one Bastian of it was dismantled; +so that if the Enemy would possess themselves of it, they might +do it with Ease, and were actually about it. Hereupon he spoke to +the King of Tydore, [Gallinato at Tydore takes Care of Machian.] +and the Portuguese Commander in Chief, recommending to them, that +they would either take Care to maintain, or else quite raze that +Fort. They commission'd a Captain to do the latter, who going to +perform it, loaded the Vessel, call'd Galizabra with 200 Quintals, +or a hundred Weight of Clove, and return'd to Tydore, to the great +Satisfaction of the Portugueses of that Island. At this Time the +King of Ternate was repairing the Breaches in his Fortifications, +and rais'd new Defences, providing against Dangers he knew Nothing +of yet. His Subjects are Warlike, [Falshood of the King of Tydore.] +with whom, and the Assistance of the Dutch, he thought his Kingdome +invincible. Great Matters might have been expected could any Confidence +be repos'd in the King of Tydore; but our Commanders say his People, +and those of Ternate understand one another. + +On the 17th of April, the King of Tydore acquainted Gallinato, +that with [The King and Queen of Tydore at Variance.] his Leave +he design'd to make Peace with the King of Ternate. He answer'd, He +would do well to consider what was expedient for his own Dominions, +without Detriment to his Majesty's Service. The same Day the Sangiack +of Nua, in the Kingdom of Bachian, came to Tydore. He was a Christian, +and laying hold of the Opportunity of serving his Majesty in the last +Expedition, visited the Queen of Tydore, a beautiful young Lady, +Daughter to the King of Bachian, who liv'd discontented, because +the King her Husband was more fond of another ancient Woman, and not +so well born. The Sangiack had Commission and Strength to steal her +away, and conduct her to her Father, since neither Complaints, [She +is stolen away.] Intreaties, nor any other Methods had been of Force +to reclaim the King. On the 4th of May, came a Sister of the King's, +on the same Pretence of visiting her Niece, and reconciling her to +the King. The Sangiack and she having concerted those Affairs, the +young Queen going abroad with them to an Entertainment, and all Things +being provided, they embark'd, and sail'd away towards Bachian. The +King of Tydore was enrag'd, out of Patience, and apprehensive of +a new War; tho' afterwards this Difference was amicably adjusted, +by the Interposition of Cachil Malua, a principal Person of Bachian. + +On the 22d of May News was brought to Tydore, that the King of Ternate, +had fitted out 50 Carcoas in his Harbour, and expected the Dutch +Ships. He, at the same Time, made Rejoycings, in a triumphant Manner +for the Departure of the Spaniards. It was requisite to leave some Men +and Provisions in the Fort of Tydore, which being done, Gallinato, +who [Fort of Tydore supply'd.] had before writ by an Advice-Boat, +to the General and Governour of the Philippine Islands, left the +Moluccos, and sail'd himself that Way. This was the Event of that +so long intended and threatned Undertaking, which I have deliver'd +impartially, having search'd after, and even guess'd at some Excuses +to justify the Behaviour of so great a Commander as Andrew Furtado; +enquiring of those very Officers who were present at the Attacks, and +in the Councils. Neither by them, nor by the General's own Memorials +[Impartiality of the Author.] and Papers, can be found or made out +any more than what appears by those which have been here inserted; +but to judge of these Affairs is not the Part of an Historian. + +[Earl of Lemos President of the Council of the Indies.] This same +Year, about the beginning of April, the Presidentship of the Council +of the Indies was conferr'd on Don Pedro Fernandez de Castro, Earl +of Lemos and Andrade, Marquess de Sarria, Chief of his Family, +whose Royal Antiquity is well known, Nephew and Son-in-law to the +Duke of Lerma. In his Youth he gave such Hopes, as were afterwards +fulfill'd by his Actions. He was then Gentleman of the Bed-Chamber +to our King. The World made the same Judgment of him, that the Senate +of Rome had in his Time of Scipio, afterwards call'd Africanus, when +it made a Scruple of entrusting him with Matters of great Difficulty, +because he was so young. But Experience soon made appear in the Earl, +as well as in Scipio, that Prudence, which regulates all other Virtues, +often anticipates grey Hairs. It is no Merit of the Off-spring to be +descended from Noble, or Plebeyan Families; but such was the Vivacity +of this great Man's Spirit, and Judgment, that had he been born Mean, +he might by his own natural [This was writ when he was living.] +Parts have made his Fortune. No Man can say he wanted publick or +private Accomplishment. In him appears a settled Magnanimity; with +a courteous Sincerity; yet temper'd with that Justice we extol in +the severe Austereness of some of the Ancients. These Virtues are +interwoven with Religion, a Zeal for its Propagation, and the universal +Agreement, which is the Product of publick Tranquility. Thus he serv'd +his King, with Care and Solicitude; without Intermission, or seeking +himself and his Advantage. It will be requisite to be brief in this +Particular, because his singular Modesty is not pleas'd with the +Soothings of Commendation; but is as averse to Flattery, as remote +from standing in need of it. + +[Member of the said Council, at that Time.] The Earl found the +Council fill'd with zealous and grave Men; the Lords Benedict +Rodriguez Valtodano, Peter Bravo de Sotomayor, Alonso Molina de +Medrano, Knight of the Order of Santiago, or S. James the Apostle, +James de Armenteros, Gonzalo de Aponte, Don Thomas Ximenes Ortis, +Don Francisco Arias Maldonado, Benavente de Benavides, John de +Villagutierre, Lewis de Salcedo, and Ferdinand de Villagomez; all of +them qualify'd by Extraction, noted for Learning, and having taken +the highest Degrees in it. These were Counsellors, and the last of +them Solicitor General of that Assembly. To which also belong'd +John de Ybarra, Knight of the Order of Calatrava, and Commendary +of Moratalaz, and Peter de Lodesma, the King's Secretaries. In the +Places of the Licenciates, Molina de Medrano, and Gonzalo de Aponte, +whom his Majesty afterwards employ'd in his Royal Council of Castile, +and in those of some who dy'd, his Majesty, at several Times put in +the Licenciates, Lewis de Salcedo, Gudiel, and Don Francis de Texada y +de Mendoza, Doctor Bernard de Olmedilla, and John de Ybarra, &c. All +these amidst that Multitude of Business they dexterously dispatch'd, +laid all their main Designs, for the restoring his Majesty's Monarchy +to its Fulness, in those utmost Limits of it; a Project suitable to +the Genius of the new President. He enquiring into the general and +particular Posture of all Things then depending, met with that of the +Molucco Islands, and finding it of Consequence, and almost forgotten, +inclin'd to give it a helping Hand. + +[Br. Gaspar Gomez informs the Council.] Much about this Time, Brother +Gaspar Gomez came into Spain, being sent by Don Pedro de Acunna, to +solicite that Enterprize. The Brother at several tedious Audiences, +gave the President full Information of all that concern'd the Molucco +Islands, their Wealth, the great Treasure Spain has expended in +Attempts to recover them, to restore persecuted Christianity, where +it had been so much receiv'd; and what Consequence it was, that this +should be done by Way of the Philippine Islands. The Earl undertook +that Cause, as such ought to be supported, and consulted about it +with the Council, with the Duke of Lerma, and most particularly +with the King's Confessor. He never desisted, till it was brought +to bear, and in such a Forwardness, that it might be effectually +dispatch'd. The Members of the supream Council, with the same Zeal, +and considering the repeated Disappointments of this Enterprize, +forwarded the Expedition, and all of them agreed that Don Pedro de +Acunna should undertake it in Person. This favourable Disposition of +theirs, was fully confirm'd, by the News brought a Year after, of the +ill Success of the united Forces of India under Furtado, and those of +the Philippine Islands, under Gallinato. It was writ by Don Pedro de +Acunna, describing it to the Life, with Duplicates for his Majesty, +and the prime Ministers, and though he left much to Brother Gaspar +Gomez, he was very particular himself. + +He complain'd that they had let slip such an Opportunity of Recovering +Ternate, and chastising the Dutch, who resort thither to the Trade of +[Don Pedro de Acunna's letter concerning the Enterprize on Ternate.] +Clove, Mace, and other Spice, and Drugs. He represented the Danger the +Philippine Islands were in, after that Neighbouring Tyrant's Victory; +and that having more particularly weigh'd the Circumstances of that +Affair, besides the Necessity of regaining the Reputation lost there, +he found that whatsoever has been yet said, was short. For not to +mention the principal End, which was the Propagation of the Faith, +but only with Regard to the King's Revenue, he show'd, That Ternate +being reduc'd it would be easie to subdue the Islands of Banda, which +are above thirty, lying about a hundred Leagues from the Moluccos, +full of valuable Mace, and possess'd by an unwar-like People, would add +that Income to Spain, and take it from the Dutch, who carry all away, +with little or no Opposition. He promis'd the same as to the Islands +Papuas, which are many, not far distant from Ternate, some of them +Subjects to that King, and yielding him a considerable Quantity of +Gold, Amber, and other valuable Tribute. Then he extended to the Great +Batochina, or Gilolo, describing its Fertility, and how that Tyrannical +King oppress'd it. Those of Celebes 45 Leagues from Ternate, where +he had strong Garrisons. The Greater and Lesser Javas, whose Kings +would again submit to Spain, as soon as the Moluccos were brought +under. He earnestly recommended Secresie and Expedition. To evince +the Necessity of both, besides the usual Reasons, he urg'd that as +soon as those Rebels and the Dutch hear of any War-like Preparations, +they spare neither Cost, nor Labour, to make all necessary Provision; +and that they never sail by the Coasts of India without ruining, +and plundering them. He affirm'd, that the General Furtado was no +way to blame for having abandon'd that Enterprize; for as it plainly +appear'd, and Captain Gallinato declar'd he had always behav'd himself +like a brave Gentleman, and discreet Commander; but that besides the +Want of Provisions and Ammunition, he could not relie upon his own +Men; and that if the Succours sent him from Manila had been more +considerable, he would have hazarded all with only them. He said, +the King of Tydore had sent him great Complaints against the General +Furtado, and that it was a common saying with him. That before he came +to the Moluccos the King of Tydore Slept, and he of Ternate Watch'd; +but now the Case was alter'd, and the contrary might be said. Yet he +believ'd he was not heartily sorry for the Disappointment. The same +he urg'd in Relation to the Kings of Bachian and Sian. He concluded, +offering to undertake that Affair in Person, provided he might be +furnish'd with what was necessary, that he might not be Distress'd +as his Predecessors had been. Then he went on, by way of Answer +to the Objections, or Accusations of the Spanish Commanders, who +being us'd to the Wars in Europe, despis'd all other Enemies, who +made War without all those Engines, and Fire-Arms us'd in Flanders, +France, and England. He says, none of those Eastern Provinces wanted +any of the Inventions we have in Europe; and that besides the great +Numbers they have, and the Dexterity in using them of the Japoneses, +Chineses, Mindanaos, and Moluccos, they are no less expert at their +Bows, and Arrows; especially the Javaneses, who conquer when they fly, +and that they are not destitute of such Strategems, that the Spaniards +have need of all their Valour against them, and their numerous +Armies. He owns the Molucco Islands can not stand in Competition, +with the strong and populous Cities taken in our Parts, but that +nevertheless, so many Christian Churches as have been polluted in them; +the banishing of our Religion; the Persecution of its Ministers; +the continual Tyrannical Practices; and Alliance of those People, +with the Dutch, his Majesties last Rebels, ought not to be cast into +Oblivion. And that, were there no other Motive but this, the King +ought to retrieve his Honour, which is concern'd for the loss of so +many of his Fleets, and Commanders. It is very remarkable, that tho' +in these Letters he gave an Account of the Posture of Affairs, either +as to Peace, or War, of so many several Kings, among whose Territories +the Spanish Arms appear, not without Glory; yet he insists not so much +on any Point, as that of Ternate, which was grown Old by above thirty +Years standing, to the Discredit of our Nation. From all this may be +inferr'd, how necessary it is always, in Affairs of great Difficulty, +to bend the entire Understanding to them, and to be in Love with the +Design conceiv'd, that so the Event may answer the Expectation. He +at the same Time sent long Reflections, and Projects of the Count +de Monterey, then Viceroy of Peru, relating to the Execution of +that Affair, wherein it plainly appear'd, by the Consonancy of the +Reasons, And the Opinions of Men well acquainted with those Parts, +that the Expedition was of greater Concern and Importance, than all +the Arguments made use of upon the like Occasions do ever amount to. + +[Lewdness of the King of Ternate and Cachil Amuxa.] Thus was Ternate +bandy'd in the Councils of Spain, whilst at home it abounded in Trade, +yet stood upon its Guard, and particularly the King, whose Prosperity +gave him Occasion to indulge his Inclinations, of Cruelty towards the +Christians, and private Satisfaction to himself. He gave himself up +to the Love of Celicaya, yet being divided among so many Women, it had +not the usual Power over him, but allow'd of other Diversions. Cachil +Amuxa, the bravest of his Commanders, and his Cousin German, was newly +Marry'd to a Daughter of the King of Mindanao, a singular Beauty, +not of the Asiatick Sort, but of the Spanish or Italian. The King, +who was us'd to observe no Rules, courted her as a Gallant, and as a +King, persisting, and presenting her; and was soon admitted by the +Indian Lady. Her Husband, tho' their Privacy for a while conceal'd +his Wrong; at length, by the King's contriving to keep him abroad, +and the Interposition of Time, which reveals all Secrets, found out +who it was defil'd his Bed. What could the unfortunate Man do? He +durst not kill his Wife, for the Love he bore her, and for Fear of the +King's Displeasure. He resolv'd to be reveng'd, as if it had been in +a Money Concern. In order to it, he dissembled the best he could, +and whensoever he had an Opportunity to talk to Queen Celicaya, +either feign'd, or profess'd Love, till he had inculcated it as +he desir'd. He bore with the Disdain and Threats, which are the +Weapons Nature bestow'd on that Sex; and Perseverance prevail'd, +for Celicaya rewarded Cachil's Love. This Intrigue continu'd [Amuxa +Cuckolds the King in Revenge.] a considerable Time, till the King +found it out, and both Rivals took Notice of it. Tho' the King more +deeply resented the Reprisal his Kinsman had made, to be reveng'd; +yet they did not fall out on that Account, nor forbear conversing +together. They preserv'd Peace and Friendship in their Houses; +and the King stood so much in need of Cachil Amuxa, for his Wars, +which in those Parts are no less frequent, than Peace, the special +Blessing of Heaven, is among us, that he durst not declare against +him, and what is more, not so much as displease Celicaya. She, as +if the Abuse tolerated in Men had been allow'd to Women, justify'd +herself by alledging the Wrong the King had done her in courting +the other. However, [The King's Revenge.] the King being once in +the Field, under one of their Arbours, and Cachil Amuxa coming in, +without his Campilan, or Cymiter, the Guards upon a Signal given them, +handled their Arms, fell upon, and gave him many Wounds on his Head, +Face, Arms and Body, none daring to defend him. He was sensible of +the Occasion, and Revenge, and suddenly drawing a small Criz, or +Dagger, he happen'd to have about him, did not only defend himself +against many Cuts and Thrusts, but assaulted the Murderers, and with +great Activity, wounded some, bore down others, and put the rest to +Flight, killing four. Nor had his Fury stopp'd there, but that the +King slipp'd away; tho' now his Wounds had weaken'd Amuxa by Reason of +the great Quantity of Blood that ran from them. He was left for dead; +but an Uncle of his, hearing the Noise, came in to his Assistance, +with his Followers; who all bound up his Wounds, and carry'd him to +his House, where he was cur'd, by the King's Permission. This was the +Effect of his Fear, rather than good Nature, for all his Kindred took +the Injury upon themselves, and began to meditate Revenge; which they +would certainly have compass'd, and made fair Way for the Pretension +of Spain, had not those who were apprehensive of another War soon +reconcil'd those Animosities. The Cachil was cur'd, but with such +Scars in his Face, and so many deep Gashes and Seams in his Head, +that he was nothing like the Man he had been before. So say they who +knew him, and have seen him in our Days at Manila and Ternate. He +was restor'd to the King's Favour, and both of them to that of their +Wives, without Notice taken of the Accident, or as if it had been a +Secret. So great is the Difference in the Humours of Nations. + + + The End of the Eighth Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK IX. + + +[Preparations in Spain against the Moluccos.] The continual +Application of the President and Council to expedite the Enterprize, +seem'd to be a Presage of the late ill Success at the Molucco +Islands. The true Account of it was brought in Don Pedro de Acunna's +Letters. The King and his Ministers were concern'd at it; but at +the same Time, it was a Motive to hasten the Preparations, recover +the lost Reputation, and put an End at once to that Strife. Some +attributed the Miscarriage to Disagreement between Gallinato and +Furtado; others suspected the Discord had been between the Spanish +and Portuguese Nations. None urg'd that it might be for Want of +Necessaries for carrying on the Work. These Debates ended, and +the President espousing the Business with the Resolution that was +requisite, represented the Matter in a lively Manner to the King, +recounting what the General Furtado had done, the Succours sent +by Don Pedro de Acunna under Gallinato, and how, tho' the Officers +and Soldiers [The Presidents Remonstrance to the King.] did their +Duty, the Success fail'd. That it was look'd upon as most certain, +That the Molucco Kings, who still continu'd under Subjection, had +acted coldly. That this Failure in them was occasion'd by a Sort of +State Policy, easy to be seen thro'; which was the Protracting of +the War, and making use of our Arms for their private Advantage, +without desiring it should be fully concluded. That if Means were +not us'd for expelling the Dutch out of Ternate, they would become +absolute Masters of the Archipelago of the Conception, and deprive +his Majesty of all the Revenue of the Spice, as they had almost done +in the most considerable Parts of India. + +[The King's Answer.] The King having consider'd it, approv'd of what +was laid before him; and being sensible of its mighty Importance, +judg'd the Number of Ships, Men and Arms demanded, too small; and +therefore added more with his own Royal Hand, without fixing a certain +Proportion; and order'd, that no Time should be lost, seeming very +earnest to have his Decree put in Execution. In the same Manner he +directed, thro' the Intervention of the Duke of Lerma, that the Design +in Hand should be carry'd on. Hereupon the Council pass'd the Necessary +Orders, and the President sent Letters and Instructions to the Viceroy +of New Spain, and the Governour of the Philippine Islands, that they +might with the same Diligence fulfil the Commands they should receive +as to this Point. The King in his Order sent to this Effect, declar'd +his Will, and the Method he was pleas'd should be observ'd as follows. + +Don Pedro de Acunna, my Governour, and Captain General of the +Philippine [The King's Letter to Don Pedro de Acunna.] Islands and +President of my Royal Court in them. On the 20th of September of the +last Year 1603, I writ to you by an Advice Boat, which carry'd Gaspar +Gomez, of the Society of JESUS, to New Spain, acquainting you with the +Resolution I had taken concerning what you writ to me from New Spain, +when you went to serve me those Posts, relating to the Expedition of +Ternate. Pursuant to it, I have order'd 500 Men to be rais'd in these +Kingdoms, who shall be sent aboard the Fleet that is to go this Year +to New Spain. I writ to the Viceroy, directing him to raise 500 more, +that so you may have at least 800 sent you for this Enterprize. I have +appointed four Captains to carry them from this Kingdom; one of whom +is the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel, to be Commander in Chief of the +said Men; besides six in half Pay, who are skillful and experienc'd +Soldiers, that in Case any of the said Captains dye by the Way, they +may supply their Places; and that they may take Charge of the Companies +to be rais'd in New Spain, as I write to the Viceroy. I have appointed +the said Captains 40 [Captains and their Pay.] Ducats a Month Pay, +and the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel 60. Those in half Pay are to +have 25 Ducats; and from that Time forward, the said John de Esquivel, +in Case I order him to have the Title of Collonel, shall have 120 +Ducats a Month; and whilst he serves under the Title of Commander +in Chief of the said Men, to have 90 Ducats a Month; the Captain: +60, and those in half Pay 40. The Soldiers, as well those rais'd in +Spain, [Soldiers Pay.] as those from New Spain, shall have Eight +Ducats a Month; the Viceroy being order'd to send to those Islands +as much Money as is requisite for a Years Pay, according to those +Rates. And, if they shall be longer detain'd upon other Occasions +of my Service, he shall also furnish what is Necessary, upon Advice +from you. Concerning which I have thought fit to acquaint, charge and +command you, that in Case this Pay of the Soldiers can be moderated, +[The Viceroy to furnish Money, Powder and Cannon.] with Regard +to what is usually paid there to Men of this Sort, you accordingly +reform it, as may be justifiable, acquainting me, and the Viceroy of +New Spain with it. However you shall make no Alteration in the Pay +of the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel, nor of the Captains, Ensigns, +and those in half Pay. I have also directed the Viceroy to furnish +you with whatsoever shall be requisite, as far as 120000 Ducats you +have demanded for this Expedition, six Pieces of Battering Cannon, +and 500 Quintals, or hundred Weight of Musket Powder. The Men from +hence go arm'd with Muskets and Firelocks. You must be very careful +that there be due Order, Rule and Method in the Distribution of the +said Money, and every Thing besides. You shall endeavour to perform +what is intended, as I expect you [Don Pedro to go in Person.] will, +with the Men sent from hence and from New Spain, and those you may have +rais'd in those Islands for the Expedition against Ternate. If it be +possible you shall go in Person, as you have offer'd to do, leaving +those Islands in the best Order that may be. And in case the Affairs +there should be in such a Posture, that you cannot go in Person upon +this Expedition, you shall appoint another of sufficient Experience, +and well quallify'd, to take the whole Command, for I impower you so +to do. And it is my Will, That in Case you should miscarry, either +going upon the Expedition, or thro' any other Accident, or the Person +you shall appoint for it, that then the [John de Esquivel to succeed +Don Pedro.] Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel succeed and prosecute it; +and that all such as go upon the said Expedition, as well as Seamen +and Landmen, obey him, as they would you, if there. And I declare +that in this Case, and if you should miscarry, and the said John de +Esquivel succeed in the Command of the Expedition, he shall be subject +and subordinate to my Royal Sovereign Court of those Islands. I have +made Choice of the Captains, who have the Command of the Foot rais'd +in those Kingdoms, as Persons of Merit and Service; and therefore +do command you to honour and favour them as far as may be allowable, +and in so doing you will please me; and that you do not reform them, +nor take away their Companies, to give them to others, unless it be to +advance them to higher Posts. Nevertheless, if they shall be guilty +of any Crimes, you may punish them, as their Superior Officer. It is +to be suppos'd, That when these Men come to those Islands, and they +shall set out in the first Ships that sail from New Spain, after the +Arrival of the Flota, you will have all Things in such Forwardness, +that the Enterprize may be [Charge of Martial Discipline, &c.] +gone upon immediately. I charge you strictly to undertake it with +all the Precaution, Maturity, and Consideration I can expect from so +able a Soldier; and that the Men be well disciplin'd and exercis'd, +and all Things so well dispos'd, that you may meet with the wish'd +Success, which is of such Consequence, and you are sensible how much is +hazarded, and of the great Expence that is made. You are to take Care, +as I charge you, that the necessary Order be taken in the Distribution +and Management of my Treasure; and that all superfluous Charges be +avoided. You shall from Time to Time give me an Account of whatsoever +happens, as Occasion shall offer. When you have recover'd the Fort of +Ternate, you shall take the necessary Measures for the Security of the +same, and of the Island. I have order'd the Viceroy of New Spain to +send you Advice, as soon as the Men that go from hence arrive there, +if there be conveniency so to do; and that he particularly inform you +of what Force he has gather'd there, and will be effective any other +Way; as also when they shall sail thence, that you may dispose Things +there accordingly; and if you shall think fit that the Men be left any +where, before they come to Manila, you may order it, or do as you shall +think most Expedient in all Respects. Valladolid, June the 20th 1604. + +After the Dispatching of this Order, or Letter, the Contents of it +began to be executed in Spain. In the foregoing Year 1603, whilst +Don Pedro [Dreadful Fire at Manila.] de Acunna was busy in making +Preparations to this Effect, an Accident happen'd in the Philippine +Islands, which threatned the Ruin of them, and greater Calamaties. A +Fire broke out at Manila in April, which consum'd the best Part, +and above half the City, without being able to save the Goods, +which had been landed from the Ships newly arriv'd from New Spain, +and laid up in the safest Part of the Houses, whereof 270 of Timber +and Stone were burnt, as also the Monastery of S. Dominick, House +and Church, the Royal Hospital of the Spaniards, and the Magazines, +no Building that lay betwixt them escaping. Fourteen Spaniards were +burnt, and among them, the licenciate Sanz, a Canon of the Cathedral, +with some Indians and Blacks. The Loss was valu'd at a Million. It +seem'd to be an Omen of what was to follow, which agreed with the +Signs seen in the Sky. + +In the foregoing March, a Chinese Ship came into the Bay of Manila, +[Three Chinese Mandarines at Manila.] in which, as the Out-Guards gave +the Account, there came three great Mandarines, with suitable Pomp and +Retinue, about their Monarch's Business. The Governour gave them leave +to land, and come into the City. As soon as landed, they were carry'd +directly to the King's House, in Palankines of Ivory, and curious Sorts +of Wood gilt, on the Shoulders of their Servants, who were clad in +Red. There the Governour expected them, with the Members of the Royal +Court, and a great Number of Officers and Soldiers, who also lin'd the +Streets, and publick Places. When they came to the House, they were set +down by their Servants, and leaving their Colours, Umbrelloes, Launces, +and other Tokens of Grandeur, went into a spacious Room magnificently +adorn'd. As soon as they saw the Governour, who expected them standing, +the Mandarines, making their Obeysance, and performing Ceremonies of +Civility after the Chinese Fashion, made up to him. Don Pedro return'd +their Courtesy after the Manner of Spain. They, pursuant to their +Commission, with the Interposition [Their Extraordinary Message.] +of Interpreters, told him; "That their King had sent them with a +Chinese, they brought along with them in Chains, that they might +with their own Eyes see a Golden Island, call'd Cabit, near Manila, +of which that Subject of his had given him an Account, telling him, +it was not possess'd by any Body, and therefore ask'd of him a Number +of Ships, to seize it, promising to bring them back loaden with Gold, +and if he did not he should take his Head. That they were come to +fulfill that Promise to their King, and to satisfy him of the Truth +of the Existence of so strange an Island; which being an Affair of +such Consequence, their King would not commit it to any Persons of +less Note than themselves." Don Pedro de Acunna answer'd them in a +few [Don Pedro's Answer.] Words. "That they were Welcome; that they +might rest them in the House prepar'd for their Entertainment in the +City, and they would afterwards discourse about that Affair more at +Leisure. Thus they took their Leave, and at the Door got up again into +their Palankines, on the Shoulders of their Slaves, who carry'd them +to their Lodgings. There the Governour order'd them to be plentifully +furnish'd with Provisions, and all Dainties as long as they staid. + +It is a plain Case, that the coming of these Mandarines must raise +a Jealousy, [Jealousy of the Chineses.] and make it be concluded, +that they came upon another Design, than what they declar'd. The +Chineses are sharp and mistrustful, and it was not to be believ'd, +that their King should send them on that Errand, nor the Fiction +likely to be credited by the Spaniards. At the same Time, eight +Chinese Ships arriv'd at Manila with Merchandize, and declar'd, That +the Mandarines come as Spies, because the King of China intended to +break off all Trade with the Spaniards, and send over a mighty Fleet +of Ships that could carry an hundred Thousand fighting Men, to possess +himself of that Place, and that this Expedition would be some time that +Year. The Governour redoubled his Care for the Security of the City, +and order'd the Mandarines to be well treated, but not to be suffer'd +to go out of the City, nor to administer Justice among the Sangleys, +or Chineses, as they had began to do, which they seem'd to resent. Then +he sent them Word, that they must dispatch their Business, and return +speedily to China. All this was done, without any Signs of Jealousy +shown by the Spaniards, or that they saw into their private Designs. + +The Mandarines visited the Governour again, and then he was more +[Second Visit of the Mandarines, and the Governour's Answers.] +plain; and making something of a Jest of their Coming, said to them, +That he wonder'd their King should give Credit to the Chinese they +brought Prisoner; or if it had been true that any such Gold were +in the Philippine Islands, that he should think the Spaniards would +suffer it to be carry'd away, the Country belonging, as it did, to +the King of Spain. The Mandarines answer'd they believ'd as much; +but that their King had sent them, and they were oblig'd to come, +and to carry him an Answer. That having done their Part, according +to their Duty, they would return. The Governour being willing to make +short Work of it, sent the Mandarines, with their Prisoner and Servants +to the Port of Cabite, which is two Leagues from the City. There they +were receiv'd with the Noise of our Cannon, purposely fir'd at their +Landing, which they admir'd, and did not conceal their Surprise and +Fear. When landed they ask'd the Prisoner, [The Chinese Prisoner +prov'd a Cheat.] whether that was the Island he had told the King +of: He, nothing daunted, answer'd, It was. They reply'd, Then where +is the Gold? All that is in it, rejoyn'd he, is Gold, and I will +make it good. The same Answer he made to several other Questions +put to him; and all was writ down in the Presence of some Spanish +Commanders, and trusty Naguatatoes, or Interpreters. To conclude, +the Mandarines order'd a Basket made of Palm-Tree Leaves to be fill'd +with that Earth, to carry it to the King of China; and after dining +and resting, return'd to Manila. The Naguatatoes or Interpreters, +declar'd, That the Mandarines pressing the Prisoner to answer directly +to the Purpose, he told them, That the meaning of what he said to +the King was, that there was abundance of Gold, and other Wealth in +the [He explains himself.] Possession of the Spaniards and Natives +of the Philippine Islands; and if he would furnish him with a Fleet +well mann'd, he having been at Luzon, and knowing the Country, would +undertake to make himself Master of it, and return to China with the +Ships laden with Gold. This, with what the Chineses had said before, +seem'd more likely than the Invention of the Mandarines. + +Don F. Michael de Benavides, then Archbishop Elect of Manila, who +understood the Chinese Language, was of this Opinion. He had been in +their Country, was acquainted with the Subtilties of the Sangleyes, +and suffer'd their Torments and Cruelties. It was presently Judg'd, +that the Mandarines came under that Colour to view the Country, and +to lay the Foundation of their Insurrection and Mutiny there. These +certain Judgments are grounded on the Irrational Disposition of +the Sangleyes, or Chineses, which, not to mention other Proofs, +will sufficiently appear, by some few [Part of a Letter concerning +the Chineses.] Periods of the Long Letter Ferdinand de los Rios, +of whom we have spoken before, writ to Manila, from the Port of +Pinar in Canton, where he was upon the Service of the Church, and +of his King. For these Infidels, says he, have the Light of Nature +more clouded than any other People in the World, and therefore there +is need of Angels, and not Men, to deal with them. For the better +conceiving what a sort of Country 'tis we are in, I shall only say, +that this is the true Kingdom of the Devil, and where he may be said +to govern with absolute Power. Every Sangley, or Chinese, seems to +be possess'd by him; for there is no piece of Malice, or Fraud, but +what they attempt. The Government, tho' outwardly it appears good, +as to Order and Method, for its Security; yet when you once have +Experience of its Practice, you will find it is all a Contrivance of +the Devil. Tho' they do not here publickly rob, or plunder Strangers, +they do it another worse Way, &c. + +[Chineses design the Conquest of the Philippines.] This Jealousy +conceiv'd against the Sangleyes, who, once for all, are the Chineses so +call'd by the Spaniards at Manila, was verify'd; for it was afterwards +known, that the Captain of the King of China's Guards had begg'd of +him the Conquest of the Philippine Islands, at the Perswasion of that +Chinese they brought Prisoner. The Governour treated the Mandarines +civilly, and mistrusted their Designs, keeping a watchfull Eye over +them. However there wanted not some-body that ask'd them, what they +thought of that Fellow's Invention, since they had seen that the Place +he mention'd was so far from having any Gold, that there were not the +least Tokens of any such Thing to be found in it; and since it was so, +they ought to make him give it under his Hand, that he had told his +King a Lye. One of the Mandarines bid him do so, and he taking the +Pen form'd [The Prisoners Declaration.] three Characters, which, +explain'd in our Tongue, signify'd, If the King pleases, it is Gold; +and if not, it is Sand. Being press'd farther, he declared, That +he had inform'd his King that Gold was produc'd there to incline +his Majesty to entrust him with a good Fleet, wherewith he might +take Revenge of the Christian Sangleyes, who had done him many +Wrongs. Little Notice was taken of all this, and tho' the Authority +of the Mandarines seem'd to corroborate it, all was look'd upon as +Folly, for none believ'd that they design'd to carry on a War out of +their Country. The Mandarines return'd Home, having, as is believ'd, +communicated their Project to the Sangleyes that were settled there, +who at Manila, and in the other Islands, were above 30000. + +[Chineses take Aynan by Treachery.] The same was practis'd by the +Chinese King in the Island of Aynao, or Aynan, a most fruitful Country, +and near to his Kingdom, where the Chineses crept in under Colour of +Trade, as they did at Manila, and possess'd themselves of it to this +Day. This Island has such a plentiful Pearl Fishery, that in the Year +1600 the King caus'd 1500 Arrobas, that is, 375 Hundred Weight of +them to be taken up. This will not seem incredible to such as know, +that not long before, in four Months Time, he gather'd 1700 [Monstrous +Quantity of Pearls.] Vessels that row'd, for this Fishery, every one +being oblig'd to take a Pico, that is, five Arrobas, or Quarters of +an Hundred, to gather a sufficient Quantity of Pearls to rebuil'd a +Royal Apartment that had been pull'd down in that King's Palace. He +built it again, covering the Walls and Roofs with Clusters of Pearls, +and Birds, Beasts, Fruits, and Flowers, all made of that precious +Substance, set on Plates of Gold. The Truth of this Fact appears by +an Authentick Writing, which gives an Account of it; for being likely +to be judg'd Fabulous, it was requisite to authorize the Relation. + +[Precautions taken at Manila.] The Governour did not altogether look +upon the Design of the Mandarines as a Piece of Vanity and Folly, +tho' he conceal'd his Thoughts; for he made some Preparations, and +among the rest hasten'd the repairing of the Walls of the City; +which having suffer'd much by the Fire, when the Arms were also +lost, he made up that Defect the best he could, and the Sangleyes +were assisting in it. It is to be observ'd, that those People have +a separate Government among themselves, in the Philippine Islands. + +At the Time that Don Pedro, the Governour, was most intent upon the +War against the Molucco Islands, there happen'd such an Accident at +Manila, as [Encan a Chinese of great Subtilty.] might not only have +diverted it, but utterly destroy'd the whole Province. A Man was then +living, who stay'd at Manila, when the great Pyrate Limaon, of whose +Life and Actions there are Printed Relations, came to Manila. He was +then an Idolater, and, as was reported, serv'd the Pyrate in a leud +Capacity. His Name was Encan, born at Semygua, in the Province of +Chincheo; and was baptiz'd under the Government of Santiago de Vera, +who gave him his Surname, and he was call'd Baptist de Vera. He +prov'd a subtile Dealer, and successfully Active, by which Means, +following Trade, he gather'd immense Wealth, and was Great with +the Governours of the Philippines. Through his Interposition, the +Sangleyes propos'd to Don Pedro, that he should allow them to repair +a Parapet of the Wall, which was finishing, at their own Expence; +for that they, as a Part of the Publick, would do his Majesty that +Piece of Service; and every one of them offer'd four Royals, that is, +two Shillings, towards the Work. This Piece of Service, and the Favour +of the Citizens, Encan had purchas'd by good Turns, made the Suspicion +conceiv'd of their Conspiracy vanish, or at least be little regarded. + +[His crafty Practices.] He was respected by the Spaniards, and +belov'd by the Sangleyes, had been their Governour several Times, +and had many Godsons, and other Dependants. At this Time he cunningly +kept within the City, to secure Things by his Presence; but from +thence he stirr'd up the People, and laid his Design, by Means of his +Confidents. He thought fit to know what Number of People he should +find to put it in Execution, and that he might muster them in private, +order'd that every one of his Country-Men should bring him a Needle; +pretending he had Occasion for them for some Work. The Sangleyes, +either guessing at the End for which these Needles were gather'd, or +else ignorantly obey'd Encan. The Needles being put into a little Box, +the Number of them was so great, that it encourag'd him to undertake +a far different Work than he had propos'd. + +The Governour still forwarded the Work of the Walls; rais'd Men; +and directed the Justices to furnish themselves with Provisions, +and Arms, to relieve the City. Near the Parian, which is the Quarters +of the Chineses, [Don Pedro strengthens himself.] there was another +Ward, inhabited by Japoneses, who are Enemies to the Sangleyes, with +whom they are continually at War in their own Country. The Governour +summon'd the Heads of them, and artfully div'd into their Inclinations, +to discover, what Use he might make of them upon Occasion, and whether +they would assist him against the Chineses, in Case [Japoneses promise +to assist the Spaniards, and alarm the Chineses.] they came to a +War. The Japoneses, proud of the Confidence he repos'd in them, and +of an Opportunity of serving against their Enemy, answer'd, they were +ready to dye with the Spaniards. This discreet Precaution occasion'd +some Harm, for the Japoneses revealing the Secret, or adding some +Circumstances in the Relation, it was given out, that Don Pedro, +with their Assistance, intended to cut off the Sangleyes; and some +of the Japoneses told them as much, that they might fly, and reward +them for the Intelligence. Many of them had Thoughts of absconding +in the Mountains, the Rest were frighted, and those who intended +to revolt, found an Opportunity to perswade the others to joyn with +them, and encourag'd the unsettled with fair Promises. In short, most +of them consented to the Rebellion, and appointed S. Francis's Day, +when the Christians were all at Church, [Conspiracy of the Chineses.] +celebrating that Festival, for the Time of rising. Others were for +having it done at Night, when 25000 of them were to break in and +murder our Men. + +Notwithstanding their Secrecy some Discovery was made. John de +Talavera, [Discovery of it.] Curate of the Village of Quiapo, +inform'd the Arch-Bishop, that an Indian Woman, with whom a Sangley, +or Chinese, was in Love, had discover'd to him the Plot laid for +S. Francis's Day. It was also reported, that a Woman-Black had said, +there would be a great Slaughter, and another Conflagration, like the +former, on S. Francis's Night. These and other Advices were presently +made known to the Governour and Council. A sufficient Proof was to +see the Chineses sell all, to their very Shoes, and compound their +Debts, tho' this was rather lookt upon as a Design to [The Governour's +Precautions.] be gone, than to commit any Treason. To dispell their +Fear of the Spaniards and Japoneses, the Governour made them some +Speeches himself, and caus'd the same to be proclaim'd in all Parts, +ingaging the King's Faith and Security; but nothing was of Force +to quiet them. Three Days before the Feast of S. Francis, above 400 +Anhayes Merchants stay'd in the City, because they could not dispose +of their Goods. These seeing the others in Disorder, on Account of +the Report, that the Spaniards and Japoneses design'd to massacre +them, sent a Message to the Governour, by Chican, [Anhayes in Fear, +assur'd.] one of the Province of Anhay, or Chincheo, whereof that +City is Head. He came to him by Night, for Fear of the other Chineses; +and acquainted him with the Dread, and Confusion they were in, without +knowing what Course to take, and therefore they came to him for Advice +and Protection. He having hear'd him, gave all possible Security in +his Answer, and the next Day went himself to talk to his Companions, +whom he satisfy'd in a very obliging Manner, assuring them, that the +Spanish Nation never was guilty of executing, or consenting to such +Villanies. This Discourse satisfy'd them; but still those who had +Mischief in their Hearts did not desist. + +The Sangleyes, or Chineses live there in a separate Quarter, +which the Arabs call Alcayceria, and the People of the Philippines, +Parian. On S. Francis's Eve, a great Number of them met in a House +half a League from [Parian the Chinese Quarter.] the City, where +there is a Sugar Work: The House stands in a Thicket, which belongs +to the Sangley Governour. Those who began first to gather there, +were the Gardiners of the Quarter of Parian. Don Lewis Perez [First +meeting of the mutinous Chineses.] de las Marinhas had Advice of +it, from the Dominicans of Minondo. Don Lewis had Charge of the +Christian Sangleyes, and sent Word to Don Pedro de Acunna. Minondo +is a Town inhabited by Chineses opposite to Manila, the River only +parting them. From Minondo the Chinese Dwellings run on, as far as +another Town of the Natives, call'd Tondo; and in the [Minondo a Town +of Chineses.] Quarter of the Chineses, there is a strong Monastery +of Augustinians, all of Stone. Not far from it the Dominicans have +two, but wooden Buildings. The Governour, to be fully inform'd of +the whole Truth, sent thither Baptist [Tondo a Town of Natives.] +before mention'd, Governour of the Sangleyes, of whom he had a +great Opinion, and all Men lookt upon him as a sincere Christian, +and loyal Subject to the King. He charg'd him to speak to them in +his Name, and to convince [Baptist, the Chinese Governour sent to +appease them.] them how little Cause they had to fear, as knowing +how peaceable the Spaniards were. Baptist undertook this Commission, +went to the Sugar Work, which was his own, spoke to his People as +he thought fit, and return'd very late with the Answer, telling Don +Pedro, that he had been in Danger of being chosen their Chief, and +that his People would have forc'd him to accept of it. That it was +true, they were assembled together, and strong, but that it was all +occasion'd by the Fear they had conceiv'd of the Spaniards; and that +they had display'd several Colours with Chinese Characters on them, +which, being translated, contain'd these Words. + +[Inscription on the Chinese Rebels Colours.] 'The Chief and General of +the Kingdom of China, call'd Ezequi, and another of the Tribe of Su, +call'd Tym, following the Dictates of Heaven in this Affair, that all +the Chineses may unanimously joyn in this Work, and obey them, in Order +to root out these Enemy Robbers, are willing that Yochume and Quinte, +Japoneses, in Conjunction with us Sangleyes, do conquer this City, +and when we have subdu'd it, we will divide this Country, even to +the Grass of it, equally between us, as becomes loving Brothers. + +[Falshood of Baptist.] He pretended to be mightily concern'd, because +they would have proclaim'd him King, and he was forc'd to make his +Escape to save his Loyalty; and had deceiv'd them, promising to +return. Hereupon the Governour us'd several Means to appease them, +the Danger of so furious a Beginning increasing with the Number of +the Rebells. The first Mischief he endeavour'd to prevent was the +destroying of the Rice, which was then almost ripe. He appointed +Colonel Augustin de Arceo, Major Christopher de Azcueta, and Captain +Gallinato to go speak to them; but Don Lewis Perez de la Marinhas, +who liv'd at Minondo thinking the Rebellion now requir'd some harsher +Remedy, came at Night to advise the Governour to be more watchful, +and that all the City should do the like. He desir'd he would allow +him some Men to secure that Town, for he fear'd the Sangleyes would +burn it that Night, and it was now requisite to make open War; and he +must not believe they could be reduc'd by Messages, or fair Means. The +[Don Lewis Perez secures Minondo.] Governour being impos'd upon by +Baptist, still hop'd all would be compos'd without Effusion of Blood, +and at the Perswasion of Don Lewis gave him 20 Soldiers, his own +Servants, and some marry'd Spaniards, who were Inhabitants of the same +Town. He distributed these Men into the most dangerous Posts of it, +that the Enemy might not set Fire to it, and the Christian Sangleyes +when they lost their Goods, joyn'd the Rebels. On the other Hand, +the Governour privately posted his Troops, and Sentinels; and all +Men expected, or dreaded the Fate of that Night, particularly the +General John de Alcega, who, by the Governor's Command, was to follow +the Orders he receiv'd from Don Lewis. Proclamation was again made, +that all Men should be peaceable, under Penalty of being sent to the +Galleys for four Years. + +This avail'd so little, that, excepting 4000 Handicrafts Men, and the +Anhayes [1000 Sangleyes salley.] Merchants, all the Rest assembled +at the Sugar Work. At one in the Morning, a Party of about 1000 +Sangleyes march'd out of a Fort, with Catanas, or Cymiters, Halbards, +and other Weapons advanc'd, as also with long Staves, harden'd at the +Fire at the Points; which they use instead of Pikes, and are no less +serviceable. These are very frequent among them in their Country, +and are made of a solid Sort of Wood, call'd Mangle. They fell upon +the Farm, or Pleasure House of Captain Stephen de Marquina, not far +from their Parian, and murder'd him, his Wife, Children, Servants, +[They murder several and burn Houses.] and Slaves. They set Fire to +the House, and to those of other Spaniards, among which were those +of Colonel Peter de Chaves, and of two Clergymen, who liv'd a retir'd +Life, their Names Francis Gomez, and Ferdinand de los Rios. They also +kill'd F. Barnard de Santa Catalina, Commissary of the Inquisition, of +the Order of S. Dominick. All these defended themselves, as did many +more who escap'd, desperately wounded. Thence they drew towards the +Town of Tondo, which is divided into Quarters. They fell upon that +of Quiapo, and set Fire to it, after murdering 20 Persons. [More +Cruelties.] Among the Rest they burnt a Lady of Quality, and a +Boy, giving great Shouts, and boasting that from thence forward, +the Indians should pay Tribute to them, and the Castillas perish. + +News being brought on Saturday Morning, that the Sangleyes were going +to enter the Town, and that the Natives had withdrawn themselves in +their Vessels toward Manila, in Order to get in, or lye under the +Shelter of its Walls in the River, the Governour dispos'd the Regular +Troops, and those of the City Militia about the Walls, viewing the +Gates, and all weak Places. [Captain Perez sent to Tondo.] He sent +Captain Gaspar Perez with his regular Company to Tondo, and order'd +him to obey Don Lewis de las Marinhas, and to carry no Colours. As +soon as he came, the 20 Men sent the Night before, joyn'd him, and Don +Lewis thinking that too small a Force, sent to desire Succours. The +Governour knowing he was in the right, sent the Captain Don Thomas +Bravo, his own Nephew, 24 Years of Age, who serv'd at Ternate in the +[Captain Thomas Bravo Succours him.] Expedition of Andrew Furtado. He +went over to the Town of Tondo, with another Company of the regular +Forces, some Voluntiers, and seven of the Governour's Servants, +leaving the Colours in the City. After him he sent Captain Peter de +Arcea, an old Low-Country Soldier. Don Lewis sent Word again, that +the Chineses were marching towards Tondo, that they were Numerous, +and he fear'd they would burn the Town, and a stately Church of the +Augustinians. The Governour sent him 60 Men more, most of them arm'd +with Pikes, and Halbards, the first having been Musketiers. These +were commanded by Don John de Penna, till he deliver'd them to Don +Lewis. When this Company came, there had been an Ingagement at Tondo, +wherein Don Lewis slew abundance of Sangleyes, and oblig'd the rest to +retire; preventing their burning the Town, which began to take Fire, +and the Houses at the Entrance of it were consum'd. Don Lewis would +have pursu'd the Enemy, who retir'd to their Fort, and Don Thomas +Bravo endeavour'd to disswade [Chineses repuls'd.] him, saying, The +Men were all fatigu'd, and that as soon as out of the Town they would +meet with nothing but Bogs and Brambles; and since the Governor's +Orders extended no farther than to keep the Enemy off from thence, +and save the burning of the Church and Houses, and that had been +done, they ought to send him Advice of it, before they proceeded, +being only the River parted them, and in the mean while the Soldiers +would refresh themselves, and they might hear more of the Enemies +Design. Captain Alcega said the same, but Don Lewis being bent upon it, +and offended to be [Don Lewis upbraids Captain Alcega.] contradicted, +ask'd him, What Hen had cackled in his Ear? And bid them follow him, +for five and twenty Soldiers were enough to deal with all China. Alcega +answer'd, He was us'd to hear as good Game-Cocks as himself Crow; +yet he would do well to consider what he did. However, tho' F. Farfan, +an Augustinian, earnestly perswaded Don Lewis, falling on his Knees, +to do as they desir'd him, and not to go any farther, yet he could +not be prevail'd on; but having order'd the Captains, Gaspar Perez, +and Peter de Arceo, to secure some Posts with a few Men, he broke out +furiously, and [Pursues the Enemy against Advice.] began to march, +being follow'd by the Men, in Pursuit of the Enemy; who had already +gain'd the Road, and they overtook them near the Fort, between the +Bogs and the Fordable Shoals. When they came to the Fort, the Country +open'd a little more. Here they began to fall upon the Enemies Rear, +and they perceiving how few the Spaniards were, as not being above 130, +drew up in a Body with two Points, like a Half Moon, and lay in Ambush +among the Grass. The main Body of our Men march'd towards the Fort, +and then those who lay in Ambush rising, enclos'd our Men, and fell +upon them so furiously with sharp Stakes, Cymiters, and other Weapons, +that they cut them in Pieces. Head-Pieces of Proof were found batter'd +with a Stake. A Musketier, who serv'd Don Lewis, reported, that a +Company of [Is slaughter'd with his Men.] Sangleyes fell upon him, +who having enclos'd him, laid about so implacably, that they bruiz'd +and broke his Legs; after which he fought a considerable Time on his +Knees, till they stun'd him with their Staves, against which a strong +Helmet could not defend him. They left the Ensign Francis de Rebolledo +stun'd, for Dead, and when the Enemy drew off, he made a Shift to get +up and escape, with his Head cruelly cut, and was cur'd in the City, +where he told many Particulars of that miserable Slaughter, about 30 +more escap'd, and among them F. Farfan, who all got off by being in +the Rear, and light of Foot. Don Lewis was kill'd there by the same +People that had slain his Father, and with him the General Alcega, +Don Thomas Bravo, Captain Cebrian de Madrid, and only one of all the +Governor's Servants surviv'd. + +[Chineses rejoyce with the Spaniard's Heads.] The Sangleyes cut +off the Heads of the Slain, and hoisting them on the Points of +their Spears, run in at their Nostrils, carry'd them to present to +their Chinese General, who was in the Fort, and his Name Hontay. He, +and the Rest, view'd the Heads, and set them up with much rejoycing, +returning Thanks to Heaven, and the Earth, according to their Custom, +for that Victory; thinking they should meet with little Opposition +from the Spaniards after that. + +All this Day, being the Feast of S. Francis, and the next, the +Enemy spent in rejoycing. At Manila they were burning the Suburbs, +and Houses without the Walls, and consider'd what Order they should +take against the Parian; for tho' many Thousands of Sangleyes us'd +to inhabit it, there were not then 1500 remaining, and among them 500 +Anhayes Merchants, a peaceable and rich People, of whom there was no +mistrust; the rest were Handicrafts, no Way suspected. About 50 of the +others were secur'd, who had their Hair shorn, and were mix'd among +the Christian Sangleys. These gave Information, that they had burnt +Monasteries of Religious People in several Places. Some Clergy-Men, +with abundance of Women and Children, secur'd themselves in the +Church of S. Francis del [Christians defend themselves in a Belfry.] +Monte, and some Companies of Sangleyes coming to besiege them, they +went up into a Belfry, where having fixt a Sheet on a Staff, they +display'd it like Colours, the People appearing at the Windows, the +Women and Children ringing the Bells, rating the Enemy, and bidding +them come on. Our Men often firing two Muskets, which was all they +had, the Sangleyes durst not approach, being more afraid than they +had Occasion, and accordingly drew off to a strong Post, whence they +were to continue the War. + +[Francis de las Missas does the Rebels much Harm.] The Governour +endeavour'd to prevent the News of the Slaughter spreading abroad, +lest it should discourage the Country; and gave out, that the Slain +were at S. Francis del monte. He warn'd the Justices to get together +all the Indian Servants, because there were scarce any Spaniards left; +and sent the Factor Francis de las Missas to cruise upon the Coast, +with three Rowing Vessels, towards the Enemies Fort, to cut off all +their Provisions. The Factor perform'd his Part so well, that he sunk +some Vessels, and burnt those that carry'd them Provisions. He kill'd +many of their Men at the Mouth of a River that falls into the Sea, +about the Fort call'd Navotas; look'd for the Clergy-men they were +said to have kill'd in their Houses; and sent away to S. Francis +del monte, a Party of 500 Japoneses, with three Spaniards, and two +Franciscan Fryers, to gather the Remains of that Slaughter. In his Way, +he pass'd by the Enemy's Fort, with a Design to do them some Harm, +if he could, and found they had abandon'd it, retiring to the Parian, +to joyn the rest and besiege the City, being puff'd up with their +late Victory. This happen'd on Monday the 6th. The [Japoneses kill +200 Chineses, and burn their Fort.] Japoneses search'd the Fort, +where they found about 200 sick and wounded Chineses, whom they slew, +and saving abundance of Provisions, burnt the Fort with all their +Warlike Preparations, which could not be serviceable against the first +Owners. They went up to the Monastery, and return'd thence the same +Day to the City. + +The few Sangleyes in the Parian were no less apprehensive, than the +[Rebels send to stir up the others.] greater Number in the Fort, both +because they were so near, and for that it was suppos'd they would +joyn their Companions, when they saw the Spaniards decline. Besides, +it was known, that those in Rebellion had sent to desire them to +come over to their Party, giving them Notice of the Spaniards they +had kill'd. This was discover'd by a Sangley, who swimming over, +was taken by the Sentinel on the Vessels that were in the River, +who, having confess'd on the Rack, that he was a Spy, and went +[Spy executed.] forward and backward with Intelligence, was put to +Death. On the other Hand, it was consider'd, that though the safest +Way was to kill all those People, yet it was not just to execute +Men that were not convicted of any Crime; especially since they came +to the Philippine Islands, to trade upon the publick Faith, and the +Governour having engag'd for their Safety, in case they were quiet, +and intermeddled not in the Rebellion. For this Reason some Councils +of War were held among the Commanders, at which the Counsellors, and +the Archbishop, were also present; and considering, that the Rebels +earnestly applying to those in the Parian, to side with them, it was +possible they might be perverted, and in case they did not revolt, +[The Governour would secure the Anhayes.] those Mutiniers would kill +them, it was resolv'd, That the Anhayes Merchants should be perswaded +to retire with their Effects into the Monastery of S. Augustin, which +is a strong House within Manila. The Governour having himself in Person +acquainted them herewith, as also by some of the Counsellors and their +Friends, yet they were irresolute; and tho' some of them committed +the keeping of their Goods to others, they stay'd themselves to be +Spectators of the Event. The last Care taken of them, was Don Pedro's +going in Person to the Parian that same Day; and about an Hour after, +many of the Enemies Colours appear'd on the other Side of the River, +along the Bank of it. They came from the Fort, which was a quarter +of a League from the City. + +[Chineses pass over to Parian.] Some of the Sangleyes began to swim +over to the Parian, and others came in Boats and Floats provided +for that Purpose. Their Passage could not be obstructed, because +the Galiots and Carcoas belonging to the Navy were then among the +Pintados, to defend those Islands; Intelligence having been brought, +that a Fleet of Mindanaos and Ternates was coming to invade them. The +Rebels enter'd the Parian with great Cries, bringing the Heads of +the Spaniards they had kill'd on S. Francis's Day, run through the +Nostrils. The Governour observing their Resolution, order'd the +Captains, Gaspar Perez, and Peter de Arceo, who were at Tondo, +to come over to the City with their Companies. The Enemy being +return'd to the Parian, with that dismal Spectacle of the Heads, +began to perswade the Anhayes, who had not yet declar'd, but not +being able to prevail, and finding them positive on the contrary, +and that they blam'd what they had done, [The Chineses murder the +Anhayes.] they fell upon and butcher'd above 200 of them. Then +they plunder'd Part of their Silks, which made them Cloaths of +several Colours. They [Some hang themselves to avoid their Fury.] +also hang'd other Merchants, and some, being about 80 in Number, +hang'd themselves, to prevent falling into their Hands, which is very +frequent in that Country. One of these was the Sangley General himself, +call'd, Hontay. F. John Pobre, formerly a Captain, since a Franciscan +Fryer, and at this Time compell'd by Necessity to take up Arms again, +reported, That the mutinous Sangleyes, having perswaded the Anhayes +to follow their Example, they appointed Chican, a rich Sangley, and +Master of the Spanish Tongue, to answer for them. He, before he would +speak his Mind, told them it would be proper to set up a Gallows, and +the Heads of the Spaniards on it, that being in View, they might all +take Courage to fight manfully. They approv'd of his Counsel, and the +Gallows being set up, he [Strange Death of Chican.] went up himself +to range the Heads, and taking out a Rope he had carry'd up unseen, +put it about his own Neck, and hang'd himself in the Sight of them all. + +The same day Captain Peter de Brito, being with his Company in the +Cathedral, which had been assign'd him the Night before, for his Post, +and observing that a certain House was not uncover'd, contrary to +the Proclamation made the Day before, commanding them all to have +the Palm-Tree Leaves and Nipa, wherewith they are thatch'd, taken +off, for Fear of another Conflagration; he sent to take it off. The +Ensign Andrew Obregon went up to this Purpose to the very Top, and +there found Baptist hidden with his Sword and Dagger, whom some +Women endeavour'd to conceal. Being ask'd by the Ensign, what he +did there? he answer'd, He was [Baptist Chief of the Rebels taken.] +taking off the Nipa. The next Question he was quite dash'd, and +his own Conscience suddenly accusing him, he said, Do not kill me, +Sir. The Ensign mildly encouraging, bid him go to the Governour, who +expected him, and stay'd to take off the Covering of Nipa. Then coming +down saw some Soldiers, and went up again with them. By this Time +certain Indian Women had hid Baptist in a Chamber, where the Soldiers +entering by Force, bound him, and he was cast into Prison among other +Chineses. The Tryal was short, as is usual in the Martial Way, and +in the mean while the Prisoners were remov'd to Captain Gallinato's +House. Thither came a Japonese Boy, enquiring for Baptist. They +found his Pocket full of Squibs, and another Boy with a Piece of a +Wax-Candle, all which was given them by one of Baptist's Slaves. The +Squibs were all bloody, perhaps it was some Christian's Gore. He own'd +himself he had [His Confession.] so great a Hand in the Rebellion, +that it was not without good Reason they would have made him their +Chief. That the Sangleys call'd out upon his Name. That Hontay was +troubled at his Absence, saying, He [Why Hontay hang'd himself.] +must needs be in some Trouble, since he did not come to Head them; +and for this Reason he hang'd himself. Next appear'd the Ring-leaders +of the Mutiny, and it was prov'd against them, That they had set up +a Pole on the Place call'd el Cerro, or the Hill of Calocan, and on +it a black Flag, with two Chinese Characters on it, which imported +CUNTIEN, the Signification whereof is, IN OBEDIENCE TO HEAVEN. Other +Colours were found with the Army that fought at Dilao, with a Cut on +them containing the Chinese Figures of Encan, or Baptist. + +Several Religious Men, at this Time fought against the Mutiniers; +but [Brother Antony Flores, a brave Man.] among them all, special +Praise is due to the Valour of the Lay-Brother Antony Flores, of +the Order of S. Augustin. He was born in Estremadura, had serv'd in +Flanders, was a Slave in Turkey above 20 Years, and made his Escape +out of the Inland Country by his Valour and Industry. He went over to +the Philippine Islands, where he chearfully took the Habit, in the +Monastery of S. Augustin at Manila. He always show'd great Humility +in Obedience, and lost nothing of his Courage in the Simplicity of a +Religious Life. Him the Governour order'd to scour the River, in the +Galliot belonging to the Monastery, fighting the Ships and Champanes +of the Sangleyes. One Night after having drove from the Shore above +200 Vessels, [Does good Service.] burnt some large ones, and sunk +others, he stay'd in the Middle of the River Passig, to observe the +Sangleyes. Between eleven and twelve, he perceiv'd that one of the +Rebels was swimming over to the City, and the Darkness causing him +to mistake, he lighted upon brother Antony's Galliot. [Takes a Spy.] +He having seen him before, the Indian Servants had the Opportunity of +laying hold of him, drew him by the Hair into the Galliot, and carry'd +him to the Governour. He was put to the Rack, and there confess'd, +That he came to acquaint the Sangleyes of the Parian, that the next +Day those on the other Side would cross the River, and then they would +all together, with the Engines they had provided, attack the Wall, +put all the Spaniards to the Sword, and make themselves Masters +of the Islands. The Governour having this Intelligence, took the +necessary Precautions for the next Day, and Brother Antony return'd +to his Monastery, where he furnish'd himself with Meal and other +Provisions for his Galliot. He carry'd two Muskets for himself, and +drew his Vessel into a Creek the River makes, that runs by the Walls +of Manila, among abundance of Manglans, which are Trees growing in +any watrey land, and so thick, that Men may easily be hid among them, +without being perceiv'd. There Brother Antony lay in Ambush supposing, +or knowing, that the Sangleyes must of Necessity pass that Way, +[He alone kills 600 Chineses.] as being the narrowest in the River, +and nearest to the Wall. Nor was he deceiv'd in his Expectation, +for they came very early in the Morning, and were passing over in +great Numbers from the first Peep of Day, till very late. The Fryer +had put above 200 Bullets into two Pouches, and kept firing the two +Muskets from before five in the Morning, at break of Day till six in +the Evening, cooling them with Vinegar; nor did he ever fire at less +than a Company of 20 or 30 Sangleyes, that no Shot might be lost. It +was concluded for certain, that he alone that Day kill'd above 600 +of those Barbarians. The Governour afterwards sent him in pursuit of +those that remain'd, with a thousand Indians, and he slew above 3000 +Sangleyes, putting to flight the small Remains of them. + +[Desperate Sangleyes kill'd from the Wall.] At this Time many of +the Sangleyes that had cross'd the River, appear'd in the Streets +of the Parian; who standing in Sight of the Walls, with their own, +or the Weapons they had taken from the Spaniards they slew, call'd +upon those who defended the City, whence they made several Musket +Shot at them, wounding and killing many, for they came within good +Aim, after a desperate Manner. It was reported, they had taken their +Anfion, that is, a Composition of Opium, as the Turks do, and is also +us'd by the People of the Moluccos, when they are to give Battel; +for it doses and gives them a brutal Courage. A Piece of Cannon was +planted on the Gate of the Parian, and did considerable Execution, +and no Man [Opium gives Courage.] would have suspected that any had +been there. Some Japoneses and Natives of the Philippines sally'd +out upon the Sangleyes, with good Success; for they kill'd many of +them, and particularly such as had been wounded by the small Shot, +and Brass Guns on the Wall. They thinking the Parian [Japoneses and +Indians fight the Chineses.] was a Shelter for Cowards, set Fire to +it, and went out to fight the Japoneses and Indians. The Sangleyes from +the Houses, where they lay conceal'd, kill'd a Portuguese Captain, and +wounded three others, with small Shot. One of them was Ruy Gonzalez de +Sequeyra, Commander in Chief of the Moluccos. The Sangleyes remov'd +to the Monastery of Candelaria, that is of Candlemas, whence they +sally'd more furiously than from the Parian. + +[Fight of Spaniards and Chineses.] On Tuesday in the Morning, Captain +Gallinato march'd towards the Candelaria, with about 500 Spaniards, +and some Japoneses. The Enemy refus'd not the Engagement, but came +out above 4000 strong. Our Men made themselves Masters of a Bridge, +whence they pour'd some Volleys upon them. Perceiving the Loss they +sustain'd, they fell back, to draw the Spaniards into open Field, and +serve them as they had done Don Lewis; but tho' some Soldiers were so +bold as to go into the Church, and plunder Part of what the Sangleyes +had robb'd in the Parian, yet some of them [Slaughter of the Latter.] +retir'd hastily to the Bridge, with the Loss of three Spaniards, +and five Japoneses, besides the wounded, the Enemy charging them in a +Body. Of the Chineses 360 of the boldest were kill'd, which made them +flinch with Fear. The same Day in the Evening, a Party of them came up +to assault the Wall, where it was lowest, bringing scaling Ladders, +and other Necessaries, cover'd with Silk; but the Cannon play'd +so smartly on them, that they lost their Ladders, and many of them +their Lives. This same Afternoon there was an Engagement on the Side +of the Parian, where the Enemy brought on two great Machines, like +Carts, made the Night before, with Wheels, and stuff'd with Quilts, +Blankets, and such Materials, to defend them against the Cannon, +and small Shot. The Governour was apprehensive that they had some +Fire-works, they being great Masters at them; but was soon satisfy'd, +for having fir'd at them with the Piece that was over the Gate of +the Parian, where one of his Servants was Gunner, it carry'd away a +considerable Part of the foremost Machine, and with it a good Number +of the Sangleyes that drew underneath, and were on it. However they +advanc'd boldly, till the Gun tore others in Pieces, and they retir'd, +abandoning the Machine. Still the Fight grew hot about the River, +and several Men went out in Boats, and others did Execution thro' +the Loop-Holes. The Ensign John Guerra de Cervantes, [Their machine +destroy'd.] sent out the Japonese and Native Soldiers, and they drew +near to the Parian, under the Shelter of the Cannon on the Walls, so +courageously, that they set fire to the best of it, being the Houses +of the Anhayes; which quite discourag'd those that were in them, +especially when they observ'd they [The Spaniards fire the Parian.] +had secur'd the River, and the Boats, and taken their Musquetiers. It +was judg'd that above 2500 Sangleyes perish'd this Day by Fire and +Sword, besides those at the Candelaria, and other Straglers. Having +left the Shelter of the Parian, they took up in the Church of the +Candelaria, but the next Morning none of them appear'd. They cross'd +the River on Wednesday, [Kill 2500 Chineses.] and some of our Men +were drowned pursuing them too eagerly. They took the Way to the +Village call'd Tabuco, 5 Leagues from Manila, which is very populous, +and plentiful. Here Captain Don Lewis de Velasco found [They fly.] +them fortify'd, and defended with Doors and Boards, towards the Lake +[And are pursu'd with great Slaughter.] Vay; whence he ply'd them +with small Shot, and kill'd many, they no longer able to endure the +Damage they receiv'd, kindled many Fires in the Night, to prevent being +observ'd, and march'd away towards S. Paul's, a Village 16 Leagues from +Manila, where they came so thin, that they were not above 6000, having +lost very many in the Way to Tabuco. There [Capt. Velasco kill'd.] +Don Lewis fell upon them again; and pursuing them after they quitted +the Village, was so hot, that they kill'd him four Soldiers, and two +barefoot Fryers, the one a Priest, the other a Lay-Brother. + +They made a Halt at S. Paul's, intending to reap the Rice, which +was then almost Ripe, because that is a forwarder Country than +Pampangua. [Another Slaughter of Chineses.] Before they came to +S. Paul's, a Detachment of 1500 of them turn'd off from the main Body +towards the Mountains of Pace. The Spaniards and Natives overtook +them, and tho' they stood to it, our Men play'd their Parts so well, +that they cut them all off, and recover'd Part of their Booty. + +The Fort the Sangleyes had rais'd at S. Paul's was of Palm-Trees, +whence they made Excursions to fight, reap the Rice, and ravage the +Country. They thought it convenient to divide themselves into two equal +Bodies; the one stay'd in the Fort, the other went away to Vatangas, +seven Leagues distant towards the Sea-Coast, with a Design, as was +thought, to build Ships, for which Purpose they carry'd Carpenters, +Labourers, Tools, [Rebels design to build Ships.] Nails, and all +other Necessaries. The Governour reflecting on their Design, sent some +vigilant Persons towards the Bay of Vatangas, to secure the Vessels +on the Coast, that the Enemy might not make use of them, and get over +to other Islands, which would have been of ill Consequence. + +The Governour believing the Design of the Sangleyes was to gain Time, +[The Rebels press'd.] and perhaps to expect some Supplies from China, +which might be promis'd by the Mandarines, before they went away; +he thought it requisite to bring the War to a speedy Conclusion, +because the Enemy fortify'd themselves daily, and made Excursions from +their Forts, to scour the Country, and gather in the Rice; perswading +the Natives to joyn with them; tho' they were so far from complying, +that they kill'd all they could meet with. There were several other +Reasons which prov'd that the greatest Safety consisted in Expedition, +and therefore abundance of Spaniards and Natives, by the Governour's +Order, were always in Quest of the straggling Chineses. However it was +judg'd expedient to press them yet nearer, and not allow them Time, +as they wish'd, till the Rice was ripe, since Hunger must prove their +greatest Enemy. To this Purpose it was thought Expedient to make use +of trusty neighbouring People. + +Pampangua is a Province ten Leagues from Manila, beyond the Town of +[Pampangua describ'd.] Tondo, over the River Pasig, on which the +Citizens have convenient small Vessels. The Country is subject to +be overflow'd, by reason of the many Rivers, and because the Natives +draw Trenches from them, to water the Rice, and other Grain. The whole +District is of twelve Leagues, all inhabited, and has seven Churches, +belonging to the Order of S. Augustin. The Natives are Brave, Docible +and Loyal, receive the Christian Faith, and are steadfast in it; and +richer than those of other Parts of the Island. Captain Ferdinand +de Avalos was Alcalde mayor, or chief Governour of Pampangua, and +the Governour General having acquainted him by Letter [Service done +by the Alcayde of Pampangua.] with the Rebellion of the Sangleyes, +requiring him to send Provisions and Arms for the War, and not to +leave any Enemies behind, he perform'd both Things, with extraordinary +Care. He furnish'd him with great Store of Rice, Palm-Wine, and a +considerable Number of Cows and Calves; and took above 400 Sangleyes, +who being carry'd to a Creek in the River, bound two and two, and +deliver'd to the Japoneses, they slew them all. F. James de Guevara +of the Order of S. Augustin, Prior of Manila, who writ this Relation, +preach'd to them first, and only five of them forsook their Idolatry, +and were baptiz'd. At the same Time he sent the Governour 4000 +Pampanguos, arm'd after their Country Fashion, with Bows, Arrows, +Half-Pikes, Shields, and long broad Poniards. They came to Manila +with great Shouts, and as if sure of Victory, fell upon the Enemy, +who increas'd still, the more they were destroy'd. + +This obliged the Governour, notwithstanding some Opposition, to +send a Number of Spaniards, and Japoneses, with a strong Party of +the Pampangua Indians, well arm'd and provided, under the Command +of the Captain and Major Azcueta, a brave and vigilant Commander, +well acquainted with the [Major Azcueta sent against the Chineses.] +Country, ordering him to draw near the Enemy; yet not to engage, +because they were a desperate barbarous People in their first Onsets, +but to alarm them Day, and Night, on every Side, obstructing their +Excursions, that so they might want Provisions, and consequently be +oblig'd to dislodge, for if he could remove them but twice, he might +cut them off, as it happen'd accordingly. The Major departed Manila, +with these Orders, by the Way of the River. On Munday the 20th of +October, he came in Sight of the Enemy, who was still in the Fort at +S. Paul's, and there he had some Actions. Having cast up some Works, +for his greater Security, in the Quarters he took up, the Enemy's +sally'd out of their Fort, and some of those who valu'd themselves +on their Bravery advanc'd to fight the Spaniards in their Posts, +with as much Boldness, as could be expected from Men in Despair, +and quite distracted. Thus being cut off from Water, streightned, +often alarm'd, never suffer'd to rest, and such as ventur'd out cut +off, they dismay'd, and dislodg'd in the Night very silently, marching +towards Batangas, where their other Body was. However their Departure +could not be conceal'd from the Vigilany of our Men, who march'd after +them, Martin de Herrera, Captain of the Governours Guard, leading the +Van, which consisted of Spaniards, and the bravest of the Natives. He +overtook the Enemy, and began to fall so hard upon their Rear, that +they were [He cuts off one entire Body of them.] forc'd to face about; +and after killing above 800 of them as they pass'd a narrow but deep +River, our main Body coming up attack'd the rest three several Ways, +on an Eminency they had taken, and slew above 1000 more; those that +escap'd perishing the next Day, so that only one was taken alive, +tho' the Governour would have had many sav'd to serve in the Galleys; +but the Japoneses and Natives are so bloody, that neither his Orders, +nor Major Azcueta's Severity, or the other Commanders could curb them. + +The Men rested that Day, having travel'd above five Leagues over +Grounds full of Sedges, and Bogs; and prepar'd to proceed to Batangas, +to fight the other Body of Rebels, carrying some Fields Pieces. The +Major had dismiss'd the Japoneses, because they, alledging they were +not Soldiers in Pay, would return to Manila. He had only 50 Soldiers +left with him, and found the Enemy well fortify'd, and furnish'd +with Provisions, as having been Masters of the Country. He spoke +to them in peaceable Manner, as he had [Offers those at Batangas +Terms.] done before to the other Party, offering good Terms, if +they would submit to the Governour; but Obstinacy had stopp'd their +Ears, and excluded all Hopes, so that they would not admit of any +Accommodation. Our Men drew near, three several Ways with their +small Shot, and the Pampangua Indians, who were brave, supported +by the Spaniards, who led and encourag'd them, attack'd the Fort; +but the Defendants behav'd themselves so bravely, that they caus'd +them to retire, with the Loss of four or five Pampanguos kill'd, and +some wounded. Our Men came on again, and the Captain of the Guards, +who Commanded that Attack, with the Men under his Charge, and others +that joyn'd him, fell on with such Fury, that they enter'd [Destroys +them all.] the Fort, and put them to the Sword. About 600 escap'd +of whom they made an End a few Days after. Some few above a Hundred +were saved, who were carry'd alive to serve in the Galleys. Of our Men +eight Natives and six Japoneses were kill'd in those two Actions; but +never a Spaniard, tho' many were wounded, and among them the Captain +of the Guards, who had both his Thighs run through across with a Lance. + +[Encan and others Executed.] On the 22d Encan, otherwise call'd +Baptist, was executed, being hang'd and quarter'd, his Head set up +in the Parian, and his Goods confiscated. The following Days the +like Justice was executed on other guilty Chineses; and had the Laws +of their own Country been observ'd, the same Punishment had been +inflicted on their whole Families and Kindred. + +[End of the Chinese Rebellion. ] Thus was that Conflagration +suppress'd, which threatned the utter Ruin of the Philippine Islands, +and thus above 23000 Chineses perish'd, few above 500 being left +for the Galleys, and all those Isles being restor'd to unexpected +Peace. Some affirm, the Number of the Sangleyes slain was greater, but +that the Magistrates conceal'd it, for fear Notice should be taken of +their Fault in admitting so many to live in the Country, contrary to +the King's Prohibition; yet in vain does Subtilty contend with Truth. + +Don Pedro had receiv'd some Intelligence of his Majesties approving +of the Enterprize on the Moluccos; and whilst he expected to see the +Effect of that Resolution, writ all the Ways he could; as also through +India, to solicite those who were commission'd in that Affair. Being +deliver'd of the Trouble of the Sangleyes, he bent his Mind to provide +all Necessaries for the Fleet, against he should be commanded to set +out; but the End of this [Ill Effects of the Chinese Rebellion.] War, +was the Beginning of other Difficulties at Manila. All Handicrafts +ceas'd, Works were lay'd aside, and Provisions grew scarce; which +Scarcity made all Things dear; whereas before there was Abundance, +all Things laborious being done by the Sangleyes, by Reason that +the Native Indians are neither willing, nor industrious at such +Affairs. They had quite laid aside tilling the Land; breeding of +Fowl, and weaving of Blankets, all which they formerly us'd to do, +in the Time of their Infidelity. The Parian or Chinese Quarter was +particularly ruin'd with Fire and Sword. That Place us'd to be so +plentiful and advantageous, that when Don Pedro came first to Manila, +he writ concerning it to a Kinsman of his in Spain, as follows. [Wealth +of the Parian.] This City is remarkeable for stately Buildings, which +have astonish'd me. I shall only mention one Particular, which is the +chiefest, That it has a Suburb, or Quarter, full of all Sorts of Silks, +and Gold, and Mechanick Trades, and 400 Shops full of this Sort, with +above 8000 Men generally dealing in them; and at the Time when Fleets +come from China with Merchandize, which is at this Season there are +always above 13 or 14000 Men. They bring extraordinary Things, such +as are not in Europe. Don Pedro was also afraid that the Slaughter +lately made would obstruct the Trade, and that the Ships would not +come as usual, with Provisions, from China. But the greater and more +general Apprehension was that instead of Merchants, Ships of War +would come to revenge the Sangleyes. He therefore sent away F. James +[F. Guevara sent through India to Spain.] de Guevara, Prior of Manila, +into Spain, by the Way of India, with an Account of what had been done, +and of his Fears. The many Accidents that befell him in India, Persia, +Turkey, and Italy, made him spend three Years before he came to Court, +where he then found other fresher Intelligence. + +At the same Time Don Pedro sent Captain Mark de la Cueva, with +F. Lewis Gandullo, a Dominican, to Macao, a City in China, where +the Portugueses reside, with Letters for the Commander in Chief and +Council of that City, giving them an Account of the Rebellion of the +Sangleyes, and the Event of it, that they, upon any Rumour of a Fleet +providing in China, might [Message to China.] send him Notice of +it several Ways. They had also Letters for the Tutones, or Tsuntos, +Abytaos, and Visitors of the Provinces of Canton, and Chincheo, +acquainting them with the Guilt of the Chineses, which oblig'd the +Spaniards to punish them so severely. The Messengers at their Arrival, +found all the Country peaceably dispos'd, notwithstanding that some +Sangleyes flying from Manila in Champanes, had given an Account of +their Commotions. The Coming of these Spaniards to Macao was soon +known at Chincheo, and presently some of the richest Captains, who +us'd Manila most, came to visit them; their Names were Guansan, Sinu, +and Guachuan. They being fully inform'd of the Truth of the Fact, took +upon them to deliver the Letters Don Pedro sent to the Mandarines, +who receiv'd them by their Means. The Merchants of Chincheo took +Courage to trade in the Philippine Islands, and sail'd in their own +Ships from Macao, with our Messengers, carrying Abundance of Powder, +Saltpeter, and Lead, wherewith the [Chineses trade again at Manila.] +publick Magazines were stor'd. In May following 13 Chinese Ships +arriv'd at Manila, and many more after them, continuing that Trade. + +Don Pedro sent the Ships that had brought Supplies from the Islands, +to [Spanish Ship lost.] New Spain; the Commodore of them was cast +away, and not a Man nor a Plank sav'd. He ceas'd not at the same +Time to store the City with Provisions and Ammunition, that he might +be at Leasure to undertake the Expedition against the Moluccos. Now +arriv'd Colonel John de Esquivel, [Esquivel with 600 Men at Manila +from New Spain.] from Mexico, with 600 Soldiers, and Intelligence that +farther Provision was making in New Spain of Men, Stores, Ammunition, +and Money, by the King's Order. All came in due Season to Manila; +and there at that Time dy'd the Arch-Bishop Don Miguel de Benavides, +generally lamented by all the Country. The Chinese Ships that came +again to trade, brought the Governour the Answers to his Letters, +contain'd in three others, all to the same Effect, from the Tuton, +or Tsunto, that is, the Viceroy, the Hayton, and the Visitor General +of the Province of Chincheo. Being translated by the Interpreters, +they were found to this Effect. + +[Chinese Letter to the Governour.] To the Chief Commander of +Luzon. Having understood that the Chineses that went to Trade and +Trafick in the Kingdom of Luzon, have been kill'd by the Spaniards, +I have inquir'd into the Cause of that Slaughter, and intreated +the King to do Justice, on those who had been the Occasion of so +much Mischief, that the like may be prevented for the future, +and the Merchants enjoy Peace and Quietness. Some years since, +before I came hither as Visitor, a Sangley, whose Name was Tioneg, +went over to Cabit, in Luzon, with three Mandarines, and the King's +Leave, to seek for Gold and Silver, which was all a Cheat; for he +found neither Gold nor Silver, and therefore I beseech'd the King to +punish that Deceiver, Tioneg, that the [Discovery of the Cheat of the +three Mandarines above.] World might see how impartially Justice +is administer'd in China. It was in the Time of the late Viceroy, +and Eunuch, that Tioneg and his Companion, whose Name was Yanlion, +told the said Lye. Since then I intreated the King to cause all the +Papers relating to Tioneg's Case, to be copy'd, and the said Tioneg, +and the Proceedings against him, to be lay'd before his Majesty, and +I my self saw those Papers, and was sensible that all the said Tioneg +had said was a Lie. I writ to acquaint the King that the Castillas +suspected we intended [Chineses punish'd for Falshood.] to make War +on them, on Account of the Lyes Tioneg had told, and therefore they +had slain above 30000 Chineses at Luzon. The King did what I desir'd, +and accordingly punish'd the aforesaid Yanlion, ordering him to be +put to Death; and caus'd Tioneg's Head to be cut off, and hung up in +a Cage. The Chineses that Dy'd at Luzon were not to blame, and I, and +some others have acquainted the King with so much; as also with the +coming of two English Ships upon these Coasts of Chincheo, a Thing +very dangerous for China, that the King may resolve what is to be +done in two Affairs of such Consequence. We also Writ to the King, +to order two Sangleyes to be punish'd, for having shown the Harbour +to the English. And after having Writ as aforesaid to the King, he +answer'd, What did the English Ships come into China for? Whether +they came to Rob? That they should be order'd to depart thence +immediately to Luzon; and to tell those of Luzon that they should not +give Credit to the wicked and lying Persons among the Chineses; and +that they should immediately kill the two Sangleyes. As for the rest +we writ to him about, he answer'd that we should do our Wills. The +Viceroy, the Eunuch and I, after receiving this Order, do now send +these our letters to the Governour of Luzon, that his Lordship may +be acquainted with the Grandeur of the King of China; for he is so +Great that he governs all the Sun and Moon shine on; as also that the +Governour of Luzon may know how well this so large Kingdom is govern'd, +[Japoneses expell'd Corea.] whose King none has dar'd to offend this +long Time. And tho' the Japoneses have attempted to disturb Corea, +which belongs to the Government of China, that have not succeeded; +but have been expell'd thence, and Corea has remain'd very peaceable +and quiet, as is well known by Fame to the People of Luzon. + +The last Year, when we were inform'd, that so many Chineses were +slain at Luzon, on the Account of Tioneg's falshood, we met many +Mandarines of us to agree to propose to the King, that he would revenge +so great a [Spaniards charg'd with the Slaughter of the Chineses.] +Slaughter. We said, that the Land of Luzon is poor, of no Value, and +that formerly it was the Habitation of none but Devils and Snakes; +and that so many Sangleyes having of late Years gone to Trade with +the Castillas, they are now grown so great; the said Sangleyes having +labour'd so much there, building Walls, and Houses, making Gardens, +and other Things very Advantageous to the Castillas. And since +this is so, why had not the Castillas consider'd these Things, nor +been grateful for these good Turns, but on the contrary so cruelly +destroy'd so many Men? And tho' we, two or three Times, Writ to the +King as above, he being Angry for the aforesaid Things, answer'd us, +That it was not convenient to take Revenge, nor make War on the People +of Luzon, for three Reasons. First, Because the Castillas have for +many Years past, been Friends to the Chineses. Secondly, Because it +could not be known, whether the Victory would fall to the Castillas, +or the Chineses. Thirdly, and lastly, Because the People kill'd by +the Castillas were base, and ungrateful to their Native Country of +China, their Parents and Kindred, since they had not return'd to +China in so many years; which People the King said he did not much +value, for the aforesaid Reasons; and he only order'd the Viceroy, +the Eunuch, and me to Write this Letter by the Embassador; that the +People of Luzon may know the King of China has a great Soul is very +Patient and Merciful, since he has not order'd War to be made on the +Inhabitants of Luzon. And his Justice will appear, by his causing +the Falshood of Tioneg to be punish'd. And since the Spaniards are +a discreet People, how can they not be troubled for having kill'd +so many Men; and repent of it, and be kind to the Chineses that are +left. For if the Castillas bear the Chineses good Will, and restore +the Sangleyes that have remain'd of the War, and pay the Money that +is due, and restore the Goods taken from the Sangleyes, there will be +Amity betwixt this Kingdom, and that, and Trading Ships shall go every +Year; otherwise the King will not give Leave for any Ships to trade; +but on the contrary will cause 1000 Ships of [Mandarines Threats.] +War to be built, with Soldiers, and Kindred of the slain, and with +other Nations, and Kingdoms that pay Homage to China, and will make +war without sparing any Person, and then the Kingdom of Luzon shall +be given to those People that pay Acknowledgement to China. The +Visitor General's Letter was writ on the 12th of the second Month, +which, according to our Reckning, is March; the Eunuchs on the 16th, +and the Viceroys on the 22d of the same Month and Year. + +[The Governours Answer, to the Mandarines.] The Governour return'd +an Answer to these Letters by the same Messengers, in Terms full +of Civility, and Authority. He gave an Account of the Rebellion +of the Sangleyes from its first Rise; justifying the Spaniards for +their natural Defence, and the Punishment they had inflicted on the +Criminals. He tells them, no State can subsist without punishing the +Wicked, or rewarding the Good; and therefore he does not repent that +Execution, because it was to suppress those that would have destroy'd +us. That the Visitor ought to consider what he would do, in Case the +like had happen'd to him in China. That the only Thing which troubled +him was, that he could not save some Sangley Merchants Anhayes, who +dy'd among the guilty; but that it was not possible to prevent it, +because the severity of War will not allow the killing of some, and +exempting of others; especially, they not being known by the Soldiers +in the Heat of Action. That using Mercy towards those that were +taken alive, he condemn'd them to row in the Galleys, the Punishment +substituted among the Castillas for such as deserve Death. Yet if +it should be thought in China that it ought to be moderated, they +shall be set at Liberty. But let it be consider'd, said Don Pedro, +that the not punishing of so heinous an Offence, may be the Occasion +of their falling into it again, which would exclude all Mercy. The +Goods of the Chineses that were kill'd are safe laid up, and to show +I had no other Motive, but the Execution of Justice, I will order +them to be immediately deliver'd to their Heirs, or to such Persons, +as they of Right belong to. Nothing but Justice inclines me to any +of these Things. Your saying, that unless I release the Prisoners, +there will be Leave granted in China to the Kindred of the slain in +the Rebellion, to come in Arms to Manila, does not move me in the +least; because I take the Chineses to be so wise, that they will +not go upon such Undertakings upon a slight Occasion; especially, +when no Provocation has been given them on our Side. And in Case they +should be of another Mind there, we Spaniards are Men that know how +to defend our Right, our Religion, and our Territories. Let not the +Chineses think they are Lords of the World, as they pretend; for we +Castillas, who have measur'd every Foot of it, very well know the +Lands of the Chineses; and therefore they ought to understand, that +the King of Spain maintains Wars with Kings as powerful as theirs, +and checks, and gives them much Trouble. Nor is it any Thing new with +us, when our Enemies think they have brought us under, to be wasting +and destroying their Lands, and never give over till we have cast +them out of their Thrones, and wrested their Scepters out of their +Hands. I should be very sorry the Commerce should be interrupted; +but at the same Time, believe the Chineses are not willing to lose it, +since it is so advantageous to them, for they carry Home our Silver, +which never wastes, in Exchange for their Commodities, which are +slight Things, soon spoil'd. It was discreetly done, not to admit +the English Ships that appear'd upon the Coast, for they are not +Spaniards, but their Enemies, and Pyrates; for which Reason they +should have been punish'd, had they come to Manila. To conclude, +for as much as we Spaniards always justify our Proceedings, and +value our selves upon the Worlds not being able to say, we Usurp the +Right of others, or make War on our Friends, what is here promis'd +shall be perform'd. And the Chineses may take Notice, for the future, +that we never do any Thing out of Fear, or on Account of our Enemies +Threats. Don Pedro concludes, offering the Continuation of Friendship, +upon new Assurances of Peace, with the Kingdom of China; saying, he +would, at the proper Time, give Liberty to their Prisoners he had in +the Galleys; Tho' he design'd first to make Use of them, and did so +in his Expedition to the Moluccos, which he was then preparing for; +and all this was punctually perform'd. + +[The Emperour of Japan's Letter.] He receiv'd other Letters at the +same Time, from the Emperor of Japan, wherein, after returning him +Thanks for a Present of Wine of Grapes, which Don Pedro had sent him, +with other Things of Value, he Encourag'd him to Trade, and desir'd he +would not send him any Christian Preachers, without his Consent. For, +says he, this Country is call'd Xincoco, which signifies, Dedicated +to Idols; which have been honour'd with much Commendation by our +Fore-Fathers, whose Actions I alone can not reverse, and therefore +it is not convenient that your Law be spread abroad, or preach'd in +Japan; and if your Lordship is willing to entertain Amity with me, +and these Kingdoms, do as I would have you. So says the Japonese. Don +Pedro answer'd and appeas'd him, so that the preaching was continu'd +in his Dominions. + +[Dutch Squadron.] This same Year 1604, the Provinces of Holland +and Zealand, according to their Custom, fitted out a Squadron of +twelve tall Ships, well equipp'd, with some smaller Vessels, and, +as if they had been Lords of the Winds and of the Seas, set Sail +for India, the known Way, arriving prosperously, in a short Time, +at the Cape of Good Hope. All the Captains had been there before, +and the Pilots valu'd themselves upon no less Experience. The Admiral +was Stephen Drage. Beginning to visit their Forts, and Factories, in +Order to take some Prizes, as well as Trade, they met with two small +Ships, loaden with Ivory, at the Bar of Mozambique. They chas'd them, +and tho' [Takes two Portugues Ships.] they fled amain, being pursu'd +with no less Swiftness, the Dutch Robbers overtook, and after a sharp +Engagement enter'd them. They burnt the one, and mann'd the other, +which was a Reinforcement to prosecute their Robberies. All those +Kings, and the Commanders of our Forts, receiv'd them as Friends. In +September, they came to the Bar of Goa; and lay 15 Days at Bardes, +in as much Security as if they had been at Amsterdam, expecting the +India Ships. Thence they sent away a Ship to Cambaya, to exchange the +Ivory they had not long before robb'd our People of, acting not like +Pyrates, but Merchants who dispose of the Wealth they pick up by Trade, +and succeeded prosperously in all their Undertakings. They sent two +more Ships to Bengula, with other Commodities; all which return'd +in due Time considerably enrich'd. Perceiving that no Power oppos'd +them, they sailed [And a Foist.] down the Coast of Malabar, trading +wheresoever they thought fit, and took another Portuguese Vessel, +called a Foist, which had 21 Oars; and after unlading the Booty, +they lifted her up their Way, and took her along with them. + +[Zamori signifies Cæsar.] After this they bent their Thoughts upon +greater Matters, to which End they sent an Embassy to the Zamori, +which Name imports as much as Cæsar among us, and he is King of +Calicut, a Friend and Confederate with the Dutch. Having agreed upon an +Interview, they fell to Trade, and whilst the rest attended Commerce, +and private Gain, the Admiral consulted about State Affairs, concerting +to carry on the War against the Spaniards, and more particularly the +Portugueses. They settled the Time, and the Forces they were to joyn +for that Effect. Then they diverted themselves with Feasting [Joins +with the Dutch.] and Treats. At one of which, by way of Farewel, +Zamori gave Admiral Drage an Emeraud, thought to be the largest and +beautifullest in the World. They went on, and took some Prizes on the +Coast of Java, and among them a small Ship, in which were Don Manuel +de Melo, Commander in Chief of the Moluccos, and his Wife, who was +oblig'd to fight as well as her Husband, and yet they could not escape +Captivity. The nearer they drew to Ternate, the more considerable +Encounters they had, for in [They take a Portuguese Frigat at Amboyna.] +Sight of Amboyna they fell in with a Frigat coming from the Moluccos +to Anchor in that Island, which they took, and in her Captain Antony +Machado, her Commander. They stay'd at Amboyna, hoping to recover +what they had lost, either by Treachery, or Force. The Year 1605 had +now commenced, and they began their Work on the 23rd of February. + +[Drage takes Amboyna.] Eight Ships and six Tenders enter'd the +Port, and the Fort was surrender'd to them without much Difficulty, +or Opposition. They also possess'd themselves of the Portuguese +Colony. Those People seeing the Dutch so strong in Men and Cannon, +durst not, nor could they well oppose them. Forty Portugueses took an +Oath of Fidelity to the Prince of Orange's Bastard Son. They put the +Commander in Chief into Irons, and deliver'd the Fort to the Dutch, +alledging, for an Excuse, that they had not Ammunition to defend +themselves. There was another greater Mischief, which was, that the +Natives favour'd the Dutch, as their Deliverers from the Portuguese +Yoke; and they are well belov'd there, and in all Places where they +Trade, because [Fits out 40 Carcoas.] of late they have taken this +Course, not to meddle with their Religion, nor so much as mention it, +unless, where any will embrace Christianity on their own Accord. They +neither wrong'd nor distur'd any Body; and to show they would always +maintain them in that Security, within five Days, they fitted out 40 +Carcoas, to defend the Natives against any Enemy. + +[Indians well affected to the Dutch.] The Admiral pick'd out three +of the Ships, and went himself with them to the Islands of Banda, +to load Nutmeg, Mace, and Clove, there and at Amboyna. The Fame of +this Success, and the Hatred conceived against the Spaniards, were so +favourable to this Nation, that at this Time the People of Amboyna, +Ito, Veranula, and other Places, had their Embassadors at Sunda, to +expect this Fleet, which came from Home at their Request. Before they +set out from Holland they had receiv'd Embassadors from the King of +Achem in Sumatra, to the same End. For this Reason the Dutch give out, +that they come to revenge the Wrongs, the Portugueses and Spaniards +have done to the Natives, and to restore them to their Liberty. The +Designs of these perfidious People were no longer a Secret; for +the Admiral Drage refitted five of his Ships, and sent them to the +Moluccos, to take the Fort and Kingdom of Tydore, the only one that +continu'd in Subjection to Spain; and it was publickly reported, that +the King of Ternate would forward the Enterprize with his Ships and +Men. The Dutch Vice-Admiral sail'd with these Ships stopping by the +Way to make his Advantage, take in the Refreshments in their Factories, +and lade Pepper, and other Spice. Every Thing [The Dutch prosperous.] +succeeded as they could with, tho' they aspir'd to some Matters which +requir'd a greater Power than they brought. They intended to pass +by the Streight of Acapulco, and there to lie in wait for the Ships +belonging to the Philippines going and coming, because they knew +them to be Rich, and might take them. To this End they delay'd Time, +till they could be joyn'd by the two Ships they expected from Sunda, +laden with Pepper, from that plentiful, and secure Factory of theirs. + +Aboard the eight Ships there was great Store of Bricks, Lime, and +squared Stones, Wheele-Barrows, and other Tooles and Materials for +Building; [Materials for Building in the Dutch Ships.] all which +was to be carry'd from the aforesaid Streight, tho' they had already +began to build it at Amboyna, and landing a considerable Part of those +Materials, they left there 130 Soldiers, to carry on the Works, and +Garrison the Fort. At the Heels of this Fleet they expected another +to lay Siege to Malaca; designing from thence to Govern India, as +the Portugueses have [Their Design against Malaca.] done. In Order +to this, they had before confederated with the Kings of Jor, Achem, +and Sunda, with whose Assistance, and that of other Native Sangiacks, +they were to overthrow the Power of Portugal; for they were resolv'd +not to quit India, and since its Commodities enrich'd them, they would +pay for the Expence of the War; besides, that they were already so +wealthy, that even in Flanders the Soldiers deserted from the Arch-Duke +Albertus, to serve them. Notwithstanding this extraordinary Affection, +[The English give the Spaniards Intelligence.] wherewith the Dutch are +entertain'd in all those Countries, before they came to Amboyna, two +English Ships came to an Anchor near by, and acquainted the Natives, +that a Dutch Squadron was coming to possess itself of the Island; +but bid them not to fear, for it had none but poor scoundrel Men; +and therefore they should defend themselves, offering them their +Assistance, and acquainting them that the Crowns of Spain and England +were then in Amity; and therefore the Subjects of them both ought to +be so of Course. They slighting this favourable Opportunity, chose +rather to become [Their just Dealing after the Peace.] Subjects to +Prince Maurice, and undergo the Dutch Yoke. The English demanded +Clove, and offer'd them their own Price for it, and were so just, +that they never joyn'd with the Dutch. In short, Amboyna remain'd in +the Enemies Hands. The People dispers'd, many of them went to Malaca, +and among the rest, the Commander in chief, Don Emanuel de Melo, with +some Portugueses. Others repair'd to the Island of Cebu, part of the +Philippines and other Places, for they had all their Liberty. They +all departed Amboyna about the middle of May, but without their Goods, +or Spice; being positively forbid that Trade, the Dutch alledging it +was all their own. + +[They give Intelligence of the Dutch at Tydore.] One of those English +Ships sailing along those Coasts, and escaping the Ridges of Rocks, +got before-hand to the Port of Tydore. They call'd the Commander +in Chief of the Fort, Peter Alvarez Abreu, and inform'd him, that +they left the Dutch Squadron fortifying the strong Holds at Amboyna; +and that when they had reduc'd all in those Seas, they would come +to fall upon Tydore. The Commander in Chief return'd Thanks for that +friendly Intelligence; and among other Civilities that pass'd between +them, desir'd to know the Motive that induc'd them to show such +Kindness. Then the English told him, That their Kings were Friends, +and to convince him of it, and the Danger he was in, offer'd him as +much Ammunition as he stood in need of. They gave him Six Barrels +of Powder, 100 Cannon Balls, and a Number of Head-Pieces. This made +the Tydores and Portugueses begin to fortify themselves, and was the +Product of the late Peace. + +[Four Dutch Ships at Tydore.] A Month after, four great Dutch +Ships, and four Tenders, came to the Island, where two of the King's +Galleons lay at Anchor, with the Portuguese Ships laden with Goods and +Provisions. The Dutch Admiral sent the King of Tydore Word, That if +he would deliver him that Fort, and expell the Portugueses, he would +be his Friend; and desiring he would not [Their Message to the King.] +start any Difficulties, since he might easily do it, being a peaceable +King in his own Dominions; besides that, they had Men and Strength +enough aboard that Squadron, to force them to consent to what they now +courteously demanded. The King of Tydore sent him a Cow, and answer'd, +[His Answer.] That he neither could, nor ought to put the Portugueses +out of their Forts, nor to admit of any other Nation in their Place, +till they had either voluntarily, or by Force of Arms, abandon'd their +Possession. That whilst they [Bravery of the Portuguese Commander.] +two decided the Quarrel, he would look on as Neuter. The Portuguese +Commander in Chief, understanding what Messages pass'd, interrupted +them, sending to let the Dutch Men know. That it was in vain to talk of +surrendring the Fort, whilst he was alive, and present. That he was to +treat with him, and the marry'd Men that liv'd in it about that Affair. + +[Dutch take two Galleons.] Being come to this Resolution, the next +Morning the Dutch Ships remov'd, and went to board the Portugueses +that were at Tydore, two Cannon Shot from the Fort. They fought above +two Hours, and so constant was Fortune to one Side, that in so short a +Time, the Portugueses that remain'd alive were fain to throw themselves +into the Sea, and their Galleons [Bold Answer of the Portugueses.] +were taken, one of which they immediately burnt. The next Day another +Message was sent to Tydore, wherein the Dutch directed the King to +propose the surrendring of the Fort to the Portugueses, and he would +give them the Galleon he had spar'd, to carry them and their Effects, +wheresoever they should think fit. The Portugueses taking Courage, +[Dutch and Ternates joyn and burn a Town.] where others would be +dismay'd, answer'd, That the Loss of the Galleons had not daunted them; +for they would rather dye all of them, than deliver up the Fort. The +Dutch durst not batter it alone, but resolv'd to joyn the King of +Ternate, who was already set out with abundance of Carcoas to that +Effect. They met him a League from the Fort, and spending little Time +in Ceremonies return'd together, burning a Town of Tydore by the Way, +came the next Morning before the Fort. + +They landed 800 Dutch and Ternate Soldiers, and having made a Trench +with Barrels fill'd with Earth, batter'd the Fort for three Days +from that Work, with two Pieces of Cannon. At the same Time they +play'd upon it from their Ships, firing above 1500 Shot. The third +Day they [Batter the Fort and are repuls'd.] drew nearer; and the +fourth in the Morning began to batter more furiously. They kill'd +the Constable of the Castle, and in the midst of the Confusion, the +King of Ternate and the Dutch, that were ashore, advanc'd, drawing +the Cannon under the very Fort, having surpriz'd the Portugueses, +and falling on them unexpectedly. They soon recovering themselves, +attack'd the Dutch afresh, who turning their Backs, behav'd themselves +so basely, that they ran into the Water; abandoning the Guns they +had ashore. In the Height of this Success, many Dutch being slain, +and only four Portugueses, on a sudden they spy'd all the Fort in a +Flame, which roar'd from [The Fort Burnt.] the Ground to the Tops +of the Houses, till a considerable Part was blown up, and almost all +the rest consum'd, and lay'd flat. Six and twenty Portugueses were +burnt, and it could never be discover'd or guess'd, how, or which +Way the Powder was set a fire, to cause that mighty Destruction. The +Portugueses, who just before were joyful for their Victory, having no +Walls to shelter them, were forc'd to retire to the City of Tydore, +and the Dutch and Ternates rallying, pursu'd them thither. The King +receiv'd them in friendly Manner, and he himself went the same Day +[Tydore taken by the Dutch.] aboard the Dutch Ship that lay at Anchor +before it, and calling the Dutch Admiral, propos'd to him the Affair +of the Fort, and that if those who defended it had ships allow'd them, +they would go away to other Parts. He agreed to it, and though it cost +the Portugueses all they had, they accepted of three small Tenders, +a Galliot that had been the King's, and a Dutch Tender to secure them +against the Ternates. The Dutch settled Amity with the King of Tydore; +that they should continue in his Dominions; and erect Factories, +and Trade for Clove, as the Portugueses had done. Thus the Conquer'd +having bought some Ships dispers'd themselves about those Islands. Many +of them went to the Philippines, where Don Pedro, the Governour, +examin'd them, in order to get Information concerning the Moluccos. + +Antony de Silva, a Portuguese, was one of them that escap'd from the +[Dutch design to take the Ships of the Philippines.] Fort of Ternate, +and came to the Town of Arevalo in the Philippines; Besides being +a Soldier, he was also a Naguatato, or Interpreter. This Man gave +an Authentick Relation of that Affair, and added, That being brought +Prisoner from Amboyna, the Dutch Admiral having a Sea-Chart before him, +look'd for Mindoro, Manila, and for Cabite; and being ask'd by Silva, +why he look'd for it, was inform'd, That his Design was, in Case he +did not succeed at the Moluccos, to try to take some of the Ships +that trade betwixt New Spain, and the Philippines. Silva reply'd, +That [Silva gives Intelligence of it.] he had not the Time to meet +either; because those that come to the Philippines arrive about the +10th of May, and the others set out on the 10th of June. However that +was the Design of the Dutch Admiral, who intended to get Intelligence +at Mindoro, thence to sail to Macao, send an Embassador into China, +and revenge the Wrong Don Pablos de Portugal had done them in those +Countries. Then to load Pepper at Patane; next at the Streight of +Sincapura, to endeavour to take the Chinese Ships that resort to +Malaca; and whatever happen'd, to hold on his Voyage to Holland that +Way, loaden with Treasure. All this the Dutch Admiral communicated +to Antony de Silva, as to one that was to go with him into Holland, +because he was a Soldier, and able Interpreter in both Languages; +and therefore Stephen Drage made much of him. This Intelligence was +confirm'd [All the Moluccos lost to Spain.] by some others, who had +fought and escap'd the Slaughter at Tydore. Don Pedro hearing so much, +was concern'd, as a Man zealous for the Church, and for his King; +and it griev'd him to consider, that the Crown of Spain had not a +Foot of Land left it in the Moluccos; and that a Rebel was in quiet +Possession of them all. + +Prosperity having embolden'd, and strengthen'd the Dutch, Don Pedro +[Don Pedro's Precautions.] assembling his Council of War, order'd +that the Captains Antony Freyle, Commander of the Squadron belonging to +the Pintados, Peter Sevil, Stephen de Alcazar, and Bernardine Alfonso, +should repair to the Forts of the Pintados, and other Islands that were +in Danger, with their Companies. He refitted the Ships, and prepar'd +his Cannon, as being so near a victorious Enemy, who so successfully +put in Execution all their Threats. Antony [Dutch Letters and Present +to the King of Ternate.] de Sylva show'd an Original Letter, written +by another Dutch Admiral at the Island of Borneo, to the King of +Ternate, and sent by Philip Bissegop, Captain of a Ship, with a +Present of a Quantity of fine Holland; Six Bales of several Vessels +with Musk; Twelve Bottles of Rose-Water; Six Pounds of Dutch Anfion, +that is, Opium, which, as has been said, disturbs the Senses, and +is us'd by those People to encourage them to fight; and six Barrels +of Powder. He gave him an Account of Andrew Furtado's unfortunate +Voyage, the Obstacles, Storms, and Enemies he had met with, since +his Departure from Ternate, till he came to Malaca. He gave him the +Title of Most Serene Prince, and Potent King of the Moluccos, Bandas, +Amboyna, and innumerable other Islands. He congratulated with him for +the Event of his Arrival at the Moluccos; promising he would return +to Ternate with a greater Power, he expected from Holland, and take +Possession of the Forts, to extirpate the common Enemy, the King of +Spain; and encourag'd him with these Hopes, to hold out till then. He +assur'd him, that he should scour all those Seas from the Moluccos, +and extend his Dominions as far as China, without being hinder'd by +the Philippines or Japoneses. To this End, he desired him to renew his +Friendship with Mindanao, and to acquaint the King of those Islands, +that he was a Friend to the Dutch, so to give them Admittance to +those Ports, Freedom of Trade, and amicable Entertainment, as was +requisite for their Undertakings; this being a Thing most Expedient, +above all other Politick Considerations. He added, he might observe, +and be assur'd, that nothing was so little regarded in Spain, as +to contrive that their many Provinces should preserve some Sort of +Union. That therefore all those which are very remote, and subject +to that Crown, ought to take much Notice of the great Delays there, +in coming to a Resolution, and sending Succours from Spain; because +before they believe, or examine the News brought them in order to +believe them, Affairs have taken a new Turn, and consequently neither +the Spanish Councils, nor their Arms come seasonably. That Experience +had made most of these Things known to his Highness, and his Zeal for +his Service oblig'd him to mention them. Antony de Silva, added, that +he was very sure the King of Ternate had not omitted doing any Thing +of what the Dutch Man recommended to him; and that he had already +propos'd to his People to go abroad to fight, far from their own +Islands. Tho' it was never apprehended he would do so, yet at that +Time it much troubled Don Pedro, because he was so spent with the +Affair of the Sangleyes, the Want of whom he labour'd so to supply, +that no such Mischief might happen again, it being so necessary to +support the Trade of the Philippines another Way, and procure safety +at Home in Order to make War, and keep up a Reputation. + +Time, which sometimes gives Hope, and sometimes Dispair, comforted +Don Pedro in his Affliction, bringing in a few Months after some +Ships of private Persons from New Spain, and then in due Season +the usual Fleet. [Men, Money, &c. arrive at Manila from New Spain.] +They arriv'd at Manila, on the Eve of S. Matthias, and in them the +Spaniards sent from Spain, for the Expedition of Ternate, with above +200 more from the Marquess de Montesclaros, Viceroy of New Spain, +as also the other Necessaries, and Money, pursuant to the King's +Order. Part of this came committed to Brother Gaspar Gomez, who +was receiv'd with incredible Joy. He deliver'd all his Letters to +the Governour, and immediate Care was taken to quarter the Officers +and Soldiers, and to distribute them speedily, so that all Men might +believe there was no other Design in their coming, but the Security +of the Philippine Islands, threatned by the Emperor of Japan, and +the Conspiracies of the Sangleyes. This Report was industriously +so given out, that it might fly and spread abroad [Management of +the Governour.] without the Kingdom, lest they might receive any +Intelligence, who had cause to fear. Besides that, as the Fame of +those great Preparations was Advantageous to the Spaniards in Point +of Reputation, so the Reality of the Power they had, added to the +Opinion conceiv'd, prov'd the Defence and Security of them all. In +Japan, only the News that Manila was full of Men, and Ships of War, +allay'd, or quite banish'd the Disgust of that King, on Account of Don +Pedro's refusing him Ship-Wrights. The People of Chincheo also forbore +meditating Revenge against an Enemy, whose Victories were back'd with +such Succours. Don Pedro consider'd all these Particulars, and each +of them made him conclude, that he might with Safety be absent for +some Time from Manila. However the King of Ternate overjoy'd that he +had shaken off the Spanish Yoke, made little Account of all that was +told him, concerning its Neighbouring Kingdoms, believing they would +never recover their Ancient Possessions. The Dutch Commanders, who were +rebuilding the burnt Fort at Tydore, sent him a considerable Number of +Heavy Brass Cannon, of Drakes, and Muskets, and he hired some of the +Ingeniers, that came in those Ships, to look to his Fortifications, +and reside in them, and in his City. Some accepted of the Habitation, +approving of that disorderly, and irreligious Liberty of Life allow'd +in that Country; where considering the frequent Resort of Ships from +the North, and the many Factories, they reckon'd themselves as good +as at Home, since they could often meet with their Kindred or Friends, +or at least with their Country-Men. Banish'd Spaniards and Portugueses +arriv'd daily at the Port of Oton, in the Philippine Islands, and +among them Paul de Lima, a Person of great Experience, and still +General of the Artillery at Tydore, who, besides the News of the late +Destruction, brought an Account of the Joy wherewith the Dutch dug up +the Guns he endeavour'd to hide, and how much they were increased in +Strength and Shipping. He was receiv'd with much Honour, in regard to +his Quality, and because he was one of those who had lost Lands and +Goods, taken from him by the King of Ternate, and his Information, +and Counsel were of Use for what afterwards happen'd. All Men attended +the Warlike Preparations, in their several Stations, but with equal +Zeal; building Ships, and gathering Provisions, Arms, and Ammunitions; +and Don Pedro himself was so diligent and vigilant, that he attended +the meanest Employments, giving an Example, and encouraging; so that +it may be said, he did every Thing, for he ply'd all Hands. + + + The End of the Ninth Book. + + + + + + + + THE + HISTORY + OF THE + Discovery and Conquest + OF THE + Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. + + BOOK X. + + +[Want of Political Reflections whence.] There is generally some +Moral Instruction, which lies couch'd under the Actions of Men, and +which Judicious Writers use to point at in the Relation of Events, +as the Advantage of History; but what civil Rules, or Precepts for +the forming of the Political Life, can we lay down, in writing the +Conquest and Defence of Barbarous Countries, which all depends on +Voyages, and reducing of Garrisons; notwithstanding State Craft has +somewhat inform'd those Nations? Or what can occur in this Subject, +which the Reader may not infer, as a necessary Consequence of the +foregoing Discourse? Since then the Matter in Hand does not afford +us such Reflection, let us draw to a Conclusion, in Pursuance of our +Promise made at the Beginning. + +[Yloilo Port the Rendezvous of The Navy.] Don Pedro de Acunna, now +Captain General of the Fleet that was assembled in the Philippine +Islands, at the same time took Care to see it fitted out with +Expedition, and to provide for the Security of the Province he was to +forsake, that he might go upon that so difficult Undertaking. Some +there were, who look'd upon it as Part of Don Pedro's good Fortune, +that the Molucco Islands had been utterly lost, that since he had the +more Matter to work upon, his Victory might be the more glorious. He +most industriously provided all Things requisite for the Use of War; +and even for all the Accidents it might be liable to. The Point, +or Promontory of Yloilo runs out into the Sea, not far from Arevalo, +in the Island of Panay, forming a Harbour proper and capacious enough +to be the Place of Arms, for the Preparations then in Hand. Here the +Fleet rendezvous'd, consisting [Particulars of the Fleet.] of Six Tall +Ships, Six Galleys, Three Galliots, like those they call Galizabras, +belonging to the Crown of Portugal; in one of which was Peter Alvarez +de Abreu, Commander in Chief of the Fort of Tydore; the other two, +under the Command of John Rodriguez Camelo, Commodore, sent from +Malaca, by the General Andrew Furtado de Mendoza, to be aiding with his +Courage and Conduct, and to carry him an Account of the Success. One +flat bottom'd Galliot, to land the Artillery, and in it 300 Baskets +of Rice. Four Foists built purposely for carrying of Provisions. Two +Champanes of Ten Tun Burden each, with 1600 Baskets of clean Rice. Two +Dutch Long-Boats, which carry'd over the Portugueses when the Fort of +Tydore was lost. Seven Frigats belonging to the King, and Seven more +to private Persons, and the like Number of Champanes, in all 36 Sail. + +[The Land Forces.] Colonel John de Esquivel brought 12 Companies +of Spanish Foot; four whereof were rais'd in Andaluzia, being his +own, and those of the Captains, Paul Garrucho, Peter Sevil, and Luke +de Vergara Gaviria. Six came from New Spain, under the Captains Don +Roderick de Mendoza, Son to Don John de Raeza y Castilla, and to Donna +Maria de Mendoza, and by her Grandson to the Marquess de Montesclaros, +and therefore, out of Respect to his Kinsman, the Viceroy of New Spain, +he came out of Italy to serve his Majesty in the Philippine Islands; +the others were Captain Pascual de Alarcon Pacheco, Martin de Esquivel, +Bernardine Alfonso, Peter Delgado, and Stephen de Alcazar. Two +other Companies commanded by the Captains John Guerra de Cervantes, +and Christopher de Villagra, belong'd to the Forces of Manila, and +the Province of the Pintados. All which, with [1423 Spaniards.] +their Officers, make up 1423 Spaniards. Under the Colonel Don +Guillermo, and the Captains Don Francis Palaot, Don John Lit, Don +Lewis and Augustin Lout, 344 Pampangua, and Tagalo Indians; besides +620 others of the same Nations, for the Sea and Land Service, and +649 Rowers. All the Men in the Fleet, besides the General's Household +and Family, amounted to 3095; with 75 Pieces of Cannon of all Sorts, +and all other Perquisites for Sea, Landing, Fight, and Battery. + +[The Fleet sails from Yloilo.] Don Pedro sail'd from the Port of +Yloilo, with all these Preparations, on the 15th of January, 1606, +the Weather being unsettled, but he as resolute as at other Times. He +arriv'd at the Island Mindanao, then in Enmity with the Spaniards, +and in Confederacy with the Ternates, and came to [Caldera Port.] +an Anchor in the Port of Caldera, to water, where the Admiral's Ship, +in which the Colonel Esquivel was, began to drag her Anchors, and was +forc'd to set her Sails to get off; but perceiving she could not, by +so doing weather a Point, she fired two Guns, in Token of Distress, +at the Time [Admiral Ship lost.] when her Rudder struck. The Galleys +made up to tow her off, and broke some Ropes to no Purpose, the Sea +and Wind being against them. Captain Villagra was entrusted to save +the Men and Provisions that were aboard; and he, tho' a considerable +Part belonging to the King and private Men was lost, with incredible +Industry sav'd the most of them, and the Goods, as also all the Men, +Cannon, Powder, Cables, Rigging, and Sails; and that the People of +Mindanao might not reap the Benefit of the Wreck, he set Fire to +the Vessel, after taking out all the Iron Work. This Accident was +much lamented, both for its own Consequence, and because the Men, +who are often vainly Superstitious, put an ill Construction upon it; +but the General's Wisdom made amends for all. + +[They sail from Caldera.] From the Port of Caldera, the General +order'd the Colonel to sail over to that of Talangame, which, as has +been said, is in the Island of Ternate; and bore him Company himself, +with the Galleys, till he was out of the Streight of Sabuanga, which is +dangerous by Reason of the Currents and Ridges of Rocks, wherefore they +tow'd the Ships, till they were out of Danger, as also because they +were becalm'd. The Fleet stood out to Sea; the Galleys coasted along +slowly to take in Water enough to last them to Ternate, the Men that +had been sav'd from abroad the Admiral being distributed among them, +and the other Vessels, so that their Burden and Labour [Through Mistake +fall in with Celebes.] was increased. The ablest pilots in those Seas, +had Charge of the Galleys, and yet notwithstanding all their Care, and +that of the Captains and expert Mariners, they mistook their Course, +and fell in among the islands of Celebes, otherwise call'd of Mateo, +above 60 Leagues to the Leeward of Ternate. The Wind was contrary, and +the Error was to be [Arrive at Ternate.] retriev'd by rowing. With +very much Labour they reach'd Ternate on the 26th of March, being +Easter-Day. That Day so joyful to all Mankind, made them forget past +Toils, and convert them into Pleasure and Delight. + +[Superstition of Moluccos as to Eclipses.] They were inform'd, that +the Day before, an Eclipse of the Moon had been observ'd at Ternate, +with the usual Concern. No sooner does the Darkness begin to cover the +Body of the Moon, than the People with Sighs and Tears begin also to +lament that Planet's Mourning; for they believe it forebodes the Death +or Captivity of their King, or of some eminent Person or some Calamity +to the Publick. If the Eclipse passes over without any of these Losses, +they Repair to their Mosque in Procession, Rank and File. Here the +foremost carry large China Dishes. Those are follow'd by others with +Launces, and Hatchets advanc'd, and Muskets rested. Next them follow +three Lamps, carry'd on Men's Shoulders, as common Pictures represent +the great Bunch of Grapes carry'd by the Discoverers, who went to +view the Holy Land promis'd by God to his People. Next comes a Boy, +in Royal Robes, and behind him another holding an Umbrello, made of +various Feathers, over the Head of the first. Then follow the Women, +set off with Flowers and Palm-Branches, without Order; and thus they +celebrate their Thanksgiving, in the Streets and Temples, because +the Eclipse pass'd over without any Detriment. The Dutch told them, +That Eclipses were commonly known in their Country, and throughout +all Europe; which those People either admir'd or did not believe. + +When our Galleys came to the Port of Talangame, Don Pedro expected to +have found the Colonel with the Fleet in it; but only saw a stately +[Dutch Ship at Talangame.] Dutch Ship, carrying 30 Pieces of Cannon, +and 12 Pedreroes. She fought our Ships as they pass'd by, and then +drew to the Shore, and defended herself with Part of the Artillery, +that was fittest for the Purpose, and being guarded by a great Number +of Ternate Soldiers, kept close in her Fortification. Don Pedro took +a View of her, as he pass'd by in the Galleys, tho' she made several +Shot at him, and threw 18 Pound Balls into the Admiral Galley, where +he was. He thought fit not to stay, till he heard of the Fleet which +was then at Tydore, little above two Leagues from that Port, as was +known by some Vessels of the Natives, that came up board and board, in +sailing by that Harbour. The Galleys directed their Course to Tydore, +led by the Joy of this good News, which eas'd Don Pedro of much Care +he was in, knowing there was a Scarcity of Seamen aboard the Fleet, +and he fear'd it might have been drove away elsewhere. + +[Dutch Men at Tydore.] Esquivel found four Dutch Men at Tydore. One +of them was the Factor who gather'd the Clove for a Company of his +Countrymen, that belong'd to the Factories of Ternate, Amboyna, Banda, +Sunda, and other Places about them; the other three were Sailers. He +examin'd all four, and they gave an Account of the Strength of that +Ship, and her Guns, saying, She was loden with Clove; and one of +the five that fought the Portugueses, when the Fort of Ternate blew +up. That they expected another Ship, which came [Intelligence they +give.] with her from Bantam, and was parted in foul Weather. That +the main Drift of the Agreement made between the King of Ternate +and the Dutch, was their Assisting him against the Spaniards, and +Portugueses. That there were Orders at Java and Sunda for the Dutch +Ships which pass'd by to enquire there, whether there were any News +from the Moluccos; and if Need were, that they should leave their +Loding there, and go succour the King of Ternate. + +[Ternate to be attack'd before the Dutch Ship.] Before Don Pedro +departed Talangame, he consulted with his Officers, whether it +were convenient to attack the Dutch Ship before they went upon +the Enterprize of Ternate. Opinions varied, but it was concluded, +that since his Majesties Design was to recover the Maluccos, and he +had order'd the Fleet to be provided for that Intent, it was not +expedient to prefer any other Action. Time is subject to change, +and sometimes an Accident overthrows the best concerted Designs. That +great Ship, so well stor'd with Guns, and Mann'd, might have sunk some +of ours, by which we should have lost our Cannon, and Provisions, +or some other Mischief, that could not possibly be foreseen might +have happen'd, to the obstructing of the main Design. Besides that +the Ternates being their Friends, in Case we had master'd the Ship, +the Men might fly and save themselves among their Confederates, and +thus the Enterprize be rendered more difficult by their Assistance; +and it was known by Spyes, that the King already had Dutch Gunners, +and Soldiers of Courage and Conduct. + +[King of Tydore and Don Pedro meet at Sea.] The King was not at +Tydore when our Fleet came into his Harbour, being gone to marry a +Daughter of the King of Bachian; and tho' the Colonel sent to acquaint +him with his Arrival, and to desire he would hasten his Coming, +as fearing Delays; yet perceiving the Time slipt away, he set out +on the last of March for Ternate, with his Fleet. When they were at +Sea, they heard the new marryed King's Bagpipes, Basons, Trumpets, +and Kettle-Drums. He having receiv'd the Spaniards Letters, imbark'd, +bringing the New Queen along with him, and joyn'd them with his Carcoas +full of Musick and Garlands of Flowers. They met with extraordinary +Joy, and the King of Tydore express'd it particularly for seeing of +Don Pedro de Accunna, with whom he had before frequent Communication +by Letters and Messengers. He show'd much Concern for the Streights he +had been reduc'd to by the King of Ternate, with the Assistance of the +Dutch. Don Pedro comforted him, declaring his Majesty's Intention, and +how he had order'd him to come to his Assistance, from the Philippine +Islands, whensoever he should require it. He visited the Bride, +paying her all possible Respect; and the King of Tydore, telling him, +he would attend the Fleet in Person, with his Ships and Men, went away +then to his Island, and the next Morning, at Break of Day, according +to his Promise, came into a Bay near [Orders for the Enterprize.] +Ternate, where our Fleet had anchor'd. The Rejoycings for his coming +did not delay the Consultations, and Orders for the Enterprize. The +Governour call'd a Council of War, where it was resolv'd, that all +the Strength of the Fleet should be reduc'd to only three great Ships, +to secure the Sea and Land. They were immediately sufficiently mann'd +with Sea-Men and Soldiers, under the Command of Bernardine Alfonso, +Antony Carrenno de Valdes, and Don Gil Sanchez de Carranza, all three +Commanders of Repute. Other Orders were issu'd out, and presently put +in Execution by the Officers. Of the three above nam'd, two dy'd in +their Return Home, and only Carreno out liv'd it. + +[The Forces land April the first.] Don Pedro, and the King of Tydore +landed their Men, on the first of April, at Break of Day; but it being +difficult, and even dangerous to march so near the Water, because +there was no more ground on the Shore than for five Men in Rank; it +was resolv'd to make the Attack with a small Number, gradually along +the Sea Coast, without ingaging too far; and at the same Time to make +Way over the Top of the Mountain, with some Pampanguo, and Tangalo +Indian Pioneers, and to send another Party of Men that Way, to give +the Enemy a Diversion, and oblige them to divide their Forces. The +King of Ternate, whom Experience and Fear had instructed in the +Art of War, perceiving what was aim'd at, to avoid being cut off in +[K. of Ternate retires to his Fort.] the Rear, retir'd to his Fort, +as soon as he discover'd our Army. This was the Reason why our Men +met with no Opposition, whereas the General Furtado found so much +Resistance there, three Years before, at the Seige we have spoken of, +when in gaining that Pass, he lost some Portugueses and Spaniards, +being assisted by Captain Gallinato. + +[Gallinato invests the Place.] He now put our Men into good Order, +leading the Van, and drew up within Musket Shot of the Wall. He told +Don Pedro, in the Presence of the King of Tydore, that some Soldiers +had, by his Command, taken a View of the Place, and that considering +the Nature of the Situation, it was requisite to maintain that Ground +till Night, when our Men should intrench, and bring up the Cannon +for Battery. His Advice was approv'd of, and put in Execution; and +in Regard that the Enemy did some Harm in the main Body, and Wings, +with their Cannon and small Shot; Don Pedro to prevent it, order'd the +Men to lye down. It was observ'd that there were [Sentinels on Trees +beaten off.] four Eminences cover'd with wild, and full headed Trees, +on which the Enemy had their Sentinels, who gave Intelligence how +the Spaniards mov'd, and of whatsoever they order'd, or perform'd. A +Captain went up to make himself Master of the Trees, and soon brought +down the Enemies Sentinels. Gallinato perfected that Work, commanding +our Sentinels to get up into those same Trees, as was done. The Enemy +endeavour'd to remove them with their Cannon and small Arms, firing +incessantly; but could never disturb either those that were on the +Top, among the Boughs, who gave the Information, not the others that +stood at the Foot, who receiv'd and carryed it to the Officers. The +Enemy was possess'd of a Post near the Bastion of Cachil Tulo, on the +right Hand of the Wall, a little beyond the Trees, and the General +thinking it necessary to be gain'd, commanded Captain John de Cubas, +an old Low-Country Soldier, to attack it with 30 Musketiers, and if +he thought himself too hard set, to send Word, and he should have a +good Supply of Pikes. The Captain went on by the Way of the Mountain, +and the Enemy to prevent him, sent a Body of Men out of the Fort next +the Sea, whom Captain Villagra charg'd. Whilst they were ingag'd, +the King of Ternate, perceiv'd that Cubas was marching to gain his +Post, and [Villagra and Cubas fight the Ternates.] being sensible +how prejudicial the Loss of it would be, sally'd out himself to +fight him, and the Spaniards had enough to do. Cubas gained the +highest Ridge; but so fatigued, that he was forc'd to send for the +Supply of Pikes. The Captains Vergara, Alarcon, and Don Roderick de +Mendoza supported him with 40 detatch'd Men; and before they came up +more Ternates and Javaneses sally'd out of the Fort, with whom the +fight was renew'd in more furious Manner. Another Party of Infidels +was presently discover'd next the Sea, for which Reason, and because, +if the Enemy had demanded more Succours, his Posts would be forsaken, +the King order'd those who fought with Villagra to retire, and went +himself with them, and some others to sustain the Rest. His coming on +like a brave, or rather a desperate [The Fight redoubl'd.] Commander, +oblig'd Cubas, to ask for another Supply which the Captains Villagra, +and Cervantes carry'd him, and charg'd the Enemy. Cachil Amuxa, of +whose Bravery Mention has been made, went up to Captain Cubas after +burning the Brims of his Hat, and the Feather in it, with a Musket +Shot, and they both fought Hand to Hand for a considerable Time, the +one with his Sword, and the other with his Campilane, or Cymiter. The +[Single Combat.] Sentinels on the Trees cry'd out, giving Notice of +the Troops on the Shore, and that they came on towards our Van-Guard, +and the Front of it. Captain Villagra was order'd to charge them with +a Division of Shot, belonging to Captain Cervantes, who commanded all +the Halbardiers. Both Parties fought with equal Tokens of Courage, +when the Sentinels from the Trees gave Notice, that John de Cubas, +on the Right, demanded more Succours. The Captains Don Roderick de +Mendoza, and Pascual de Alarcon went with it immediately, drawing +out two Divisions of Musketiers. The Sentinels cry'd out again, that +the Enemy, who fought with Captain Villagra were retiring towards +the Walls, and that John de Cubas demanded another Supply of Pikes +and Halbards. Captain Cervantes supported him with 50, and Villagra, +with the Men he commanded. + +[Ternates retire in Disorder.] Our Sentinels, to whose Vigilancy +a great Part of this Success is owing, gave Notice again, that +upon the Approach of our Supplies, the Enemy retired in Disorder, +and our Men made up to the Wall. The Event of the Battle began now +to be out of Doubt, and even in that Posture requir'd Diversity of +Conduct. Don Pedro therefore order'd the Colours with the Rest of the +Pikes to march, leaving one Division of Musquetiers, and the Heavy +Harquebussiers in the Rear, to face the Enemy, in Case they should +happen to sally out again toward the Sea. The other Captains and +Soldiers went on fighting, and at the set Time attack'd the Wall, +helping one another to climb to the Top. The two first that got +upon it were the Captains John de Cubas, and Cervantes, who having +receiv'd some Wounds on it, tumbled down again. The Difficulty of this +Enterprize increas'd as the Enemy renew'd their Efforts, doing us Harm +with their heavy and small Cannon, Muskets, sundry Sort of Fireworks, +Stones, and other Contrivances the Dutch furnish'd them with; but the +Attack was made so furiously, that the Spaniards gave not the King, +nor his Men Leisure enough to get into the old Portuguese Fort, within +the Wall; for had they done so, they might have defended themselves +some Time, and our Men would have been oblig'd to batter the Walls +with Cannon; and tho' the Fort is small, and built in more unskilful +Times, it would have cost Trouble. + +The Place was taken with little Loss, for we had but Fifteen Men +kill'd on our Side, among them was Captain Cervantes, who getting +up the first [The Place taken, and Number of the Slain.] upon the +Wall, with a Design to display the King's Standard on it, was run +into the Eye with a Launce, by a Barbarian, and others coming on, +they threw him down to the Ground, whereof he dy'd the seventh Day, +much regretted by all Men. He had before said publickly, offering +to give the Charge, Gentlemen, the Bull shall not make his Escape +my Way, unless it cost me my Life; alluding to keeping of him in +at the Bull-Feasts. He was as good as his Word both ways, since he +dy'd in Performance of it, with his Arms and Legs broken. No Man of +any Note, either among the Spaniards or Indians escap'd unhurt. Many +Ternates and Javaneses were slain, and some Dutch shed their Blood, +like brave or desperate Men, thinking it a Misfortune, as they said, +to owe their Lives to our Courtesy, or Mercy. + +It was never expected that the Success, would be in all Points +answerable to the Justice of the Cause. Don Pedro had design'd to +batter the Forts, wherein he would have met with mighty Difficulties, +because the Cannon was very heavy, and hard to be drawn to the +proper Posts for Battery; as also for that there was not Earth +to fill the Gabions, and the [Cannon found in it.] Rockiness of +the Ground obstructed the throwing up of the Trenches, which would +have occasion'd the Loss of many Men before the Artillery could be +planted. The Spaniards pursu'd their Success, and possessing themselves +of the Fort, found in it 43 large Brass Guns, abundance of Drakes, +and other Arms, besides Ammunition and Provisions. + +The Men having enter'd the City, every one fell to plunder, and commit +[Prisoners made Slaves.] Outrages. Don Pedro had made Proclamation, +that all the Enemies taken within four Days should be made Slaves. The +Commanders halted near the ancient Church of S. Paul, which was +fortify'd by the Enemy with Ramparts for this Service. Opinions +vary'd about what was next to be done; Some were for securing what +was already gain'd; Others for pushing on, to gain the main Fort. The +Captains Vergara and Villagra, went for the Latter, and the Soldiers +were so brisk and eager to run into any Danger, that one of them, +of the Province of Estremadura, and belonging [Eagerness of the Men.] +to the Company of Captain Sevil, an Aragonian, and notable Commander, +who was also for going on, took up Captain Villagra in his Arms, and +carry'd him above ten Paces, saying, Good Captain, fall on, fall on; +and then set him down. The Captain struck him, for having [They attack +and take the main Fort.] taken him up so rudely, at such a Time; and +the Soldier bowing, pleasantly and with a smiling Countenance, said +to him, God is my Life, strike again, and fall on. In short, Vergara +and Villagra, with a few Men attack'd the main Fort, and carry'd it, +being themselves the first that enter'd [They attack and take the main +Fort.] the Gates, but not the first that went up; for as they were +running up the Stairs hastily, and just going into the Hall, Barela, +an old Soldier, and Corporal to Captain Cervantes, thrust by their +Side, and getting in, took a gilt Ewre, made in the Shape of an Urn, +curiously ingrav'd, from off a rich Cupboard, or Side-board there was +in the Hall, saying to the Captains, [The King's Palace plunder'd.] +Gentlemen, I take this in Token that I came in here with you; and +carry'd it away, by their Consent. All the Palace was then expos'd to +the Avarice of the Soldiers. Don Pedro would have given a check to it; +but was not taken Notice of, till almost all was over. + +The King of Ternate had forsaken all, and some of the Dutch him, +when [The King &c. fly, to Gilolo.] they saw he was going down; +none follow'd him in this Confusion and Flight, but the Sangiack of +Mofaquia, his Kinsman, who encourag'd and advis'd him, his Queen +Celicaya, and some other Women. He embark'd with them all, Prince +Gariolano his Son, and a few Dutch, in great Haste, within the Wall, +aboard some Carcoas of Mofaquia, and plying the Oars, or rather +Flying, arriv'd in the Island of Gilolo, at a Fort there, built not +long before in Sabugu. The rest of the Dutch got off in other Vessels +to their Ship. + +The whole Body of the Army now rang'd the Towns and Houses of the +[The Dutch to their Ship.] Natives, wholly intent upon Plunder, +and Don Pedro went about, giving Orders, and checking the Soldiers, +that they might keep in a Body. + +The General went on to S. Paul's Church, which was unroof'd and +profan'd; he order'd it to be cleans'd, and immediately adorn'd +with [Possession taken of the Fort.] Boughs, and other Ornaments, +brought thither by the diligent Soldiers, where they devoutly, with +loud Voices, sang the Hymn, Salve Regina, which our Church uses to +call upon the blessed Virgin. For the compleating of this Victory, +they still wanted to seize the King, Prince, Sangiacks, and Commanders +that follow'd him. The General took Possession of the Forts, setting +up and displaying the Colours, with the Arms of the Crown of Spain, +and the Name of PHILIP THE THIRD, OUR SOVEREIGN, the Musick playing, +and Guns firing. He order'd, [King of Ternate pursu'd.] that the next +Day Captain Villagra should set out in Pursuit of the King of Ternate, +with 100 Men in two Galleys, and the King of Tydore, and the Prince +his Son, with their Fleet, consisting of two Janguas, and 15 Carcoas, +in which were 1000 Men. + +The King and Prince of Tydore, with Captain Villagra, came to the +[Tacome Fort surrender'd to Villagra.] Fort of Tacome, in Ternate, +on the third of April, where they found Cachil Amuxa, the bravest of +the Natives of Ternate, Cousin German to their King, and his Captain +General. Villagra sent him a Message by Antony de Silva, Interpreter of +their Language, and through his Means he surrendred, with some Dutch; +all whom he carry'd Prisoners to the City. He brought them in very +honourable Manner, and they had not the dejected Looks of Men that +were overcome. Being come to the City, he deliver'd them to Don Pedro +de Acunna, who observing the same Generosity, received and treated +them courteously, and commended their Valour. There the Cachil and +Captain John de Cubas knew one another again, remember'd the Wounds +they had given and receiv'd, and were good Friends. The Portuguese +Commanders visited him, and in his Presence, after commending the +Bravery they had shown in the War, the General, with his [The General +honours the Portuguese Commanders.] own Hands, put weighty Gold +Chains about their Necks, as was then us'd among Soldiers, desiring +they would accept of that Acknowledgement of their gallant Behaviour, +and excuse the Smallness of the Gift; and they on their Side, made +suitable Returns of Courtesy. + +Villagra went out again, and by the Way, took the Sangiack of +Mofaquia, and two of his Nephews, without any Opposition. All these +having desir'd Audience of Don Pedro, told him, they had always been +desirous to [Sangiack of Mofaquia taken.] return to their Subjection +under his Majesty, but that their Kinsman, the King, had obstructed +it, and ruin'd himself by adhereing to his own Opinion, rejecting +the safest and best, which was to recover their former Favour. This +Pride, said they, has reduc'd him to the miserable Condition he +[He proposes to bring over the King.] is now in. If you please we +will discourse, and perswade him to put himself into your Hands, +after you have taken such Security of us as becomes conquer'd Men, +and given Commission to such as you can confide in to Article with +the King. It is not the Change of our Fortune that moves us to this, +for none can daunt those who are prepar'd for the worst; but it is +that Fidelity, which the Circumstances of the Times would not permit +us to exert. [Don Pedro's Answer.] Don Pedro return'd Thanks for +their Zeal, and told them, The Method they had chosen was the best +to oblige the King of Spain to use that Victory with his innate royal +Goodness; and therefore empower'd them to assure the King, and his Son, +that their Lives should be safe. The two Cachiles embarking with Paul +de Lima, who, tho' a Native of Ternate, was discreet and a Master of +the Spanish Tongue, as also well known to the King, and with Captain +Villagra, they sail'd over together to the Fort of Sabubu, in the +Island Batochina. The King embrac'd, and receiv'd them with Tears; +but when they propos'd his surrend'ring himself, he would [The King +delivers himself up on a safe Conduct.] not consent without a formal +safe Conduct first granted. That Satisfaction was soon given him, for +Don Pedro sent it, with Assurance of his Life, in respectful Terms, +becoming the Person of a King, and all solid and safe, according +to the Power committed to him, the Rest being left at his Catholick +Majesty's Disposal. + +[Embarks for Ternate.] The Instrument, which the General had drawn +in Form, being read, the King resolv'd to repair to Ternate, with +the Prince, and the other Cachiles and Sangiacks; yet contrary to the +Advice of Celicaya, of whom he was always desperately in Love. In fine, +he put himself into the Hands of Don Pedro, and to this Effect embark'd +on three Janguas, and meeting with Villagra, they went over with all +the rest into his Galleys, to be carry'd to the General. The King +desir'd by the Way to visit his Mother, who was in the Fort of Tacome, +and having propos'd it to Captain Villagra, he comply'd with him, +and the Galleys made haste. They came to Tacome on the 8th of April, +where he landed, and his Mother coming out to meet him, encourag'd +him, without showing the least Dejectedness. [Visits his Mother.] +Nothing appear'd in the Discourse between them that could be heard, +that had a Womanish Air, or the Resemblance of a Motherly Tenderness, +as the Interpreters declar'd, nor did she comfort him with Hopes +of Revenge, but only with Reasons perswading to sute himself to his +Fortune, which is the Will of Heaven. + +From this Place Villagra sent Advice to Don Pedro, that the King was +come, and would soon be with him. He having receiv'd the News, sent +[The King brought to Ternate.] Major Ascueta to bid him welcome. He +order'd he should be treated with Respect, and that the Major should +in secret bid Captain Villagra make haste to Ternate, because there +was much still to do, and it was not proper to lose Time. The Progress +of Victory is not to be interrupted. They set out in the Evening for +Ternate, where they arriv'd late at Night, and therefore went not +into the City. The King stood as it were amaz'd when he saw the Place, +and heard the Drums, and other Martial Noises; being sensible of the +Yoke he had been so averse to bear. However he diverted [The King +of Tydore goes to visit him.] himself that Night, as a sick Person +uses to admit of the Entertainment he receives from those who are +in Health. The next Day the General came aboard, whilst the Army was +forming into one great Body, and the Companies were marching, that the +King might not stay; that Show being provided for him, and the Design +that he should be conducted in through the Midst of the Forces. Don +Pedro order'd, That before he landed, the King of Tydore, who attended +in the same Harbour, should go visit him. He refus'd to receive him, +as long as he could, and the Colonel and all the Captains intreated him +to admit of the Visit, which he at length consented to, either being +perswaded, or yielding to Importunity. The Galley made towards the +King of Tydore's Fleet, and as they drew near, the Cannon fir'd. The +King of Tydore stay'd aboard his Admiral, conceal'd between Curtains +of Crimson Damask, and when the two Galleys [Barbarous Ceremonies of +the Kings.] were come together board and board, after a long Silence, +the Curtains were drawn. Both the Kings appear'd in their Vessels, +looking at one another, for a considerable Time, without speaking +a Word. At length he of Ternate, as the conquer'd, call'd to one of +his Nephews, to whom kneeling, he deliver'd a Message in his Ear for +the King of Tydore. The Nephew [Zumbaya Ceremony.] went over to the +Carcoa, and having made the Zumbaya, according to their Ceremonies, +with great Tokens of Submission, kneeling, joyning his Hands, +and raising them up to his Face, kiss'd the King of Tydore's left +Foot. Then he deliver'd him his Message with much Deliberation, all +the Standers-by observing the knitting of his Brows, and all the other +Tokens of Admiration and Sorrow, wherewith he was heard. The Nephew +withdrew as soon as he had done speaking; and after the King of Tydore +had continu'd a while Thoughtful, he call'd another Cachil, who was his +Favourite, and Kinsman. He spoke to him in the same Manner, and gave +him another Message for the King of Ternate, with much Deliberation +and State. This Messenger paid him the same respectful Ceremonies, +and going over to our Galley, when he came into the Presence of the +King of Ternate, after performing the same Zumbaya, bow'd himself +down, and deliver'd the Answer. The King receiv'd it with as much +Grandeur as he could have done had he been Conqueror. Then he also +stood a while musing, and rising went over to the Admiral of Tydore, +which, as has been [Meeting of the two Kings.] said, was grappled +with the Galley. The Prince, his Son, and the Commanders attended +him. The King of Tydore stood up to receive him. When they met, +each of them us'd tedious Civilities, and Ceremonies towards the +other, about sitting. He of Ternate sat first, and the Prince, by +his Father's Order, paid him of Tydore, the Respect of the Zumbaya, +kissing his Foot. He to prevent obliging his Son to repay the like +Compliment to the other, before the King of Ternate came, had order'd +him aboard another Vessel, and to put out to Sea, that he might not +be present at the Interview. The two Kings discours'd about several +Affairs, and he of Ternate, of his Misfortune, tho' in manly Manner. + +[The two Kings land.] It being now Time for the King of Ternate +to land, both the Kings began to draw near it, but with different +Notions. The General waited in the Fort, and saw the Landing from +the Top of it. The King of Ternate came ashore between and led by the +Colonel, and Gallinato. After him follow'd the Prince, conducted by +Captain Villagra, and the Major. The King march'd thro' a Lane of our +Foot, and seem'd pleas'd to see them so gallant, and orderly. Thus +he came to the Fort, the ancient Residence of his Predecessors, +and not long since his own, Don Pedro, the Governour coming down to +the Gate to meet him, unarm'd, richly dress'd, and with [Don Pedro +receives the King.] such Decency as became his Person. He would +have kiss'd his Hand, but the King embrac'd him, and they went +up Hand in Hand to the Lodgings; in the Stateliest whereof, they +found three Chairs, with as many Cushions before them, plac'd on a +rich Carpet under the Canopy. The King sat on that in the Middle, +the Prince on the next, and the Governour on the third. After a +short Silence, the Discourse began, Don Pedro telling the King, +his Highness ought to bear his present Condition with Resolution, +remembering the long Prosperity he had enjoy'd. That he offer'd to +interceed, [Comforts him.] and use his Interest with his Majesty, +that he might be restor'd to his Kingdoms; and that the Subject in +Hand requiring longer and private Conferences, he for the Present +would cut it short, because the settling of weighty Affairs, is +not to be grounded on the Noise of Promises. [The King's Answer.] +The King return'd Thanks for the Kindness he show'd, in promising his +Restitution, and bewailing his present Condition, concluded, saying, +That he took Comfort in him, considering Heaven had reserv'd him to +be subdu'd by so great a Commander; in which particular he reckon'd he +was much oblig'd to his Fortune; and that he confided, he would treat +him with such Generosity and Goodness as was due on his own Account, +and his being the Minister of so great a Monarch, without calling to +mind that his own Pride had been his Ruin. The Governour satisfy'd him +as to all Points, and having order'd the best House in Ternate to be +furnish'd, and [A Spanish Company guards the King.] sent to it Plate, +Household Goods, Linnen, Beds, Pavillions, and all Things answerable to +such a Guest, he desir'd the King would be pleas'd to remove thither, +and with his leave he would wait on him; and that, with his good +liking, a Spanish Captain with his Company should guard his Person; +lest the Subjects of the Kingdom of Tydore, his natural Enemies, who +were then very Numerous in the City, seeing him alone, should offer +any Rudeness. The King accepted of it, smiling in a heavy Manner, to +signify that the Guard was appointed to secure him, and all the other +Prisoners, and that he was sensible of the false Gloss they gave it. + +[He desires the Company of Captain Villagra.] Captain Peter Delgado +was order'd with his Company to guard the King's House, and attend him, +till reliev'd. That Night the King was very melancholy, being among +so many Strangers, and though it was late, would not go to Bed, till +he had sent Sylva, the Portuguese Interpreter, to desire the General, +that for some Comfort in his Solitude, this being the Request of a +conquer'd Person, he would send him Captain Villagra, whom, as the +first Spaniard he had been acquainted with, he lov'd, call'd him +Father and delighted in his Company. The King is reported to have +said, that to converse with the Conquerors, is only to hasten being +overcome, and make the Change of Fortune Habitual. The Governour was +glad he could afford him that Satisfaction; and sending immediately +for Captain Villagra, desir'd he would go divert the King, and make +much of, and entertain him with Art, that he might be comforted. The +Captain readily comply'd, and the King express'd singular Satisfaction +in his Company. He supp'd, and went to Bed, discoursing all the while +with the Captain concerning Martial and Religious Affairs. + +Two Days after the Governour directed Colonel Gallinato and Captain +Villagra, together with Paul de Lima, to propose to the King to enter +into Treaty with him, in his Majesty's Name, for settling Things +in a State of Security, and Safety; and to perswade him, that was +the Way to deserve [Treaty set afoot with the King.] well, and put +himself into a better Condition. They three went to him, attended +by other Persons of Note, and among them some religious Men of the +Orders of S. Augustin, and S. Dominick, and the Society of Jesus, +who all behav'd themselves commendably in their Stations. The King +did not refuse to capitulate, and after settling the Form, by the +Interposition of Paul de Lima, and granting some Things he desir'd +of the King of Spain, the following Articles were drawn and sign'd. + +[Articles between the General and King of Ternate. The King to +deliver up all Forts.] The first Thing requir'd of Cachil Sultan +Zayde, King of Ternate, and of the rest who are Prisoners with his +Highness, is that he shall deliver up to his Majesty King Philip our +Sovereign, the Forts he is now possess'd of, being those of Gilolo, +Sabubu, Gamocanora, Tacome, those of Machian, those of Sula, and the +Rest. To this he answers, that he will deliver up to his Majesty the +aforesaid Forts, and to that Effect, will send the Prince his Son, +and His Kinsman Cachil Amuxa, with the Persons appointed to take +Possession of them, and that they shall be deliver'd up, with all +the Cannon, Ammunitions, Muskets, and Fire-Arms there are in them. + +[To release Prisoners.] Secondly, That he shall restore all the +Prisoners he has, either Christians, or Infidels, being our Subjects, +as well of the Provinces of the Pintados, as of the Rest that are +subject to the Spaniards in the Philippine Islands. He answer'd, +that all such as can be found at present shall be deliver'd, and the +Rest hereafter as they are discover'd. + +[To deliver up the Dutch.] Thirdly, That he shall deliver up the +Dutch he has in his Power. He answer'd, That when he departed the +Fort of Ternate, 13 or 14 that were with him fled; and he supposes +they repair'd to the Dutch Ship, because he has not seen them since; +but if they shall be found, he will deliver them immediately. + +[And Renegado Spaniards.] Fourthly, He shall deliver up the Renegado +Spaniards that were in the Fort of Ternate. He answer'd, that there was +but one, and he fled as well as the Rest the Day the Fort was taken; +that he knows not where he is, but will cause Search to be made, +and deliver him. + +[Also Batochina, Moratay, & Herrao.] Fifthly, That he shall deliver +up all the Towns which are in Batochina, and is call'd El Moro, they +having been formerly Christians; as also the Islands of Moratay, +and Herrao, which were also Christian, with all the Artillery and +Ammunition there is in them. He answer'd, he is ready to deliver up +all, as he had done his Person. + +[The Form of rendering the Capitulation authentick.] These Articles +Don Pedro de Acunna, Governour, and Captain General of the Philippine +Islands, President of the Royal Court residing in them, and General +of this Fleet in the Moluccos, committed to the General John Xuarez +Gallinato, and to Captain Christopher de Villagra, who concluded +them in the Form as above, by the Interposition of Paul de Lima, +a Portuguese born in these Islands, who serv'd as Interpreter of +the Languages. And the said King subscrib'd his Name, after his +Manner. Given in the Fort of Ternate, on the tenth of April, 1606. The +said General, and Captain also sign'd it with the said Paul de Lima. + +[How it was sign'd.] The King sign'd in Persian Characters, with +graceful Flourishes, and the Spaniards plainly; and this Original +Capitulation was brought into Spain, with the other authentick +Instruments. + +[Commanders go to take Possession.] In Pursuance to this Agreement, +the Commanders imbark'd to take Possession of the several Places, +carrying along with them the King and Prince, and other Prisoners in +two Galleys being the Admiral, and Vice-Admiral, with all Villagra's +Company, and Part of that of Cervantes. The first Place taken +Possession of was the Fort of Tacome, next that of Sula, both in the +Island of Ternate. Thence they sail'd to the great Batochina, where +are those of Gilolo, formerly a flourishing Kingdom; of Sabubu, and +Gamocanora, [Gamocanora what it signifies.] which we corruptly call +Gran Bocanora; but in that Country Language, Gamo signifies Middle, +and Canora Land, so that Gamocanora, altogether signifies, Mid-Land, +because it lies in the midst of Gilolo, and El Moro. Possession was +taken of all these Forts, none landing but Villagra, with Cachil Amuxa, +Antony de Sylva, and John de Vega, who did the Part of a Notary, being +appointed, and authoriz'd for that Time. The Cachil assembled the +People at all the Forts, acquainted them with the Success of Ternate, +and that all was now subject to the Spaniards, by whose Authority that +Captain [Manner of taking Possession.] came to take Possession, that +so all might pay their Obedience to his Majesty. The People having +been attentive to what was propos'd to them, knelt down, and raising +their voices made the Zumbaya. Then the Captain display'd the Standard +advancing it in his Majesty's Name, to denote Possession. Then he +commanded the Natives to bring out the Cannon, and draw it down to +the Shore, to be imbark'd aboard the Galleys. This was the Method +observed at Gilolo, and in other Places of less Note. + +[K. of Tydore recovers his Towns.] In the mean while, the King of +Tydore, making his Advantage of the Victory, sent the Prince his Son +with some Troops, to possess himself of the Towns the King of Ternate +had taken for him, as he actually did. Don Pedro being inform'd of +it, was offended that an Enterprize should be undertaken without his +Order, and thinking the King of Tydore had therein given Tokens of +Distrust, and Disrespect, had Thoughts of taking such Satisfaction, +as he judg'd the Matter deserv'd; but the King of Tydore reflecting +on his Misbehaviour, and that the Governours Resentment swell'd up to +absolute Indignation, he found Means to appease him, excusing himself, +and saying, that Invasion had been carry'd on without his Order, +or Knowledge; and desisting expected to be restor'd by Don Pedro, +as we shall soon see. + +The Method observ'd at other Forts, could not be followed at that of +Sabubu, where Queen Celycaya was, because Cachil Amuxa fell sick, +or pretended so to do. Villagra had Regard to the Circumstances of +Times. Cachil Rete, Sangiack of Gamocanora, the King's Nephew, and +a brave Soldier, [The People of Sabubu in Arms.] landed instead of +the other. The People of that Town imagin'd, that Villagra brought +considerable Forces, and therefore to secure the Queen, and themselves, +they gather'd above 2500 fighting Men, under Pretence they would not +suffer Celycaya to be taken away. They hid themselves with their Arms, +yet not so but that the Captain knew of it. He took no Notice, but +coming up to one of the Bastions of the Town, which were both next +the River, drew off the Cannon, some few of the Natives, and those +Boys helping him; the Rest waiting for more considerable Action, +in Arms. Then he disarm'd the other Bastion, assisted by Francis +Romanico, and John Rodriguez Bermejo, Captains of the Galleys. The +Town stands on the Bank of a River, up which they had run in their +Boats; but returning with the [Cachil Rete.] Men that row'd, the +Guns were loaded, the Sangiack Rete forwarding of it. He finding the +People in an Uproar, would not have had the Cannon carry'd away, at +that Time. Possession was not taken till afterwards, out of Respect +to the Queen, and by Reason of the Mutiny of the People, who escap'd +not unchastis'd. The Galleys return'd to Gamocanora, and not being +able to get into the River, nor to stay out, because of the Flats, +where an indifferent Wind may do much Harm, the least Part whereof +was the Loss of the Vessels; Gallinato therefore considering, that if +they should be cast away, the King was in his own Country, whence it +would be impossible to get him out again, tho' a greater Power should +be gather'd for that End, than what came from the Philippine Islands, +and having consulted with him about the Method to be us'd to get in +to Gamocanora, the Sangiack of that [His Advice to the Spaniards.] +Place said to him. Sir, if you have such Confidence in me, as I know +you may, and my Advice is of any Force with you, do not go thither with +these Galleys, for you will expose them to Shoals, and Winds. Since +therefore here are two Carcoas of Tydore, let the Captain Villagra, +the Notary, and the Interpreter go aboard them, and I will go along +with them to my Country, where the same shall be done, as if the +Galleys went in. + +[Villagra trusts the Sangiack.] Gallinato consulted with Villagra, +and they approv'd of the Method, setting out in the Carcoas on Saturday +in the Afternoon, and on Sunday Morning a League short of the River, +the Sangiack told the Captain, he well knew he had been long from his +Country, attending the King, and that his Subjects had no certain +Account of him, and therefore, they might then as they us'd to do +at other Times, come out to the Mouth of the River with a Fleet, +to guard the Entrance. That if it should so happen, he must not he +disturb'd, for they should all serve him. The Captain, told him, how +much he confided in him, since he had so easily follow'd his Advice, +and was come to his Country almost Naked; and that whatsoever happen'd +he would not [He appeases his Subjects.] mistrust him. Being come +near the Mouth of the River, they saw 13 Vessels come out, and when +in the Sea, they drew up in a half Moon, and made up to enclose the +Captain's Carcoa. The Sangiack seeing them near at Hand, went forward, +and calling out, commanded them to be peaceable. As soon as they knew +him, they obey'd, drew together their Vessels, and came to speak to +him. He enquir'd into the Posture of his Affairs, and ask'd whether +his Mother was there. They said she was, and gave him a long Account +of all Things. They went before to carry his Mother the News of his +Coming, and he order'd them to assemble all the People of the Town, +and that none should appear arm'd, for they never us'd to lay aside +their Campilanes. Being come in, they found all, and even the Women got +together, [A Vessel sail'd by none but Women.] and imbarking again, +met the Sangiacks Mother in the Middle of the River, she then coming +down, to see her Son, in a Vessel all full of Women, clad in several +Sorts of Silks, with high Feathers, and several of them arm'd. Some +handed the Sails, others ply'd the Oares, and others attended about +that Princesses Person, so that there was not one Man among them. + +[Meeting of the Sangiack and his Mother.] The Mother being impatient, +advanc'd as soon as ever she came to her Son's Carcoa; but he more +nimbly leap'd into that Vessel of Women, and after paying the due +Respect to his Mother, there pass'd extraordinary Demonstrations of +Love on both Sides, she imbracing, and kissing her Son. Thus they all +went up the River, against the Stream, till they came to the Town. On +both the Banks there appear'd People clad in gay Manner, with Feathers, +but unarm'd, and the Sangiack having desir'd his Mother to go ashore, +all the Prime Men to perswade her leap'd into the Water, and carryed +her in their Arms. The Sangiack and Villagra came to the Market-Place, +in the midst whereof they found an Arbour, or Hut made of Boughs, on +Timbers, and in it two Chairs, on a Carpet. They set down with the +usual Ceremonies, and the Sangiack declar'd to his Subjects, that +all the Dominions of the King of Ternate, and their Persons, were +then subject to the King of Spain, as he was himself. That hereupon +follow'd the Obligation of delivering up the Forts to him, and he was +possess'd of all the Rest, only that being wanting. That they should so +order that Captain Villagra [His great Submission to the Spaniards.] +might take Possession of it and the Artillery. Villagra intreated the +Sangiack to go see his Wife, and Children, and he would receive the +Surrender of the Fort, and Arms, in the Afternoon; but he answer'd, +that he came not to rejoyce with his Family, but to serve the King of +Spain. Afterwards he added, If you will have me see them I will make +Use of your Leave; and if you refuse it, will imbark without seeing +them. Villagra would not allow of such rigid Nicety, pressing him to +take the Satisfaction of his Family, before the Act of Possession, +and in the mean while, stay'd himself with John de Vega, and Antony +de Sylva. + +[His Noble Entertainment.] As soon as the Sangiack came Home, he sent +the Captain about 30 Indians loaded with Provisions, one after another, +but first they brought Tables, Chairs; and Table-Linnen in their great +Dishes, and Salvers, and on them the Salts, Knives, drinking Cups, +and Ewres, Variety of Fruit, Pullets roasted and fry'd, Goats Flesh +roasted and boil'd, and other Dishes, after the Fashion of their +Country. A little before the Dinner was ended they brought a Bed, +and Pillows of green Satin, which they laid upon Carpets, to take an +Afternoons Nap on. It was not long before the Sangiack himself came, +follow'd by all the People, leading his Mother, and [Arms deliver'd.] +with them many Men loaded with the Arms he was to deliver up, gather'd +from Private Men, as also Drakes, Muskets, and other Fire-Arms. Indians +brought them on their Shoulders, adorn'd with Boughs, in Token of the +Satisfaction they had in delivering them. The same was then done in +the Fort, as had been in the others. The Sangiack that Night gave the +Captain a Supper in the same Manner as the Dinner had been. The next +Day they breakfasted, and imbarking, return'd where Gallinato waited +for them in the Galleys, at Tacome, with some Indians of Sabubu, who +came with a Message to Villagra, inviting him to go take Possession +of the Fort. + +[Treacherous Design of the People of Sabubu.] He suspected they +had a treacherous Design, which was, that when they came to Sabubu, +they would endeavour to have the Galleys come into the River, the +Bar being proper for them, and having 1500 Men in Ambush, on both +Sides of it, they would at Night send down some Fire-Ships upon them, +then those that were in Ambush giving the Alarm, they might at least +rescue their King, and the other Prisoners that were aboard; and in +Case the Spaniards would not go in with their Galleys, they would +seize Captain Villagra, when he landed, that the Governour might, +in Exchange, for him deliver them the King of Ternate. A Portuguese +Woman, who retir'd to Tacome, flying from Ternate when it was taken, +and marry'd to a Renegado, tho' she was herself a Christian, gave +Gallinato [A Portuguese Woman discovers the Design.] Advice of this +intended Treachery. He took no Notice, but privately advis'd Villagra +to pretend he was sick. The Natives of Sabubu, again pressed for the +Captain, that they might deliver him the Fort, and Gallinato desiring +him to make ready to go thither, he excus'd himself, alledging his +Indisposition. Vega and Sylva, and some other Officers, went without +him, and did the same Thing he could have done, avoiding the Danger +of the Treason. + +[Don Pedro restores Towns to the Owners.] They return'd with the +Galleys to Ternate, where they found Don Pedro, who condescending +to some just Requests, and to others which depended on Courtesy, +being only Matter of Bounty, restor'd several Towns, wrongfully +taken. These were bestow'd on the Kings of Tydore, of Bachian, +and of Sian. The last of these, tho' he ought to have joyn'd the +Governour before the Expedition came late, by Reason of contrary +Winds. He restor'd eight Towns to the King of Tydore, Cachil Mole, +he having been before possess'd of them in the Island of Machian. On +Cachil Raxa Laudin, King of Bachian, who was always faithful to the +Spaniards, and wounded at the Siege Andrew Furtado lay'd to Ternate, +he bestow'd the Islands of Cayoa, Adoba, and Bayloro, which are near +Bachian, as also Lucabata, Palomata, and other Towns. He gave Ruy +Pereyra, the Sangiack of Labua, a notable Christian, and the King of +Spain's Subject, the Island of Gane to hold as Governour; and others +to Paul de Lima, which his Family had formerly been possess'd of. + +[Don Pedro resolves to carry the Prisoners to Manila.] Some Assemblies +were held, to consult, what was to be done with the King and his +Son. Upon summing up the Votes, it was Resolv'd that neither the one, +nor the other, or any of the Prisoners of Note, being his Kinsmen, +Cachiles and Sangiacks of Repute, should be left in the Moluccos; and +that, for considerable Reasons, then appearing, it was not convenient, +at that Time, to depose the King, but to allow him to appoint such +peaceable Persons as he thought fit, to Govern the Kingdom. Don Pedro +had, during this Time, writ to the King of Spain, acquainting him with +the [King of Ternate directed to appoint Governours.] Success of +the War, and approv'd of the Method of appointing Governours, and +accordingly order'd the Captive King and Prince should be told, that +this Form of Government was pitch'd upon to secure us against their +Confederacies, since it was certain that they expected the Dutch, and +had sent to invite them against the Spaniards. That the King was to +understand, that his Liberty, and Restoration to his Kingdoms, depended +on his good Behaviour for the future, and that of his Subjects; +and their assisting the Spaniards that were to be left at Ternate, +and their friendly Entertainment of them. This Message was deliver'd +to the King by F. Lewis Fernandez, of the Society [Cachil Sugui, and +Cachil Quipat Governours.] of Jesus, Gallinato, and Esquivel. They +did it with much Respect, adding, that he was to go to Manila, and +therefore he should appoint such Persons, as he would have to Govern +during his Absence. The King complying, submitted to every Thing, +and nam'd Cachil Sugui, and Cachil Quipat, both of them his Unkles, to +be Governours, because they were of a peaceable and honest Disposition. + +A Day was appointed for the solemn Act of doing Homage. The great Hall +in the Fort was hung with Silk, rich Canopys set up; the Governour +[Solemnity for swearing Fealty.] took his Seat under the chiefest +of them, all the Forces being at Arms; and then he declar'd to the +Kings the Occasion of assembling them together, which was to swear +Fealty to his Majesty, a Duty that had been so long put off, and at +the same Time so much labour'd for by War. + +[Persons that swore Fealty.] They swore Fealty to our Sovereign Lord +King Philip, in the Person of the Governour Don Pedro. The first +was Cachil Sultan Zayde Buxey, King of Ternate, and Cachil Sulamp +Gariolano, the Prince, his Son. Then Cachil Mole, King of Tydore; +Cachil Raxa Laudin, King of Bachian; Cachil Dini, King of Sian, who +had never done it before, but only profess'd Friendship. After them +swore the Sangiacks and Cachiles, Tulo, Codate, Amuxa, Rete, Ale, +Nayo, Quipate, Colambaboa, Dexebes, Pamuza, Babada, Barcat, Sugi, +Gugu, Boleyfe, Gulila, Maleyto, Banaba, all of them Princes, Kinsmen, +and Subjects to the Molucco King. They promis'd not to admit of the +Dutch, nor any other Nations, to the Trade of Clove, and to preserve +it entirely for his Majesty, and his Subjects; and to be assisting +with their Persons, Forces, and Ships, whensoever they should be call'd +upon by the Commander of the Fort of Ternate, or of the Philippines. It +was also agreed, that they should not any Way obstruct the Conversion +of the Gentils that were inclin'd to embrace Christianity. + +They were all satisfy'd with this Beginning of their new Subjection, +because the King of Ternate oppress'd them, as being the most potent, +and supported by the Dutch; nor had they any Security against his +Tyranny; especially since he caus'd the King of Tydore's Father to +be treacherously murder'd, [Another Fort built at Tydore.] the King +of Bachian's in War, and a Kinsman of his, which they both still +resented. Don Pedro order'd another Fort to be erected at Tydore, +and a Captain with 50 Men to Garrison it; at the Request of the +King, by whose Assistance it was finish'd. It was resolv'd, that +for the present, the [Ternate eas'd of Duties.] third Part of the +Duties the People of Ternate us'd to pay, should be taken off, so +to make them easy, that they might reap some Benefit of our Victory, +and not be perswaded it tended to increase their Oppression. The old +Fort being small, and unfit to make any considerable Defence, it was +thought fit to build one on a higher Ground, larger, and stronger. The +Plan was laid out, and Orders given for carrying on the Work. The +said old Fort was brought into a narrow Compass, whilst the new +one was raising, which the Governour, before he departed Ternate, +saw finish'd, quite enclos'd, and strengthned with Ramparts. Six +hundred Men, distributed into six Companies, [Men left at Ternate.] +were left in it, to defend the Island against any Invasion. Six other +Captains were reform'd. There were also twelve Gunners, 65 Pioneers, +35 Masons, and two good Brigantines, which, in Case of Necessity, +[Esquivel Governour.] might be mann'd with Pioneers. Colonel John +de Esquivel was appointed Commander in chief, and Governour of all +the Moluccos. + +Don Pedro, the Day before his Departure, gave the said Governour his +Instructions, which had been maturely weighed, and debated, after +several private Conferences with him, providing for all Accidents +that might happen. + +[Prisoners shipp'd for Manila.] All the Prisoners, being the King and +Prince of Ternate, and 24 Sangiacks and Cachiles, were put aboard the +Admiral Galley, under the Care of Captain Villagra, with particular +Orders to convey them to Manila. This done they set sail. Our Fleet +being departed with the Booty, and Prisoners, the Colonel, John de +Esquivel, apply'd himself diligently to the Affairs of his Charge, +and to hastning on the Fortifications begun in several Parts. Whilst +the Conquerors [King of Tydore sent to Sabubu.] sail'd away, on the +fourth of May, he order'd the King of Tydore, with his Fleet, and +in it some Spaniards, commanded by the Captains Pasqual de Aragon, +and Martin de Esquivel, to sail for Sabubu, to perswade the Cachiles, +Sugui and Quipati, to return to the City; because by their Examples +the Citizens and Multitude would do the like, they being fled to the +Mountains on Account of the War; for so they would quit those Deserts, +be encouraged to confide in the Conqueror, and settle in Peace. The +King of Tydore arriv'd at Sabubu, with his Company; sent Messengers +to them, who deliver'd what they were commission'd with, adding, +that if they requir'd Hostages for their safe coming, they should +have the Spanish Captains that were [The Governours refuse to come.] +in the Fleet deliver'd to them. The Governours were so far from +giving Ear to their Message, that they sent to conjure them to depart +Sabubu. Esquivel was concern'd at this mistrustful and rough Behaviour, +because the greatest Part of the People of the Island were in that +strong Hold, and in Gilolo, and that Repulse in the Presence of the +Natives that were fled, seem'd to threaten greater Opposition. Whilst +he prepar'd to reduce them, he endeavour'd by fair Means to attract +the Inhabitants of a Town, call'd Tacome, two Leagues from Ternate, +whither also some of those that had fled were retir'd. He sent them +a considerable Quantity of Plunder, plac'd Safeguards in Tacome and +Malayo, to quiet, and defend them against the Tydores, their Enemies +and Conquerors. + +The King of Tydore, and our Commanders, returning without any Effect +[Spanish Ships at Machian.] from Sabubu, they sail'd with the Fleet +to Machian, to recover peaceably that Part of the Island, which +the Governour, Don Pedro, took from the King [two Dutch Ships.] +of Ternate, to restore it to him of Tydore. At the same Time two +Dutch Ships arriv'd there; one of them was the same our Fleet found +some Days before in the Fort Talangame; which having been a Witness +to our Success, rejoyn'd the other, and both of them came together to +the Moluccos, by Order of the Dutch Commander residing at Amboyna, +to encourage the King of Ternate to persist in his Disobedience, +and assist him against our Fleet. Our Men sent the Colonel Advice, +who order'd our Galliots to set out, to find, and pursue those +Ships, that so their Boats might not offer to move far from them, +and to endeavour to obstruct their trading with the Natives. Tho' +the Orders were obey'd, the said two Ships appear'd before Ternate +the third Day after, and holding on their Course, anchor'd at Gilolo, +where most of the Natives of the Molucco Islands, who were fled, +had fortify'd themselves. These Guests, according to their Custome, +call'd together all the Inhabitants, who were dispers'd about in +other Towns, and resolv'd to go over to Gilolo and Sabubu. They +gather'd all their Vessels, and thought, with them, and the Dutch +Ships, to obstruct the Ravage our Galiots made, and to support their +Friends. This new Rebellion was carryed on in Sight of the Dutch +Ships lying at Anchor before Gilolo, and they secur'd, and defended +them against our Squadrons. + +[Rebellion at Gilolo.] The Colonel intreated the King of Tydore, who +was newly return'd from Machian, to gather a greater Number of arm'd +Carcoas, that our Infantry might be carry'd in them, and the Galiots, +to attack Gilolo, and Sabubu, in Order to suppress that Mischief +in its first Rise, there being other Places for our Vessels to put +into, besides the Harbour where the Enemies Ships lay at Anchor. The +King of Tydore started so many Difficulties, that Esquivel could not +prevail upon him. Another more effectual Method was found. [Methods +for suppressing it.] It being certain, that the Fugitives must bring +their Provisions, and particularly Rice, from the Province del Moro, +and Island of Moratay, where there is great Plenty; and that we having +burnt the Ships of the Moluccos, during that War, they would supply the +Want of them from those same Places; the Governour therefore resolv'd, +that Major Vergara, and the King of Tydore, should repair thither +with 120 Spaniards, to disappoint their Designs, that so Necessity +might reduce them to submit. + +[120 Spaniards sent to Gilolo.] Our Forces arriv'd at the +Island Batochina, which is the same as Gilolo, and where Sabubu +stands. Leaving the Shore, they march'd over extraordinary wooded +Mountains, along the Side of the River Gabocanora, to a great Town, +the Receptacle of many of the Fugitives. They met with no Opposition, +or other Obstacle in the Way, but only those sharp pointed Stakes they +use to drive into the Ground. The Enemy had plac'd their greatest +Defence upon the River; but abandon'd it upon the Approach of the +Spaniards, running up into the Mountains, and leaving their Houses +[They burn Towns and reduce the Island.] and Vessels. Our Men fell +upon both, burnt them, and took such as durst stay behind. In fine, +they all, dismay'd at the Sight of the Flames and Destruction, +embrac'd more submissive methods. The City Visoa underwent the same +Fate, and the Remains of it sued for Pardon, and comply'd. + +The King of Tydore went away from this Place with eight Carcoas, +leaving the rest, and the Galleys, with the Major. The City Mamuya, +having [Galela destroy'd.] made Resistance, was also burnt. Our Men +went over in small Vessels to Galela, a Town built in a large Lake, +which held out till reduc'd by Fire and Sword, the very Children +swimming away. Tolo, Chiava, and Camafo, [Tolo, Chiava and Camafo +submit.] which are three Leagues from Galela, and whose Inhabitants +had been formerly Christians, prevented Military Execution, by +sending Deputies from Tolo, the strongest of them, with Boughs of +Bonanas in Blossom, and Green, and White Cloves. They came unarm'd, +and with Musick, and express'd much Sorrow for their late Rebellion, +for which Sultan Zayde was to blame, and for having forsaken the +Christian Religion, which they were there ready to imbrace. The +Spanish Commander prais'd, and treated them Courteously. Our Men now +sickned a pace; for which Reason, as also because the westerly Winds +began to grow boisterous, he was oblig'd to defer the subduing of +Moratay. However he left some Men at Tolo, with the small Guns taken +at Gabocanora, to secure the Towns that were reduc'd, and defend them +against those of Galela and Tabelo, which are biger than they. This +done he return'd to Ternate, but not without Storms, and Dangers, +incurr'd by giving Credit to a Molucco Slave. + +The Governour mann'd a Galliot, a Brigantine, and some smaller Vessels +with Soldiers, and Chineses to row, under the Command of the Ensign +Christopher Suarez. He sail'd with a fair Wind for the Island Mateo, +[Message from Esquivel to the Heathen Kings of Bool, and Totoli.] +which we call Celebes, the nearest Part whereof is 30 Leagues West +from Ternate, and its Length above 150 Leagues. The furthest Part of it +is subject to the King of Macassar, a Mahometan Prince, with whom the +People of Malaca have Trade, as also with three other heathen Kings, +of whom there was a Report, that they desired to be Christians; but +they fell under the Tyranny of the King of Ternate, and suffer'd by +his Invasions and Burnings. Esquivel sent to acquaint them with the +King of Spain's Victories and Success; and exhorted them to come +under his Dominion, but above all to be united to the Church. He +made them Presents of European Commodities, which are as good as +Money with them, and offer'd the Protection of the Spanish Power, +which had pull'd down that Tyrant, to whom they were Tributary. He +said, he sent them Ships and Arms, and that for the Time to come, +they might safely repair to trade at the Moluccos. These Princes +were two Brothers, the one King of Bool, the other of Totoli. They +rejoyc'd at the coming of the Embassador Christopher Suarez, and he +presenting them some Pieces of Velvet, in Token of Friendship, they +return'd other Gifts, and Abundance of Provisions, and dismiss'd him, +with a Letter to the Governour. Queen Dongue of Cauripa, testify'd +to Esquivel no less Satisfaction, and Inclination to be united to +the King of Spain by Vassalage. + +[King of Tydore's Actions.] The Garrisons of the Rebellious Towns +were assaulted by the Spaniards, and compell'd to submit. The King +of Tydore made Havock on the Coast of Batochina, or Gilolo, where +he recover'd for his Majesty, and for himself, the Towns and Forts +that had been taken from him by the King of Ternate. He plunder'd the +great Town of Mira, in Moratay, and made Captives of many that oppos'd +him, who had also been Christians. Among the rest he took a Guimala, +which signifies, a Chief, or Head of a Quarter, or Ward, whom he again +set at Liberty, at the Request of our Men, sending him away with two +other Guimalas, in the Company of Captain John [Meaos Islands subdu'd.] +de la Torre. The Islands in those Parts were reducing by Degrees, with +little Opposition. Those of the Meaos, lying to the North-West, towards +Manila, being among, and full of large Towns, defended themselves, +with the Assistance, and Industry of the Dutch; but B. Antony Flores, +a Lay-Brother, of the Order of S. Augustin, who fought against the +Sangleyes of Manila, as has been said above, coming thither with the +Galleys, they submitted. The Ensign Lewis de Zuazo arriv'd after the +Business was over, and they being now successful, and understanding +that the Dutch Ship was sail'd from Gilolo, made after her. She was +so good a Sailer, [Reduction of other Islands.] that they labour'd +in vain; but carry'd on the War at Gilolo and Sabubu, which made +the Ternate Governours put up their Complaints, and lay aside their +Designs. They writ to the Governour, and he answer'd them, sending a +Copy of the Articles, upon which they offer'd to repair to Ternate, +in peaceable Manner. All our Commanders were dispers'd in several +Places, reducing the Islands of the Moluccos that had Rebell'd, +either by Force of Arms, or other Methods; and particularly those +belonging to the Sultan of Ternate, which are few under an hundred; +and thus Peace began to be establish'd, which if not Wish'd for, +was at least Tolerated, and accepted of with such Appearances as are +becoming to make it honourable. + +[The King and Molucco Prisoners attempt to escape.] Whilst the +Molucco Islands submitted by Force to receive the Yoke, the Governour, +Don Pedro de Acunna, was sailing for Manila. Captain Villagra was at +a Distance from the Fleet, with the King, Prince, and Sangiacks that +were Prisoners, aboard the Admiral Galley. This made them form a Design +to attempt to make their Escape to Mindanao, and they had succeeded, +if not prevented by the Soldiers that guarded them. Captain Villagra +either Suspected, or had Information of it, and therefore doubled +the Guards, and put eight of the most daring into Chains. Among +the most remarkable were Cachil Amuxa, the Sangiack Rete, and he of +Mofaquia. They all arriv'd at Manila, but their Fetters were taken off +before they came thither, after they had worn them ten Days, with much +Regret of the King, whom they satisfy'd with Hopes, and acquainting +him with some of the Grounds there were to suspect, till the Danger +of laying them aside ceas'd. The Hazard at Mindanao was, that those +Islands are not Tributary, yet they value themselves upon entertaining +Friendship with the King of Ternate; and it is most certain, that had +he attempted to fly, and succeeded in it, they would have supported +him there, and Villagra had Intelligence given him, that the King +either made, or approv'd of the Proposal; tho' there was no want of +Care and Vigilancy either in Don Pedro's Ship, or the Admiral Galley. + +During all this Time we have spoken of, the News of our Success was +not brought to the Philippine Islands. This long Silence, and Want of +Intelligence, became an Argument in those Parts, and particularly at +Manila, that Don Pedro and the Fleet were lost, or at least had met +with such [Don Pedro de Acunna suppos'd to be poison'd.] ill Success +as deserv'd to be generally lamented. Virtue never fail'd of envious +Persons to persecute it, and accordingly Don Pedro was not without +them at Manila; but tho' they were well known, in so much that in +the general Opinion of all Men, they are suppos'd to have given the +Poison, whereof that great Man was thought to have dy'd 22 Days after +his Return, we will nevertheless suppress their Names, since it is not +the Part of an Author, whose Duty it is to observe an exact Neutrality, +and not to be led any Way by Affection, to confirm that Deposition, +which, as yet, is no better grounded than on Suspicion. They are all +Dead long since, [False Reports abroad.] and have been try'd before +that great Tribunal, where the least thought cannot pass without being +accounted for. These Men gave out, That Don Pedro attacking Ternate, +enter'd it successfully; but that his Men had been too intent upon +Plunder, the Enemy rallyed, and falling upon the Spaniards, beat them +out again, killing most of them. And that the General being asham'd +of his ill Conduct, durst not return to Manila. + +[Indians begin to Mutiny.] This Report being spread abroad among the +Indians, did so much Harm, that they began to Mutiny, especially in +the Provinces of Camarines, and Pintados; in so much that the Fryers +who attended their Instruction, could not deal with them any longer, +for they said, That since the People of the Moluccos were victorious, +why should they be still subject to the Spaniards, who did not defend +them against the Moors, and these would now plunder them daily with +the Assistance of Ternate, and it would be worse for the Future. Nor +were they satisfy'd with muttering, but proceeded to confer Notes +together, and to contrive putting their Projects in Execution. But +all this vanish'd at the Sight of Truth, and the News of it, brought +in before the Arrival of the Conquerors, and the Preparations they +saw made for their Reception, and triumphant Rejoycings. The Weather +was seasonable, and favour'd them in all Respects, and they arriv'd +at Manila on the ninth of June, loaded with Honour and Victory, +after they had rested in the Port of Cabite, two Leagues distant. + +[Prisoners disconsolate.] The Captives diverted themselves with our +Men, to put off the Remembrance of past Times, whilst rich Garments of +several Sorts of Silks were provided for them at the Publick Charge, +which is the King's Treasury in the Philippine Islands. They look'd +dejectedly, and with Admiration, on the Harbour, Walls, Forts, and +Buildings of the City, the Sight whereof made them call to Mind the +last Day on which they fell from their boasted State of Liberty. Our +Commanders dropt some courteous Words of Comfort in their Discourse, +telling them, that as soon as the News could come to Spain of their +being reduc'd, and that good Order was taken against falling again +into the former Dangers, the King would order them to be restor'd +to their Liberty. All these Expressions were not of Force to satisfy +those Indians, who on the contrary began to complain of the General, +because they either suspected, or were told by some of our Men, +that he would not observe the safe Conduct, and promise he had made +them in the King's Name, and on which they had rely'd; and that +in Case Sultan Zayde were continu'd in the Philippine Islands, it +was certain they would send his Son, Prince Gariolano into Europe, +by the Way of New Spain. The general being acquainted with these +melancholly Reflections of theirs, thought it concern'd the Reputation +of the Christian Religion in general, and of the Spanish Nation in +particular, to dispell those Jealousies, and therefore he writ to +them, and directed the Captain, who carry'd the Letters, to perswade +the King not to conceive the least Mistrust of the King's Word, and +Security he had confided in. This compos'd their Thoughts, and they +either did, or pretended to take Comfort. + +[Don Pedro's Entry into Manila.] The Prisoners came with the Forces to +the City, which the Fleet saluted with its Cannon, and were answer'd +by the Artillery and small Shot from the Walls and Forts. The King +landed in a Garden the Governor had without the Walls, where he repos'd +himself that Night, and when Lodgings were provided for him, with +the greatest State that could be, and answerably for other Prisoners, +according to their Qualities, Don Pedro enter'd Manila with the Forces, +and Ostentation of Captives and Booty. There wanted not Triumphal +Arches, with such Inscriptions as are Generally [Description of the +King of Ternate.] set on them in Honour of Conquerors. The Habit of +the Prisoners, in rich Mantles, Turbants and Plumes, was not sutable +to their Fortune; as making their Countenances look more haughty, +and representing Arrogancy. That King was strong body'd, and his +Limbs well Knit; his Neck, and great Part of his Arms he wore naked; +his Skin being of the Color of a Cloud, rather inclin'd to Black than +Tawny. The Features of his Face were like an European. His Eyes large, +full, and sparkling, to which they add the Fierceness of long Eyebrows, +thick Beards and Whiskers, and lank Hair. He always wore his Campilane, +or Cimiter, and Criz, or Dagger; the Hilts of them both resembling the +Heads of Snakes gilt. This is affirm'd by Officers that attended, and +convers'd with him familiarly, to whom he was obligingly Courteous, +and it appears by Relations, and by the Picture drawn to the Life, +which the General sent into Spain for the King. + +[Rejoycings.] The Rejoycings for the Victory were continu'd with +much Solemnity, the Indians, who were the principal Subject of them, +being present. The King of Ternate understanding that Messengers +were sending away to Spain to carry the News of the Success, and +Account of the Prisoners, writ a short Letter to the King, intermixt +with Commendations of Don Pedro de Acunna and some other Spanish +Commanders. He represented the change of his Condition, with somewhat +of Submission, but not Humility, or rather Meanness; and intreated +his Majesty to extend his Royal Goodness towards the Conquer'd, for +his own Magnanimity's sake, and on Account of the perpetual Fidelity, +and Vassalage they had sworn to him. This Letter was writ by another +Hand, and in Spanish. When it was given him to sign, the King turn'd +the upside down, and Writ his Name on the white half Page in Persian +Characters, thinking he had sign'd at the Beginning, or Top of the +Letter, as is practis'd by the Princes of those Countries. The Moluccos +being Reduc'd, our Ministers and Preachers went over thither, and the +Voice of the Gospel resounded again in the utmost Borders of the Earth. + + + FINIS. + + + + + + + +DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING OF THE CUTS. + + +Place the Map before Page 1. The Cut of the Champan and Junk before +Page 5. The Melancholly Tree, and Molucca Habit, before Page 8. The +Carcoa and Almadia before Page 61. + + + + + + + +ERRATA + + +Page 4, Line 7, for 1404, read 1494. p. 4, l. penult, for Nagalhaens, +r. Magalhaens. p. 8, l. 28, for deserves r. deserve. p. 10, l. 13, +for roving r. rowing, p. 11, l. 4, for Caeiz, r. Caciz. p. 17, l. 8, +for Inlguez, r. Iniguez. p. 26, l. 3, in the Marginal Note, for mad +r. made. p. 33, in the first Marginal Note, for Portuguese Possession +r. Portugueses take Possession. p. 42, in the third Marginal Note, for +King of Tydore, r. King of Gilolo. p. 49, and elsewhere, for Mindanos +r. Mindanae. p. 54 l. 30, for Cachilas r. Cachiles. ibid. l. 44, +for Babre r. Babu. p. 49, l. 35, for Falcage r. Foliage. p. 60, +l. 16, for Reparations r. Preparations. p. 62, l. 37, for did +they not look, r. had they not look'd. p. 63, l. 4, for Advantages, +r. Advantageous. p. 77, l. 33, for caivl r. cavil. p. 97, in the second +Marginal Note, for Duenas from, r. Duenas sent from. p. 118, in the +third Marginal Note, for Cachil Mandrata, r. Cachil Mandraxa. p. 120, +in Marginal Note, for Nuno r. Duarte. p. 140, in the third Marginal +Note, for 820, r. and 20. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery and Conquest of the +Molucco and Philippine Islands., by Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 43451 *** |